combinepdf

pdf

School

Wilfrid Laurier University *

*We aren’t endorsed by this school

Course

101

Subject

Astronomy

Date

Jan 9, 2024

Type

pdf

Pages

677

Uploaded by EarlWalrus2233

Report
StuDocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university AS101 everything together Astronomy I Our Place in the Cosmos (Wilfrid Laurier University) StuDocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university AS101 everything together Astronomy I Our Place in the Cosmos (Wilfrid Laurier University) Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
1. What is the average distance from the Earth to the Sun? (a) 1 million kilometres (b) 1 light year (c) 1 Astronomical Unit (AU) (d) 1 arc second 2. How long ago did the Big Bang occur (i.e., how old is the Universe)? (a) 10,000 years (b) 100 light years (c) 4.5 billion years (d) 13.7 billion years 3. What is the ecliptic? (a) The dividing line between the northern and southern celestial hemispheres. (b) The projection of Earth's orbit around the Sun onto the celestial sphere. (c) The apparent path of the Moon around the sky. (d) The line passing through the sky which cuts through the celestial poles and zenith. 4. Relative to the stars, the Moon moves eastward in the sky each day as seen from Earth by how much? (a) 1 degree (b) 13 degrees (c) 27 degrees (d) 360 degrees 5. Why does the Moon turn coppery red during a lunar eclipse? (a) The Earth is slightly transparent to red light. (b) The Moon glows red due to blackbody radiation. (c) The Earth's atmosphere refracts only red light from the Sun, the same phenomenon which causes sunsets and sunrises to be red, towards the Moon. (d) The Moon is still able to reect the red light coming from Mars. 6. What are the two most abundant elements in the Sun (and the universe)? (a) Nitrogen and Oxygen (b) Hydrogen and Helium (c) Hydrogen and Carbon (d) Hydrogen and Oxygen Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
7. Imagine you are waiting on a train platform while a train passes by at 100 km/h. If it is blowing its whistle during this time, what will you observe about the pitch (frequency) of the whistle? (a) As the train approaches it will be higher than usual and as it leaves it will be lower. (b) As the train approaches it will be lower than usual and as it leaves it will be higher. (c) The pitch will sound the same the whole time. (d) The pitch will be higher the whole time. 8. What must be true about a star that we observe to be 8 light years away? (a) It must be very large relative to the Sun. (b) We are seeing the star as it was 8 years ago since the light would have taken that long to reach us. (c) The star formed about 8 million years ago. (d) The light we observe has taken so long to reach us that the star probably no longer exists. 9. About how long does it take light to cross our galaxy? (a) 80,000 years (b) 8 minutes (c) Light travels in_nitely fast so no time at all. (d) 4.5 billion years 10. Which sequence correctly orders objects from smallest to largest? (a) Earth, solar system, Milky Way galaxy, the Universe (b) Earth, Milky Way galaxy, solar system, the Universe (c) Earth, solar system, the Universe, Milky Way galaxy (d) solar system, Earth, Milky Way galaxy, the Universe 11. Which one of the following statements regarding stars and constellations is true? (a) Only stars near the ecliptic belong to constellations. (b) Every star now belongs to a constellation. (c) Constellations include only stars visible to the naked eye. (d) There are several constellations containing no stars at all. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
12. Why do astronomers often use scienti_c notation? (a) It makes conversions between di_erent units easy. (b) It is a more convenient way of writing big or small numbers . (c) It allows for more precise measurements. (d) It is used for historical reasons only. 13. In Australia (which is in the southern hemisphere), which month sees the most daylight? (a) March (b) June (c) September (d) December 14. Why are northern hemisphere summers warmer than northern hemisphere winters. (a) The Earth is closer to the Sun during the summer months. (b) Snowfall cools the northern hemisphere during winter. (c) The light from the Sun shines more directly onto the northern hemisphere during summer because of the tilt of Earth's rotational axis. (d) The Moon is closer during the summer and thus reects more light to Earth. 15. When does a first quarter moon rise? (a) Around noon. (b) Around sunset. (c) Around sunrise. (d) It can happen any time of day. 16. If the Earth's axis of rotation were not tilted relative to the ecliptic, what would happen to the seasons? (a) They would be practically non-existe nt. (b) They would be much more severe. (c) The seasons would reverse so that it was colder in the summer and vice versa. (d) There would be no noticeable e_ect on the seasons. 17. What are the largest known structures in the Universe? (a) stars (b) galaxies (c) solar systems (d) galaxy _laments Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
18. How will an observer see the stars appear to move over the course of a few hours? (a) Westward across the sky . (b) Eastward across the sky. (c) They would not appear to move over the course of only a few hours. (d) They would converge towards the north celestial pole. 19. Where does most of the visible light we see coming from the Sun originate? (a) The chromosphere (b) The photosphere (c) The corona (d) The core 20. What determines the phase of the Moon on a particular night? (a) The speed of the Moon in its orbit. (b) The relative positions of the Earth, Sun, and Moon. (c) How the Earth's shadows hits the surface of the Moon. (d) The distance from the Earth to the Moon. Q:1 Which one of the following statements best describes the star t (tau) Ce;, a star slightly smaller but similar to our sun. *a. generates energy by nuclear fusion b. the light le@ the star 11.905 years ago c. orbi;ng a diDerent Solar System d. located in the centre of the constella;on of Cetus at 11.905 ± 0.007 ly Q:2 The number of stars in our Galaxy are es;mated in the range 200-400 billion stars. In scien;Oc nota;on that is equivalent to: a. (200-400)×10 6 stars *b. (2.0-4.0) )×10 11 stars c. (2.0-4.0) )×10 10 stars d) (200-400) )×10 13 stars Q:3 What is the meaning of the following astronomical statement in rela;on to a star’s distance. You are told that the star Vega or a (alpha) Lyrae is at a distance of d = 25.05 light years. a. The star must be very old *b. the light le@ the star 25.05 years ago c. orbi;ng a diDerent Solar System d. located in the centre of the constella;on of Lyra Q:4 If we say that the Andromeda galaxy is 2,538, 000 light-years away, how does that aDect how we see it? Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
a. The star must be very old *b. the light le@ the star 2.538×10 6 years ago c. orbi;ng a diDerent Solar System d. located in the centre of the local supercluster Q:5 If the life of a star is 5, 000,000,000 years and its distance from the Earth is 1,000, 000 ly is there any chance that the star might be dead by now mean while its light is s;ll traveling towards the Earth? a. Yes *b. No c. Maybe Q.6 What is the average distance of the Earth to the a (alpha) Centauri star ? a. 4.37 ly *b. 5.2 ly c. 4.0 ly d 6.8 ly Q.7 The following circle to represent the star Antares’ or a (alpha) Bootes diameter d Antares and the scale given by the line segment = =100 R SUN ( equal to 100 ;mes the radius of the sun). How big is approximately Antares in rela;on to the sun? a. 20 ;mes c. 16 ;mes *b. 7 ;mes d. 30 ;mes Q.8 Which of the following is the smallest? a. The size of a galaxy b. The radius of the solar system *c. The planet Jupiter diameter d. The diameter of Antares Q.9 It takes light 1.3 seconds to travel from the Moon to Earth and 8 minutes for light to travel from the Sun to Earth. Which of the following statements is true? a. The Sun is 6.2 ;mes farther from Earth than the Moon b. The Sun is 10 ;mes farther from Earth than the Moon. *c. The Sun is 370 ;mes farther from Earth than the Moon d. The Sun is 1800 ;mes farther from Earth than the Moon Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Q. 10 . If the apparent visual magnitude of a star is 9.3, what does this tell us about the brightness of the star? a . It is one of the brighter stars in the sky b. It is bright enough that it would be visible even during the day. c. It appears faint because of its great distance from the Earth *d. It is not visible with the naked eye Q.11 Which of the following describes the magnitude scale? a . It originated just a@er the telescope was invented *b. It can be used to indicate the apparent intensity of a celes;al object. c. It was used to determine the rate of precession d. It is no longer used today Q.12 If the apparent visual magnitude of star A is 8.1, and the apparent visual magnitude of star B is -1.6, how do star A and star B compare in terms of apparent brightness as seen from Earth? a. The star A is brighter than B b. The star A is 10 ;mes fainter than B *c. Star B is brighter than A d. Star B is 100 ;mer more distant than star A Q.13 Given the following stars which is one is visible to the naked eye with no digculty? Star Magnitude A 7.20 B 6.31 C -2.5 a. A b. B *c. C Q.14 Where is the zenith for an observer standing at a point on the Earth’s North Pole? a. The posi;on depends on the ;me of day b. Near the horizon and towards the west *c. Directly above his head d. Near the horizon and towards the south Q.15 For an observer in Halifax, at 44.6478° N, 63.5714° W, what is the angle between the northern horizon and the north celestial pole? a. 0 degrees b. 37 degrees *c. 44.6478 degrees d. 63.5714 degrees Q.16 A star is on the north point of the horizon. Where will the star be in 18 hours later. D Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
B NCP C Horizon A Horizon N STAR a. D b. C c. A *d. B Q.17 Why did ancient astronomers believe that the Earth did not move? a. Because they believed in circular mo;on b. Because all observable planets follow retrograde mo;on c. Because parallax is only detectable during the day *d. B ecause they could not detect parallax Q. 18 An observer in the northern hemisphere takes a time exposure photograph of the night sky. If the illustration depicts the photograph taken by the observer, which direction was the camera pointing? a. Due south b. Due zenith c. Due west *d. Due north Q. 19 An object has been located orbi;ng the Sun at a distance of 125 AU. What is the approximate orbital period of this object? a. 2000 y b. 365 y *c. 1397.54 y d. 120 y Q. 20 An object has been orbi;ng the Sun with a period of 750 years. What is the approximate semimajor axis of its orbit? *a. 82.55 AU b. 365 AU c. 134 AU d. 120 AU Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Q.21 At which posi;on (A, B, C) is the gravita;onal force of the Earth on the spaceship going to the Moon is the greatest? MOON EARTH A B C a. A b. B c. *C Q. 22 Two metal spheres each have mass of 3.0 x 10 8 kg. If the gravita;onal force of amrac;on between them is 37.5 N, what is the distance between their centers of mass? *a. 400.1 m b. 150 m c. 399.5 m d. 500 m Q.23 X-rays easily penetrate the Earth’s atmosphere and reach the ground from space a. True *b. False Q. 24 .What is the ratio of the light-gathering power of a future 40-metre telescope to that of a 1-metre telescope a. 40 to 1 b. 1 to 40 *c. 1600 to 1 d. 1 to 1600 Q. 25 What happens to a telescope’s light-gathering power and resolving power when you increase its diameter? a. Its light-gathering power increases and its resolving power decreases b. Its light-gathering power decreases and its resolving power decreases *c. Its light-gathering power and resolving power both increase Q. 26 Which object is located at one foci of the ellip;cal orbit of Mars? *a. The sun b. Earth Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
c. Jupiter d. Phobos Q. 27 The diagram below illustrates three stages of a current theory of the forma;on of the univerese. A major piece of scien;Oc evidence suppor;ng this theory is the fact that wavelengths of light from galaxies moving away from Earth in stage 3 are observed to be: a. Shorter than normal (a red shi@) b. Shorter than normal (a blue shi@) *c. Longer than normal (a red shi@) d. . Longer than normal (a blue shi@) BONUS QUESTION: Base your answers to this ques;on on the diagram below, which shows the ;lt of Earth on its axis in rela;on to the Sun on one par;cular day. Points A through E are loca;ons on Earth’s surface. Point D is located in New York State. The dashed line represents Earth’s axis. Which diagram best represents the angle of the Sun’s rays received at loca;on C at noon on this day? Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
a. First b. Second *c. Third Chapter 1: From Solar System to Galaxy to Universe Q:1 Which one of the following statements best describes the Sun? * a. generates energy by nuclear fusion b. located 10 AU from Earth c. orbiting the Solar System d. located in the centre of the Milky Way Q:2 In the organiza;on diagram below in which area the term: Polaris would appropriate Ot? a) Yellow area= Solar system, *b) Red area=Milky Way, c) Light Blue= Universe . A Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Q:3 Which of the following sequences objects is in the correct order of increasing distance ? a) Venus, Saturn, Moon, Andromeda galaxy, Polaris b) *Moon, Venus, Saturn, Polaris, Andromeda galaxy *b) c) Polaris, Andromeda galaxy, Moon, Saturn, Venus d) Andromeda galaxy, Saturn, Venus, Polaris, Moon. OR a) Alpha Centauri, Uranus, Mercury, Small Magellanic Cloud, Coma Supercluster b) Mercury, Uranus Alpha Centauri ,Small Magellanic Cloud, Coma Supercluster , *b) c) Cloud, Coma Supercluster, Mercury, Small Magellanic Cloud, Uranus d) Small Magellanic Cloud, Coma Supercluster, Alpha Centauri, Uranus, Mercury Q:4 The nearest star to our solar system is alpha Centauri at 4.0 10 16 m (4.3 ly away). The diameter of the sun is 1.4 10 9 m. How many suns would it take to line up adjacent to each other in order to reach alpha Centauri? a) 5.6 10 6 , b) 5.6 10 6 , c) 2.8 10 25 *d) 2.8 10 7 Q:5 There approximately 100 billion stars in our galaxy. If there 100 billion observable galaxies in our universe, what is a reasonable es;mate for the total number ion the universe? *a) 1.0 10 22 b) 2.0 10 20 c) 1.5 10 15 d) 1.0 10 24 Q:6 The distance to a super cluster galaxy might be: *a) 100 Mpc b) 10 Kpc c) 120 Ly d) 10 AU Q:7 Approximately 100 Earths would Ot inside Jupiter. This Jupiter’s radius must be …………….;mes larger that Earth’s radius. a) 100 b) 12 *c)10 d) 1000 Q:8) A spherical par;cle in the ring of Saturn has radius of about 1m. The surface area of the par;cle in the area of radia;on row is: a) 125 m 2 b) 3.14 m 2 *c) 12.6 m 2 d) 14 m 2 Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Q:9) A spherical par;cle in the ring of Saturn has radius of about 1m. The cross sec;onal area of the par;cle in the area of radia;on row is: a) 125 m 2 *b) 3.14 m 2 c) 12.6 m 2 d) 14 m 2 Q:10) If the landing lights in Denver airport were switched on, then in one second these photons travel to: a) New York (1580 km) b) Alpha Centauri (40,000,000,000 000 km), c) The Sun(150,000,000 km) *d) Moon (384,000 km) Q:11) Sirius the brightest star in the sky is about 9 ly away. If the speed of light became half of its present value, how far would Sirius be? a) 9 ly *b) 18 ly c) 4.5 ly d) 32 ly Q:12) The Andromeda galaxy is about 2,000,000 ly away. Therefore light started its travel: a) 1,000,000 y *b) 2,000,000 y c) Just a second ago, d) Can’t be determined ago. Q:13) In the diagram, what is the diameter of Mercury? a. about 240 km *b. about 2400 km c. about 24,000 km d. about 240,000 km Q:15) . What is 5.7×10 7 the same as? a. 5.7 million b. 57 thousand Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
c. 570 thousand *d. 57 million Q:16 If the distance from the Sun to the Earth is represented by roughly 15 metres, then what would the distance from the Earth to the Moon on the same scale be? a. about 30 metres b. about 10 metres c. about 1 metre *d. smaller than the width of your hand Q 17. Approximately how many times larger than the diameter of a typical planet (the Earth) is the diameter of a typical star (the Sun)? a. 10 times *b. 100 times c. 1000 times d. 10,000 times . Q: 18 What does the Solar System contain? *a. the Sun, its planets, and some smaller bodies b. the Sun, galaxies, planets, and stars c. the Sun, planets, moons, and stars d. the Sun, planets, asteroids, and galaxies . Q: 19 What does the Solar System contain? *a. the Sun, its planets, and some smaller bodies b. the Sun, galaxies, planets, and stars c. the Sun, planets, moons, and stars d. the Sun, planets, asteroids, and galaxies Q 20. What is the approximate diameter of the Earth? a. 1 AU b. 13,000 light-years *c. 13,000 kilometres d. 1,000,000 kilometres Q 21. Which of the following is no longer considered a major planet? a. Mercury b. Uranus *c. Pluto d. Saturn Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Q: 1 Which of the following definitions best describes a constellation? *a. a region of the sky containing a certain star pattern b. a group of very bright stars c. a group of very faint stars d. the dividing line between the north and south celestial hemispheres Q:2 Which of the following best describes the Big Dipper? *a. an asterism b. a faint star near Polaris c. the North Star d. a constellation Q:3 . What do stars in the same constellation have in common? a. They probably formed at the same time. b. They must be part of the same cluster of stars in space. c. They must have been discovered at about the same time. *d. They are in the same part of the sky as seen from the Earth. Q: 4 What languages do the standard constellation names come from? *a. Greek and Latin b. Latin and Arabic c. Greek and Arabic d. Arabic and Sanskrit Q:5 Table 2-1 Star Name Apparent Visual Magnitude δ Dra 3.07 α Cet 2.53 Nim 8.07 α CMa −1.46 Refer to Table 2-1. Which star in the table would appear brightest to an observer on Earth? a. δ Dra b. α Cet c. Nim *d. α CMa Q:6 What causes the precession of the Earth’s rotation axis? *a. the force of gravity from the Sun and Moon on the Earth's equatorial bulge b. the force of gravity from the Sun and Jupiter on the Earth–Moon system Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
c. the magnetic field of the Earth d. the impacts of asteroids Q:6 A star is on the north point of the horizon. Where will the star be in 6 and 12 hours later. D B NCP C Horizon A Horizon N STAR a) D *b) C c) A d) B Q:7 The Earth revolves in a counter clockwise direc;on around the sun at about 1 deg/day (360 deg and 365 days). Then this mo;on makes the sun to appear moving: *a) 1 deg per day eastward b) 1 deg per day westward c) 15 deg per day eastward d) 15 deg per day westward e) not at all-the sun does not appear to move. Q:8 Which of the following diagrams represent the area of the sky where an ancient Greek astronomer could observe the planets? (Ancient Greeks knew the 5 planets, in fact the word planet comes from the Greek word “planetes” = wanderer.) *a) b) c) Q:9) A person in Nashville , TN observes Venus in the western part of the horizon. Six hours later Venus will be: a) low in the south, b) high in the south, *c) not visible d) nearly overhead. Q:10) A person in Denver Colorado observes Jupiter in the eastern horizon right a@er the sunset. Where would the planet be a@er six hours? *a) low in the south, Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
b) high in the south, c) not visible d) nearly overhead e) low in the west Q:11) An observer in Lincoln Nebraska (la;tude= 41 deg N) sees three stars rising in the eastern horizon. Which of these stars might later on pass through zenith point? Eastern Horizon A B C a) *A b) B b) C Q: 12 How many moons can be stacked from the horizon to the zenith? a) 90 b) 360 *c) 180 d) 45 Zenith Moon ………………………………..Horizon…………………………………… Q:13 Where is an observer's nadir? a. the east point on the observer's horizon b. the north point on the observer's horizon *c. the point directly opposite the observer's zenith d. the point directly opposite the north celestial pole Q: 14 If the apparent visual magnitude of a star is 7.3, what does this tell us about the brightness of the star? a. It is one of the brighter stars in the sky. b. It is bright enough that it would be visible even during the day. *c. It is not visible with the unaided eye. d. It appears faint because of its great distance from the Earth. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Q:15 The star Vega has an apparent visual magnitude of 0.03 and the star HR 4374 has an apparent visual magnitude of 4.87. It has been determined that both stars are at the same distance from the Earth. What does this information tell us about the two stars? a. Together the two stars would have a magnitude of 4.9. b. Vega must produce less energy per second than HR 4374. *c. Vega must produce more energy per second than HR 4374. d. Vega will appear fainter to us than HR 4374. Q:16 . What is the apparent visual magnitude of a star a measure of? a. the star’s size as perceived by human eyes on Earth b. the star’s temperature as perceived by human eyes on Earth c. the star’s colour as seen by human eyes on Earth *d. the star’s brightness as seen by human eyes on Earth Q: 17 Which of the following is equivalent to one-3,600 th of a degree? a. precession *b. second of arc c. minute of arc d. angular diameter Q: 18 What is the term for the point on the celestial sphere directly above an observer, no matter where on the Earth the observer is located? a. north celestial pole b. south celestial pole *c. zenith d. nadir Q: 19 Where is the zenith for an observer standing at a point on the Earth’s equator? *a. directly overhead b. near the horizon and towards the south c. near the horizon and towards the west d. the position depends on the time of day Q: 20 If the Earth had an orbital ;lt of 0 degrees ( obliquity) then: a. The direct rays of the sun would shine on the equator b. Day and night would be 12 long every day everywhere on the Earth c. An observer at the equator would see the sun pass at zenith every day d. There would not be no seasons *e. All of the above Q: 21 The orbit of the Earth had an eccentricity 0.017. If the eccentricity increased to 0.65 what would happened to the Earth’s sesons? Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
e= 0.017 e = 0.65 *a) More intense seasons b) Less intense seasons c) No appreciable change Q: 22 On an imaginary planet that has an orbital ;lt of 32 degrees, its corresponding Tropic of Cancer can be found at the la;tude of: a) 23.5 N *b) 32 o N c) 58 o N d) 66.5 o N Q:23 Which of the following loca;ons are closer to the South Celes;al Pole ? a) (RA= 14h Declina;on=+88 o ) *b) (RA= 14h Declina;on=-88 o ) c) (RA= 23h Declina;on=2 o ) d) (RA= 18h Declina;on=-66 o ) Q: 24 Based on your computer clock lets say that today is August 31, 2015 the sun is: a) North on the Celes;al equator moving North b) South on the Celes;al equator moving South *c) North on the Celes;al Equator moving South e) South on the Celes;al equator moving North Q: 25 How o@en is the sun at zenith for an observer at the equator? a) Never *b) Twice per year c)12 ;mes per year d) Every day Q: 26 An observer in the northern hemisphere watches the sky for several hours. Due to the motion of the Earth, this observer notices that the stars near the north celestial pole appear to move. What pattern does this apparent movement follow? a. clockwise around the celestial pole *b. counter-clockwise around the celestial pole c. from left to right d. from right to left Q. 27 If an observer travels north, toward higher latitudes, how does the number of circumpolar stars that he or she sees in the sky change? a. remains constant b. decreases Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
*c. increases d. also depends on the longitude of the observer Q. 28 If you were standing at the Earth's North Pole, which of the following would be located at the zenith? a. the nadir b. the star Vega c. the celestial equator *d. the north celestial pole Q . 29 How much of the night sky lies north of the celestial equator? a. Less than half, because of the tilt of the equator to the ecliptic plane. b. More than half, because of the precession of the poles. *c. Exactly half. d. All of the night sky. Q. 30 Seen from Winnipeg (latitude 50 degrees North), where is the star Polaris in the sky? a. directly overhead b. 40 degrees above the horizon *c. 50 degrees above the horizon d. the position depends on the time of day Q. 31 For an observer in Pond Inlet, Nunavut, at a latitude of 73° North, what is the angle between the northern horizon and the north celestial pole? a. 17° b. 23.5° c. 27° *d. 73° Q. 32 For an observer in Oberon Bay, Australia, at a latitude of 39° South, what is the angle between the southern horizon and the south celestial pole? a. 23.5° *b. 39° c. 45° d. 51° Q. 33 If the north celestial pole appears on your horizon, what is your latitude? *a. b. 45° N c. 90° N d. 90° S Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Q. 34 If the north celestial pole appears on your horizon, what is your latitude? *a. 50° N b. 50° S c. 90° N d. 90° S Q. 35 An observer in the northern hemisphere takes a time exposure photograph of the night sky. If the illustration depicts the photograph taken by the observer, which direction was the camera pointing? *a. due north b. due south c. due west d. straight up, directly overhead Q.36 An observer in the northern hemisphere takes a time exposure photograph of the night sky. If the illustration depicts the photograph taken by the observer, which direction was the camera pointing? a. due north *b. due south c. due east d. straight up, directly overhead Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Q.37 An observer in the southern hemisphere takes a time exposure photograph of the night sky. If the illustration depicts the photograph taken by the observer, which direction was the camera pointing? a. due north b. due south *c. due east d. due west Q: 38 Where in the sky would an observer at the Earth's equator see the celestial equator? a. The celestial equator would be at 45 degrees above the northern horizon. b. The celestial equator would be at 45 degrees above the southern horizon. c. The celestial equator would coincide with the horizon. *d. The celestial equator would be directly overhead. Q:39 Which of the following best defines the ecliptic? a. the plane that is perpendicular to the Earth's axis of rotation b. the projection of the Earth's equator onto the sky c. the path traced out by the Moon in our sky in one month against the background stars *d. the path traced out by the Sun in our sky over one year against the background stars Q: 40 Which of the following best defines the ecliptic? a. the plane that is perpendicular to the Earth's axis of rotation b. the projection of the Earth's equator onto the sky c. the path traced out by the Moon in our sky in one month against the background stars *d. the path traced out by the Sun in our sky over one year against the background stars Q:41 Which of the following describes a concept very similar to latitude? a. right ascension *b. declination c. magnitude d. meridian Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
1. In 1054 CE, the Chinese recorded a very interesting and powerful cosmic event. What was this event? a. a star merger * b. a supernova c. a galactic collapse d. simultaneous solar and lunar eclipses 2. What was a common feature of astronomy as practiced worldwide prior to the Greeks? * a. recognizing patterns b. making hypotheses c. defining the 24-hour clock d. observing supernovae 3. What did Eratosthenes measure very accurately? * a. the size of the Earth b. the length of the year c. the distance to the Moon d. the length of the month 4. Who were the two great authorities of Greek astronomy? * a. Aristotle and Ptolemy b. Julius Caesar and Aristotle c. Columbus and Ptolemy d. Alexander the Great and Julius Caesar 5. Whose writings became so famous that he was known throughout the Middle East simply as “The Philosopher”? a. Ptolemy b. Eratosthenes * c. Aristotle d. Hipparchus 6. Which of the following statements reflects beliefs that were almost universally held in pre- Copernican astronomy? a. The planets travelled in elliptical orbits around the Earth. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
b. The planets travelled in elliptical orbits around the Sun. c. The Sun was at the centre of the universe. * d. The Earth was at the centre of the universe. 7. In what circumstances is retrograde motion observable? a. It is observable for planets located between the Earth and the Sun. * b. It is observable for planets more distant from the Sun than the Earth c. It is only observable for the Moon. d. It is observable for all planets. 8. You are observing the night sky from Mars. In what circumstances is retrograde motion observable? * a. It is observable for planets more distant from the Sun than Mars. b. It is observable for planets located between Mars and the Sun. c. It is only observable for Earth and Venus. d. It is observable for all planets. 9. What is the term for the apparent westward motion of a planet in the sky compared to the background stars (as viewed from the Earth) when observed on successive nights? a. epicycle * b. retrograde motion c. prograde motion d. heliocentric motion 10. What is parallax? * a. the apparent motion of an object due to the motion of the observer b. the distance between two straight lines c. the small circle that the planets slid along in Ptolemy’s geocentric universe d. the distance between two foci of an ellipse 11. What was the reason for using epicycles and deferents to explain the motion of the planets in the night sky? a. prograde motion b. Mercury and Venus’s limited angular distance from the Sun * c. retrograde motion d. non-uniform speed of the planets in their orbits 12. Why did ancient astronomers believe that the Earth did not move? * a. because they could not detect parallax Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
b. because they believed in circular motion c. because all observable planets follow retrograde motion d. because parallax is only detectable during the day 13. In Ptolemy’s view of the universe, what is at the centre of a planet’s epicycle? a. the Sun b. the Earth * c. the deferent d. the equant 14. What is the term for a small circle that has its centre located on the circumference of another larger circle? a. equant b. deferent c. retrograde loop * d. epicycle 15. What feature of Ptolemy’s model of the universe made it possible to explain retrograde motion? a. heliocentrism b. elliptical orbits * c. epicycles d. geocentrism 16. Which of the following astronomers described the universe in a way that matches the diagram? a. Kepler * b. Ptolemy c. Copernicus d. Galileo Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
17. The Copernican system was no more accurate than the Ptolemaic system in predicting the positions of the planets because of a key factor that was unchanged from the Ptolemaic system. What was that factor? a. The Copernican system assumed the Earth was at rest at the centre. b. The Copernican system used elliptical planetary orbits. * c. The Copernican system used uniform circular motion. d. The Copernican system assumed all planets orbited the Sun. 18. What is the book “De Revolutionibus Orbium Coelestium” about? a. It describes how Galileo’s observations and Kepler’s calculations proved the Copernican theory. b. It describes the construction of Galileo’s telescope and his observations. c. It is a dialogue written to convince the general public of the merits of the Copernican theory. * d. It lays out the Copernican theory for the first time. 19. What was the greatest inaccuracy in Copernicus’s model of the solar system? * a. that the planets travelled in circular orbits with uniform motion b. that the planets travelled on epicycles, the centres of which followed orbits around the Sun c. that the planets travelled in elliptical orbits d. that the planets were allowed to travel backwards in their orbits 20. Which of the following objects cannot transit (i.e. pass in front of) the Sun, as seen from Jupiter? * Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
1. Why do astronomers build radio telescopes? *a. Radio waves give a different view of the universe. b. Radio waves from space reach the Earth’s surface. c. Radio telescopes can detect signals from aliens. d. Radio telescopes can be much larger than optical telescopes. 2. What type of telescope is most likely to suffer from chromatic aberration and have a low light- a. a small diameter reflecting telescope b. a large diameter reflecting telescope *c. a small diameter refracting telescope d. a large diameter refracting telescope 3. When does chromatic aberration occur in a telescope? a. when different colours of light do not focus at the same point in a reflecting telescope *b. when different colours of light do not focus at the same point in a refracting telescope c. when light of different wavelengths gets absorbed by the mirror in a reflecting telescope d. when light of different wavelengths gets absorbed by the lens in a refracting telescope 4. What type of telescope is a radio telescope? *a. reflecting b. refracting c. deflecting d. retracting 5. What type of telescope has a lens as its objective and contains no mirrors? Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
a. deflecting b. reflecting *c. refracting d. compound 6. How is the objective of most radio telescopes similar to the objective of a reflecting optical tel *a. They are both bowl-shaped (concave). b. They are both hill-shaped (convex). c. They are typically the same size. d. They are both made of metal. 7. What type of primary is found in a reflecting telescope? a. prism *b. mirror c. lens d. diffraction grating 8. You point your backyard reflecting telescope at the star Vega. Where does Vega’s light go? *a. from the primary mirror, to the secondary mirror, to the eyepiece b. from the primary mirror to the eyepiece c. through the primary lens, to the secondary mirror, to the eyepiece d. through the primary lens, through the secondary lens, to the eyepiece 9. Which of the following best explains the concept of atmospheric windows? a. Holes in the Earth’s atmosphere allow ultraviolet radiation to reach the North and South p b. X-ray radiation from space can see through the atmosphere to observe activities on the gro *c. Only certain wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation from space reach the Earth’s surfac d. The Earth’s atmosphere can be “closed” or “open” to electromagnetic radiation, dependin weather. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
10. What is the main reason for building large optical telescopes? a. It’s the best way to see through clouds and other light-absorbers in the atmosphere. *b. It’s the best way to collect as much light as possible from faint objects. c. It’s the best way to nullify the blurring effects of the Earth’s atmosphere and thus produce d. It’s the best way to magnify objects and make them brighter. 11. An astronomer takes two pictures of the same object using the Hubble Space Telescope. One *a. Blue light will show finer details. b. Red light will show finer details. c. Both should be the same. d. The amount of detail depends on the distance to the object. 12. Which property of a telescope determines its light-gathering power? a. the focal length of the objective b. the focal length of the eyepiece *c. the diameter of the objective d. the length of the telescope tube 13. What is the light-gathering power of a telescope directly proportional to? *a. the diameter of the primary mirror or lens b. the focal length of the primary mirror or lens c. the length of the telescope tube d. the diameter of the eyepiece 14. Why can’t a telescope image be magnified to show any level of detail? *a. Diffraction limits the amount of detail that is visible. b. Telescopes only view a small region of the sky. c. Magnification depends on focal length. d. Resolving power depends on wavelength. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
15. Which of the following has the most light-gathering power? a. a telescope of 5 centimetres diameter and focal length of 50 centimetres *b. a telescope of 6 centimetres diameter and focal length of 100 centimetres c. a telescope of 2 centimetres diameter and focal length of 100 centimetres d. a telescope of 3 centimetres diameter and focal length of 75 centimetres 16. How is the resolving power of a telescope defined? *a. It is a measure of the minimum angular separation that can be seen with the telescope. b. It is a measure of the amount of light that the telescope can gather in one second. c. It is the separation between the objective and the image. d. It is a measure of how blurry objects appear in the telescope. 17. What happens to a telescope’s light-gathering power and resolving power when you increase *a. Its light-gathering power and resolving power both increase. b. Its light-gathering power increases and its resolving power decreases. c. Its light-gathering power decreases and its resolving power increases. d. Its light-gathering power and resolving power both decrease. 18. What can be done to improve the resolving power of ground-based optical telescopes? a. Use them at longer wavelengths. *b. Equip them with an adaptive optics system. c. Change them from reflectors to refractors. d. Increase their focal length. 19. The pupil of the human eye is approximately 0.8 centimetres in diameter when adapted to the Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
a. 2 : 1 b. 20 : 1 c. 400 : 1 *d. 40,000 : 1 20. What is the ratio of the light-gathering power of a 10-metre telescope to that of a 1-metre telescope? a. 10 to 1 b. 1 to 10 *c. 100 to 1 d. 1 to 100 21. The diagram below illustrates the layout and light path of a reflecting telescope of the ____________________ design. ANSWER: Cassegrain 22. A(n) ____________________ is used to measure the brightness and colour of stars. *ANSWER: photometer 23. 300 nanometre light has a lower frequency than 500 nanometre light. a. True *b. False Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
24. X-rays easily penetrate the Earth’s atmosphere and reach the ground from space. a. True *b. False 25. What is the purpose of interferometry? *a. It is used to improve the resolving power of telescopes. b. It is used to decrease the chromatic aberration of a telescope. c. It is used to make large X-ray and ultraviolet telescopes. d. It allows radio telescopes to be within a few hundred feet of each other. 1. Which of the following statements best describes the wavelength of a wave? a. the measure of how strong the wave is *b. the distance between two adjacent peaks of the wave c. the measure of how fast the wave is d. the distance between a peak of the wave and the next trough 2. Which form of electromagnetic radiation travels fastest? a. gamma rays b. radio waves *c. all electromagnetic radiation travels at the same speed d. the speed of radiation depends on the brightness of the source 3. What does the word “radiation” mean when used by scientists? a. invisible forms of light such as X-rays and radio waves b. the light emitted by black holes and protostars c. high-energy particles from nuclear reactors *d. anything that spreads out from a central source 4. What does a nanometre measure? a. frequency b. energy Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
c. mass *d. length 5. In which way is a photon of blue light identical to a photon of red light? a. energy *b. speed c. wavelength d. frequency 6. Which of the following types of light has wavelengths that are longer than the wavelengths of visible light? a. gamma rays b. ultraviolet *c. infrared d. X-rays 7. What is the longest wavelength of light that can be seen with the human eye? a. 400 nanometres *b. 700 nanometres c. 7000 nanometres d. 3×10 8 m 8. How does long-wavelength visible light appear to the average human eye? a. invisible b. green c. blue *d. red 9. What is the relationship between colour and wavelength for light? *a. Wavelength increases from blue light to red light. b. Wavelength decreases from blue light to red light. c. All colours of light have the same wavelength. d. Wavelength depends on intensity, not colour. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
10. Which of the following sequences of electromagnetic radiation shows the order of increasing energy correctly a. gamma rays, X-rays, infrared, radio *b. visible, ultraviolet, X-rays, gamma rays c. visible, microwave, radio, infrared d. infrared, visible, radio, X-rays 11. Which of the following types of light has wavelengths that are shorter than the wavelengths of visible light? *a. gamma rays b. radio waves c. infrared radiation d. microwaves 12. Which of the following types of electromagnetic radiation has the smallest frequency? a. X-rays *b. radio waves c. visible light d. infrared radiation 13. Which of the following types of electromagnetic radiation has the greatest energy per photon? a. X-rays b. radio waves *c. gamma rays d. infrared radiation 14. Which of the following types of electromagnetic radiation has the lowest energy per photon? a. X-rays b. ultraviolet light c. gamma rays *d. infrared radiation 15. Which of the following statements about the Earth’s atmosphere is true? *a. The atmosphere is transparent to most radio waves. b. The atmosphere is opaque to most radio waves. c. The atmosphere is transparent to X-rays. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
d. The atmosphere is opaque to most visible wavelengths. 16. How does the energy of a photon relate to the other properties of light? a. Energy is directly proportional to the wavelength of the light. *b. Energy is inversely proportional to the wavelength of the light. c. Energy depends only on the speed of the light. d. Energy is inversely proportional to the frequency of the light. 17. How do photons of blue light differ from photons of red light? *a. Blue light photons have more energy than photons of red light. b. Blue light photons have a lower frequency than photons of red light. c. Blue light photons have a longer wavelength than photons of red light. d. Blue light photons travel faster than photons of red light. 18. What statement below best describes the refraction of light? a. the absorption of light as it travels though a dense, transparent material b. the spreading out of white light according to wavelength *c. the change in direction of a light ray as it passes to a medium of different optical density d. the change in direction of a ray of light as it reflects off a surface 19. What is a photon? a. a type of electromagnetic radiation b. a particle within the atmospheric window c. a particle produced when light interacts with vacuum *d. a particle of light 20. Which of the following types of electromagnetic radiation is absorbed by water lower in the Earth’s atmosphe *a. infrared radiation b. ultraviolet radiation c. radio wave radiation d. X-ray radiation 21. Which of the following types of electromagnetic radiation is absorbed by ozone in the Earth’s atmosphere? Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
a. infrared radiation *b. ultraviolet radiation c. X-ray radiation d. visible light 22. What is a similarity between radio and optical telescopes? *a. Both can observe from the Earth’s surface. b. Both are usually located on mountaintops. c. Both are usually made as refracting telescopes. d. Both can detect radiation with charge-coupled devices. 1. How can the density of the Sun be measured? a. by using the density of hydrogen as measured on Earth b. by analyzing samples of the solar wind c. by using the amount of area covered by Venus during a transit d. *by using Newton’s laws and the Sun’s diameter 2. What is the deOni;on of Absolute Zero? a. zero degrees Celsius *b. the temperature at which no thermal energy can be extracted from atoms c. the temperature at which water freezes d. the temperature at which molecules split into atoms 3. The temperature of an object is 273K. What is the temperature in degrees a. 273 b.-273 *c. 0 d. 373 4. The temperature of an object is 373K. What is the temperature in degrees Celsius? a. -273 * b.-173 c. 173 d. 273 5. What is the temperature of an object from which no heat energy can Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
be extracted? *a. 0 Kelvin b. 100 Kelvin c. 100 Celsius d. Celsius 6. The surface temperature of the Sun is about 5800K. Based on this temperature, what is the expe a. orange * b. green c. yellow d. red 7. Which of the following measures the average speed of the par;cles (atoms or molecules) in a gas? a. Heat b. Composi;on *c. Temperature d. Binding energy 8 . A plot of the con;nuous spectra of four diDerent stars is shown in the Ogure. Based on these spectra *a. A b. B c. C d. D . 9. A plot of the con;nuous spectra of four diDerent stars is shown in the Ogure. Based on these spectra, which o a. A Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
b. B c. C *d. D 10. The Sun emits its maximum intensity of light at about 520 nm. According to Wien’s Law, at what wavelength *a. 260 nm b. 1040 nm c. 5800 nm d. 11600 nm 11 . What is the sequence of star colours in order of increasing temperature? *a. red, yellow, blue b. red, blue, yellow c. yellow, blue, red d. blue, yellow, red 12. Is it possible for a red star to emit more energy than a blue star? a. No, because the red star has a lower temperature. * b. Yes, if the red star has a larger area. c. Yes, if the red star has a larger wavelength of maximum intensity. d. No, because red stars are less massive than blue stars. 13. The Stefan-Boltzmann law says that hot objects emit energy propor;onal to the fourth power of their temp more energy per second will the homer star radiate from each square meter of its surface? (Please see appendix a. 5 ;mes b. 25 ;mes *c. 625 ;mes d. 10 15 ;mes 14. What is the explana;on for the pamern of granula;on seen on the visible surface of the Sun? a. The granules form the base of a circula;on pamern that extends from the photosphere to the outer corona. b. The granules are regions of nuclear energy genera;on in the photosphere of the sun c. Each granule contains a strong magne;c Oeld, which compresses and heats the gas underneath it. * d. The granules are the tops of hot gases that have risen from the Sun's convec;ve Zone 15. What is found in the centers of granules? *a. hot material rising to the photosphere from below Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
b. cool material falling from the photosphere to the regions below c. material that is fainter and homer than its surroundings d. material that is brighter and cooler than its surroundings 16. What is responsible for binding the electrons to the nucleus? a. KirchhoD's law b. Wien’s law *c. Coulombs Law d. Balmer series 17. Which of the following is a set of rules that describes how atoms and subatomic par;cles behave? a. KirchhoD's law b. Wien’s law *c. Quantum Mechanics d. General Rela;vity 18. What is the lowest energy level in an atom called? *a. Ground State b. The absolute zero temperature c. The ioniza;on level d. The energy level from which the Paschen series of hydrogen originates 19. The energy of the Orst level in an atom is 2.2 × 10 -18 J, and the energy of the second energy level is 1.6 a. 3.5 × 10 -36 J * b. 6.0 × 10 -19 J c. 3.5 × 10 -18 J d. 6.0 × 10 -18 J Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
20. The diagram illustrates a light source, a gas cloud, and three diDerent lines of sight (the observer is loca a. 1 b. 2 *c. 3 21. Which of the following can be determined from the spectrum of a star, without addi;onal informa;on? *a. radial velocity b core temperature c. distance d. velocity across the sky 22. Which of the following is a property of the Sun’s chromosphere? a. produces a coronal Oltergram b. is below the visible surface of the Sun c. is above the corona * d. homer than the photosphere 23 . BONUS quesBon : A boy has mass equal to 35 kg on the surface of the Earth? What is his weight on the surfa *a. 9579.5 N b. 343.35 N c. 957.95 N d. 3.43 N 2. How can the density of the Sun be measured? a. by using the density of hydrogen as measured on Earth b. by analysing samples of the solar wind c. by using the amount of area covered by Venus during a transit d. *by using Newton’s laws and the Sun’s diameter 3. Which two quan;;es are needed to calculate density of any object? a. *mass and volume b. temperature and diameter c. mass and temperature d. volume and temperature 3. What is the deOni;on of Absolute Zero? a. zero degrees Celsius *b. the temperature at which no thermal energy can be extracted from atoms c. the temperature at which water freezes d. the temperature at which molecules split into atoms Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
4. The temperature of an object is 273K. What is the temperature in degrees Celsius? a. 273 b.-273 *c. 0 d. 373 5. The temperature of an object is 373K. What is the temperature in degrees Celsius? a. -273 * b.-173 c. 173 d. 273 6. What makes up the neutral hydrogen atom? a. one proton one neutron b. one proton c. one proton one neutron one electron *d. one proton one electron 7. What is the temperature of an object from which no heat energy can be extracted? *a. 0 Kelvin b. 100 Kelvin c. 100 Celsius d. Celsius 8. Summer temperatures on Mars can reach 310 K. How would humans deal with such a temperature o a. This temperature is so low that a human would freeze to death b. This is a Canadian winter temperature; humans could survive with a winter jacket and boots * c. This is a Canadian summer temperature; humans could be comfortable in shorts and a T-shirt d. This temperature is so high that a human would die of heatstroke 9. Which of the following contains two or more atoms that are bound together by exchanging or sharing a. nucleus b. ion c. proton *d. molecule 10. The surface temperature of the Sun is about 5800K. Based on this temperature, what is the expected a. orange * b. green c. yellow d. red Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
11. What does a non-ionized atom always contain? a. the same number of protons and neutrons * b. the same number of protons and electrons c. twice as many protons as neutrons d. twice as many neutrons as protons 12. Which of the following measures the average speed of the par;cles (atoms or molecules) in a gas? a. Heat b. Composi;on *c. Temperature d. Binding energy 13 . A plot of the con;nuous spectra of four diDerent stars is shown in the Ogure. Based on these *a. A b. B c. C d. D . 14. A plot of the con;nuous spectra of four diDerent stars is shown in the Ogure. Based on these spectra, which a. A b. B c. C *d. D 15. The Sun emits its maximum intensity of light at about 520 nm. According to Wien’s Law, at what wavelength *a. 260 nm b. 1040 nm c. 5800 nm d. 11600 nm 16. The Sun emits its maximum intensity of light at about 520 nm. According to Wien’s Law, what would the tem *a. 1040 K Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
b. 2900 K c. 5800 K d. 10400 K 17 . What is the sequence of star colours in order of increasing temperature? *a. red, yellow, blue b. red, blue, yellow c. yellow, blue, red d. blue, yellow, red 18. Is it possible for a red star to emit more energy than a blue star? a. No, because the red star has a lower temperature. * b. Yes, if the red star has a larger area. c. Yes, if the red star has a larger wavelength of maximum intensity. d. No, because red stars are less massive than blue stars. 19. Where does most of the visible light we see coming from the Sun originate? a. Chromosphere * b. Photosphere c. Corona d. Sunspots 20. What is the phase of mamer in the Sun? a. Solid * b. Plasma c. Gas d. Liquid 1. What is the spectral sequence in order of increasing temperature? a. MKFAGBO b. BAFGKMO *c. MKGFABO d. ABFMKGO 2. Which of the following can we use to determine the surface temperature of a star? a. determining if the star has a companion star *b. studying its line absorption spectrum c. measuring the star’s distance d. measuring the star’s parallax Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Table 1 Star Name Spectral Type α For F8 ο Cet M7 γ Tri A0 ξ Per O7 3. The table lists the spectral types for each of four stars. Which star in this table would have the lowest surface te a. α For *b. ο Cet c. γ Tri d. ξ Per 4. The table lists the spectral types for each of four stars. Which star in this table would have the highest surface t a. α For b. ο Cet c. γ Tri d. ξ Per ANSWER: d 5. What properties of a star determine its luminosity? a. distance and diameter b. temperature and distance c. temperature and diameter *d. apparent magnitude and temperature 6. How do we know that giant stars are larger in diameter than the Sun? *a. They are more luminous but have about the same temperature. b. They are less luminous but have about the same temperature. c. They are hotter but have about the same luminosity. d. They are cooler but have about the same luminosity. 7. Sirius A and B are two stars at the same distance from the Earth. In this binary system, Sirius A is much bright *a. Sirius B must be much smaller than Sirius A. b. Sirius B must be much larger than Sirius A. c. Sirius B must be much more massive than Sirius A. d. Sirius B must be much less massive than Sirius A. 8. In a Hertzsprung-Russell diagram, where are the stars with the smallest radius found? a. in the upper left corner b. in the upper right corner *c. in the lower left corner d. in the lower right corner 9. In a Hertzsprung-Russell diagram, where are 90 percent of all the stars found? a. in the giant region b. in the supergiant region c. on the dwarf sequence *d. on the main sequence 11. The star named Sheat is of spectral type M2 and luminosity class II. Based on this information, how does She *a. Sheat is cooler and larger than the Sun. b. Sheat is cooler and smaller than the Sun. c. Sheat is hotter and more luminous than the Sun. d. Sheat is hotter and larger than the Sun. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
12. The star named Circini has the spectral type and luminosity class of O 8.5 V. Based on this information, how a. Circini is cooler and larger than the Sun. b. Circini is cooler and smaller than the Sun. *c. Circini is hotter and more luminous than the Sun. d. Circini is hotter and less luminous than the Sun. 13. Where are red giant stars found in the Hertzsprung-Russell diagram? *a. above the main sequence b. below the main sequence c. on the lower main sequence d. on the upper main sequence Table 2 Star Parallax (sec of arc) Spectral Type δ Cen 0.026 B2 IV HR 4758 0.05 G0 V HD 39801 0.005 M2 I 9 CMa 0.4 A1 V 14. Which star in the table is the closest to Earth? a. δ Cen b. HR 4758 c. HD 39801 *d. 9 CMa 15. Which star in the table has the highest surface temperature? a. δ Cen b. HR 4758 c. HD 39801 *d. 9 CMa 16. Which star in the table has the largest diameter? a. δ Cen b. HR 4758 *c. HD 39801 d. 9 CMa Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
1. The parsec is defined so that a star at a distance of 1 parsec has a parallax of one arcsecond. If a star has a para distance? a. 2 parsecs b. 5 parsecs c. 20 parsecs *d. 50 parsecs 2. The parsec is defined so that a star at a distance of 1 parsec has a parallax of one arcsecond. If a star has a para a. 2 parsecs b. 5 parsecs *c. 20 parsecs d. 50 parsecs 3. The parsec is defined so that a star at a distance of 1 parsec has a parallax of one arcsecond. If a star is located *a. 0.1 arcseconds b. 0.01 arcseconds c. 1 arcsecond d. 10 arcseconds 4. The parsec is defined so that a star at a distance of 1 parsec has a parallax of one arcsecond. If a star is located a. 0.25 arcseconds *b. 0.025 arcseconds c. 0.04 arcseconds d. 0.05 arcseconds 5. How do humans use their eyes to measure relative distance by parallax? a. By continuously focusing our eyes on distant objects, we can determine distance. *. b. Since our eyes are separated, the brain interprets the relative look angles of the two eyes in terms of dist c. Our eyes can measure the time it takes light to travel from an object, and from this we get distance. d. As we move our heads from side to side, our brain compares angles from each of these positions to work o Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
7. What would make parallax easier to measure? *a. the Earth's orbit being larger b. the stars being farther away c. the Earth moving faster along its orbit d. stars moving faster in their orbits 8. If two stars are emitting the same amount of light, how will the star that is farther away appear? a. brighter *b. dimmer c. redder d. bluer 9. What is absolute visual magnitude? a. the luminosity of a star observed from Earth b. the luminosity of a star observed from a distance of 1000 parsecs *c. the apparent magnitude of a star observed from a distance of 10 parsecs d. the apparent magnitude of a star observed from Earth 10. Absolute magnitude is defined as the apparent magnitude that a star would have if observed at a distance of 3 *a. It would be less than +5. b. It would be exactly +5. c. It would be greater than +5. d. More information on the star’s luminosity would be required to answer this question. 11. What aspect of a star is a measure of the total energy radiated by the star in one second? a. apparent visual magnitude b. luminosity class c. spectral type *d. luminosity 12. Which stars have a large positive absolute magnitude? a. stars of high luminosity *b. stars of low luminosity c. nearby stars d. distant stars 13. If you compare two stars, which one will always have the greater luminosity? a. The one with the larger radius will always have the greater luminosity. b. The one with the higher surface temperature will always have the greater luminosity. *c. The one with the smaller absolute magnitude will always have the greater luminosity. d. The one with the largest distance will always have the greater luminosity. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
14. The nearest star, Proxima Centauri, is about four light-years away and has a luminosity about 0.001 times tha *a. twice as bright b. four times as bright c. 16 times as bright d. 4000 times as bright 15. How does a star’s surface temperature determine the appearance of its spectrum? a. Surface temperature affects which elements are solid, liquid, or gaseous. b. Surface temperature determines the luminosity of the star. c. Surface temperature affects which elements can escape from the surface of the star. *d. Surface temperature determines the velocity of collision rates of atoms and ions. 16. What is the most accurate way to determine the surface temperature of a star? *a. Study the pattern of absorption lines from various atoms. b. Study the relative intensities of light measured through different photometric filters. c. Study the peak wavelength of the star's continuum blackbody spectrum. d. Study the pattern of emission lines on the star's spectrum. 17. Which of the following can the strength of spectral lines tell you about a star? a. the radius b. the distance *c. the temperature d. the visual magnitude 18. You observe medium hydrogen Balmer lines, as well as neutral helium spectral features, in a star. What is the a. G b. M c. F *d. B 19. You observe medium hydrogen Balmer lines, as well as neutral helium spectral features, in a star. What is the a. 3000 K b. 10 000 K *c. 20 000 K d. 5500 K 20. What is the spectral sequence in order of decreasing temperature? *a. OBAFGKM b. OBAGFKM c. BAGFKMO d. ABFGKMO Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
1. Stars with masses below a certain threshold produce most of their energy via the proton-proton chain. What is a. 0.01 solar masses b. 0.1 solar masses *c. 1.1 solar masses d. 11 solar masses 2. Which of the following is considered to be the best explanation for the missing solar neutrinos? a. The Sun is fusing helium but not hydrogen. b. Nuclear reactions do not produce neutrinos as fast as theory predicts. c. The Sun may contain matter we haven't yet identified. *d. Neutrinos may oscillate between three different flavours. 3. How did observations at the Sudbury Neutrino Observatory solve the solar neutrino problem? *a. They showed that the “missing neutrinos” had changed into a different type. b. They showed that other experiments had miscounted the number of solar neutrinos. c. They showed that models for the number of neutrinos produced by the Sun were wrong. d. They showed that neutrinos were not escaping from the core of the Sun. 4. Why does the main sequence have a limit at the lower end? a. Low mass stars form from the interstellar medium very rarely. b. Low mass objects are composed primarily of solids, not gases. c. The lower limit represents a star with zero radius. *d. A minimum temperature is required for hydrogen nuclear fusion to take place. 5. Why is there a main sequence mass-luminosity relation? a. because helium fusion produces carbon *b. because more massive stars support their larger weight by making more energy c. because the helium flash occurs in degenerate matter d. because all stars on the main sequence have about the same radius Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
6. What is the approximate mass of the lowest mass object that can initiate the thermonuclear fusion of hydrogen *a. 0.08 solar mass b. 1 solar mass c. 8 solar masses d. 80 solar masses 7. Which of the following is most similar in size to a brown dwarf? *a. the planet Jupiter b. a red dwarf c. a white dwarf d. a Bok globule 8. Which of the following are star-like objects that contain less than 0.08 solar masses and will never raise their c *a. brown dwarfs b. Herbig-Haro objects c. Bok globules d. T Tauri stars 9. What would happen if the nuclear reactions in a star began to produce too much energy? a. The star would shrink. *b. The star would expand. c. The star would collapse. d. Nothing would happen. 10. How much of its lifetime does the average star spend on the main sequence? a. 1% b. 10% c. 20% *d. 90% Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
11. The lower edge of the main-sequence band represents the location in the H-R diagram at which stars begin th *a. the zero-age main sequence b. the birth line c. the Coulomb barrier d. the evolutionary track Main 12. On the H-R diagram, the line indicates the location of the main sequence. Which of the four labeled locations a. 1 b. 2 *c. 3 d. 4 Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
13. Refer to the H-R diagram. Which point represents a star in which the proton-proton chain is occurring? a. 1 b. 2 *c. 3 d. 4 14. The Sun has an expected main-sequence lifetime of about 10 10 years. What is the lifetime on the main sequen a. 1.8×10 6 years *b. 1.8×10 9 years c. 1.8×10 10 years d. 1.8×10 11 years 16. What type of star is our Sun? a. intermediate-mass star b. yellow giant *c.low-mass star d. high-mass star 17. What is the lifetime of a 10 solar mass star on the main sequence? *a. 3.2×10 7 years b. 1×10 9 years c. 1×10 11 years d. 3.2×10 12 years 18. What characteristic of a star primarily determines its location on the main sequence? a. age b. distance from the galactic centre *c. mass d. radius 19. In which option below are the stellar types sorted from shortest to longest main-sequence lifetime? *a. O, A, K, M b. A, B, F, G c. K, F, B, O d. B, A, M, G 20. Consider two stars of the same mass: star 1 has just moved on to the main sequence, and star 2 is about to lea a. Star 2 has more helium in its core and a hotter surface. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
19. In which option below are the stellar types sorted from shortest to longest main-sequence lifetime? *a. O, A, K, M b. A, B, F, G c. K, F, B, O d. B, A, M, G 20. Consider two stars of the same mass: star 1 has just moved on to the main sequence, and star 2 is about to lea a. Star 2 has more helium in its core and a hotter surface. *b. Star 2 has more helium in its core and a cooler surface. c. Star 1 is more luminous and has a hotter surface. d. Star 1 is more luminous and has a cooler surface. 1. Which of the following relationships is the key to nuclear reactions in a star’s core remaining under control? a. Luminosity depends on mass. *b. Pressure depends on temperature. c. Density depends on mass. d. Weight depends on temperature. 2. What is opacity? a. the balance between the pressure and force of gravity inside a star b. the force that binds protons and neutrons together to form a nucleus c. the temperature and density at which a gas will undergo thermonuclear fusion *d. a measure of the resistance to the flow of radiation (photons) through a gas 3. What causes the outward gas pressure that balances the inward pull of gravity in a main-sequence star? a. the rapid outward flow of gas b. the rapid inward flow of gas *c. the high temperature and density of the gas d. the low mass of helium nuclei 4. Why is convection important in stars? a. because it mixes the star’s gases and increases the temperature of the star *b. because it mixes the star’s gases and transports energy outwards c. because it carries energy toward the core of the star d. because it carries the neutrinos to the surface of the star where they can escape Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
5. How does the temperature inside a star determine how energy flows inside it? a. The radiation rate depends on temperature. *b. The dependence of opacity on temperature makes convection happen. c. The dependence of opacity on temperature makes conduction happen. d. The temperature determines how much energy is produced at each layer. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
6. Which of the following is the best example of energy transport by conduction? a. Your feet are warmed when you hold them in front of a fire. b. Your feet are warmed when you wear socks. *c. Your feet get cold when you stand on a cold floor. d. Your feet get cold when you hold them over a cool air vent. ANSWER: 7. What does solving equations on a computer have to do with making a stellar model? *a. The equations apply the laws of stellar structure at locations within the star. b. Equations can describe the H-R diagram and a star’s location on it. c. The mass-luminosity equation tells you how to find a star’s luminosity given its mass. d. Equations are used to model the nuclear reactions inside a star. 8. What does the strong force do? a. It binds electrons to the nucleus in an atom. b. It holds the Moon in orbit around the Earth. c. It creates the magnetic field associated with sunspots. *d. It binds protons and neutrons together to form a nucleus. 9. What concept explains why both fusion and fission release energy? a. proton-proton chain energy b. Coulomb barrier energy c. strong force energy *d. nuclear binding energy 10. What is the name of the process by which the Sun turns mass into energy? a. nuclear fission *b. nuclear fusion c. convection d. radiation 11. While on the main sequence, what is a star’s primary energy source? *a. nuclear fusion b. nuclear fission c. gravitational potential energy Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
13. Why do nuclear fusion reactions only take place in the interior of a star (rather than at the surface)? a. The magnetic fields are strongest there. *b. The temperature and density are highest in the centre. c. The core is the only place where hydrogen is found. d. The strong nuclear force is only active in the centers of stars. 14. What is produced in the proton-proton chain? a. two hydrogen nuclei, a single helium nucleus, and energy in the form of visible light b. four hydrogen nuclei and energy in the form of gamma rays *c. a helium nucleus and energy in the form of gamma rays d. two hydrogen nuclei and energy in the form of visible light 15. What happens in the proton-proton chain? a. Two protons are fused to make a helium nucleus. b. Three protons are fused to make a lithium nucleus. c. A helium nucleus is split into four protons. *d. Four protons are fused to make a helium nucleus. 16. What is the term for the process that fuses hydrogen into helium in the cores of massive main-sequence stars? *a. the CNO cycle b. the proton-proton chain c. hydrostatic equilibrium d. the neutrino process 17. What happens in the carbon-nitrogen-oxygen (CNO) cycle? a. Carbon nuclei are split 3 ways to make helium nuclei. b. Carbon and oxygen combine to form nitrogen, which produces energy. c. Carbon and nitrogen combine to form oxygen and energy. *d. Four hydrogen nuclei combine to form one helium nucleus and energy. 18. Stars with masses below a certain threshold produce most of their energy via the proton-proton chain. What is a. 0.01 solar masses b. 0.1 solar masses *c. 1.1 solar masses d. 11 solar masses Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
19. Which of the following is considered to be the best explanation for the missing solar neutrinos? a. The Sun is fusing helium but not hydrogen. b. Nuclear reactions do not produce neutrinos as fast as theory predicts. c. The Sun may contain matter we haven't yet identified. *d. Neutrinos may oscillate between three different flavours. 20. How did observations at the Sudbury Neutrino Observatory solve the solar neutrino problem? *a. They showed that the “missing neutrinos” had changed into a different type. b. They showed that other experiments had miscounted the number of solar neutrinos. c. They showed that models for the number of neutrinos produced by the Sun were wrong. d. They showed that neutrinos were not escaping from the core of the Sun 1. As a star exhausts the hydrogen in its core, what happens? a. It becomes hotter and more luminous. b. It becomes hotter and less luminous. c. It becomes cooler and less luminous. *d. It becomes cooler and more luminous. 2. When does a star experience helium fusion? a. just before it enters the main sequence b. after it has become a red giant star *c. when it is on the horizontal branch d. before it leaves the main sequence 3. Why are giant and supergiant stars rare? *a. The giant and supergiant stages are very short. b. The star blows up before the giant or supergiant stage is reached. c. They do not form as often as main sequence stars. d. The giant or supergiant stage is very long. 4. Which of the following statements best describes why stars eventually die? a. Their lifespan is limited. *b. They exhaust all their fuel. c. Their cores become hotter. d. They become less luminous. 5. Which of the following occurs during the giant stage? *a. helium fusion in the core and hydrogen fusion in the surrounding shell b. hydrogen fusion in the core and helium fusion in the surrounding shell c. hydrogen and helium fusion in the core d. hydrogen flash 6. In what way are giants and supergiants similar? a. They are the main sequence stars. b. They undergo a helium flash stage as they enter the main sequence. *c. They are very luminous. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
1. What is the term for a collection of 105 to 106 old stars in a region 30 to 100 light-years in diameter? a. Herbig-Haro object *b. globular cluster c. open cluster d. giant cluster 2. What is the defining characteristic of stars within a cluster that are at the turnoff point? *a. They are just leaving the main sequence. b. They are just becoming white dwarfs. c. They are just entering the main sequence. d. They are about to explode in supernovae. Cluster 3. What is the approximate age of the star cluster in the H-R diagram? (Hint: Main sequence stars of spectral types O and B have a core supply of hydrogen that is sufficient to last about 250 million years; types A and F, about 2 billion years; type G about 10 billion years; types K and M about 30 billion years. The apparent magnitude scale means that larger numbers are toward the bottom of the vertical axis.) a. 200 million years b. 2 billion years *c. 10 billion years d. 30 billion years 4. Refer to the H-R diagram. How would the H-R diagram of a more distant star cluster look different? *a. The points would shift down, because all of the stars would have larger apparent magnitudes. b. The points would shift to the right, because all of the stars would appear to be cooler. c. The points would shift up, because all of the stars would have smaller apparent magnitudes. d. The points would shift to the left, because all of the stars would appear to be hotter. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
5. Which nuclear fuels does a one solar mass star use over the course of its entire lifespan? a. hydrogen *b. hydrogen and helium c. hydrogen, helium, and carbon d. hydrogen, helium, carbon, and oxygen 6. What is the ultimate fate of our Sun? a. It will become a neutron star. b. It will explode in a supernova. *c. It will become a white dwarf. d. It will explode in a nova. 7. Which of the following is the most important factor that determines a life cycle of a star (for example, why some stars have a short life span)? *a. mass b. temperature c. luminosity d. radius 8. What principle explains why matter flowing from one star in a binary system to its companion forms an accretion disk? a. conservation of tidal forces b. conservation of temperature *c. conservation of angular momentum d. conservation of energy 9. Suppose you discover a binary star system with a 0.7 solar mass giant star and a 2 solar mass main sequence star. Why is this surprising? a. 0.7 solar mass stars are not expected to become giants. b. All 2 solar mass stars should have left the main sequence. c. Giant stars are expected to destroy their companions, so the 2 solar mass star shouldn’t exist. *d. The 2 solar mass star should have become a giant before the 0.7 solar mass star. 10. When material expanding away from a star in a binary system reaches the edge of its Roche lobe, what happens? a. The material will start to fall back toward the star. b. All of the material will accrete on to the companion. *c. The material will no longer be gravitationally bound to the star. d. The material will increase in temperature and eventually undergo thermonuclear fusion. 11. When mass is transferred toward a white dwarf in a binary system, the material forms a rapidly growing whirlpool of material. What is that whirlpool called? *a. an accretion disk b. an Algol paradox Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
c. a planetary nebula d. a supernova remnant 12. Under what conditions are Type Ia supernovae believed to occur? a. when the core of a massive star collapses *b. when a white dwarf exceeds the Chandrasekhar-Landau limit c. when hydrogen detonation occurs d. when neutrinos in a massive star form a shock wave that explodes the star 13. Which of the following is almost always associated with a nova? a. a very massive star b. a star undergoing helium burning c. a white dwarf in a close binary system *d. a solar-like star that has exhausted its hydrogen and helium 14. Why can’t massive stars generate energy through iron fusion? a. because iron fusion requires very high density b. because no star can get hot enough for iron fusion *c. because both fusion and fission of iron nuclei absorb energy d. because massive stars go supernova before they create an iron core 15. If the hypothesis that novae occur in close binary systems is correct, then which of the following should novae do? a. They should produce synchrotron radiation. b. They should occur in regions of star formation. c. They should all be visual binaries. *d. They should repeat after some interval. 16. Why is the material that accretes onto a neutron star or black hole expected to emit X-rays? a. The material contains magnetic fields that will produce synchrotron radiation. b. Hydrogen nuclei begin to fuse and emit high energy photons. *c. The material will become hot enough that it will radiate most strongly at X-ray wavelengths. d. As the material slows down it converts thermal energy to gravitational potential energy. 17. What is the term for the form of electromagnetic radiation produced by rapidly moving electrons spiralling through magnetic fields? a. Lagrangian radiation b. ultraviolet radiation *c. synchrotron radiation d. infrared radiation 18. What type of object is the Crab nebula? a. a planetary nebula b. an open cluster c. an absorption nebula Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
*d. a supernova remnant 19. In the year 1054 CE, Chinese astronomers observed the appearance of a new star. What occupies that location now? a. a molecular cloud b. a planetary nebula with a white dwarf in the centre *c. a supernova remnant with a pulsar in the centre d. nothing 20. What produces synchrotron radiation? a. objects with temperatures below 10,000 K *b. high-velocity electrons moving through a magnetic field c. cold hydrogen atoms in space d. helium burning in a massive star 21. Where is synchrotron radiation produced? a. in planetary nebulae b. in the outer layers of red dwarfs c. in the collapsing iron cores of massive stars *d. in supernova remnants 22. What does the explosion of a type II supernova typically leave behind? a. It leaves behind a planetary nebula. b. It leaves behind a shell of hot, expanding gas with a white dwarf at the centre. *c. It leaves behind a shell of hot, expanding gas with a pulsar at the centre. d. Nothing is ever left behind. 23. Which of the following offered support for the theory that the collapse of a massive star’s iron core produces neutrinos? *a. the detection of neutrinos from the supernova of 1987 b. the brightening of supernovae a few days after they are first visible c. underground counts of solar neutrinos d. laboratory measurements of the mass of the neutrino 24. If you were to land on a neutron star, how would your mass change compared to your mass on the Earth? a. It would increase a lot. b. It would decrease a lot. c. It would increase a little. *d. It would remain the same. 1. What is the term for a collection of 105 to 106 old stars in a region 30 to 100 light-years in diameter? a. Herbig-Haro object Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
*b. globular cluster c. open cluster d. giant cluster 2. What is the defining characteristic of stars within a cluster that are at the turnoff point? *a. They are just leaving the main sequence. b. They are just becoming white dwarfs. c. They are just entering the main sequence. d. They are about to explode in supernovae. Cluster 3. What is the approximate age of the star cluster in the H-R diagram? (Hint: Main sequence stars of spectral types O and B have a core supply of hydrogen that is sufficient to last about 250 million years; types A and F, about 2 billion years; type G about 10 billion years; types K and M about 30 billion years. The apparent magnitude scale means that larger numbers are toward the bottom of the vertical axis.) a. 200 million years b. 2 billion years *c. 10 billion years d. 30 billion years 4. Refer to the H-R diagram. What type of star do the two data points above spectral type “A” represent? a. massive main sequence stars b. massive supergiant stars *c. white dwarfs with mass less than the sun’s mass d. white dwarfs with mass greater than twice the sun’s mass 5. Refer to the H-R diagram. What type of star do the data points above spectral type “M” represent? a. massive main sequence stars *b. main sequence stars with mass less than the sun’s mass c. main sequence stars with luminosities higher than the sun’s luminosity Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
d. pre-main sequence stars 6. Refer to the H-R diagram. How would the H-R diagram of an older star cluster look different? a. The points would shift to the right, because all of the stars would have lower temperatures. *b. The lower main sequence would look the same, but the turnoff would be at spectral type K or M. c. The points would shift down, because all of the stars would have lower luminosities. d. The lower main sequence would look the same, but the turnoff would be at spectral type F or A. 7. Refer to the H-R diagram. How would the H-R diagram of a more distant star cluster look different? *a. The points would shift down, because all of the stars would have larger apparent magnitudes. b. The points would shift to the right, because all of the stars would appear to be cooler. c. The points would shift up, because all of the stars would have smaller apparent magnitudes. d. The points would shift to the left, because all of the stars would appear to be hotter. 8. Which nuclear fuels does a one solar mass star use over the course of its entire lifespan? a. hydrogen *b. hydrogen and helium c. hydrogen, helium, and carbon d. hydrogen, helium, carbon, and oxygen 9. Star A is a 1 solar mass white dwarf, and star B is a 1.3 solar mass white dwarf. How would they differ? a. Star A has a smaller radius. *b. Star B has a smaller radius. c. Star B is supported by neutron degeneracy pressure. d. Star A is hotter. 10. What is the source of the energy radiated by a white dwarf? a. the proton-proton chain b. the CNO cycle c. gravitational contraction after becoming a white dwarf *d. gravitational contraction during the white dwarf formation phase 11. What does the Chandrasekhar-Landau limit tell us? a. Accretion disks can grow hot through friction. b. Neutron stars of more than 3 solar masses are not stable. *c. White dwarfs more massive than 1.4 solar masses are not stable. d. Stars with a mass less than 0.5 solar masses will not go through helium flash. 12. What is the ultimate fate of our Sun? Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
a. It will become a neutron star. b. It will explode in a supernova. *c. It will become a white dwarf. d. It will explode in a nova. 13. Which scenario is most likely to happen when the Sun enters the red giant stage? *a. Mercury, Venus, and Earth will be destroyed by the expanding Sun. b. Mercury will be destroyed by the expanding Sun, but Venus and Earth will remain intact. c. The Sun will engulf and destroy all planets in the Solar System. d. The Sun will never expand far enough to reach Mercury or any other planets in the Soar System. 14. If the stars at the turnoff point of a cluster have a mass of 3 times the mass of the Sun, what is the age of the cluster? *a. 6.4×108 years b. 3.3×109 years c. 3.0×1010 years d. 1.6×1011 years 15. Which of the following correctly describes a relationship between pressure, temperature, and density in degenerate matter? a. Pressure depends only on the temperature. *b. Pressure does not depend on temperature. c. Temperature depends only on density. d. Pressure does not depend on density. 16. What is a white dwarf composed of? a. hydrogen nuclei and degenerate electrons b. helium nuclei and normal electrons *c. carbon and oxygen nuclei and degenerate electrons d. degenerate iron nuclei 17. As a white dwarf cools, its radius remains the same. Why is this? a. because pressure due to nuclear reactions in a shell just below the surface keeps it from collapsing *b. because pressure does not depend on temperature for a white dwarf, since the electrons are degenerate c. because pressure does not depend on temperature, since the star has exhausted all its nuclear fuels d. because material accreting onto it from a companion maintains a constant radius 18. What are the two longest stages in the life of a one solar mass star? a. protostar, pre–main sequence b. protostar, white dwarf c. protostar, main sequence *d. main sequence, white dwarf Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
19. Which of the following is the most important factor that determines a life cycle of a star (for example, why some stars have a short life span)? *a. mass b. temperature c. luminosity d. radius 1. A Black Hole has mass M BH = 15 M Solar . What is its Schwarzschild radius? a. 50.5 km *b. 44.24 km c. 76 km d.100 km 2. A Black Hole has mass M BH = 1800 M Solar . What is its Schwarzschild radius? a. 150.5 km b. 444.24 km *c. 5309.32 km d.8769.60 km 3. If the Schwarzschild radius of a Black Hole is 10 km, what is its mass? a. 15 M solar b. 6.8 M solar *c. 35 M solar d. 48 M solar 4. Why black holes are black? a. Because they do not have any energy b. Because nothing escapes c. Because radiation does not escape *d. Because light does not escape 5. What is at the center of a black hole? a. Another black hole b. A little galaxy *c. The singularity point d. An X-ray source 6. What is a supermassive black hole? a. Black hole with mass similar to the sun b. Black hole with mass similar to Jupiter c. Black hole with mass similar to 3 M solar *d. Black hole with mass (thousand - billion) M solar 7. How did the Black Holes were predicted Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
a. By observation b. With radio telescopes c. With optical telescopes *d. Mathematically using Einstein’s general relativity theory 8. Hawking radiation is black body radiation due to a. Electromagnetic effects *b. Quantum effects c. Gravity effects d. Mechanical effects 9. Where is the Hawking radiation emitted? a. Near the singularity *b. Near the horizon c. Near the Schwarzschild radius d. From particles orbiting the black hole 10. BONUS QUESTION Two Black Holes have the following masses M 1 = 100 M solar and M 2 = 40 M solar . Show that Schwarzschild radius of the first black hole satisfies the relation R BH 1 = 5 2 R BH 2 . (Do not panic this is a really easy question!!. Hint: All you need is the relation that gives the Schwarzschild radius of a black hole. Look at the lecture slides.) Old But Good Astronomy Astronomy is the oldest of the sciences. Humans have always looked to the sky, and wondered, and thought, and looked again, and said "hmmm...that's funny" (remember I. Asimov from the quote in the Introduction?) and formulated theories and measured again and made better instruments and recalculated and reformulated — and so on. Of course, astronomy was always mixed up with religion — the gods were "up there" and we - mere mortal human beings - were "down here", although man was, after all, at the centre of the universe — make no mistake about that! The Sun god (known by various names) raced across the sky each day, keeping a watch on us. The Moon god kept tabs on us by night (well, not every night — and wasn't that a little confusing). Then, there were the planet gods, obviously lesser gods, farther away and not always in the night sky (where were they during the day?) Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The Sun, Moon and planets previously mentioned were so important that the days of the week are actually named after the seven visible objects that have been seen, recorded and named for centuries. In the table shown below it is quite clear how the known heavenly objects, listed by both their current English names and their old Teutonic names correspond to today’s English names of the days. The names of days in French and Spanish are remarkably close to each other and you can certainly see the connection with their English counterparts. Heavenly Body Teutonic Name English Name French Name Spanish Name Sun Sun Sunday dimanche domingo Moon Moon Monday lundi lunes Mars Tiw Tuesday mardi martes Mercury Woden Wednesday mercredi miércoles Jupiter Thor Thursday jeudi jueves Venus Fria Friday vendrdi viernes Saturn Saturn Saturday samedi sábado Ancient peoples had various ways of keeping track of time on a daily, or even a weekly, basis but what is particularly interesting is how some peoples kept track of time throughout the year. The most obvious and best-known device is Stonehenge, located in the south of England. One of the great mysteries of this structure lies in the construction itself — just how was this accomplished? It was built over a relatively long time (1200 years from about 2750 BC to about 1550 BC) — see the pictures here. This lower picture gives us another view of Stonehenge (from the ground). The inset shows sunrise on the summer solstice as seen from the centre of the stone circle rising over the Heel Stone. Explanation: Stonehenge, four thousand year old monument to the Sun, provides an appropriate setting for this delightful snapshot of the Sun's children gathering in planet Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Earth's sky. While the massive stone structure dates from around 2000 B.C., this arrangement of the visible planets was recorded on the evening of May 4th, 2002 A.D. Bright Jupiter stands highest above the horizon at the upper left. A remarkable, almost equilateral triangle formed by Saturn (left), Mars (top), and Venus (right) is placed just above the stones near picture center. Fighting the glow of the setting sun, Mercury can be spotted closest to the horizon, below and right of the planetary triad. Who Built Stonehenge? The question of who built Stonehenge is largely unanswered, even today. The monument's construction has been attributed to many ancient peoples throughout the years, but the most captivating and enduring attribution has been to the Druids. This erroneous connection was first made around three centuries ago by the antiquary, John Aubrey. Julius Caesar and other Roman writers told of a Celtic priesthood that flourished around the time of their first conquest (55 BC). By this time, though, the stones had been standing for 2,000 years, and were, perhaps, already in a ruined condition. Besides, the Druids worshipped in forest temples and had no need for stone structures. The best guess seems to be that the Stonehenge site was begun by the people of the late Neolithic period (around 3000 BC) and carried forward by people from a new economy that was arising at this time. These "new" people, called Beaker Folk because of their use of pottery drinking vessels, began to use metal implements and to live in a more communal fashion than their ancestors. Some think that they may have been immigrants from the continent, but that contention is not supported by archaeological evidence. It is likely that they were indigenous people doing the same old things in new ways. Other Interesting Early Structures Other spectacular (for their period) constructions include the Templo Mayor, situated near the present-day Mexico City, constructed by the Aztec empire, and the Mayan cities of Chichén Itzá and Tulum (on the Yucatan coast near Cancun). Here is a scale model of Templo Mayor, one of the main temples in the ancient city of Tenochtitlan (now Mexico City). See the Wikipedia entry for Templo Mayor for more information. These remarkable structures always had some link with solstices and equinoxes as a focal point, demonstrating a strong working knowledge of serious astronomy. Possibly the best known construction on the Chichén Itzá site is Kukulcan's Pyramid. El Castillo (Kukulkan -Quetzalcoatl), a square-based, stepped pyramid that is approximately 75 feet tall. This pyramid was built for astronomical purposes and during the vernal equinox (March 21) and the autumnal equinox (September 21) at about 3 P.M. the sunlight bathes the western balustrade of the pyramid's main stairway. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
This causes seven isosceles triangles to form imitating the body of a serpent 37 yards long that creeps downwards until it joins the huge serpent's head carved in stone at the bottom of the stairway. Mexican researcher Luis El Arochi calls it "the symbolic descent of Kukulcan" (the feathered serpent), and believes it could have been connected with agricultural rituals. A North American site often mentioned is the Big Horn Medicine Wheel (Wyoming, USA), a much simpler version of Stonehenge, consisting of rocks strategically placed on the ground in the form of a giant wheel with spokes aligned with the rising and setting of the Sun (on equinoxes and solstices), Moon and bright stars. Lunar Cycles Most ancient civilizations paid particular attention to the 29.5-day lunar cycle and formulated calendars based on this length of time. Remember the word "month" is obviously derived from the word "moon". Because our year of 365 days is not an even multiple of 29.5 the dates of the lunar phases vary from year to year. However, the fact that 19 calendar years is almost exactly 235 lunar months means that we get the same lunar phases on about the same dates every 19 years, a fact recognized as long ago as 432 BC when Greek Mike Meton (well, at least his last name was Meton!) realized this and now we refer to this lunar cycling as the Metonic cycle (the Jewish calendar follows this cycle). The date for Easter varies annually (unlike Christmas which always falls on December 25 — a little known fact!!!) and is related to the lunar cycle. Easter Sunday is always the Sunday following the first full moon after the spring equinox. The Metonic cycle is not to be confused with the saros cycle, which has to do with the cycle of eclipses (so many cycles — and not one to ride!). Above, I have highlighted three specific developments which display the interest in astronomy by ancient cultures: Stonehenge in Europe (England) Chichén Itzá in Mexico (Mayan) Big Horn Medicine Wheel in the USA (Plains Indians). Other examples include Greek (Pleiades — more on that later), Incan (South American — Nazca desert — pictures on various websites) and Polynesian (star positions for navigation throughout the vast island country). As well, the Chinese had a well developed, and at times superior, knowledge and use of astronomy ( supernova — explosion of a giant star — of 1054 AD). However, it was in the Middle East (Egypt, Mesopotamia (now Iran and Iraq) and Greece) that modern science developed and it is through here that our historical journey now takes us. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Many names come to mind when considering the enormous influence of the Greek empire on present-day science. Take a look at the timelines on pages 52 and 53 of the textbook (also shown below) for a visual representation of the early history of astronomy. Note the long Dark Ages break between Ptolemy to Copernicus. Once you have finished viewing the timeline, follow along with the lesson notes for more details. Thales of Miletus (624-547 BC) was one of the very early Greek scholars to promote the notion that the universe was rational and, therefore, understandable. Previous cultures in Egypt and Babylonia believed that the real causes of things were mysteries beyond human understanding. To Thales and his followers the mysteries of the world (and heavens, etc.) are so because they are unknown, not because they are unknowable. Pythagoras (570-500 BC), following from Thales' wisdom, believed that relationships in nature had developed in accordance with geometrical or mathematical relationships. His studies in musical acoustics led him to believe that the planets actually produced music as they traveled in their orbits, leading to the concept of the "music of the spheres". You’ve probably heard Pythagoras’ name before and, yes, he’s the same person who developed the so-called Pythagorean formula for right-angle triangles you learn about in high school mathematics. Socrates (470-399 BC), a seminal figure in Greek history, was more of a philosopher than a scientist (there weren't really any scientists, as we think of them, in these early Greek days) who talked a lot and wrote nothing, so what we know of him we know through lore and through his students (Plato being his chief biographer). He held that virtue is understanding and that no human being knowingly does wrong (now how about that for a teacher!). Socrates' method of philosophical inquiry consisted of questioning people on the positions they asserted and working them through questions into a contradiction, thus proving to them that their original assertion was wrong. Plato (428-348 BC) carried on the teachings of Socrates for most of his early life but actually took little interest in science although he thought that mathematics was a valuable discipline. Plato wrote the Republic , in which he formulated his ideas of the perfect state. According to the New Lexicon Webster's Dictionary Plato's greatest contribution was on his theory of "ideas", of which "love" is one which he describes as " as desire for union with the beautiful, ascending in a scale of perfection from human passion to ecstasy in the Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
contemplation of designating love for a person, usually of the opposite sex, that is free of carnal desire ", so-called Platonic love — now that's something to aspire to!! Aristotle (384-322 BC), a great Greek scholar and thinker, was a pupil of Plato (and a teacher of Alexander the Great) who really didn't get along with Plato or anybody else for that matter. Aristotle could not bring himself to think of the world in abstract terms (the way Plato did) — instead he believed that the world could be understood fundamentally through the detailed observation and cataloguing of phenomena — in other words, knowledge (which is what the word science means) is fundamentally empirical . Aristotle wrote on many subjects, including physics, mathematics, meteorology and, anatomy. Although much of what he wrote about science was wrong, we must recognize that he was not really a scientist; he was first and foremost a philosopher. Because of his writings and insight he became the great authority for almost 2000 years and, hence, a great influence on all thinking. Aristotle tried to understand the universe (not the universe as we know it today) by combining the most basic observations with first principles (ideas that he believed were obviously true; like the perfection of the heavens). He believed that the universe existed in two parts — Earth (corrupt and changeable) and the heavens (perfect and immutable). He also believed that the Earth was at the centre of the universe — another first principle. Aristotle developed the whole idea of inductive reasoning through learning what was known about a certain topic, gaining a consensus on the subject by talking to anyone and everyone, testing it thoroughly (although he was regarded as a know-it-all), and working out the underlying principles. This sequence of reasoning is now the basis of all Western scientific thinking, the so-called scientific method, which we will get to shortly. Another important figure in Greek science is Claudius Ptolemy (90- 168 AD, although these dates are approximate). He developed a model of the universe based on his observations and those of his forefathers which predicted fairly well planetary events of the future. One of the more serious issues that any model had to overcome was that of the retrograde motion of some of the planets. Ptolemy borrowed an idea from other scholars that put planets on “epicycles” or smaller circles around which they would travel as they orbited the Earth in perfect, larger circles (see below the picture of Ptolemy) Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
BUT, the model utilized one tenet which turned out to be the biggest flaw in the model — an Earth-centred universe. This concept (the Earth-centred universe) was so ingrained in all Western thinking, that it influenced the development of science for centuries. How could it possibly be any other way? Humanity just HAD TO BE at the centre of the universe, didn't we??? Let's review a few things : Early attempts to model the solar system and the universe belong to the Egyptians and the Greeks (around the time of Christ). Ptolemy (Greek) came up with his circular orbit/epicycle/Earth-centred model around 150 A.D. Nothing much happened for about 1400 years — the Dark Ages. All this time two things were particularly important for Church and science. First of all, not much science was done during these 1400 years and the Church held fast to the idea that: a the orbits of the planets, Sun and Moon were perfect circles — after all, they were heavenly bodies and as such their paths had to be perfect and nothing was more perfect than a circle, and b Earth was at the centre of the universe! Enter Nicolaus Copernicus (1473-1543) Copernicus was able to study astronomy by virtue of his education and family wealth. He reviewed current (at that time) naked-eye measurements and how they fit with the Ptolemaic model and decided to rethink the basic model by considering Aristarchus' notion of a Sun- centred solar system (an idea that was now some 1800 years old). Following consultation with other scholars and following his own inner urgings to make public his own ideas, he published a book entitled De Revolutionibus Orbium Caelestium in 1543 (Concerning the Revolutions of the Heavenly Spheres), in which he claimed that the true and accurate model of the solar system could only be that of a Sun-centred system. However, he still held that the orbits of the planets had to be circular (not ellipses as we now know) and, consequently, he had to make use of the same epicycle system that Ptolemy did with the result that the predictions of his model produced results that agreed no better with observations than Ptolemy's model. Three years after Copernicus' death a Dane, Tycho Brahe , was born (1546-1601). Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Tycho, as he has become known, was born into a respected and noble family, grew up as an arrogant child and teen and lost part of his nose in a fight, but became the greatest naked-eye observer of all time. He had always had an interest in astronomy and when he, as a young man, observed that the expected conjunction of Jupiter and Saturn was late by two days (based on Copernicus' model) decided to start compiling his own set of observations. Eventually, King Frederick II (Denmark) agreed to sponsor his work and set him up in his own spectacular observatory, on his own island of Hven in the Baltic Sea, where he did his work. Despite all this, he failed to come up with any better models of planetary motion. Just before Tycho's death he engaged a young German scholar Johannes Kepler (1571-1630), who showed great promise and who inherited Tycho's data. Kepler, a very religious man, sought to develop a new model of the solar system, but had great faith in Tycho's measurements and, after trying desperately to fit the observations of Mars's orbit with a circular orbit, decided to try something different. Try to imagine what Kepler's thought pattern might be. For centuries, scientists and philosophers had tried to fit observations to models using ideas (such as circular orbits) that were central to human beliefs. Kepler decided to try the reverse — throw out long- held beliefs and develop a model that fit observations — some claim this was the real birth of modern science. After all, this is precisely how we conduct science today — this is the scientific model (more on this shortly). So, Kepler published his three laws of planetary motion (the first two in 1609, the last in 1619). The laws go something like this: Kepler's First Law : The orbit of each planet around the Sun is an ellipse with the Sun at one focus. The diagram below shows what an ellipse is. An ellipse has two foci (plural of focus) and the Sun is at one focus (nothing is at the other focus). The major axis is a line drawn through the two foci and ending at each "end" of the ellipse. Half this distance is called the semi-major axis . The same holds true for the minor axis, perpendicular to the major axis. The ratio of the distance between the two foci to the major axis length is called the eccentricity . A circle has an eccentricity of zero (0.00) because the two foci are on top of each other. A straight line has an Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
eccentricity of unity (1.0) because the two foci are as far away from each other as they can possibly be – at infinity on either side of the ellipse. So, eccentricities vary from zero to one. The eccentricity of Venus' orbit is 0.007 (almost a circle) while that of Pluto is 0.248 — fairly eccentric (not unlike your Astronomy prof.!) Kepler's Second Law : As a planet moves around in its orbit, it sweeps out equal areas in equal times. As mentioned previously, when the planet is closer to the Sun (around its perihelion) it moves faster along its orbit than when close to the aphelion. In the diagram above the picture on the right shows this. The planet moves from A to B (around its aphelion, farthest from the Sun) in the same time that it takes to go from A’ to B’ (around its perihelion, closest to the Sun). The areas shaded in blue are equal. Kepler's Third Law : The squares of the periods of any two planets have the same ratio as the cubes of their semi-major axes. Mathematically, we can write this as p 2 = a 3 where p is the orbital period in years and a is the average distance from the Sun in AU. This is a remarkably simple relationship. When things work out this beautifully you just know it's right!! Here is a nice little animation (really a formula to demonstrate Kepler’s Third Law) that I would like you to play around with. The idea is to put a number in the square on either side of the equation and the value for the other side pops into place. For example, if you put in the number 1 (on either side) you will see that 1 appears in the other side; this is the information for Earth where clearly the orbital period is 1 year and the average distance from the Sun is 1 AU (because that’s how an AU is defined). Try the formula for other planets, such as Mercury ( p = 0.24 years and α = 0.39 AU) or Saturn ( p = 29.5 years and α = 9.58 AU). Please try other values found in Table A.6 in Appendix A in the textbook. flash animation http://astro.unl.edu/classaction/animations/renaissance/ keplers_third.html So, there you have it. Kepler's three laws of planetary motion matched Tycho Brahe's measurements better by far than any other models. I want you to watch the following video about Kepler’s Laws. In this clip from Sagan’s COSMOS series (which starts in the middle of a Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
thought) quickly leads into Sagan’s brilliant commentary on Kepler’s discovery of his three laws of orbital motion. It is well worth watching. Kepler’s Laws (4:09 min.) video: <div class="player-unavailable"><h1 class="message">An error occurred.</h1><div class="submessage"><a href="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XFqM0lreJYw" target="_blank">Try watching this video on www.youtube.com</a>, or enable JavaScript if it is disabled in your browser.</div></div> www.bing.com/videos/search? q=kepler's+laws+videos&FORM=VIRE15#view=detail&mid=6AA900E8 C72CBB2824C56AA900E8C72CBB2824C5 However, there were still objections to the new model, all based on old beliefs, but soon all these objections would be met by yet another brilliant scientist. Enter Galileo Galilei (1564-1642), a contemporary of Kepler. We won't go into the details of Galileo's work to dispel the remaining objections to Kepler's work — they are detailed in the text very well. Among Galileo's great contributions to modern science was his development called the telescope (Hans Lippershey actually invented the telescope but only as a toy). He used the telescope for the first time in 1609-10 (thus, 2009 marked the 400th anniversary of Galileo’s first use of the telescope and that is why 2009 was the Year of Astronomy). Although Galileo was not the first to look at the sky using a telescope he was the one who used the telescope to open the heavens to mankind. Galileo observed more stars in the Milky Way than could be counted, four moons orbiting Jupiter, phases of Venus, and other heavenly phenomena. Concerning stars never before seen, Galileo wrote: “I had determined to depict the entire constellation of Orion, but I was overwhelmed by the vast quantity of stars and by want of time, and so I have deferred attempting this to another occasion, for there are adjacent to, or scattered among, the old stars more than five hundred new stars.” When he observed the irregular surface of the Moon he proved to himself, at least, that it was not perfect, as the Church had been teaching. However, it was his persistent viewing of Jupiter and its points of light, which turned out to be its moons as he soon realized, that sealed the fate of the Earth-centred Ptolemaic model of the solar system. That, along with his observations of Venus going through a complete set of phases that could only be explained if Venus revolved around the Sun, which proved to Galileo, and eventually the rest of the Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
world that the Sun-centred model was the correct one. Let’s look at Galileo’s observations of Venus to demonstrate more convincingly that what he saw demonstrated to him, and anyone else who cared to review his observations, that the Sun-centred model was the correct one. First, look at an animation demonstrating what Venus would look like if the Ptolemaic (Earth-centred) model was correct. flash animation http://astro.unl.edu/classaction/animations/renaissance/ ptolemaic.html . With this configuration you see that the Earth is in the centre. Venus orbits the Earth but on a circle of its own (called an epicycle) while the Sun orbits Earth beyond that. When you start the animation observe what Venus must look like from Earth (top right of picture) as Venus and the Sun orbit Earth. You see that Venus would always show just a crescent phase. Now, let’s view another animation demonstrating what Venus would look like if the Copernican (Sun-centred) model was correct. flash animation http://astro.unl.edu/classaction/animations/renaissance/ venusphases.html Here you see the correct configuration with the Sun at the centre and Earth and Venus orbiting the Sun. When you start the animation you will see Venus going through its phases just as Galileo would have observed with his telescope. It goes through a full phase cycle just like the Moon, something possible only if the Sun is at the centre of the solar system. As mentioned above, Galileo observed Venus going through a complete set of phase exactly like the Moon’s phase cycle. The only possible scenario Galileo could conclude was that Venus must revolve around the Sun with an orbital radius smaller than Earth’s. Bingo! The revolution was complete. But what was it that "held" the planets in their orbits??? Galileo died on January 8, 1642 having failed to convince the leaders of the Roman Catholic Church that its interpretation of the Holy Scriptures was inconsistent with observed facts. The Church pronounced his findings false and heretical and forbade anyone to teach them and put Galileo under a form of "house arrest". Only recently was this position of the RC Church recanted (by Pope Jean Paul II) and a much overdue apology issued. So blind are the eyes of men when they do not want to see! Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Isaac Newton was born on December 25, 1642 . He was a sickly child who eventually attended Cambridge University (England) but returned to home in Woolsthorpe during the great plague of England. There he investigated mathematics, optics, motion and discovered gravity. Before we look at Newton's Law of Gravitation I must caution you that this law involves the concept of "force", something we have not yet dealt with (although we will study this later in this module). Basically, a force is either a push or a pull. In the case of a planet circling the Sun the idea is that something makes it do that, rather than travelling in a straight line. That is, without a "force" acting on the planet it would travel in a straight line. Because it travels in a circle (or ellipse) something must be pulling on it to make it follow this path. Newton cleverly realized that an invisible force must exist between two objects, called it "gravity", that it must be the same force which causes an apple to fall to the ground and the rest is history, so to speak. So, Newton's Universal Law of Gravitation, a real "tour de force" (HA!), is summed up nicely in the diagram shown below. This law shows that the gravitational force is proportional to the masses of both objects and inversely proportional to the square of the distance between the masses. This is mathematical jargon. What it really means is that if the mass of either object is doubled (say) then the force also doubles; if the mass is tripled then the force also triples, and so on. Also, if the distance between the masses doubles then the force diminishes by a factor of four (which is two squared — 2 x 2); or if the distance triples then the force diminishes by a factor of nine (three squared — 3 x 3), and so on. I've tried to explain this in simple terms; you may need to read this a few times to understand it, although it is fairly basic mathematics (think high school math). With this law Newton was able to derive Kepler's Laws and showed that they applied to any two bodies moving under the influence of gravity (not just planets) and that they orbited with the centre of mass at one focus. He was one smart dude! Furthermore, he showed that a few other orbital paths were possible. Elliptical orbits are bound or closed orbits which keep the two objects circling each other forever. Parabolic and hyperbolic orbits, unbound or open orbits, are also possible. Comets can be on either a bound elliptical orbit (returning to the Sun like clockwork) or on an unbound parabolic orbit (passing by the Sun only once before returning to the vast regions of outer space). The same applies to asteroids or other space objects. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Newton also derived Kepler's Third Law in a more generalized form which turned out to have a very useful outcome. It goes something like this: For any two masses, M 1 and M 2 , the formula for the period or orbit of either mass is given by P 2 = 4 π 2 a 3 /(G(M 1 +M 2 )) (G is the universal gravitational constant — a known, but empirical, value). If M1 is the mass of the Sun (M s ) and M 2 is the mass of a planet, say, then (M 1 + M 2 ) becomes M s , because the mass of the Sun is so much greater than the mass of the planet, and the formula now becomes P 2 = (4 π 2 /GM s ) a 3 The significance of this outcome is that we have developed the primary method of determining masses throughout the universe. You see, we can't weigh the Sun? So, we determine its mass by measuring both the orbital rate of a planet (P) and its average distance from the Sun (a) and then use the equation to determine the Sun's mass, viz. M s = 4 π 2 a 3 /GP 2 The same holds true for any two objects, one massive and the other a satellite (natural or otherwise). This little derivation is for information only – no need to memorize it, thank goodness. We determine the Earth's mass by observing the Moon. We determine Jupiter's mass by observing any of its moons. We can only determine a star's mass if we can find something in orbit around it. Tides A very nice application of Newton's Law of Gravitation is the study of tides. You will find this material in the textbook in section 3.5. On Earth, the oceans go through a daily cycle of tides that are explained by the gravitational influence of the Moon. The tides on Earth are mostly the result of the Moon’s gravitational pull on Earth. The Moon’s gravity pulls more strongly on the near side of the Earth than the far side and this difference is known as a tidal force. The tidal force, or difference between the force on the near side and the force on the far side, results in a bulge in the water (high tide) on both the Moon-facing side of Earth and the opposite side of the Earth. Of course, this also results in a low tide on the sides of the Earth at 90° to the near and far sides (see diagram below). So, as the Earth spins around on its axis any location on Earth experiences two high tides and two low tides every day. As shown in the diagram below, the side of the Earth facing the Moon feels a stronger (bigger) gravitational attraction than the side facing away from the Moon. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As the Earth rotates "inside this bulge" it moves you through each of these two bulges once each day, thereby creating two high tides and, as a consequence, two low tides, as mentioned above. The tides do not occur at the same time each day, as this simplistic explanation suggests, because of the Moon's rotation around the Earth, adding about 50 minutes each day to the time of the tidal pattern. (recall that the lunar cycle is about 29.5 days so it takes the Moon about 24/29.5 hours/day = 0.81 hours/day = 49 minutes/day) The Sun can also bring about tides on Earth. Although it is much, much farther away than the Moon, its mass is considerably larger than the Moon's. It is really the difference in gravitational attraction from one side of the Earth to the opposite side that results in tides; still, the Sun does cause tiding. The effect of the Sun is particularly noticeable when the Sun, Moon and Earth are all lined up, as they are at a new and/or full Moon. At this time of the month, the tides are highest and are called spring tides (has nothing to do with the spring season) because the water "springs" up the shore. During first and third quarter Moons the tides are called neap tides because the Sun, now perpendicular to the line between the Earth and the Moon, tends to cancel out the effect of the lunar tides resulting in lower tides than at other times. Two interesting results of the Earth-Moon tides are that, due to tidal friction , the rotation of the Earth is gradually slowing down (the days are getting slightly longer) and the Moon is moving further from the Earth. These changes are very, very slight and would become noticeable over millions of years. Of course, in all of this, angular momentum is still conserved, although we have yet to learn what "angular momentum" is — that will come shortly. Tidal friction is believed to be the cause of the Moon's synchronous rotation with the Earth. Let’s now move on and learn about the scientific method. The Scientific Method: Deductive and Inductive Reasoning In science, knowledge progresses when we apply logical reasoning, devoid of emotion and personal desires, to the observations from the experiments that we execute. Two types of reasoning are utilized — deductive and inductive. "Deductive reasoning" refers to the process of concluding that something must be true because it is a special case of a general principle that is known to be true. For example, if you know the general principle that the sum of the angles in any triangle is always 180 degrees, and you have a particular triangle in mind, you can then conclude that the sum of the angles in your triangle is 180 degrees. Deductive reasoning is logically valid and it is the fundamental method in which mathematical facts are shown to be true. "Inductive reasoning" is the process of reasoning that a general principle is true because the special cases you've seen are true. For example, if all the people you've ever met from a particular town have been very strange, you might then say "all the residents of this town Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
are strange". That is inductive reasoning: constructing a general principle from special cases. It goes in the opposite direction from deductive reasoning. Consider the following example: Trump : Every time I kick a ball up, it comes back down, so I presume the next time I kick it up, it will come back down, too. Trudeau : That's because of Newton's Laws. Everything that goes up must come down (not unlike the stock market!). And so, if you kick the ball up, it must come down. Trump is using inductive reasoning , arguing from observation, while Trudeau is using deductive reasoning , arguing from the law of gravity. Trudeau's argument is clearly from the general (the law of gravity) to the specific (this kick). Trump's argument may be less obviously from the specific (each individual instance in which he has observed balls being kicked up and coming back down) to the general (the prediction that a similar event will result in a similar outcome in the future) because he has stated it in terms only of the next similar event—the next time he kicks the ball. The only reason we go through all of this is because the scientific method is based on both inductive and deductive reasoning and so we must be aware of both types of reasoning. The Scientific Method The basic idea of the scientific method, the cornerstone of modern science, is quite simple: one looks at a set of observations or demonstrated facts, develops a hypothesis that satisfies or predicts accurately the observations, makes further observations, tests the hypothesis and makes adjustments as necessary. The flow chart shown here is a good pictorial representation of the scientific method. Science and Nonscience Now that you have a pretty good idea of what science is, it is important to be aware of what science is not . Pseudoscience , or false science, is all around us. Lots of people make predictions based on reading tea leaves, tarot cards, palms, psychic determinations. Such so-called scientific prognostications have never met the "test of time" using the accepted scientific method. (We’ll come to "astrology" shortly) Nonscience (notice how close this word is to "nonsense") is a term used to describe predictions based on intuition, societal traditions (old wives’ tales), faith, political conviction, and tradition. However, such non-science techniques also do not meet the "test of time" and when made subject to the scientific method, simply fall apart. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Sometimes, scientists just make mistakes — a good example of this is the "cold fusion" proposals of some years ago. An interesting book has been published entitled When Bad Astronomy happens to Good People , by Philip Plait (John Wiley & Sons, 2002), and reviewed in October 2002 issue of Sky and Telescope. Astronomy is once again in a period of great growth and interest, perhaps its most remarkable, fastest-developing phase — in the past 10-15 years there have been startling developments: Hubble telescope has brought us pictures of heavenly objects with a clarity never before seen have viewed planets around other stars have seen the births of galaxies at the very edge of the observable universe discovered rings on all Jovian planets discovered new moons on some Jovian planets have found Pluto-sized Kuiper Belt objects have found pulsars, quasars, and black holes (once thought to be a theoretical artefact), in fact, we now have evidence that black holes are at the centre of most galaxies detected gravitational waves Astrology Let's take some time to talk somewhat about the practice of "astrology". In ancient times astronomy and astrology went hand-in-hand and many astronomers practiced astrology because it was important to their livelihood, even though most didn't believe a word of it. Astrology holds that human events and even traits depend on the positions of the Sun, Moon, planets and star patterns at a person's birth. Important events in a person's history, or at any time that seems appropriate to the person "reading the heavens and predicting your future", were revealed by a certain heavenly alignment. And so on. Recall the picture of the Sun and the constellations of the zodiac from Chapter 2, shown here again Well, to put it bluntly, there is no scientific proof that "astrology is any more able to predict the past, present or future than you or I making random choices", to paraphrase your textbook. Astrology is more "fun" than anything else and anyone who puts any stock in horoscopes (or horrorscopes !!!) is only fooling themselves. Your textbook has a few good pages on this topic in Chapter 2. Asking a question, "Does it make sense?" is always a good approach — is it consistent with observations and knowledge? For example, the statement that Derek Jeter (baseball player) had a batting average of 0.666 appears to be an unreasonable assertion — over what period of time — last season, last month, last week, yesterday? The Cosmological Principle Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
At the heart of modern astronomy is something called the Cosmological Principle . This principle is based on two fundamental tenets. There is nothing special or unique about Earth — the Earth is not at the centre of the Universe or even our own solar system (of course, we now know that) — our location in the Universe is where it is by chance, nothing more, nothing less — nor is our galaxy anything special or different; there are thousands of galaxies like ours and unlike ours The second is that the laws of physics and chemistry that describe what happens on Earth are valid throughout the Universe — in a sense, this follows from the first tenet — we are nothing special (astronomically speaking) Mankind did not always believe this. Again, not to bore you but to make the point once again, until Copernicus, Galileo and others, humans thought the Earth was at the centre of everything; that this was a special place; and that everything else, everything else , revolved around Earth. Further, we reasoned that the heavens were made of a different type of substance than Earth-bound objects, and that they had their own set of rules (e.g., Aristotle's belief that the natural state for any object was "at rest", except for the planets and stars for which their natural state was to move in perfect circles around Earth). However, science being what it is, and the scientific method being put to good use, "proved" that both of these strongly and firmly held ideas were wrong. Notice here that we are "proving" something wrong, not proving something right!!! Isaac Newton, Gravity and Orbits The Copernican Revolution resolved the problem of the place of Earth within the solar system, but the problem of planetary motion was only partly solved by Kepler’s laws. For the last 10 years of his life, Galileo studied the nature of motion, especially the accelerated motion of falling bodies. Although he made some important progress, he was not able to relate his discoveries about motion to those of the heavens. That final step was taken by Isaac Newton. As mentioned before Galileo died in January 1642. Some 11 months later, on Christmas day 1642, Isaac Newton was born in the English village of Woolsthorpe. Newton was a quiet child from a farming family, but his work at school was so impressive that his uncle financed his education at Trinity College, where he studied mathematics and physics. In 1665, plague swept through England, and the colleges were closed. During 1665 and 1666, Newton spent his time back home in Woolsthorpe, thinking and studying. It was during these years that he made most of his scientific discoveries. Among other things, he studied optics, developed three laws of motion, probed the nature of gravity, and invented calculus. The publication of his work in his book Principia in 1687 placed the fields of physics and astronomy on a new firm base. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
It is beyond the scope of these notes to analyze all of Newton’s work, but his laws of motion and gravity had an important impact on the future of astronomy. In order to understand his work, we must begin with a general framework for describing the motion of any object. Position and time specify where and when an object is. Speed is the rate at which an object moves (changes position). It is the total distance moved divided by the total time taken to move that distance. For example if it took you 2 hours to travel 100 km then your speed was 50 km/hour. Although we are used to thinking of speeds in km/hour, in science, the Standard International (SI) units are metres/second. Velocity specifies both speed and direction of travel of an object. For example if car A moves 60 km east in 2 hours and car B moves 60 km south in 2 hours, they have the same speed of 30km/hour, but their velocities are different because they are traveling in different directions. Thus, velocity can change if: (i) The speed changes (ii) The direction changes (iii) Both speed and direction change. Acceleration is the rate of change of velocity with time. It is thus the change in velocity divided by the time taken for the change to occur. Since velocity changes if speed changes, speeding up is an example of acceleration and slowing down is negative acceleration (in a direction opposing the direction of travel), or deceleration. On the other hand, velocity also changes if there is a change of direction; so turning is also an example of acceleration. Thus, an object can be traveling in a circle, let’s say, at constant speed but its direction is constantly changing and this translates into a change in velocity. Newton realized that the motion of all objects is a result of the forces (pulls or pushes) acting on them. He was able to find three universal laws of motion that made it possible to predict exactly how a body would move if all the forces acting on it were known. Newton’s first law of motion states that an object remains at rest or at constant velocity unless a net force acts to change its speed or direction. Thus when your car is at rest or traveling at a constant speed and direction, then the forces exerted by the wheels to drive you forward is balanced by the wind resistance and other forces in such a way that the net (total) force is zero. If you wanted to speed up, or slow down or change direction, then the engine would have to cause an additional force. The effect of this additional force is described by Newton’s second law . If the mass (amount of matter) of the object does not change, then the acceleration is proportional to the force exerted. Hence if you want to double your acceleration the applied force must be doubled. An example of acceleration that we are all familiar with is the acceleration due to gravity. All falling objects on Earth have a constant acceleration downwards towards the centre of the Earth. This acceleration was first pointed out by Galileo. The acceleration of gravity, g, is 9.8 metres per second per second, more commonly written as 9.8 m/s 2 . This means that if you drop any object, say an apple, from rest, its speed will increase by roughly 10 m/s with each second of falling, if one ignores air resistance. Thus after the first second its speed will be roughly 10 m/s, after two seconds its speed will be 20 m/s and so on until it crashes into the ground. Conversely, if you throw the apple into the air, there is still a constant acceleration of 9.8 m/s 2 downwards. Hence the speed of the apple will decrease by roughly 10 m/s every second until it comes to a standstill, at which point it will start falling back towards the ground with its speed increasing by 10 m/s every second. If you were to find yourself on the surface of Jupiter where the acceleration due to Jupiter’s gravity is 25.4 m/sec 2 then, of course, you (or any other object) would find your speed increasing by about 25 m/sec with each second of falling and in practically no time your speed would be quite high. In actual fact this wouldn’t happen on Jupiter because, as you will learn in Module Four, the surface of Jupiter consists of thick gases so the force due to air resistance would be considerable and you would soon reach some terminal velocity (speed) where the force Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
of gravity would be exactly balanced by the air resistance force. This is really more than you need to know but I’ve mentioned it because it’s interesting and it’s important to know that what you experience here on Earth will be quite different on any other body in the solar system. This brings us to Newton’s third law of motion stating that for every action (force) there is an equal and opposite reaction (force), although the action and reaction forces act on different bodies. This seems like such a simple law but one that most students have the most difficulty with, mainly because they forget about the second part of the law about “acting on different bodies”. In terms of the Earth-Moon system this means that the Earth’s gravity pulls on the Moon and that’s what keeps the Moon in orbit around the Earth. However, at the same time the Moon is pulling on the Earth and these two forces have exactly the same values although, as you can easily comprehend, they do act on different bodies, one on the Moon and the other one on the Earth. This law has great value to, let’s say, a spacecraft heading from Earth to Mars. As it moves along through space at constant speed (because the rockets are turned off) it moves in a straight line and at constant speed. Let’s suppose we turn on the rockets; this amounts to throwing hot gases away from the spacecraft in the opposite direction of motion. The action is that the spacecraft accelerates increasing its speed toward Mars. The reaction is that we’ve expelled some hot gases away from the spacecraft back toward Earth – action/reaction. So, Newton’s Laws of Motion are used all the time in astronomy whether it’s determining orbital mechanics (a fancy way of talking about measuring and determining the speeds of objects in motion around other objects) or working out how to get a spacecraft from Earth to Mars (or any other planet or moon) in the shortest possible time. Here’s a brief (4:24 min) YouTube video summarizing the ideas I’ve presented about Newton’s Laws of Motion. I hope it helps you to better understand them. The Universal Theory of Gravitation When Newton thought carefully about motion, he realized that some force must pull the Moon toward Earth’s centre. If there were no such force altering the Moon’s motion, then according to Newton’s first law, it would continue moving in a straight line and leave Earth forever. It can circle Earth only if Earth attracts it. Newton’s insight was to recognize that the force that holds the Moon in its orbit is the same force of gravity that makes apples and all other objects fall to the ground on Earth. Newtonian gravitation is sometimes called universal mutual gravitation. Newton’s third law points out that forces occur in pairs. If one body attracts another, the second body must also attract the first. Thus, gravitation is mutual. Furthermore, gravity is universal. That is, all objects with mass attract all other masses in the universe. The mass of an object is a measure of the amount of matter or ‘stuff’ in the object, usually expressed in kilograms. You may be used to thinking of ‘massive’ objects as very large objects. However, in science massive objects are those that contain a lot of matter. They may or may not be large. For example, a one-inch ball of lead is more massive than a large balloon full of air. In everyday life, the terms mass and weight are used interchangeably. Thus when you report your weight at the doctor’s office as 60kg you are actually reporting your mass. In science, mass is not the same as weight . Mass is an intrinsic property of an object and is the same no matter what forces are acting on an object. An object’s weight is the force that gravity Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
exerts on the object. Thus an object in space very far from Earth might have no weight, but it would contain the same amount of matter and would thus have the same mass that it has on Earth. Often, objects (even humans on board the International Space Station) are referred to as being in a “weightless” environment. You see objects floating inside the space station and it is assumed that they are now “weightless”. Quite frankly, this is all wrong. The ISS (and crew) orbit the Earth at about 420 km above Earth’s surface. At that height there certainly is a substantial gravitational field due to Earth’s presence so no thing associated with the ISS is weightless. Remember that weight is the force acting on an object due to the presence of Earth. It is because of this force and the tangential velocity of the ISS that it is able to be in orbit around the Earth. So, the point is that the ISS (and its crew) is constantly falling toward Earth (just like the Moon) – it just keeps missing! As long as it maintains its tangential velocity it will keep “missing” and remain in the same orbit around Earth. So, the astronauts, and everything associated with the ISS, are NOT weightless. To summarize, Newton’s universal law of gravitation states that the force of gravity attracting two objects to each other equals a constant times the product of their masses divided by the square of the distance between the objects. Gravity is universal: Your mass affects the planet Neptune and the galaxy M31, and every other object in the universe, and their masses affect you—although not much, because they are so far away and your mass is relatively very small. Orbital Motion Newton’s laws of motion and gravitation make it possible for you to understand why and how the moon orbits Earth, the planets orbit the Sun, and to discover why Kepler’s laws work. To understand how an object can orbit another object, you need to see orbital motion as Newton did. Begin by studying ‘Orbiting Earth’ on pages 66-67 (First Canadian Edition) and notice three important ideas: 1. An object orbiting Earth, and any orbiting object, is actually falling (being accelerated due to the gravitational force) toward Earth’s center. An object in a stable orbit continuously misses Earth because of its horizontal velocity. 2. Objects orbiting each other actually revolve around their mutual center of mass. 3. Notice the difference between closed orbits and open orbits. If you want to leave Earth never to return, you must give your spaceship a high enough velocity so it will follow an open orbit. When the captain of a spaceship says to the pilot, “Put us into a circular orbit,” the ship’s computers must quickly calculate the velocity needed to achieve a circular orbit. That circular velocity depends only on the mass of the planet and the distance from the center of the planet. Once the engines fire and the ship reaches circular velocity, the engines can shut down. The ship is in orbit and will fall around the planet forever, as long as it is above the atmosphere’s friction. No further effort is needed to maintain orbit, thanks to the laws Newton discovered. Newton’s laws of motion and his universal theory of gravitation enabled him to explain Kepler’s laws of planetary motion. Kepler’s first law that the planets move in elliptical orbits Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
is a direct result of the inverse square law of gravitation. Newton proved that any object moving in a closed orbit according to the inverse square law must follow an elliptical path. Furthermore, just like the spaceship in stable orbit around the Earth, the planets, the Moon and all objects in the universe will remain on their respective paths forever unless an external force (such as for example a collision with another object) acts on them. Newton’s inverse square law of gravitation also explains Kepler’s second law that reminds us that planets move faster when they are closer to the Sun. As the planets continuously fall towards the Sun in their orbits, they go faster when they approach the Sun, thanks to the inverse relationship between force and distance. A measure of a planet’s rotational motion is its angular momentum, which is proportional to its velocity and its distance from the Sun. As a result of Newton’s laws, in the absence of additional rotational forces the total angular momentum of a planet is conserved. Thus, when its distance from the Sun increases, its velocity must decrease to balance out the increased distance and vice versa. You can observe the conservation of angular momentum for yourself by watching an ice skater spinning on the ice. She can increase or decrease her velocity of rotation by pulling her arms in or spreading them out and thus increasing or decreasing her ‘distance’ from her Creative commons licence attribution: PhET Interactive Simulations, University of Colorado http://phet.colorado.edu . (To get this to work you will have to download the simulation by double-clicking on the picture. You may have to change your security settings (temporarily) to allow your computer to download the simulation and you may also have to upgrade your Java version. I know this should be simpler but right now that's how it is.) Newton was also able to combine his laws of motion with the law of gravitation to derive a relationship between a planet’s orbital period and average distance from the Sun, which was identical to Kepler’s third law, as detailed above. You now understand the power of Newton’s work. He was able to explain all the patterns of planetary motion observed by Kepler by using very simple and universal rules. But this was not all. Gravity is also the key to understanding another critical phenomenon on Earth: ocean tides. Newton's Universe Newton’s insights gave the world a new conception of nature. His laws of motion were general laws that described the motions of all bodies under the action of external forces. Just imagine! A few simple laws that can explain how your car accelerates, how the Canadian ice hockey team manoeuvres on ice, and even how the planets move! And furthermore, Newton’s laws and the theory of gravitation allow us to break the bonds of Earth and the Solar System and understand the motion of all objects in the universe. As you will see in later chapters, we can detect planets around other stars by observing the motion of the star as it gravitationally interacts with any planets orbiting it. We can calculate the mass of these new planets using the law of gravitation. Indeed this has been used to calculate the mass of Earth and all the other planets, and the Sun. We can even detect black holes at the centre of galaxies by observing the motion of objects around it. The story of the development of astronomy that you have just read is also the story of the development of the scientific method. Ancient astronomers began the process by carefully gathering and recording data. Gradually models were developed that best fit the data and Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
over time they were tested against observations and discarded if necessary. Good scientific theories are those that can make a broad range of predictions that can be confirmed against observations, and that can provide new insight into nature. Here we can hearken back to our study of Johannes Kepler and the development of his three laws of orbital motion. Recall that he took Brahe’s data and used it to realize that planets orbited the Sun in ellipses and not in circles. Science and astronomy progress today through the careful application of this method of studying nature. As the Nobel Prize winning physicist William Lawrence Bragg said, “The important thing in science is not so much to obtain new facts as to discover new ways of thinking about them.” Sometimes this requires a huge leap of imagination and a questioning of our most strongly held beliefs. Indeed the shift from the geocentric to the heliocentric viewpoint was a harsh lesson in humility for humanity. Earth became merely another planet orbiting the Sun. But this first revolution of thought started us on a fantastic journey of scientific discovery. The efforts of Newton and his predecessors, all the way back to our ancient ancestors, opened the door to our modern way of scientific thinking and our understanding of the universe. The Physics of Heat The physics of heat, otherwise known as Thermodynamics, is a well-developed field of study within physics. It is also an important aspect of the study of astronomy. Therefore, we present in this section some of the more salient features of the concept of temperature, and those aspects of thermodynamics that will be relevant to our investigations. So, hang onto your hats; there'll be a hot time in the old town tonight, and won't that be cool!! We measure how hot (or cold) an object is by "taking its temperature". When we do this we use a temperature scale. In Canada, we now use the metric system of measurement resulting in temperature being measured in Centigrade or Celsius degrees. Not that long ago (and still in the United States) temperature was measured in Fahrenheit degrees. Evidently, there are two systems in use today in North America that measure temperature. Well, actually there are three systems as scientists often use a scale in degrees Kelvin. In the Fahrenheit system water freezes at 32° and boils at 212° and room temperature is around 68°; there doesn't seem to be any rhyme or reason to this system, although it has been in use for many years. In the Celsius system water freezes at 0° and boils at 100°. This seems a little more sensible. Room temperature is around 20°. The Kelvin temperature scale is the same as the Celsius scale except that the freezing point of water is shifted to 273.15 K (the ° sign is not used when writing temperatures in Kelvin) to result in the lowest possible temperature being 0 K. This temperature, 0 K, is often called absolute zero and is the temperature achieved when all atoms making up a sample are in their ground state. Absolute zero can never be achieved in the laboratory (what would you hold it in?) although scientists have got awfully close to it. So, when we discuss the planets in greater detail we will refer to their surface temperatures in Kelvin. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Thermal Energy If we examine an object at an atomic level (say a bottle of helium) we see that the individual helium atoms are moving around inside the bottle in all directions in a seemingly random way. Some are moving slowly while others are moving faster; some may even be momentarily at rest. The average kinetic energy (energy of motion) of the atoms is what we call temperature , so when we "take its temperature" we are really measuring the average kinetic energy of the atoms that make up the mass. This total kinetic energy of all particles in a system is often referred to as thermal energy . Typical speeds of atoms and molecules in the air around you actually move at quite high speeds — around 0.5 km/sec! What about a solid object? In such an object (a table, the floor, an apple) the individual atoms do not move around as freely as they do in a gas. The interatomic forces are strong enough to hold the atoms together in an array that is typical of that particular solid. However, the atoms vibrate back and forth in various directions in situ (at their location in the solid) and the speed and amplitude of vibration is an indication of the object's temperature. Heat Transfer Heat is transferred from one body to another body by three unique mechanisms: conduction convection radiation Conduction Conduction occurs when the atoms in one part of the substance vibrate or oscillate faster, or in the case of a gas move around faster, (meaning a higher temperature) than at another part of the substance (meaning a lower temperature) — this vibrational /translational energy gets transferred along the chain of neighbours from the hot area to the cool area. Thus, heat energy (really energy of motion) is transferred from one part of the object to another in an attempt to make all parts of the object equal energy-wise, a spreading out or sharing of the thermal energy through diffusion. Some substances are better at this than others — metals are generally good conductors of heat (and also good electrical conductors) or good thermal conductors while non-metals (also called insulators) are generally poor thermal conductors, mainly because of the atomic structure of the materials. Convection While the best conductors of heat are generally solids (liquids less so, and gases very poorly), liquids and gases distribute heat by another process called convection. Here heat transfer is by the actual transfer of mass (unlike conduction where one atom/molecule jostles the one next to it and so on). A good example of this is what you experience at the beach. During the day the ground (beach) heats up more than the water and the air above the land also gets hotter. It's no secret that hot air rises (it's less dense and hence lighter) and to fill in the space cooler air Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
moves in from the air over the water. Cooler air then drops in over the water and a convection cycle is established. At night the opposite occurs with the convection cycle creating a wind away from the land. Convection also occurs during the heating of a pot of water on the stove — you might have noticed this while watching (waiting for?) a pot of water or soup to boil. Here, the bottom of the pot gets hot (conduction at work as the bottom of the pot is in contact with the hot stove element) warming the water in contact with the bottom of the pot. Warm water is less dense than cold water so the warm water rises being replaced by cooler water from above and a convection cell is established. Convection is one of the ways that terrestrial planets and moons cool down (like Earth, Mars, and Titan). Heat from the hot core of the planet heats up the portion of the mantle that it is in touch with core; this rocky material moves (slowly) to the outer part of the planet (similar to our warming pot of water) being replaced by cooler material from the upper portion of the mantle and a convection cell is established; see next below. Radiation The last form of heat transfer is very different from conduction and convection in that it actually makes use of a different form of energy to remove (or transport) heat from an object (or from one place to another). Inside a solid object light is emitted by atoms all the time. These photons are quickly absorbed by neighbouring atoms or molecules which themselves emit photons and the process continues within the object. So, within any object photons of various frequencies (hence energies) are bouncing around randomly. The average photon energy depends on the object's temperature. Eventually some of these photons make their way to the object's surface and are radiated away from the object, taking with it energy, thus cooling the object. The heat transferred through light (electromagnetic) waves is commonly called radiant energy or thermal radiation. The really interesting thing about this is that all objects do this — stars, cars, bars, Mars, even you! When an object cools by emitting light the radiation is not at one specific frequency (colour) but rather a spectrum (range) of frequencies (see below) depending on the temperature of the object. Two simple rules describe how a thermal radiation spectrum depends on the temperature of the emitting object: Rule 1 — Hotter objects emit more total radiation per unit surface area (actually the radiated energy is proportional to the fourth power of the temperature (in K) — you don't need to know this — it's just interesting "stuff" — thus, a 600 K object radiates 16 times as much energy as a 300 K (room temperature) object) Rule 2 — Hotter objects emit photons with a higher average energy (a fireplace poker which is relatively cool emits infrared radiation (not visible to us) but as it heats up it gets red (emitting higher energy photons) and at still hotter temperatures it might get white hot (emitting yellow and blue photons along with the red) Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The graph shown below shows the intensity of light emitted (or energy per unit time) as a function of wavelength for several objects of different temperatures. You can see the validity of Rule 1 because the 15,000 K star clearly emits more total radiation than your 310 K human. Furthermore, the hot star emits the most photons at a shorter wavelength (higher energy) than our human who emits radiation primarily in the infrared (which is why tracking binoculars used by police at night allow observers to "see" humans). A relatively cool star (3000 K) emits mostly red light (such as Orion's Betelgeuse). Our Sun (5800 K) emits about the same amount of light of all visible colours so it looks yellow. A very hot star (Orion's Rigel) emits more blue light than any other visible colour so it appears bluish. This graph shows the amount of energy radiated by a body across the spectrum for a few objects at different temperatures. Types of Electromagnetic Radiation and their Sources Type of Radiation Wavelength Range (nm) Object Temperature Typical Sources Gamma Rays Less than 0.01 More than 108 K Nuclear reactions X-rays 0.01 - 20 106 – 108 K Supernova remnants and solar corona Ultraviolet 20 - 400 104 – 106 K Very hot stars Visible 400 - 700 103 – 104 K Stars Infrared 1000 - 1,000,000 10 – 103 K Cool clouds of dust, planets, satellites Radio More than 1,000,000 Less than 10 K No astronomical objects Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
are this cold Light - The Cosmic Messenger Light is obviously a very important part of astronomy. Let's face it; light is an important part of living! Ancient astronomers started to put together models of the universe by observing light from the Sun, light from the Moon, light from the planets, and light from the stars. Today we analyze light from stars to learn about the star's temperature, chemical composition, and motion. Light received from distant galaxies tells us about the expansion of the universe and possibly about the future of the universe. Light (radio signals) from spacecraft carries important information about properties of planets and their moons. Clearly, and this is a very important point, everything we know about our solar system (with the exception of what we have learned from manned or robotic lander missions), everything we know about our own galaxy and everything we know about the universe, we know because of the light we have observed and analyzed originating from beyond our planet Earth. Light is not just our primary tool; it’s pretty much our only tool. Thus, it is imperative that we understand what light is, what its properties are, and how we use it to explore the universe around us. What is Light? From a scientific perspective light is a transverse, electromagnetic wave propagating through space. Now that we've got that out of the way, let's find an easier way to describe light. Actually, light is quite analogous to water waves. By observing water waves you learn that they move away across the surface of the water from the source of the wave (a bobbing boat, the spot where a thrown stone enters the water, the location where a raindrop meets the puddle). Closer examination reveals that although the wave moves across the surface of the water, the water itself doesn't actually move in the direction of the wave. Observe a leaf floating on the water; as the wave "goes by" the leaf actually moves up and down perpendicular to the direction of the wave. This indicates that the water just under the leaf must also simply move up and down. Light has the same characteristics. As the light moves along through space, the coupled electric and magnetic fields vary in a wave-like fashion in directions perpendicular to the light ray's direction. It is not essential that you understand this aspect of light. Normally we think about light as only the visible (to the human eye) part of the entire light spectrum. In actual fact, the visible portion of the light spectrum is a very small part of the entire range of light. From the picture below you can see that X-rays, gamma rays, Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
ultraviolet, infrared, and radio and television waves are also light. The only thing that differs in all of these is the frequency of the wave. What is Light? From a scientific perspective light is a transverse, electromagnetic wave propagating through space. Now that we've got that out of the way, let's find an easier way to describe light. Actually, light is quite analogous to water waves. By observing water waves you learn that they move away across the surface of the water from the source of the wave (a bobbing boat, the spot where a thrown stone enters the water, the location where a raindrop meets the puddle). Closer examination reveals that although the wave moves across the surface of the water, the water itself doesn't actually move in the direction of the wave. Observe a leaf floating on the water; as the wave "goes by" the leaf actually moves up and down perpendicular to the direction of the wave. This indicates that the water just under the leaf must also simply move up and down. Light has the same characteristics. As the light moves along through space, the coupled electric and magnetic fields vary in a wave-like fashion in directions perpendicular to the light ray's direction. It is not essential that you understand this aspect of light. Normally we think about light as only the visible (to the human eye) part of the entire light spectrum. In actual fact, the visible portion of the light spectrum is a very small part of the entire range of light. From the picture below you can see that X-rays, gamma rays, ultraviolet, infrared, and radio and television waves are also light. The only thing that differs in all of these is the frequency of the wave. Light and Matter Light on its own is fairly interesting but is much more impressive when it interacts with matter. Every time light interacts with some object, one or more of the following happens — absorption, transmission, or reflection. If you paint your bedroom walls green, dyes in the paint absorb all visible light frequencies except green, which get reflected, giving your walls a green colour. An orange basketball absorbs all "colours" except those that combine to give the ball an "orange" colour. The source of all light is atomic or molecular. Light comes from an atom when it undergoes a transition from one energy level to a lower one. The frequency of the light is directly dependent on the difference between the energy levels. The higher the energy difference the closer the light is to the blue end (and beyond) of the spectrum. Because there are many different energy levels possible in an individual atom there are a number of different light frequencies that can be generated by a single atom. Each element (H, He, Na, Au, etc.) has a spectrum (a series of lines) that is unique — a fingerprint Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
characteristic of that particular element. Such a spectrum is called an emission spectrum, as shown in the picture here that is a spectrum for hydrogen. Much of this is outlined on a two- page spread in your textbook in Section 5.5 – please look at these pages carefully. Doppler Shift An interesting and useful phenomenon concerning light (and sound) waves called the Doppler Effect was first correctly explained by Christian Doppler in 1842. Note that this phenomenon is known as the Doppler Effect and not the Doppler Affect (a common error). If a sound source is moving toward an observer the waves in front of the sound source get bunched up (closer together) so that the observer hears more waves per second than if the sound source was not moving. Similarly, if the sound source is moving away from the observer the waves behind the sound source get pulled apart so that the observer hears fewer waves per second than if the sound source was not moving. This situation is shown below where the sound source is a fire truck. Perhaps you have experienced this situation waiting at a sidewalk and hearing the pitch of an emergency vehicle siren or bell drop as it passes. Telescopes - Types, Properties and Uses Before we get to the point of learning about the different types of telescopes and how they work we will study a little about common optical devices. In actual fact both the eye and the camera, optical devices we will study first, are adjuncts to the telescope. Obviously we use our eyes to "see" the images produced by telescopes and we use cameras to record those images. Thus, learning about the optics of the eye and the camera first seems a logical approach. By now you will have realized that we have learned, or will learn, a great deal about optics, an important branch of physics. See how sneaky we physicists are; we teach physics through astronomy!! Common Properties of Optical Devices All optical devices use light from some part of the electromagnetic spectrum (often the visible part). All optical devices normally gather parallel light rays and make use of a focussing device of some sort. All have some kind of a light detection device which transforms the light information into a more usable form (electric, chemical, etc.). As well all optical devices have some way of controlling the intensity of the light. Human Eye Our study of optical devices starts with the most common (but complex) light-sensitive instrument — the human eye. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The eye has a pupil (iris), a lens (for focusing) and a retina (for detecting the light). Ideally light focuses on the retina which is really a focal plane (somewhat of a misnomer because it is actually a curved surface). One important feature of this optical system is the fact that the image is inverted, as shown above. Thus, you constantly see things upside down but learn early in life to flip the image top to bottom. All optical instruments operate this way so when you first use a telescope you must learn to adjust your thinking to seeing star fields upside down and backwards unless you employ an inverting device. Remarkably your pupil dilates in low light environments to allow more light in, allowing you to see better in the dark. Angular Resolution Angular Resolution is a measure of the ability to separate two closely-spaced lights. The human eye has an angular resolution of about 1 arc minute (1/60th of a degree). So, if you see a star in the night sky, are you really seeing one star or two (most stars are at least binary star systems)? With the naked eye you will see two distinct stars if they are separated by 1 arc minute or more. Angular resolution is an important aspect of all optical devices. Cameras Cameras have optics similar to the eye with a lens (often interchangeable to change the focal length), an aperture (to change the amount of light which enters the camera), and a film (to record the image). Another part, called the shutter (similar to our eyelid), allows light to be exposed to the film for a controlled amount of time. Charge-coupled Devices (CCDs) The quantum efficiency (% of photons striking the surface detected) of the three main optical recording devices are as follows: human eye — 1% photo film — 10% CCDs — 90%. Today, digital devices and camcorders employ an image recording device known as a charge-coupled device or CCD. A CCD is a silicon chip made of grid of picture elements Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
(pixels) which are very sensitive to light and convert photon energy into an electronic charge which accumulates. The overall image is stored in a computer for later processing. Telescopes Telescopes have come a long way from the modest tool that Galileo first used to examine the heavens. Today there are large, land-based, visible-light telescopes (the largest will be a 10.4 metre diameter located in the Canary Islands); X-ray observatories; ultraviolet spectroscopic units; Very Large Array radio wave telescopes; and the Hubble Space Telescope — an Earth-orbiting, visible-light telescope that has brought us amazing pictures of our own solar system and deep-space objects. There are two basic types of visible-light telescopes; refractive and reflective. Refractive Telescopes The basic design of refractive telescope is much like human eye in that it takes light in through a lens, the image of which is viewed with an eyepiece (a common part of all telescopes). The largest refractive telescope is 1 metre in diameter with a telescopic tube 19.5 metres long. There are several problems with refractors — their large size and weight and the difficulty in maintaining a consistent glass composition and surfacing during the manufacturing process. Also, something called chromatic aberration (different light colours focus at different spots) result in fuzzy images. The telescope model on the left (below) is an example of a refracting telescope. Reflecting Telescope Reflecting telescopes are much more common, having none of the difficulties discussed for refractors. Reflectors use one optical surface to collect light — a spherical mirror surface — which focuses the light at a point in front of the mirror. The telescope on the right (above) is an example of a reflecting telescope. Various arrangements are used to view the image. A Cassegrain focus, a Newtonian focus and a Schmidt-Cassegrain focus are shown below. Properties of Telescopes The two most fundamental properties of any telescope are its light-gathering power and its resolving power. Note that magnification is NOT listed as an important factor. Light-gathering power — Telescopes are described by the diameter of the primary mirror (or lens) — a 6" reflector has a diameter of 6" and a light-collecting area of about 28 in 2 . The largest optical telescope today actually the Gran Telescopio Canarias in La Palma, Canary Islands at 10.4 m followed closely by the Keck I (or Keck II) on Mauna Kea in Hawaii Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
(10.0 m). These telescopes consist of 36 hexagonal mirrors pieced together to form a very large light-collecting device. Resolving power or Angular Resolution — Angular resolution is the ability to resolve two closely spaced light sources. The angular resolution is generally greater the larger the telescope. Perfect angular resolution is limited by the very wave nature of light which causes interference patterns resulting in blurred images. The angular resolution limit owing to this phenomenon is called its diffraction limit , and is not likely a term that you will ever use unless you are buying a high-end telescope (if you do I hope you will let me come and have a peek through it!!). Telescope Uses Naturally, telescopes are used in obtaining pictures of bodies in the sky (planets, Sun, moons, individual stars, binary stars, star clusters, galaxies, planetary systems, etc.). They are also used in carrying out spectroscopy — the science of analyzing light to learn of its constituent parts thereby determining the composition of the body being examined. As well, telescopes are involved in longitudinal studies — measuring how light from objects varies with time. None of these uses are limited to any particular part of the spectrum as telescopes have been built for light of all kinds — visible, infrared, ultraviolet, X-ray, microwave, γ-rays, radio (long, medium, short), discussed later. Visible light ground-based telescopes (the ones most of us use) must contend with light pollution and weather conditions. Anyone who has tried to view the sky, even with the naked eye, knows well these difficulties. The picture below demonstrates well the growing problem of Earth-based light pollution. To circumvent this difficulty some telescopes have been placed in orbit about the Earth, above the atmosphere. The most famous of these is the Hubble Space Telescope (HST), commonly known just as the Hubble. The Hubble operates mostly in the visible part of the spectrum. Others operate at different frequencies. The Spitzer Space Telescope operates in the infrared. The James Webb Space Telescope (not yet in orbit) is proposed to replace the Hubble and will operate in the near-infrared. The Chandra X-ray Observatory obviously operates in the X-ray region of the spectrum. Observing objects at across the entire spectrum provides us with much more information than viewing at only visible wavelengths. Some of the most spectacular telescopes are actually arrays of radio telescopes which make use of radio interferometry, possible because light (of all frequencies) is a wave phenomenon. The Very Large Array (VLA), shown here, consists of 27 telescopes that can be moved along train tracks which form a Y shape — the result is a system equivalent to a single huge (130 metre) telescope. Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Most of everything we know from outside Earth we know because of our use of what? -Light Light is a wave phenomenon with which of the following characteristics? - Wavelength, Frequency, Energy, Speed What is the range of the wavelength of visible light? - 400- 700 nanometers From highest frequency to lowest frequency what is the correct sequence? - Gamma, Xray, Ultraviolet, Visable, infrared, radio waves The Doppler EAect is a way to determine what? - Velocity of an object moving away from us The two basic types of telescopes are what? - Reflective and refractive The larger the size of the telescope the greater the what? - Light gathering ability The main problem that ground-based telescopes have to contend with is - The earths atmosphere, marrying atmospheric condi;ons, light pollu;on Which of the following statements about the Hubble Space Telescope is false? - it was designed by a famous astronomer named Edwin Hubble What is the main advantage of the Hubble Space Telescope? - It orbits above the earths atmosphere The Teutonic name Thor is related to the heavenly body and English name: Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Thursday, Jupiter Stonehenge was built by whom? - No body knows for sure The date for Easter is determined by - Full moon following spring equinox Early Greek philosophers who inHuenced the development of scientiIc thought included - Aristotle, Socrates, Plato, Ptolemy Nicolaus Copernicus was important because - although he didn’t come up with the concept of the heliocentric model he was convinced that it was the correct model and wrote about it in a published book Galileo was a very important Igure in the development of astronomy. Which of the following statements about Galileo’s accomplishments is false? - Galileo looked at the moon through his telescope and observed rivers, mountains and lakes filled with liquid Galileo was a very important Igure in the development of astronomy. Which of the following statements about Galileo’s accomplishments is false? - The force of gravity is inversely proportional to the square of the distance between a planet and the sun - The scientiIc method involves observing some phenomenon, hypothesizing a theory, observing some more, reIning the hypothesis, and so on - True If you run down the street covering 2 km in 30 minutes your speed is - 1.1 m/sec Accelera;on is - The rate of change of speed (or velocity) with time Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the Earth is - 9.8 m/sec squared Newton’s Universal Law of Gravitation tells us that the force between two objects - Varies inversely as the square distance between the two objects Which of the following statements about energy is false? - Energy comes in little blobs that we have seen and can describe Which of the following statements about momentum is true? - Momentum is the product of mass and velocity An object is able to stay in orbit around another object because - It has just the right tangential speed Two diDerent tempuratures scales are - Kelvin and Fahrenheit Heat is transferred from one body to another by - Conduction, radiation, convection A hot star emits primarily what colour of visible light? - Blue Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 Final Exam Test Bank Module 1: Question 1: Which of the following is largest? A. Size of a typical galaxy B. 1 Astronomical unit C. Distance to the nearest star (other than our sun) D. 1 light year E. size of Pluto’s orbit Question 2: On the Cosmic Calendar about when did the solar system begin to form? Answer: Sometime around Labour Day September 1 Question 3 : Which of the following statements does not use the term light year in an appropriate way? Answer: It will take me light-years to complete this homework assignment. Question 4: On the Cosmic Calendar (where the age of the universe in condensed into the equivalent to one calendar year) most of recorded history takes up what portion of the “year”? Answer: the last few seconds of the year Question 5: Which of the following is furthest from the Sun? A. a comet in the Kuiper belt B. an asteroid in the asteroid belt C. a comet in the Oort cloud D. Pluto E. Neptune Question 6: What is an Astronomical Unit (AU)? a. 1.5 x 10 8 kilometres (km). b. 1.5 x 10 11 metres c. 150 million kilometres d. The average distance between the Sun and the Earth. e. All of the above Question 7: Which of the following best describes the Milky Way Galaxy? Answer: A spiral galaxy with a disk about 80,000 light-years in diameter and containing between 100 billion and 1 trillion stars Question 8: Which of the following statements about the sizes of stars is most true? Answer: Rigel, the bluish star representing the left foot of Orion, is considerably larger than the Sun
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 9: The nearest star to the Sun (and us) is Proxima Centauri, a red dwarf in the Alpha Centauri system. How far away from the Sun is Proxima Centauri? Answer: 4.2 light years Question 10: Which of the following is closest to the Sun? a. Mercury b. Earth c. Saturn d. Pluto e. A comet in the Oort Cloud Question 11: What is light year? Answer: The distance light travels in one year Question 12 : On the Cosmic Calendar when did the big bang occur? Answer: January 1 Question 13: The order of the planets beyond Earth, away from the Sun, is Answer: Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto Question 14: Which of the following statements about sidereal and solar days is not true? Answer: The time it takes for the Moon to make one circuit of our sky is one solar day. Question 15: Which of the following correctly describes the meridian in your sky? Answer: a half-circle extending from your horizon due north, through your zenith, to your horizon due south Question 16: Which of the following statements about the ecliptic plane is not true? Answer: It is the plane of the Moon's orbit around the Earth. Question 17: What makes the North Star, Polaris, special? Answer: It appears very near the north celestial pole. Question 18: Which of the following statements about the Celestial Sphere is not true. Answer: The Celestial Equator lies in the Ecliptic Plane Question 19: The ecliptic is the apparent path of the Sun moving how? Answer: eastward among the stars Question 20: What is the ecliptic? Answer: The Sun's apparent path along the celestial sphere Question 21: You are standing on the Earth's equator at midnight. Which way is Polaris, the North star?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Answer: on the northern horizon Question 22: Suppose you live on the Moon. How long is a day (i.e., from sunrise to sunrise)? Answer: a lunar month Question 23: Which of the following statements about the Moon is true? Answer: The Moon's distance from the Earth varies during its orbit. Question 24: We can't detect stellar parallax with naked-eye observations. Which of the following would make parallax easier to observe? Answer: increasing the size of the earths orbit Question 25: Patterns of stars in constellations hardly change in appearance over times of even a few thousand years. Why? Answer: The stars in our sky actually move rapidly relative to us thousands of kilometres per hour but are so far away that it takes a long time for this motion to make a noticeable change in the patterns in the sky. Question 26: Each cycle of the Earth’s precession takes about Answer: 26,000 years Question 27: What happens during the apparent retrograde motion of a planet? Answer: The planet appears to move westward with respect to the stars over a period of many nights. Question 28: If the Moon was in its same orbital plane but twice as far from Earth, which of the following would happen? Answer: Total eclipses of the Sun would not happen. Question 29: The tilt of the Earth’s axis causes the seasons because Answer: the rays of light strike the ground more directly in summer Question 30: On the vernal and autumnal equinoxes a. every place on Earth has 12 hours of daylight and 12 hours of darkness b. the Sun rises due east and sets due west c. the Sun’s path is coincident with the celestial equator d. all of A, B and C Question 31: The number of days in a month is associated with Answer: Lunar Phases Question 32: Suppose the date is June 21 and the Sun never sets, just touching your northern horizon at midnight. Where are you? Answer: The Arctic Circle
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 33: Right ascension is expressed in Answer: Hours, minutes and seconds from 0 to 24 hours Question 34: The problem with the Julian calendar was that it was Answer: Too short by 11 minutes in a year Question 35: The calendar we use now is called the Answer: Gregorian after Pope Gregory Question 36: Latitude in stellar coordinates is known as Answer: Declination Question 37: Day and night are caused by Answer: the rotation of the Earth on its axis Question 38: Mars is in opposition with the Earth when it is Answer: Perfectly in line with the Sun and Earth with the Earth between the Sun and Mars. Question 39: If you lived at the North Pole at night the stars would Answer: never rise or set but move in circles around Polaris, the North Star. Question 40: Which of the following is the reason for the solar day being longer than a sidereal day? Answer: the combined effect of the rotation of the Earth and its orbit about the Sun Question 41: which of the following statements about lunar phases is true? Answer: it is possible to have 2 full moons during January but not during February Question 42: which of the following celestial phenomena is the smallest? Answer: the orbit of the moon Question 43 : Suppose you lived at the Earth’s equator. Which of the fo llowing statements would not be true? Answer: the celestial equator goes through your sky from due east on your horizon, through 50 degrees altitude in the south, to due west on the horizon Question 44: When you observe a star for a period of a few hours, you notice that it moves across the sky. What is responsible for this motion? Answer: Earths rotation on its axis Question 45: The order of the planets, from the sun outward is Answer: mercury, Venus, earth, mars, Jupiter, Saturn Question 46: One light year is closest to what distance
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Answer: ten million kilometers Question 47: Which of the following is the best reason for the leap years Answer: the combined effect of the rotation of the earth and the precession of the earth’s axis Question 48: The apparent visual magnitude of star A is +2 and the apparent visual magnitude Of star B is +1. Based on this information which statement below must be true Answer: light output distance cannot be determined from a stars apparent visual magnitude alone Question 49: Which of the following would appear brightest in the night sky Answer: The full moon Question 50: What conditions are required for a lunar eclipse Answer: the phase of the moon must be full, and the nodes of the moons orbit must be nearly aligned with the earth and the sun Question 51: The size of a hockey rink is best measured in what units Answer: meters Question 52: If the moon is setting at midnight, the phase of the moon must be Answer: first quarter Question 53: Which of the following statements is true? Answer: Answer is both B and C Statements were - Both the northern and southern hemispheres receive the same amount of sunlight on the equinoxes - The northern hemisphere receives the most direct sunlight on the summer solstice Question 54: Which of the following best describes the tropic of Cancer Answer: it is a place where the sun is directly overhead at noon on the summer solstice Question 55: The sun is rising in the east and will be on your meridian in 2 hours. What time is it currently? Answer : 10 am Question 56: While in Bracebridge, ON where the latitude is 45 degrees, at the spring equinox (about March 21st) the sun follows the path where it Answer: rises due east, crosses the meridian at an altitude of 45 degrees in the south, and sets due west Question 57: What conditions are required for a solar eclipse
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Answer: the phase of the moon must be new, and the nodes of the moons orbit must be nearly aligned with the earth and the sun Question 58: Which of the following is the furthest from the sun? Answer: Proxima Centauri Question 59: If it is midnight in waterloo it is Answer: daytime in Sydney, Australia Question 60: The lunar month is longer than the sidereal month because Answer: the moon has to complete more than one full orbit around the earth to complete the cycle of lunar phases Question 61: Which of the following celestial phenomena is the largest Answer: the milky way galaxy Question 62: How long does it take light from the surface of the sun to get to earth? Answer: a few minutes Question 63: Which of the following has your address in the correct order? In this question the local group also means thee local Clusters Answer: you, Earth, Solar system, Milky Way, Local Group, Local super cluster Question 64: The size of our galaxy in light years is closest to which of the following numbers Answer: 100000 Question 65 : Which statement below most accurately describes modern constellations? Answer: there are 88 well-defined regions on the celestial sphere Question : the solar system consists of Answer: the sun and its planets, asteroids and comets Question: what is the largest object in the solar system? Answer : The sun Question : In our journey outward from the Sun, what is a feature you notice about the spacing of the planets. Answer : the inner planets are grouped together relatively close to the sun while the planets from Jupiter to Neptune are spaced much further apart. Question: Each of the following shows a constellation followed by a bright star. In all cases but one, the star is part of the constellation. Which one is a mismatch? Answer: Canis Minor, Polaris
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question: Which of the following statements about the Moon is false? Answer: The side of the moon we never see from Earth is always in darkness. Question: On the summer solstice in June, the Sun will be directly above ________ and all locations north of _____________ will experience daylight all day. Answer: The Tropic of Cancer: The Artic Circle Question: If you see the Moon rising in the Earth just as the Sun is setting in the west then the phase of the Moon is Answer: Full Module 2 Question 1: Galileo observed that Venus had phases very similar to the phases our Moon goes through. From this he concluded that Answer: Venus must, therefore, orbit the Sun and not Earth. Question 2: Which of the following is not one of, nor follows directly from, Kepler's laws? Answer: When a planet travels at slower speeds it must be nearer the Sun and when it speeds up it must be as far from the Sun as it can get. Question 3: Suppose you read on a newspaper website that a new planet has been found having an average speed of 33 km/sec. When it’s closest to the star it moves at 31 km/sec and when it’s farthest it moves at 35 km/sec. Why is this information incorrect? Answer: From Kepler’s second law we infer that a planet must move fastest when it’s closest, not when it is farthest away. Question 4: Which of the following is not part of Newton’s universal law of gravitation? Answer: The gravitational attraction between two objects depends directly on the distance between their centres of mass. Question 5 : Kepler’s third law of planetary motion states that Answer: The cube of the semi- major axis of a planet’s orbit is directly proportional to the square of its period of motion around the Sun. Question 6: Which of the following is not an example of a “pseudoscience”? Answer: Astronomy Question 7: The names of the seven days of the week are based on the Answer: seven naked-eye objects that appear to move among the constellations. Question 8: The Metonic cycle recognizes what? Answer: The cycle of lunar phases that repeats every 19 years.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 9: Which of the following best describes the origin of ocean tides on Earth? Answer: Tides are caused by the difference in the force of gravity exerted by the Moon across the sphere of the Earth. Question 10: Spring tides occur Answer: At any time of the year when the Moon is full. Question 11: When Copernicus first created his Sun-centred model of the universe, it did not lead to substantially better predictions of planetary positions than the Ptolemaic model. Why not? Answer: Copernicus used perfect circles for the orbits of the planets. Question 12: Galileo was a very important figure in the development of astronomy. Which of the following statements about Galileo’s accomplishments is false ? Answer : Galileo looked at the Moon through his telescope and observed rivers, mountains and lakes filled with liquid. Question 13: Which statement about the Cosmological Principle is valid? Answer: It is based on two tenets involving the universality of the laws of physics and chemistry and the belief that there is nothing special about the Earth. Question 14: Galileo observed that Jupiter has moons. From this information you may conclude that Answer: some things do not orbit Earth. Question 15: Which of the following is not regarded as a heat transfer mechanism? Answer: Segregation Question 16: A green apple (nor your Mac computer) looks green because Answer: it reflects green light and absorbs all other colors Question 17: Which of the following is not a unit of speed? Answer: centimetres/light-year Question 18: What is acceleration? Answer: It is the rate of change of velocity with time. Question 19: Which of the following statements about orbital motion is not true? Answer: An elliptical orbit is an example of an open orbit. Question 20: Which of the following statements correctly describes the law of conservation of energy? Answer: The total quantity of energy in the universe never changes.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 21: Which of the following statements is not one of Newton's laws of motion? Answer: The net force applied to an object is equal to its mass times its velocity. Question 22: A skater can spin faster by pulling in her arms closer to her body or spin slower by spreading her arms out from her body. This is due to Answer: The conservation of angular momentum. Question 23: If your mass is 75 kg on Earth, what would be your mass on Saturn which is about 95 times as massive as Earth? Answer: About the same, 75 kg Question 24: Suppose that the Sun were to suddenly disappear from our solar system. What would happen to Earth’s motion? Answer: It would begin travelling in a straight line heading out of the solar system. Question 25: What does temperature measure? Answer: the average kinetic energy of particles in a substance Question 26: The amount of matter contained in an object is called its mass. Which of the following statements about mass is false ? Answer: The average human mass is about 150 pounds. Question 27: Radiative (or radiant) energy is Answer: light energy Question 28: Without telescopes or other aid, we can see the Moon in the night sky because it Answer: reflects visible light coming from the Sun Question 29: What do astronomers mean by light pollution? Answer: Light pollution refers to light used for human activities that brightens the sky and hinders astronomical observations. Question 30: From laboratory measurements, we know that a particular spectral line formed by hydrogen appears at a wavelength of 486.1 nanometers (nm). The spectrum of a particular star shows the same hydrogen line appearing at a wavelength of 496.1 nm (in other words, redshifted or having a longer wavelength). What can we conclude? Answer: The star is moving away from us. Question 31: The light gathering power of a 10-cm telescope is _____________ that of a 20-cm telescope. Answer: less than Question 32: The wavelength of a wave is
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Answer: the distance between two adjacent peaks of the wave. Question 33: The trouble with refraction telescopes is that Answer: different colours of visible starlight get focussed to different points in space making the image blurry Question 34: The larger the size of the telescope the greater the what? Answer: light gathering ability Question 35: The frequency of a wave is a. the number of peaks passing by any point each second. b. measured in cycles per second. c. measured in Hertz (Hz). d. equal to the speed of the wave divided by the wavelength of the wave. e. all of the above Question 36: The 29.5-day lunar month results in full moon dates that slowly change from month to month. Eventually, this entire cycle repeats such that a full moon that occurred on November 19 one year, let’s say, occurs on November 19 again some years later. Which of the following statements about this cycle is true? Answer: This cycle repeats every 19 years when the lunar phases occur again on the same dates. Question 37: Which of the following statements about X-rays and radio waves is not true? Answer: Neither X- rays nor radio waves can penetrate the Earth’s atmosphere. Question 38: Suppose the angular separation of two stars is smaller than the angular resolution of your eyes. How will the stars appear to your eyes? Answer: The two stars will look like a single point of light. Question 39: From lowest energy to highest energy, which of the following correctly orders the different categories of electromagnetic radiation? Answer: radio, infrared, visible light, ultraviolet, X rays, gamma rays Question 40: The two basic types of telescopes are what? Answer: reflection and refraction Question 41: Which of the following statements about electrons is not true Answer: Electrons are actually neutrons that have acquired an electrical charge Question 42: Considering Einstein's famous equation E =mc2 which of the following is true Answer: A small amount of mass can be turned into a large amount of energy
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 43: Upon what quantities does angular momentum depend Answer: Mass velocity radius Question 44: The amount of matter contained in an object is called its mass. Which of the following is false Answer: If you were to go to the moon your mass would be lower than your mass on Earth because gravity is less on the moon Question 45 : Where does the energy come from that your body uses to keep you alive Answer: Mostly it comes from the foods you eat Question 46: The scientific method is best described by which of the following: Answer: A system of collecting analyzing data, formulating a hypothesis, testing it and reforming it as needed Question 47: If your mass is 60 KG on earth would it be on Jupiter Answer: 60 kg Question 48: Ptolemy was important in history of astronomy because he Answer: Developed a model of the solar system that made sufficiently accurate predictions of planetary positions to remain in use for centuries Question 49: Radiative energy is Answer: Energy carried by light Question 50: Retrograde motion is observable for what objects Answer: Planets located more distant from the sun than earth Question 51: The Doppler shift is a wave phenomenon that Answer: Uses change in wavelength of light to determine speed of a moving star Question 52: At which lunar phases are the tides smallest Answer: both first and 3 rd Question 53: Spectral line formed by hydrogen appears at a wavelength of 486.1 nanometres the spectrum of a star sows the same hydrogen line appearing at 485.2 what can we conclude Answer: The star is moving towards us Question 54 : Which of the following is not a unit of energy Answer: Kilowatt Question 55: Spectroscopy can be used to Answer: all of the above
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 56: Which of the following statements best describes the principle advantage of telescopes over eyes Answer: Telescopes can collect far more light with far better angular resolution Question 57: Kinetic Energy is Answer: Energy of motion Question 58 : What would happen if the space shuttle were launched with greater speed then earths escape velocity Answer: It would travel away from the Earth into the solar system Question 59: Which of the following is not an advantage of the HST over ground based telescopes Answer: Although it orbits the Earth and is outside the atmosphere, it is closer to the star Question 60: When hold a rock potential energy, drop it kinetic, hits the ground what happens Answer: The energy goes to producing sound and to heating the ground rock, air Question: What determines the date for Easter? Answer: The Sunday following the first full moon following the spring equinox. Question: Who Built Stonehenge? Answer: Nobody really knows for sure Question: Suppose a planet is discovered orbiting a star in a highly elliptical orbit. While the planet is close to the star it _________, but while its far away it _______ Answer: moves fast, moves slower Question: Early Greek philosophers who influenced the development of scientific thought included Answer: Aristotle, Socrates, Plato and Ptolemy Question: When a rock is held above the group, we say it has some potential energy. When we let it go, it falls and we say the potential energy is converted to kinetic energy. Finally, the rock hits the ground. What has happened to the energy? Answer: The energy goes to producing sound and to heating the ground, rock and surrounding air. Question: Which of the following are systems for measuring temperature? Answer: Only A, B and D Question: At which lunar phases(s) are the tides most pronounced (the highest tide levels) Answer: Both new and full moons
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question: Which of the following statements about orbital motion is not true? Answer: An elliptical orbit is an example of an open orbit. Question: Which of the following statements about the Hubble Space Telescope is false? Answer: It was designed by a famous astronomer named Edwin Hubble. Question: Upon what quantities does angular momentum depend? Answer: Three quantities- an objects mass, its rotational speed, and its radius or distance from the rotational center. Question: A hot star emits primary what colour of visible light? Answer: ultraviolet Question: Which of the following is not an advantage of the Hubble Space Telescope over grounded- base telescopes? Answer: although it orbits the Earth and is outside the Earths atmosphere, it is, after all, closer to the stars. Question: Suppose there are two monochromatic light beams. Beam 1 has half the wavelength of beam 2. How do their frequencies compare? Answer: Beam 1 has 2 times the frequency of Beam 2. Question: Most of everything we know from outside Earth we know because of our use of what? Answer: Light Module 3 Question 1: Which of the following characteristics of the terrestrial planets is (are) correct? Answer: They are relatively small, high density objects with solid surfaces on which to walk Question 2: Ring systems around planets are: Answer: quite common among the large, gas planets; all Jovian planets have them. Question 3: Which of the following statements about meteorites is true ? Answer: A meteorite is what's left of a meteor when it hits the Earth's surface Question 4: Which of the following statements about the Jovian planets is not true? Answer: The outermost Jovian planet, Uranus, is also the least massive. Question 5: The age of our solar system is approximately Answer: 4.6 billion years.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 6: Which of the following statements about the moons of the solar system is false ? Answer: All planets have moons except Mercury Question 7: Which of the following statements is not an observed pattern of motion in our solar system? Answer: Most planets orbit at the same speed. Question 8: According to our theory of solar system formation, what is the origin of asteroids and comets? Answer: Asteroids are the leftover planetesimals of the inner solar system, and comets are the leftover planetesimals that formed beyond the frost line Question 9: We have determined the age of the solar system through: Answer: radioactive dating. Question 10: Rank the following planets in order of size from the smallest to the largest. Answer: Mercury, Mars, Earth, Uranus, Saturn Question 11: Which of the following statements about comets is true ? Answer: Comets have a relatively small nucleus (normally less than 10 km in diameter) that develop debris tails as they get close to the Sun. Question 12: What is a comet? Answer: The nucleus of a comet is a collection of various ices mixed with dust and tiny bits of rocky debris. Question 13: What is the origin of the atoms of hydrogen, oxygen and sodium in the perspiration that exits your body during this astronomy test? Answer: The hydrogen nuclei were produced a few minutes after the big bang event 13.8 billion years ago; the oxygen and sodium nuclei were synthesized inside stars more than 4.6 billion years ago. Question 14: What is meant by the period of heavy bombardment? Answer: During the 500-700 million years of the solar system existence there were plenty of larger objects roaming around in the solar disk. These larger objects constantly bombarded the terrestrial objects building up their surfaces and often leaving large craters that still exist today. Question 15: The terrestrial planets and the giant Jovian planets have different compositions because Answer: the terrestrial planets are closer to the Sun Question 16: How were the moons of the Jovian planets most likely formed? Answer: Probably through the same process as the planets themselves formed.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 17: Why did the solar nebula heat up as it collapsed? Answer: As the cloud shrank, its gravitational potential energy was converted to kinetic energy and then into thermal energy. Question 18: The sticking together of small but solid particles is an important feature of the solar nebular theory. What is this process known as? Answer: Accretion Question 19: Why are the inner planets made of denser materials than the outer planets? Answer: In the inner part of the nebula only metals and rocks were able to condense because of the high temperatures, whereas hydrogen compounds, although more abundant, were only able to condense in the cooler outer regions. Question 20: Atmospheres formed around some terrestrial planets because Answer: outgassing through volcanic activity plus a strong enough gravity kept the gas from escaping into space Question 21: The terrestrial planet cores contain mostly metal because Answer: only metals condensed closest to the Sun in the solar nebula and the rocks then accreted around them as the protoplanets cooled. Question 22: What is differentiation in planetary geology? Answer: the process by which gravity separates materials according to density Question 23: According to our theory of solar system formation, why does the Sun rotate slowly today? Answer: The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to charged particles caught in its magnetic field and then blew the particles away with its strong solar wind. Question 24: Protoplanets grow into planetesimals by which processes? Answer: A combination of A and B. Question 25: According to our theory of solar system formation, what is Pluto? Answer: Pluto is one of the largest of the Kuiper belt objects. Question 26: What constitutes the solar wind? Answer: It's the continuous emission of charged particles (electrons, protons, etc.) from the solar surface Question 27: About how much of the solar nebula consisted of elements heavier than hydrogen and helium? Answer: 2% by mass.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 28: Which of the following space telescope missions was dedicated entirely to discovering exoplanets? Answer: Kepler. Question 29: Which statement best describes the transit method of discovering exoplanets? Answer: Measuring the periodic dimming of light as an exoplanet crosses in front of the star. Question 30: Why is it easier to find exoplanets that are much more massive than the Earth? Answer: Because their transits and tugging on their stars are easier to detect Question 31: Which of the following statements about exoplanets is true? Answer: Only A and C are true Question 32: Which of the following statements about exoplanets is false? Answer: No planets have been found orbiting their stars at radii less than Mercury's orbital radius. Question 33: Which statement best describes the direct detection technique for finding exoplanets? Answer: Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Question 34: Which statement best describes the transit technique for finding exoplanets? Answer: Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Question 35: Which of the following techniques has so far yielded the fewest detections of an exoplanet? Answer: Astrometric method. Question 36: What is the name of the exoplanet that has been found that is closest to our solar system? Answer: Alpha Centauri Bb Question 37: What is an exoplanet moon? Answer: It is an object orbiting an exoplanet just as our Moon orbits Earth. Question 38: Which of the following three factors would affect the size of a star's Doppler shift caused by an exoplanet? Answer: Only A and B
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 39: Why would a star continuously wobble back-and-forth in space? Answer: Because it is revolving around a common centre of mass with other planets Question 40: What is so special about a star known as 51 Pegasi? Answer: It is the first main sequence star (stars like our Sun) found to have a planet orbiting it. Question 41: As of now most known extra solar planets have been discovered by Answer: Doppler technique Question: Which of the following is not a characteristic of the moons of the solar system planets Answer: All of the eight classical planets have at least one moon Question: Which of the following statements about asteroids is not true Answer: an asteroid is just a failed comet Question: Which of the following solar system moons were likely formed through the same processes as our solar system Answer: Jupiter’s so called Galilean moons Question: what was the ice or frost line of the solar system Answer: between present day orbits of mars and Jupiter Question: which of the following is not characteristic of the terrestrial planets Answer: they have more moons than the Jovian plants Question: why haven’t we detected low mass planets close to their stars and high mass planets far from their stars? Answer : Both A and B above Question: To date about how many extra solar planets have been discovered Answer: 700 Question: what are the main constituents of the Jovian planets Answer: hydrogen and helium Question; the first small solid grans or flakes formed in our solar system by the process of _________, the addition of material to an object by an atom or molecule at a time Answer: condensation Question: what is an extrasolar planet Answer: a planet that orbits a star that is not our sun Question: at first the suns present at rotation seems to contradict the prediction of the nebular theory because
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Answer: sun should have been rotating fast when it formed, but the actual rotation is fairly slow Question: which one of the following is a characteristic of Jovian planets Answer: low average density Question: based on available data what kind of objects in our solar system do most of the known extra solar planets resemble? Answer: Jovian planets Question: the planet closest in size to earth is Answer: Venus Question: which of the following is the origin of almost all the large moons around the Jovian planets Answer: they were formed by condensation and accretion in disk of gas around the planet Question: which type of exoplanet would you expect to cause the largest Doppler shift Answer : massive planet close to its star Question: rank the 5 worlds in order of size from large to small Answer: earth, Venus, mars mercury moon Question: the asteroid belt is found where Answer : mars and Jupiter Question: the nebular theory of the formation of the solar system successfully predicts all but one of the following, which one does the theory not predict Answer : the equal number of terrestrial and Jovian planets Question; which detection technique has been used to find orbital distance Answer: Doppler technique Question: what is the origin of the atoms of hydrogen, oxygen, and sodium in the perspiration that exits your body during this astronomy test Answer: hydrogen nuclei were produced a few minutes after the big bang event 13.7 billion years ago ….. Question: which of the following is not a technique that could be used to discover extrasolar planet Answer: direct binocular Question: why does the solar nebula theory predict that planetary systems are common Answer: all of the other answers Question: which of the following statements about comets is not true
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Answer: the nucleus of a comet is quite large about 100 km across Question: which of the following is not a characteristic of the general layout of the solar system Answer: all planets rotate on their polar axes at about the same rate Question: The rotation (daily spin) of the planets are: Answer: al in the same direction (with the exception of Venus and Uranus) Question: Where are most of the known asteroids found? Answer: Between Mars and Jupiter Question: What was the frost line of the solar system? Answer: the distance from the sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen compounds and methane to condense into ices, between the present day orbits of Mars and Jupiter Question: Which of the following is most likely to describe a comet, but not an asteroid? Answer: Comets are mainly composed of ice and snow with some dust and rocky bits Question: Which statement best describes the Doppler Technique for finding exoplanets Answer: observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the lights as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Question: thinking about our own solar system, which planet will have the greatest effect on the Sun’s movement about the solar system. Answer: Jupiter, because of its huge mass. Question: What does the exoplanet descriptor “hot Jupiter” mean? Answer: its an exoplanet just like Jupiter but orbiting must closer to its sun than 5 AU Question: So far about how many exoplanets have been discovered? Answer: over 1500 Question: When we examine of the types of planets making up the solar system we notice the following Answer: There are two types of planets: terrestrial and Jovian Question: Which of the following characteristics of the Jovian planets is (are) correct? Answer: None of A, B or C are correct Question: Which of the following statements about the Jovian planets is not true? Answer: the outermost Jovian planet, Uranus is also the least massive. Question: What is a planetesimal? Answer: a smaller building block of planets
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question: Which statement best describes the astrometric technique for finding exoplanets? Answer: Observing the slight side to side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it Question: What type of exoplanet would you expect to cause the largest Doppler shift in the spectrum of its star? Answer: A massive planet that is close to its sun. Module 4 Question 1: There are no auroras on Venus because it Answer: lacks a strong magnetic field. Question 2: Which component of our atmosphere has steadily increased in the last 100 years and has led to warming temperatures? Answer: Carbon Dioxide Question 3: All but one of the following statements about Mercury are true. Which one is false ? Answer: Mercury has a very thin atmosphere which is strange because there are still active volcanoes outgassing carbon dioxide and water vapour Question 4: How would you describe Venus's retrograde rotation? Answer: It rotates very slowly in a direction opposite to its revolution Question 5: The origin of Earth's only natural satellite, Moon, is Answer: a combination of the "capture" theory and the "daughter" theory, sometimes called the impact theory which posits that early in the solar system history the formative years. a young, molten Earth collided with a Mars-like object in a sort of glancing blow. Question 6: All of the following statements about Venus are true but one. Which one is false? Answer: The magnetic field on Venus has about the same intensity as on Earth, although it appears to change directions every 100,000 years or so. Question 7: Earth's atmosphere contains only small amounts of carbon dioxide because Answer: carbon dioxide dissolves in water, and most of it is now contained in the oceans and carbonate rocks. Question 8: Which of the following statements about Earth is false? Answer: The poles of the Earth's magnetic field are precisely aligned with Earth's rotational axis.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 9: All but one of the following statements about Venus are true. Which one is false? Answer: The atmospheric pressure on Venus is significantly greater than on Earth, about 9 times as great. Question 10: Which of the following statements about conjunctions and opposition is false? Answer: Mars can have an inferior conjunction but not a superior conjunction from Earth's perspective. Question 11: What function does the ozone layer provide on the Earth? Answer: It shields us from ultraviolet radiation that is harmful to life Question 12: Why does the burning of fossil fuels increase the greenhouse effect on Earth? Answer: Burning releases carbon dioxide into the atmosphere Question 13: How have we been able to construct maps of surface features on the planet Venus? Answer: by using radar from spacecraft that were sent to orbit Venus Question 14: Which of the following statements about Uranus is false? Answer: Uranus has the Great Red Spot on its surface that has been visible for the last 400 years. Question 15: Exploration on Mars has been accomplished by orbiters, lander and rovers. Which of the following statements about Martian exploration is false? Answer: The remains of some type of life form have been found near Olympus Mons, the largest volcano on Mars. Question 16: Which of the following does Jupiter not have? Answer: crustal plates on its surface Question 17: Which of the following statements about Neptune is true? Answer: Neptune's largest surface feature is the Great Dark Spot that is about the size of Earth and is probably a storm of some sort. Question 18: Mars is about how far from the Sun, on average? Answer: 1.5 AU Question 19: All of the following statements about Jupiter are true but one. Which one is false? Answer: The Great Red Spot is a large storm center that has been observed for only the last 75 years. Question 20: About how far from the Sun, on average, is Saturn? Answer: 10 AU
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 21: What is the region around a planet called where the magnetic field is able to deflect the solar wind and other charged particles? Answer: Magnetosphere Question 22: Which of the following do the Jovian planets not have in common? Answer: They are all less dense than water Question 23: What is a Roche zone? Answer: the region near a planet where tidal forces would tear apart an object held together only by gravity Question 24: How does the atmospheric pressure on Mars compare to that on Earth and Venus? Answer: Lower than on both Earth and Venus. Question 25: Saturn is how far from the Sun, on average? Answer: 10 AU Question 26: All of the following statements about Jupiter are true but one. Which one is false? Answer: The density of Jupiter is greater than that of air but less than that for water. Question 27: The belts and zones of Jupiter are Answer: alternating bands of rising and falling air at different latitudes Question 28: What did the Huygens probe discover about Saturn's moon, Titan? Answer: Methane rains onto the surface, evaporates, and rains again cyclically Question 29: Which of the following is not classified as a dwarf planet? Answer: Triton Question 30: All of the following statements about Charon, Pluto's moon, are true except which one? Answer: As strange as it may seem, astronomers have actually observed seasonal effects on Charon Question 31: Why are there no impact craters on the surface of Io? Answer: Io did have impact craters but they have all been buried in lava flows. Question 32: What is the Cassini division of Saturn's rings? Answer: a large gap, visible from Earth, produced by an orbital resonance with the moon Mimas
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 33: Which of the following statements about Jovian moons is false? Answer: All of the Jovian moons orbit their planet in the same direction, counter-clockwise as seem from above the solar system Question 34: This satellite's interior has probably warmed enough by tidal stressing to have a liquid water ocean below an icy crust Answer: Europa Question 35: Which of the following statements about Pluto is false ? Answer: Pluto is one of the larger Kuiper Belt Objects discovered to date and is actually bigger than Mercury. Question 36: Why is Triton referred to as Neptune's "backward" moon? Answer: It orbits in the opposite direction of its revaluation. Question 37: Planetary rings are Answer: all of the above. Question 38: What mechanism is most responsible for generating the internal heat of Io that drives the volcanic activity? Answer: tidal heating Question 39: Why was Pluto's status was changed to that of "dwarf planet" by the IAU? Answer: Because it has not cleared its orbital region of other objects. Question 40: Why isn't there a planet where the asteroid belt is located? Answer: Gravitational tugs from Jupiter prevented material from collecting together to form a planet. Question: Jupiter and Saturn emit _________ heat than absorbed from the sun due to __________ Answer: More; heat left over from their formation Question: Which of the following statements about the rings of the four Jovian planets is not true Answer: All probably looks much like they did when the solar system first formed Question: How thick are Saturn’s rings from top to bottom Answer: A few tens of meters Question: All but one of the following statements about Mars are true. Which is false Answer: The Martian atmosphere is fairly substantial with a composition similar to earth Question: Which of these moons is the most geologically active Answer: Io
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question: Mercury's large core is composed of Answer: Iron Question: We know about Earth’s interior because of Answer: Study of waves created by earthquakes Question: Why does Jupiter have several distinct cloud layers Answer: Different layers represent clouds made of gases that condense at different temps Question : Which of the following objects contains mostly nitrogen with some methane Answer: Titan Question: The orbit of Venus around the sun is almost circular. What is the radius of its orbit Answer: 0.72 AU Question: All but one of the following statements about Mercury is true. Which one is false? Answer: Mercury’s orbit around the sun is circular, more so than any other planet Question: Planetary rings are Answer: All of the above Question: A solar day on Mercury is about how long Answer: 176 Earth days Question: Why does Mars have more extreme seasons than Earth Answer: Because it has a more eccentric orbit Question: Why does the burning of fossil fuels increase the greenhouse effect on earth? Answer: Burning releases carbon dioxide into the atmosphere Question: In what ways is Earth different from other terrestrial planets? Answer: All of the above Question : Why do astronomers believe Triton may have been a planet that was captured by Neptune? Answer: It orbits Neptune in the opposite direction of Neptune’s rotation Question: Which of the following statements about Saturn is false Answer: Saturn was first discovered by Galileo about 400 years ago Question: Which of the following is not a Kuiper Belt Object Answer: Triton Question: Which of the following statements about the moons of the Jovian planets is false
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Answer: Tiania, one of the largest Jovian moons, has a wrinkly surface that is often referred to as “cantaloupe terrain” Question: What is the moons average orbital distance from the sun? Answer: 1.0 AU Question: At what special time in Venus’s orbit might we be able to see a solar transit? Answer: inferior conjunction Question: All but one of the following statements about Mercury are true. Which one is false? Answer: Mercury’s orbit about the sun is almost circular, more so than any other planet in the solar system. Question: Which of the following planets was found using Newton’s laws after discrepancies were observed in another planets orbit? Answer: Neptune Question: Mercury is how far from the sun, on average? Answer: 0.39 AU Question: Where do the majority of the confirmed dwarf planets in the solar system reside? Answer: The Kuiper Belt Question: What is a likely feature of the moons of Mars? Answer: They are captured steroids.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following objects would not be considered an optical device? Your bedroom window what is the main advantage of the Hubble space telescope? It orbits above the earth’s atmosphere the light gathering power of a 5-cm telescope is ______that of a 10-cm telescope less than Consider a loaded dump truck and you in your Smartcar driving along the 401 highway. Which of the following statements about linear momentum (not angular momentum) is true? As long as you follow the truck, both travelling at the same speed, your combined momentum or total momentum, is conserved. which of the following statements about isaac newton is not true? Newton grew up in Germany the speed of light is 300000 km/sec why is it so important to know this value so precisely? All of a,b, and c are true whose model of the universe was supported by Galileo's observations of the phase of Venus?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Nicolaus Copernicus’s model Humans have been trying to determine the truth behind the workings of the heavens for years. Which of the following people show a record of interest in anything related to astronomy? E) All of A,B,C Betelgeuse and rigel are two bright stars in the constellation orion (famous for the three bright stars appearing in a straight line as orion’s belt) betelgeuse emits primarily red light while rigel appears as a blue colour. What can you determine from this observation? Betelgeuse is moving away from you and Rigel is moving toward you Q) the larger the size of the telescope, the greater the what? A) light gathering ability where is stonehenge located? in England, west of London.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Johanes Kepler and Galileo Galelei lived pretty much at the same time. When was that timeframe? 1550-1650 What is the approximate period of Jupiter’s orbit if its average distance from the sun is 5.2AU 11.8 years Which of the following statements is not true about the motions of the moon? A crescent moon will be seen either just after sunset or just before sunrise. What is an Astronomical Unit(AU) ? All of the rest imagine you are standing on the equator watching the stars at night? which of the following statements is true? Over a year you will see all the stars in the sky which of the following statements is not true about total solar eclipses the moon passes through the shadow of the earth If you see the Moon rising in the East just as the Sun is setting in the west then the phase of the Moon is FULL which of the following sequences is a correct ordering of the moon's phases The 8 moon phases in order are New moon , Waxing Crescent, First Quarter, Waxing Gibbous, Full moon , Waning Gibbous, Third Quarter, and finally Waxing Crescent Waxing Gibbous, Full moon , Waning Gibbous
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
From a latitude of 42 degrees, how many degrees above the northern horizon does the north celestial pole appear to be 42 when you observe a star for a period of a few hours from a location in canada, you notice it never rises or sets the star is near the north star, Polaris. what does the big dipper exemplify an asterism on the vernal and autumnal equinoxes all of a,b,c A sidereal period is an orbit relative to the position of what The position of the stars what is the apparent visual magnitude of a star a measure of the star s brightness as seen by human eyes on earth if we consider a circular sphere around our solar system with a radius of about 10 light years would be included in such a sphere? 10 Which of the following statements about the moon is false? The side of the moon we never see from the earth is always in darkness If you looked at an area 10000 light-years across, centered on the sun, which of the following would not be in your field of view? The entire milky way galaxy When you observe a star for a period of a few hours from a location in Canada, you notice it
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
never rises or sets, what accounts for this The star is near the north star, Polaris Which of the following celestial phenomena is the smallest • The orbit of the moon Which of the following correctly describes the meridian in your sky - a half circle extending from your horizon due north through your zenith, to your horizon due south What conditions are required for a solar eclipse - the phase of the moon must be new, and the nodes of the moons orbit must be nearly aligned with the earth and sun What conditions are required for a lunar eclipse - the phase of the moon must be ʼ full, and the nodes of moons orbit must be aligned with SU and E which of the following years is not a leap year So 2000 and 2400 are leap years but 1800 , 1900 , 2100, 2200 and 2300 are not. Apart from that, every year divisible by 4 (2012, 2016 , 2020 , 2024 , etc.) is a leap year. Question 1 1 / 1 point Which of the following is closest to the Sun? Saturn. Pluto. Mercury. a comet in the Oort cloud Earth. Question 2 1 / 1 point How long does it take light from the Sun to get to Earth? a few hours
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
several days a few seconds a half hour a few minutes Question 3 0 / 1 point On the Cosmic Calendar about when did the solar system begin to form? Around the spring equinox March 21 January 1 Around the summer solstice June 21 Somtime around Labour Day September 1 About mid-November Question 4 1 / 1 point
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
On the Cosmic Calendar all of recorded history occurred beginning when? December 25 December 31 around noon December 1 December 31 within the last minute of this last day of the year. December 30 around noon Question 5 0 / 1 point The order of the planets beyond Earth, away from the Sun, is Mars, Saturn, Jupiter, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto Mars, Jupiter, Uranus, Saturn, Neptune, Pluto Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto Mars, Venus, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto Question 6 1 / 1 point In our journey outward from the Sun what is a feature you notice about the spacing of the planets? The spacing between the planets is actually quite random with some spaces being small followed by a huge spacing outward to the next one and then a small spacing and so on. They are all pretty much evenly spaced The largest planets are closer to the Sun while the smaller Earth-like planets are much farther from the Sun. What’s most interesting is that some planets share the same orbit. The inner planets are grouped together and relatively close to the Sun while the planets from Jupiter out to Neptune are spaced much further apart. Question 7 1 / 1 point Which of the following best describes the Milky Way Galaxy?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
a spiral galaxy with a disk about 80,000 light-years in diameter and containing between 100 billion and 1 trillion stars a spherically shaped collection of about 1 million stars that is about 100 light- years in diameter a spherically shaped collection of stars including our solar system and about a dozen other solar systems, stretching about 4 light-years in diameter a spiral galaxy with a disk about 80,000 light-years in diameter and containing about 100,000 stars a spiral galaxy with a disk about a billion kilometres in diameter and containing between 100 million and 1 billion stars Question 8 1 / 1 point What is a light-year? The average distance between the Sun and the Earth. The time is takes light to travel across the Milky Way galaxy. The distance light travels in one year. The time for light to travel to Earth from the Andromeda galaxy. The time is takes light to get to the nearest star, Proxima Centauri. Question 9 0 / 1 point What is the largest object in the solar system? Ceres, the largest asteroid in the asteroid belt Earth, of course The Sun Jupiter Neptune Question 10 1 / 1 point Which of the following is largest? 1 Astronomical Unit
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
distance to the nearest star (other than our Sun) size of a typical galaxy size of Pluto's orbit 1 light-year Question 11 1 / 1 point On the Cosmic Calendar (where the age of the universe in condensed into the equivalent to one calendar year) most of recorded history takes up what portion of the “year”? the last few minutes of the year the last few seconds of the year the last few days of the year the last few weeks of the year the last few months of the year Question 12 1 / 1 point Which of the following is furthest from the Sun? Neptune Pluto a comet in the Oort cloud an asteroid in the asteroid belt a comet in the Kuiper belt Question 13 1 / 1 point The solar system consists of The inner planets (Mercury, Mars, Earth, Venus) plus the Sun All of the stars in our galaxy The Sun plus the asteroids and comets The Sun, Moon and stars in our galaxy
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The Sun and its planets, asteroids and comets Group B Question 14 1 / 1 point What makes the North Star, Polaris, special? It is the brightest star in the sky. It appears very near the north celestial pole. It can be used to determine your longitude on Earth. It is the star straight overhead. It is the star directly on your northern horizon. Question 15 0 / 1 point We can't detect stellar parallax with naked-eye observations. Which of the following would make parallax easier to observe? speeding up the Earth's orbital motion slowing down the Earth's orbital motion speeding up the precession of the Earth's axis getting away from streetlights increasing the size of the Earth's orbit Question 16 1 / 1 point The ecliptic is the apparent path of the Sun moving how? eastward among the stars northward among the stars northeastward among the stars southwestward among the stars westward among the stars
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 17 1 / 1 point What happens during the apparent retrograde motion of a planet? The planet rises in the west and sets in the east. The planet moves through constellations that are not part of the zodiac. The planet moves backward through the sky. The planet moves backward in its orbit around the Sun. The planet appears to move westward with respect to the stars over a period of many nights. Question 18 1 / 1 point Patterns of stars in constellations hardly change in appearance over times of even a few thousand years. Why? Although most stars move through the sky, the brightest stars do not, and these are the ones that trace the patterns we see in the constellations. Stars within a constellation move together as a group, which tends to hide their actual motion and prevent the pattern from changing. Stars are fixed and never move. Stars move, but they move very slowly only a few kilometres in a thousand years. The stars in our sky actually move rapidly relative to us thousands of kilometres per hour but are so far away that it takes a long time for this motion to make a noticeable change in the patterns in the sky. Question 19 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the ecliptic plane is not true? During a solar eclipse, the Moon lies in the ecliptic plane. It is the plane of the Earth's orbit around the Sun. It is the plane of the Moon's orbit around the Earth. The nodes of the Moon's orbit lie in the ecliptic plane. During a lunar eclipse, the Moon lies in the ecliptic plane.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 20 0 / 1 point On the summer solstice in June, the Sun will be directly above and all locations north of will experience daylight all day. The Tropic of Capricorn: the Antarctic Circle The Tropic of Capricorn; the Arctic Circle The Tropic of Cancer; the Antarctic Circle The Equator; Edmonton The Tropic of Cancer: the Arctic Circle Question 21 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about sidereal and solar days is not true? The time it takes for a star to make one circuit of our sky is one sidereal day. A solar day represents more than 360 degrees of rotation for the Earth. The time it takes for the Sun to make one circuit of our sky is one solar day. A solar day is 4 minutes longer than a sidereal day. The time it takes for the Moon to make one circuit of our sky is one solar day. Question 22 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements is true? A) Both the Northern and Southern hemispheres receive the same amount of sunlight on the equinoxes. B) Both the Northern and Southern hemispheres receive the same amount of sunlight on the solstices. C) The Northern Hemisphere receives the most direct sunlight on the summer solstice. D) The Southern Hemisphere receives the most direct sunlight on the summer solstice. E) Both A and C are true. Question 23 1 / 1 point
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
You are standing on the Earth's equator at midnight. Which way is Polaris directly overhead 23.5 degrees above the North Pole, along the meridian. The answer depends on whether its winter or summer. 30 degrees up, due West on the northern horizon Question 24 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about lunar phases is true? It is possible to have two full moons during November, but not during December. The time between new moons is two weeks. The time from one new moon to the next new moon is the same as the time from first-quarter moon to third-quarter moon. The full moon sometimes rises around midnight. It is possible to have two full moons during January, but not during February. Question 25 1 / 1 point Each cycle of the Earth’s precession takes about 2,600 years 2,600 light-years 26,000 years 26,000 light-years None of the above Question 26 1 / 1 point What conditions are required for a solar eclipse? The phase of the Moon must be full, and the Moon's orbital plane must lie in the ecliptic.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The phase of the Moon must be full, and the nodes of the Moon's orbit must be nearly aligned with the Earth and the Sun. The phase of the Moon can be new or full, and the nodes of the Moon's orbit must be nearly aligned with the Earth and the Sun. The phase of the Moon must be new, and the Moon's orbital plane must lie in the ecliptic. The phase of the Moon must be new, and the nodes of the Moon's orbit must be nearly aligned with the Earth and the Sun. Question 27 1 / 1 point Suppose you live on the Moon. How long is a day (i.e., from sunrise to sunrise)? 23 hours, 56 minutes a lunar month 24 hours a year about 18 years Group C Question 28 1 / 1 point Right ascension is expressed in Hours, minutes and seconds from 0 to 24 hours Hours per day Metres Degrees from 0 to 360 Light-years Question 29 1 / 1 point Which of the following is the reason for the solar day being longer than a sidereal day? the tilt of the Earth's axis
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
the non-circular orbit of the Earth around the Sun precession of the Earth's axis the Earth year being a non-integer number of Earth days the combined effect of the rotation of the Earth and its orbit about the Sun Question 30 1 / 1 point Which of the following best describes the tropic of Cancer? It is a place where the Sun is directly overhead at noon on the spring equinox. It is a place where the Sun is directly overhead at noon on the summer solstice. It is a place where the Sun appears to remain stationary in the sky. It is another name for the equator. It is any place where it is always very warm. Question 31 0 / 1 point Mercury is in superior conjunction with the Earth when it is Perfectly in line with the Earth, the Sun, and Venus. Perfectly in line with the Sun and Earth with the Earth between the Sun and Mercury. Perfectly in line with the Earth and Polaris but on the other side of the Sun. Perfectly in line with the Sun and Earth and in between them. Perfectly in line with the Sun and Earth but on the side opposite the Sun. Question 32 1 / 1 point Suppose you lived at the Earth's equator. Which of the following statements would not be true? The south celestial pole is directly on your horizon, due south. Every day of the year, the Sun is above your horizon for 12 hours and below it for 12 hours.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The celestial equator goes through your sky from due east on your horizon, through 50 degree altitude in the south, to due west on the horizon. The north celestial pole is directly on your horizon, due north (with Polaris quite nearby). No stars are circumpolar. Question 33 1 / 1 point Day and night are caused by the tilt of the Earth on its axis the rotation of the Earth on its axis the revolution of the Moon around the Earth a combination of the rotation of the Moon around the Earth and the Earth around the Sun the revolution of the Earth around the Sun Question 34 1 / 1 point Latitude in stellar coordinates is known as Declination Ascension Declination Right Ascension Right Declination Longitude Question 35 0 / 1 point Which of the following is the best reason for the leap years? the tilt of the Earth's axis the Earth year being a non-integer number of Earth days the non-circular orbit of the Earth around the Sun precession of the Earth's axis
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
the combined effect of the rotation of the Earth and the precession of the Earth’s axis Question 36 0 / 1 point While in Bracebridge, ON where the latitude is 45°, at the spring equinox (about March 21), the Sun follows the path where it rises due east, crosses the meridian at the zenith, and sets due west. rises due east, crosses the meridian at an altitude of 45° in the south, and sets due west. rises due east, crosses the meridian at an altitude of 45° in the north, and sets due west. rises due north-east, crosses the meridian at the zenith, and sets due north- west. rises due north-east, crosses the meridian at an altitude of 45° in the south, and sets due north-west. Question 37 0 / 1 point The tilt of the Earth’s axis causes the seasons because the days are longer in summer the tilt of the Earth’s axis does not cause the seasons at all; it’s because of Earth’s eccentric orbit the rays of light strike the ground more directly in summer the rays of light strike the ground less directly in summer one hemisphere of Earth is closer to the Sun in summer Question 38 0 / 1 point If you see the Moon rising in the East just as the Sun is setting in the west then the phase of the Moon is new first quarter full
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
waning crescent third quarter Question 39 1 / 1 point The number of days in a month is associated with Lunar phases Various annual holidays Earth’s rotation around the Moon The motion of Jupiter around the Sun Solar phases Question 40 0 / 1 point The lunar month is longer than the sidereal month because the Moon orbits the Earth faster than the Earth orbits the Sun. the Moon has to complete more than one full orbit around the Earth to complete the cycle of lunar phases. the lunar month is based on the Moon's orbit, while the sidereal month is based on the Earth's orbit. the Moon completes the cycle of lunar phases before it completes a full orbit around the Earth. the Moon orbits the Earth faster than the Earth rotates.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
estion 1 0 / 1 point Which of the following objects within our solar system is the smallest? Earth Neptune Mercury Moon Mars Question 2 1 / 1 point On the Cosmic Calendar when did the big bang occur? September 1 March 21 December 25 January 1 December 31 Question 3 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements does not use the term light-year in an appropriate way? It will take me light-years to complete this homework assignment. It will take the Voyager spacecraft about 20,000 years to travel just 1 light-year. A light-year is about 10 trillion kilometres. The Milky Way Galaxy is about 100,000 light-years in diameter. It's about 4 light-years from here to Alpha Centauri. Question 4 1 / 1 point On the Cosmic Calendar about when did the solar system begin to form? January 1 About mid-November Around the summer solstice June 21 Around the spring equinox March 21 Somtime around Labour Day September 1
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 5 0 / 1 point In our journey outward from the Sun what is a feature you notice about the spacing of the planets? What’s most interesting is that some planets share the same orbit. The spacing between the planets is actually quite random with some spaces being small followed by a huge spacing outward to the next one and then a small spacing and so on. The inner planets are grouped together and relatively close to the Sun while the planets from Jupiter out to Neptune are spaced much further apart. The largest planets are closer to the Sun while the smaller Earth-like planets are much farther from the Sun. They are all pretty much evenly spaced Question 6 0 / 1 point What is the largest object in the solar system? Neptune Earth, of course Ceres, the largest asteroid in the asteroid belt The Sun Jupiter Question 7 0 / 1 point The order of the planets beyond Earth, away from the Sun, is Mars, Venus, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto Mars, Saturn, Jupiter, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto Mars, Jupiter, Uranus, Saturn, Neptune, Pluto Question 8 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the sizes of stars is most true?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The largest known star, VY Canis Majoris, is about 5 times larger than the Sun. All stars in our galaxy are about the same size. Rigel, the bluish star representing the left foot of Orion, is considerably larger than the Sun. Antares, the brightest star in the constellation Scorpius, is bigger than Earth but smaller than the Sun. The Sun is one of the bigger stars in our galaxy. Question 9 1 / 1 point Which of the following is largest? size of a typical galaxy 1 Astronomical Unit size of Pluto's orbit 1 light-year distance to the nearest star (other than our Sun) Question 10 0 / 1 point The solar system consists of The inner planets (Mercury, Mars, Earth, Venus) plus the Sun All of the stars in our galaxy The Sun and its planets, asteroids and comets The Sun plus the asteroids and comets The Sun, Moon and stars in our galaxy Question 11 0 / 1 point Which of the following has your "address" in the correct order? you, Earth, solar system, Local Group, Local Supercluster, Milky Way you, Earth, Local Group, Local Supercluster, solar system, Milky Way you, Earth, solar system, Milky Way, Local Supercluster, Local Group
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
you, Earth, solar system, Milky Way, Local Group, Local Supercluster you, Earth, solar system, Local Group, Milky Way, Local Supercluster Question 12 0 / 1 point Which of the following is furthest from the Sun? a comet in the Kuiper belt a comet in the Oort cloud an asteroid in the asteroid belt Pluto Neptune Question 13 0 / 1 point the last few months of the year the last few seconds of the year the last few minutes of the year the last few weeks of the year the last few days of the year Group B estion 14 0 / 1 point What is the ecliptic? the Sun's apparent path along the celestial sphere the Moon's apparent path along the celestial sphere the Sun's daily path across the sky the constellations commonly used in astrology to predict the future when the Moon passes in front of the Sun Question 15 1 / 1 point Each cycle of the Earth’s precession takes about 2,600 years 2,600 light-years On the Cosmic Calendar (where the age of the universe in condensed into the equivalent to one calendar year) most of recorded history takes up what portion of the “year”?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
26,000 years 26,000 light-years None of the above Question 16 1 / 1 point The Tropic of Capricorn: the Antarctic Circle The Tropic of Cancer: the Arctic Circle The Equator; Edmonton The Tropic of Capricorn; the Arctic Circle The Tropic of Cancer; the Antarctic Circle Question 17 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about sidereal and solar days is not true? The time it takes for the Sun to make one circuit of our sky is one solar day. A solar day is 4 minutes longer than a sidereal day. The time it takes for the Moon to make one circuit of our sky is one solar day. The time it takes for a star to make one circuit of our sky is one sidereal day. A solar day represents more than 360 degrees of rotation for the Earth. Question 18 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the ecliptic plane is not true? During a solar eclipse, the Moon lies in the ecliptic plane. The nodes of the Moon's orbit lie in the ecliptic plane. It is the plane of the Earth's orbit around the Sun. During a lunar eclipse, the Moon lies in the ecliptic plane. It is the plane of the Moon's orbit around the Earth. Question 19 0 / 1 point On the summer solstice in June, the Sun will be directly above north of will experience daylight all day. and all locations
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following statements about the Celestial Sphere is not true. The Celestial Equator lies in the Ecliptic Plane. The Celestial Sphere does not take into account the fact that stellar distances from Earth vary. The Celestial Sphere is an imaginary sphere surrounding the Earth with all the stars fixed on it. The North and South Celestial poles are coincident with the Earth’s North and South Poles. The Celestial Sphere is completely divided up into 88 surface areas with one constellation in each area. Question 20 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about lunar phases is true? The time between new moons is two weeks. It is possible to have two full moons during November, but not during December. The full moon sometimes rises around midnight. It is possible to have two full moons during January, but not during February. The time from one new moon to the next new moon is the same as the time from first-quarter moon to third-quarter moon. Question 21 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements is true? A) Both the Northern and Southern hemispheres receive the same amount of equinoxes. B) Both the Northern and Southern hemispheres receive the same amount of solstices. C) The Northern Hemisphere receives the most direct sunlight on the summe D) The Southern Hemisphere receives the most direct sunlight on the summe E) Both A and C are true. Questio n 22 1 / 1 point Suppose you live on the Moon. How long is a day (i.e., from sunrise to sunrise)?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
a year 24 hours a lunar month about 18 years 23 hours, 56 minutes Question 23 1 / 1 point The ecliptic is the apparent path of the Sun moving how? eastward among the stars northeastward among the stars southwestward among the stars westward among the stars northward among the stars Question 24 1 / 1 point increasing the size of the Earth's orbit speeding up the Earth's orbital motion getting away from streetlights slowing down the Earth's orbital motion speeding up the precession of the Earth's axis Question 25 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the Moon is true? The Moon goes through a cycle of phases because it always has the same side facing the Earth. The Moon's distance from the Earth varies during its orbit. The side of the Moon facing away from the Earth is in perpetual darkness. If you see a full Moon from North America, someone in South America would see a new moon. The Moon is only visible at night. Question 26 0 / 1 point We can't detect stellar parallax with naked-eye observations. Which of the following would make parallax easier to observe?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
What conditions are required for a solar eclipse? The phase of the Moon must be full, and the nodes of the Moon's orbit must be nearly aligned with the Earth and the Sun. The phase of the Moon can be new or full, and the nodes of the Moon's orbit must be nearly aligned with the Earth and the Sun. The phase of the Moon must be full, and the Moon's orbital plane must lie in the ecliptic. The phase of the Moon must be new, and the nodes of the Moon's orbit must be nearly aligned with the Earth and the Sun. The phase of the Moon must be new, and the Moon's orbital plane must lie in the ecliptic. Question 27 0 / 1 point What makes the North Star, Polaris, special? It is the star directly on your northern horizon. It is the star straight overhead. It appears very near the north celestial pole. It is the brightest star in the sky. It can be used to determine your longitude on Earth. Group C estion 28 1 / 1 point Suppose you lived at the Earth's equator. Which of the following statements would not be true? The north celestial pole is directly on your horizon, due north (with Polaris quite nearby). The south celestial pole is directly on your horizon, due south. Every day of the year, the Sun is above your horizon for 12 hours and below it for 12 hours. The celestial equator goes through your sky from due east on your horizon, through 50 degree altitude in the south, to due west on the horizon. No stars are circumpolar. Question 29 1 / 1 point
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
first quarter waning crescent new third quarter full Question 30 0 / 1 point The number of days in a month is associated with Earth’s rotation around the Moon Lunar phases Solar phases The motion of Jupiter around the Sun Various annual holidays Question 31 0 / 1 point Which of the following is the best reason for the leap years? the tilt of the Earth's axis the combined effect of the rotation of the Earth and the precession of the Earth’s axis the non-circular orbit of the Earth around the Sun precession of the Earth's axis the Earth year being a non-integer number of Earth days Question 32 1 / 1 point The lunar month is longer than the sidereal month because the Moon completes the cycle of lunar phases before it completes a full orbit around the Earth. the lunar month is based on the Moon's orbit, while the sidereal month is based on the Earth's orbit. the Moon has to complete more than one full orbit around the Earth to complete the cycle of lunar phases. If you see the Moon rising in the East just as the Sun is setting in the west then the phase of the Moon is
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
the Moon orbits the Earth faster than the Earth rotates. the Moon orbits the Earth faster than the Earth orbits the Sun. Question 33 0 / 1 point Mercury is in superior conjunction with the Earth when it is Perfectly in line with the Earth, the Sun, and Venus. Perfectly in line with the Earth and Polaris but on the other side of the Sun. Perfectly in line with the Sun and Earth with the Earth between the Sun and Mercury. Perfectly in line with the Sun and Earth and in between them. Perfectly in line with the Sun and Earth but on the side opposite the Sun. Question 34 1 / 1 point Day and night are caused by the tilt of the Earth on its axis the rotation of the Earth on its axis the revolution of the Earth around the Sun a combination of the rotation of the Moon around the Earth and the Earth around the Sun the revolution of the Moon around the Earth Question 35 1 / 1 point Right ascension is expressed in Hours per day Hours, minutes and seconds from 0 to 24 hours Light-years Degrees from 0 to 360 Metres Question 36 1 / 1 point If you lived at the North Pole at night the stars would
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
never rise or set but move in ellipses around Polaris. rise in the east, cross your meridian at midnight, and set in the west. show retrograde motion every night of the year. never rise or set but move in circles around Polaris, the North Star. rise in the west, cross your meridian at midnight, and set in the east. Question 37 1 / 1 point The problem with the Julian calendar was that it was Too short by 11 minutes in a year Too short by 11 hours in a year Too long by 11 minutes in a year Too long by 11 days in a year There was nothing wrong with it and that’s why we use it today. Question 38 1 / 1 point Which of the following best describes the tropic of Cancer? It is a place where the Sun appears to remain stationary in the sky. It is any place where it is always very warm. It is a place where the Sun is directly overhead at noon on the spring equinox. It is another name for the equator. It is a place where the Sun is directly overhead at noon on the summer solstice. Question 39 1 / 1 point Mars is in opposition with the Earth when it is Perfectly in line with the Sun and Earth but on the side opposite the Sun. Perfectly in line with the Sun and Earth with the Earth between the Sun and Mars.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Perfectly in line with the Earth, the Sun, and Mercury. Perfectly in line with the Earth and Polaris. Perfectly in line with the Sun and Earth and in between them. Question 40 0 / 1 point The tilt of the Earth’s axis causes the seasons because the tilt of the Earth’s axis does not cause the seasons at all; it’s because of Earth’s eccentric orbit the days are longer in summer the rays of light strike the ground less directly in summer one hemisphere of Earth is closer to the Sun in summer the rays of light strike the ground more directly in summer
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Quiz Submissions - Module 2 Test- Requires Respondus LockDown Browser Group A Question 1 1 / 1 point Which of the following is not part of Newton’s universal law of gravitation? The gravitational attraction between two objects depends inversely as the square of the distance between their centres of mass. If the Sun’s mass were to suddenly be reduced to 50% of its present mass the force of gravity on the Earth caused by the Sun would be exactly half of what it now is. The gravitational attraction between two objects depends directly on the distance between their centres of mass. The gravitational attraction between two objects depends on the product of their masses. The force of gravity between Earth and Mars depends on both the mass of Mars and the mass of the Earth. Question 2 0 / 1 point Who built Stonehenge? The Druids, a priestly class of Celts, in the 1000­year period prior to Christ’s birth. A combination of Scottish and Irish peoples around 1500 AD. 1/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Welsh peoples from 1500 to 1100 BCE. Nobody really knows for sure. The Teutonic kings of England during a 500-year period between 100 AD and 1100 AD Question 3 1 / 1 point The names of the seven days of the week are based on the seven brightest stars in the prominent constellation Orion. seven planets closest to the Sun. most popular Norse gods. seven naked-eye objects that appear to move among the constellations. seven largest constellations of the ancient world. Question 4 1 / 1 point Spring tides occur Between March 21 and June 21 when the Moon is in its first quarter. Between March 21 and June 21 when the Moon is in its third quarter. Only between March 21 and June 21 when the Moon is full. At any time of the year when the Moon is full. Any of the above. Question 5 1 / 1 point The Metonic cycle recognizes what? The cycle of eclipses that take place over an 18-year period. The cycle of sunspots that seems to repeat every 11 years. The brand of bicycles that most riders use on the Tour de France. The cycle of lunar phases that repeats every 19 years. The cycle of seasons on Earth. 2/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Question 6 1 / 1 point Galileo observed that Jupiter has moons. From this information you may conclude that Jupiter orbits the Sun. Jupiter is the centre of the solar system. some things do not orbit Earth. Jupiter orbits the Earth. Ptolemy’s vision of the solar system is correct. Question 7 1 / 1 point Ptolemy was important in the history of astronomy because he was the first to believe in an Earth-centred universe. developed the first scientific model of the universe. was the first to create a model of the solar system that placed the Sun rather than the Earth at the centre. was the first to believe that all orbits are perfect circles. developed a model of the solar system that made sufficiently accurate predictions of planetary positions to remain in use for many centuries. Question 8 1 / 1 point The scientific method is best described by which of the following? A system of using other scientists’ data to refute theories and formulate new ones that suit your own beliefs and inclinations. A system of collecting and analyzing data and formulating hypotheses which lead to the dispelling of or proving old theories. A system of data collection involving new investigations which hopefully lead to new, irrefutable theories resulting in Nobel prizes. A system of using other scientists’ data and using deductive and inductive reasoning to prove theories. A system of collecting and analyzing data, formulating a hypothesis, testing the hypothesis and reformulating the hypothesis as needed.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- 3/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Question 9 0 / 1 point Galileo was a very important figure in the development of astronomy. Which of the following statements about Galileo’s accomplishments is false ? Galileo was the first to observe the four largest moons of Jupiter. Galileo observed Venus going through a phase cycle similar to the cycle the Moon goes through. Galileo observed, with his telescope, sunspots moving across the face of the Sun and concluded that the Sun rotated on a rotational axis. Galileo, with the aid of his telescope, saw that the Milky Way was made up of thousands of stars rather than diffuse nebulae. Galileo looked at the Moon through his telescope and observed rivers, mountains and lakes filled with liquid. Question 10 0 / 1 point Which statement about the Cosmological Principle is valid? It is based on three tenets involving the uniqueness of Earth, the universality of the laws of physics and chemistry, and the concept that our galaxy is the centre of the Universe. It is based on two tenets involving the uniqueness of Earth and the universality of the laws of physics and chemistry. It is based on two tenets involving the universality of the laws of physics and chemistry and the belief that there is nothing special about the Earth. It is based on only one tenet and that is that the laws of physics and chemistry apply only to our solar system. It is based on only one tenet (principle) and that is that there is nothing special about the Earth. Question 11 1 / 1 point Suppose you read on a newspaper website that a new planet has been found having an average speed of 33 km/sec. When it’s closest to the star it moves at 31 km/sec and when it’s farthest it moves at 35 km/sec. Why is this information incorrect? From Kepler’s second law we infer that a planet must move fastest when it’s closest, not when it is farthest away. Using these values, the square of the orbital period will not be equal to the cube of the semimajor axis. Planets remain at a constant distance from their stars so they don’t move closer or farther away. Kepler’s second law says the planet sweeps our equal areas in equal times, so the speed of the 4/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- planets never change. The average speed is too slow. Question 12 1 / 1 point What determines the date for Easter? The Sunday before the first new moon following the spring equinox. The second Sunday after the spring equinox. The day the Easter bunny arrives at your house. The Sunday following the first full moon following the spring equinox. The first Sunday after the spring equinox. Question 13 1 / 1 point Which of the following best describes the origin of ocean tides on Earth? Tides are caused by the difference in the force of gravity exerted by the Moon across the sphere of the Earth. Tides are caused by the 23.5 tilt of the Earth's rotational axis to the ecliptic plane. Tides are caused by the force of gravity exerted by the Moon on the Earth. Tides are caused primarily by the gravitational force of the Sun, the Moon has nothing to do with it. The Moon's gravity pulls harder on water than on land, because water is less dense than rock. Question 14 1 / 1 point Which of the following is not an example of a “pseudoscience”? Reading tea leaves Palm Reading Astronomy Astrology Tarot Cards - 5/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Group B Question 15 1 / 1 point What is acceleration? It is something caused by gravity and it has a value of 980 metres/second. It’s really just another name for force. It is a quantity, useful in physics, which has units of distance divided by time. When you are traveling along a straight line at constant speed you are said to be “accelerating”. It is the rate of change of velocity with time. Question 16 1 / 1 point When a rock is held above the ground, we say it has some potential energy. When we let it go, it falls and we say the potential energy is converted to kinetic energy. Finally, the rock hits the ground. What has happened to the energy? It is transformed back into gravitational potential energy. The energy goes into the ground and, as a result, the orbit of the Earth about the Sun is slightly changed. The energy goes to producing sound and to heating the ground, rock, and surrounding air. The rock keeps the energy inside it (saving it for later use). It is lost forever. Energy does not have to be conserved. Question 17 1 / 1 point Which of the following are systems for measuring temperature? A) Fahrenheit B) Celsius C) Newtonian D) Kelvin E) Only A, B and D Question 18 1 / 1 point - 6/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Upon what quantities does angular momentum depend? Momentum and angular velocity Three quantities an object’s weight, the acceleration of gravity, and its radius Just the mass of the object Three quantities an object’s mass, its rotational speed, and its radius or distance from the rotational centre Force and radius Question 19 1 / 1 point What would happen if the Space Shuttle were launched with a speed greater than the Earth's escape velocity? It would take less time to reach its bound orbit. It would travel in a higher orbit around the Earth. It would be in an unstable orbit. It would travel away from the Earth into the solar system. It would orbit the Earth at a faster velocity. Question 20 1 / 1 point If your mass is 75 kg on Earth, what would be your mass on Saturn which is about 95 times as massive as Earth? About 75 x 95 = 7,125 kilograms About 20 kilograms (95 75 = 20) because the radius of Saturn is so much greater About the same, 75 kg About 75 pounds About 75 grams Question 21 0 / 1 point Which of the following is not a unit of speed? millimetres/minute - 7/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- light-years/second kilometres/hour centimetres/light- year metres/second Question 22 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements is not one of Newton's laws of motion? The net force applied to an object is equal to its mass times its velocity. The rate of change of momentum of an object is equal to the net force applied to the object. For any force, there always is an equal and opposite reaction force. In the absence of a net force, an object moves with constant velocity. The net force applied to an object is equal to its mass times its acceleration. Question 23 0 / 1 point Which of the following is not regarded as a heat transfer mechanism? A) Segregation B) Convection C) Radiation D) Conduction E) Only A, B and C Question 24 1 / 1 point Radiative (or radiant) energy is any energy connected with motion. energy used in home radiators. energy from nuclear power plants. - 8/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- light energy. heat energy. Question 25 1 / 1 point A skater can spin faster by pulling in her arms closer to her body or spin slower by spreading her arms out from her body. This is due to The conservation of angular momentum. The law of gravity. Newton's third law. The conservation of momentum. The conservation of energy because energy can’t be created or destroyed. Question 26 1 / 1 point An object is able to stay in orbit around another object because It has just the right tangential speed. It has just the right temperature. It have just the right shape. It just wants to. It has just the right mass. Question 27 1 / 1 point What does temperature measure? the average mass of particles in a substance the total number of particles in a substance the average kinetic energy of particles in a substance the average size of particles in a substance the total potential energy of particles in a substance - 9/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Group C Question 28 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the Hubble Space Telescope is false? It orbits the Earth well above the Earth’s atmosphere It operates 24 hours per day It operates mainly at visible light frequencies It was designed by a famous astronomer named Edwin Hubble It will eventually be replaced by the James Webb Space Telescope Question 29 0 / 1 point The Doppler Shift is a wave phenomenon that Uses the change in the speed of light to determine the speed of a moving star. Uses the change in wavelength of light to determine the speed of a moving star. Uses the change in the frequency of light to determine the age of a moving star. Uses the change in wavelength of light to determine the age of a moving star. Uses the change in light intensity to determine the speed of a moving star. Question 30 1 / 1 point Without telescopes or other aid, we can see the Moon in the night sky because it Emits infrared light because of its own internal heat. reflects microwaves that, strangely enough, originate from the surface of Jupiter. reflects infrared light coming from the Sun. emits ultraviolet radiation because of all the radioactive rocks on the surface of the Moon. reflects visible light coming from the Sun. Question 31 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about X-rays and radio waves is not true? - 10/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Neither X­rays nor radio waves can penetrate the Earth’s atmosphere. X-rays have a higher frequency than radio waves. X-rays have shorter wavelengths than radio waves. X-rays and radio waves are both forms of light. X-rays have higher energy than radio waves. Question 32 1 / 1 point What do astronomers mean by light pollution? Light pollution refers to harmful gases emitted by common street lights. Light pollution is another name for sunlight, which makes it impossible to see stars in the daytime. Light pollution refers to light used for human activities that brightens the sky and hinders astronomical observations. Light pollution refers to the lights that must be used inside major observatories and that make it difficult for astronomers’ eyes to adapt to darkness. Light pollution refers to pollution caused by light industry as opposed to heavy industry. Question 33 1 / 1 point Which of the following is not an advantage of the Hubble Space Telescope over ground-based telescopes? It can observe infrared and ultraviolet light, as well as visible light. Stars do not twinkle when observed from space. It never has to close because of bad weather. Although it orbits the Earth and is outside Earth’s atmosphere, it is, after all, closer to the stars. Observers on the ground can use it at any time of the 24-hour day. Question 34 1 / 1 point The 29.5-day lunar month results in full moon dates that slowly change from month to month. Eventually, this entire cycle repeats such that a full moon that occurred on November 19 one year, let’s say, occurs on November 19 again some years later. Which of the following statements about this cycle is true? The dates for Easter are based on this cycle. - 11/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- This continual cycling of the lunar phase dates repeating on the same dates has been known since Galileo’s time when the telescope was first developed. This cycle repeats every 19 years when the lunar phases occur again on the same dates. It is known as the saros cycle. This so­called Metonic cycle is a result of the Earth’s rotational axis being tipped at 23.5 degrees to the ecliptic plane. Question 35 1 / 1 point Suppose there are two monochromatic light beams. Beam 1 has half the wavelength of beam 2. How do their frequencies compare? They have the same frequency. Beam 1 has ¼ the frequency of beam 2 Beam 1 has 2 times the frequency of Beam 2 Beam 1 has ½ the frequency of beam 2 Beam 1 has 4 times the frequency of Beam 2 ultraviolet red yellow blue infrared Question 37 0 / 1 point The trouble with refraction telescopes is that it is impossible to view galaxies because of the type of light generated by them different colours of visible starlight get focussed to different points in space making the image blurry the bigger the telescope the heavier the main lens which makes it impossible to star-hop - 12/14 A hot star emits primarily what colour of visible light?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- different colours of starlight get focussed differently because of the poor quality of the lenses the lenses and mirrors that make up the telescope cannot be sonsistently co-ordinated to produce clear images Question 38 0 / 1 point Spectroscopy can be used to A) Determine the surface temperature of a planet in our solar system. B) Determine the atmospheric composition of a planet in our solar system. C) Determine the surface colour of a planet in our solar system. D) Determine the presence of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere of Mars. E) All of A, B, C and D. Question 39 1 / 1 point Most of everything we know from outside Earth we know because of our use of what? Microwaves Light Heat Our study of energy X-ray detection Question 40 1 / 1 point From lowest energy to highest energy, which of the following correctly orders the different categories of electromagnetic radiation? radio, infrared, visible light, ultraviolet, X rays, gamma rays infrared, visible light, ultraviolet, X rays, gamma rays, radio gamma rays, X rays, visible light, ultraviolet, infrared, radio visible light, infrared, X rays, ultraviolet, gamma rays, radio - 13/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- radio, X rays, visible light, ultraviolet, infrared, gamma rays Attempt Score: 32 / 40 - A- Overall Grade (highest attempt): 32 / 40 - A- Done
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Quiz Submissions - Module 2 Test- Requires Respondus LockDown Browser Group A Question 1 1 / 1 point Which of the following best describes the origin of ocean tides on Earth? The Moon's gravity pulls harder on water than on land, because water is less dense than rock. Tides are caused by the 23.5 tilt of the Earth's rotational axis to the ecliptic plane. Tides are caused by the force of gravity exerted by the Moon on the Earth. Tides are caused primarily by the gravitational force of the Sun, the Moon has nothing to do with it. Tides are caused by the difference in the force of gravity exerted by the Moon across the sphere of the Earth. Question 2 1 / 1 point When Copernicus first created his Sun-centred model of the universe, it did not lead to substantially better predictions of planetary positions than the Ptolemaic model. Why not? Copernicus used perfect circles for the orbits of the planets. Copernicus placed the Sun at the centre but did not realize that the Moon orbits the Earth. 1/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Copernicus misjudged the speeds at which the planets orbit the Sun. Copernicus misjudged the distances between the planets. Copernicus placed the planets in the wrong order going outward from the Sun. Question 3 1 / 1 point The scientific method is best described by which of the following? A system of using other scientists’ data and using deductive and inductive reasoning to prove theories. A system of collecting and analyzing data and formulating hypotheses which lead to the dispelling of or proving old theories. A system of collecting and analyzing data, formulating a hypothesis, testing the hypothesis and reformulating the hypothesis as needed. A system of data collection involving new investigations which hopefully lead to new, irrefutable theories resulting in Nobel prizes. A system of using other scientists’ data to refute theories and formulate new ones that suit your own beliefs and inclinations. Question 4 1 / 1 point The Metonic cycle recognizes what? The cycle of sunspots that seems to repeat every 11 years. The cycle of lunar phases that repeats every 19 years. The cycle of seasons on Earth. The brand of bicycles that most riders use on the Tour de France. The cycle of eclipses that take place over an 18-year period. Question 5 1 / 1 point Early Greek philosophers who influenced the development of scientific thought included Pythagoras, Socrates, Kepler and Aristotle Aristotle, Socrates, Plato, and Ptolemy 2/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Thales, Plato, Socrates, and Galileo Pythagoras, Socrates, Artistotle Onasis, and Ptolemy Ptolemy, Socrates, Tycho Brahe and Plato Question 6 1 / 1 point Which statement about the Cosmological Principle is valid? It is based on only one tenet and that is that the laws of physics and chemistry apply only to our solar system. It is based on two tenets involving the uniqueness of Earth and the universality of the laws of physics and chemistry. It is based on two tenets involving the universality of the laws of physics and chemistry and the belief that there is nothing special about the Earth. It is based on three tenets involving the uniqueness of Earth, the universality of the laws of physics and chemistry, and the concept that our galaxy is the centre of the Universe. It is based on only one tenet (principle) and that is that there is nothing special about the Earth. Question 7 1 / 1 point Which of the following is not an example of a “pseudoscience”? Palm Reading Tarot Cards Astronomy Astrology Reading tea leaves Question 8 1 / 1 point Suppose a planet is discovered orbiting a star in a highly elliptical orbit. While the planet is close to the star it , but while it is far away it . rotates (spins) slower, rotates faster moves slower, moves faster 3/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- rotates (spins) faster, rotates slower moves faster, moves slower moves slower, rotates (spins) faster Question 9 1 / 1 point Who built Stonehenge? The Druids, a priestly class of Celts, in the 1000­year period prior to Christ’s birth. Nobody really knows for sure. Welsh peoples from 1500 to 1100 BCE. The Teutonic kings of England during a 500-year period between 100 AD and 1100 AD A combination of Scottish and Irish peoples around 1500 AD. Question 10 0 / 1 point Galileo observed that Venus had phases very similar to the phases our Moon goes through. From this he concluded that Venus must, therefore, orbit the Sun and not Earth. Venus must, therefore, have a moon just like Earth. Venus has its own epicycle just as Ptolemy predicted. Venus must, therefore, orbit the Earth. Venus must, therefore, be made of green cheese, just like the Moon. Question 11 1 / 1 point The names of the seven days of the week are based on the seven planets closest to the Sun. seven brightest stars in the prominent constellation Orion. seven naked-eye objects that appear to move among the constellations. most popular Norse gods. 4/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- seven largest constellations of the ancient world. Question 12 1 / 1 point Kepler’s third law of planetary motion states that the semi­major axis of a planet’s orbit is directly proportional to the cube of its period of motion around the Sun. the square of the semi­major axis of a planet’s orbit is directly proportional to the cube of its period of motion around the Sun. the cube of the semi­major axis of a planet’s orbit is directly proportional to the square of its period of motion around the Sun. the square of the semi­major axis of a planet’s orbit is directly proportional to its period of motion around the Sun. the semi­major axis of a planet’s orbit is directly proportional to its period of motion around the Sun. Question 13 1 / 1 point Ptolemy was important in the history of astronomy because he was the first to believe in an Earth-centred universe. was the first to believe that all orbits are perfect circles. was the first to create a model of the solar system that placed the Sun rather than the Earth at the centre. developed a model of the solar system that made sufficiently accurate predictions of planetary positions to remain in use for many centuries. developed the first scientific model of the universe. Question 14 1 / 1 point Galileo observed that Jupiter has moons. From this information you may conclude that Jupiter orbits the Earth. Ptolemy’s vision of the solar system is correct. Jupiter orbits the Sun. 5/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Group B Jupiter is the centre of the solar system. some things do not orbit Earth. Question 15 1 / 1 point Upon what quantities does angular momentum depend? Force and radius Three quantities an object’s mass, its rotational speed, and its radius or distance from the rotational centre Momentum and angular velocity Just the mass of the object Three quantities an object’s weight, the acceleration of gravity, and its radius Question 16 1 / 1 point A green apple (nor your Mac computer) looks green because it transmits green light and emits all other colors. it reflects all colours but green light. it emits green light and absorbs all other colors. it absorbs green light and emits all other colors. it reflects green light and absorbs all other colors. Question 17 1 / 1 point Radiative (or radiant) energy is light energy. any energy connected with motion. heat energy. energy used in home radiators.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- 6/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- energy from nuclear power plants. Question 18 1 / 1 point Suppose that the Sun were to suddenly disappear from our solar system. What would happen to Earth’s motion? It would begin spiralling in toward the centre of the solar system. It would begin travelling in a straight line heading out of the solar system. It would begin orbiting Jupiter in a circular orbit because Jupiter is the next biggest object in the solar system. Nothing; it would continue to orbit the centre of the solar system along its current path in space. It would suddenly stop in its orbit and remain in this spot forever. Question 19 1 / 1 point Which of the following are systems for measuring temperature? A) Fahrenheit B) Celsius C) Newtonian D) Kelvin E) Only A, B and D Question 20 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements is not one of Newton's laws of motion? The rate of change of momentum of an object is equal to the net force applied to the object. For any force, there always is an equal and opposite reaction force. In the absence of a net force, an object moves with constant velocity. The net force applied to an object is equal to its mass times its acceleration. The net force applied to an object is equal to its mass times its velocity. 7/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Question 21 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements correctly describes the law of conservation of energy? The total quantity of energy in the universe never changes. Energy can change between many different forms, such as potential, kinetic, and thermal, but it is ultimately destroyed. An object always has the same amount of energy. The fact that you can fuse hydrogen into helium to produce energy means that helium can be turned into hydrogen to produce energy. It is not really possible for an object to gain or lose potential energy, because energy cannot be destroyed. Question 22 1 / 1 point Which of the following is not a unit of speed? light-years/second millimetres/minute kilometres/hour centimetres/light- year metres/second Question 23 1 / 1 point What is acceleration? It is the rate of change of velocity with time. It is something caused by gravity and it has a value of 980 metres/second. When you are traveling along a straight line at constant speed you are said to be “accelerating”. It is a quantity, useful in physics, which has units of distance divided by time. It’s really just another name for force. 8/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Question 24 0 / 1 point The amount of matter contained in an object is called its mass. Which of the following statements about mass is false ? Mass is measured in kilograms. The average human mass is about 150 pounds. If you were to go to the Moon your mass would be the same as your mass on Earth. Mass is measured in grams. Weight and mass are not the same quantities. Question 25 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about orbital motion is not true? The Moon is in a stable orbit around the Earth. An elliptical orbit is an example of an open orbit. Once an object is in a “circular” orbit it does not need any additional energy to remain in orbit. Some orbits are closed orbits, like that of the Moon, and some are open orbits where the orbiting object comes closest to Earth (say) just once. Two objects orbiting each other revolve about their mutual centre of mass (sometimes called the barycentre). Question 26 1 / 1 point When a rock is held above the ground, we say it has some potential energy. When we let it go, it falls and we say the potential energy is converted to kinetic energy. Finally, the rock hits the ground. What has happened to the energy? It is lost forever. Energy does not have to be conserved. The energy goes to producing sound and to heating the ground, rock, and surrounding air. The energy goes into the ground and, as a result, the orbit of the Earth about the Sun is slightly changed. It is transformed back into gravitational potential energy. The rock keeps the energy inside it (saving it for later use).
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- 9/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Question 27 0 / 1 point Which of the following is not regarded as a heat transfer mechanism? A) Segregation B) Convection C) Radiation D) Conduction E) Only A, B and C Group C Question 28 1 / 1 point Most of everything we know from outside Earth we know because of our use of what? Our study of energy Heat X-ray detection Light Microwaves Question 29 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements best describes the principle advantage of telescopes over eyes? Telescopes can see farther without image distortion and can record more accurate colours. Telescopes can collect far more light with far better angular resolution. Telescopes can collect more light and are unaffected by twinkling. Telescopes have much more magnification and better angular resolution. Telescopes can collect far more light with far greater magnification. Question 30 1 / 1 point 10/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Suppose there are two monochromatic light beams. Beam 1 has half the wavelength of beam 2. How do their frequencies compare? Beam 1 has ¼ the frequency of beam 2 Beam 1 has 2 times the frequency of Beam 2 Beam 1 has ½ the frequency of beam 2 They have the same frequency. Beam 1 has 4 times the frequency of Beam 2 Question 31 1 / 1 point What do astronomers mean by light pollution? Light pollution refers to the lights that must be used inside major observatories and that make it difficult for astronomers’ eyes to adapt to darkness. Light pollution refers to harmful gases emitted by common street lights. Light pollution is another name for sunlight, which makes it impossible to see stars in the daytime. Light pollution refers to pollution caused by light industry as opposed to heavy industry. Light pollution refers to light used for human activities that brightens the sky and hinders astronomical observations. Question 32 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the Hubble Space Telescope is false? It will eventually be replaced by the James Webb Space Telescope It operates mainly at visible light frequencies It orbits the Earth well above the Earth’s atmosphere It operates 24 hours per day It was designed by a famous astronomer named Edwin Hubble Question 33 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about X-rays and radio waves is not true? 11/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- X-rays and radio waves are both forms of light. Neither X- rays nor radio waves can penetrate the Earth’s atmosphere. X-rays have higher energy than radio waves. X-rays have shorter wavelengths than radio waves. X-rays have a higher frequency than radio waves. Question 34 1 / 1 point Without telescopes or other aid, we can see the Moon in the night sky because it reflects infrared light coming from the Sun. reflects microwaves that, strangely enough, originate from the surface of Jupiter. Emits infrared light because of its own internal heat. reflects visible light coming from the Sun. emits ultraviolet radiation because of all the radioactive rocks on the surface of the Moon. Question 35 1 / 1 point The 29.5-day lunar month results in full moon dates that slowly change from month to month. Eventually, this entire cycle repeats such that a full moon that occurred on November 19 one year, let’s say, occurs on November 19 again some years later. Which of the following statements about this cycle is true? It is known as the saros cycle. This so- called Metonic cycle is a result of the Earth’s rotational axis being tipped at 23.5 degrees to the ecliptic plane. This continual cycling of the lunar phase dates repeating on the same dates has been known since Galileo’s time when the telescope was first developed. The dates for Easter are based on this cycle. This cycle repeats every 19 years when the lunar phases occur again on the same dates. Question 36 1 / 1 point The Doppler Shift is a wave phenomenon that 12/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Uses the change in light intensity to determine the speed of a moving star. Uses the change in the speed of light to determine the speed of a moving star. Uses the change in wavelength of light to determine the speed of a moving star. Uses the change in wavelength of light to determine the age of a moving star. Uses the change in the frequency of light to determine the age of a moving star. Question 37 1 / 1 point A hot star emits primarily what colour of visible light? ultraviolet red infrared blue yellow Question 38 1 / 1 point From laboratory measurements, we know that a particular spectral line formed by hydrogen appears at a wavelength of 486.1 nanometers (nm). The spectrum of a particular star shows the same hydrogen line appearing at a wavelength of 496.1 nm (in other words, redshifted or having a longer wavelength). What can we conclude? The star is getting hotter. The star is moving toward us. The "star" actually is a planet. The star is moving away from us. The star is getting colder. Question 39 1 / 1 point The light gathering power of a 10-cm telescope is that of a 20-cm telescope. equal to 13/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- less than twice greater than 10 times less Question 40 1 / 1 point The wavelength of a wave is equal to the speed of the wave times the wave's frequency. the distance between a peak of the wave and the next trough. the distance between where the wave is emitted and where it is absorbed. the distance between two adjacent peaks of the wave. how strong the wave is. Attempt Score: 37 / 40 - A+ Overall Grade (highest attempt) : 37 / 40 - A+ Group A Question 1 0 / 1 point Spring tides occur Between March 21 and June 21 when the Moon is in its first quarter. Between March 21 and June 21 when the Moon is in its third quarter. Only between March 21 and June 21 when the Moon is full. At any time of the year when the Moon is full. Any of the above. Question 2 1 / 1 point What determines the date for Easter? The Sunday before the first new moon following the spring equinox. The day the Easter bunny arrives at your house. The Sunday following the first full moon following the spring equinox. The first Sunday after the spring equinox. The second Sunday after the spring equinox. Question 3 1 / 1 point The Metonic cycle recognizes what? The cycle of eclipses that take place over an 18-year period. Done
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The cycle of lunar phases that repeats every 19 years. The cycle of seasons on Earth. The cycle of sunspots that seems to repeat every 11 years. The brand of bicycles that most riders use on the Tour de France. Question 4 0 / 1 point Galileo observed that Venus had phases very similar to the phases our Moon goes through. From this he concluded that Venus must, therefore, orbit the Earth. Venus must, therefore, be made of green cheese, just like the Moon. Venus has its own epicycle just as Ptolemy predicted. Venus must, therefore, have a moon just like Earth. Venus must, therefore, orbit the Sun and not Earth. Question 5 0 / 1 point The scientific method is best described by which of the following? A system of using other scientists’ data and using deductive and inductive reasoning to prove theories. A system of collecting and analyzing data and formulating hypotheses which lead to the dispelling of or proving old theories. A system of collecting and analyzing data, formulating a hypothesis, testing the hypothesis and reformulating the hypothesis as needed. A system of using other scientists’ data to refute theories and formulate new ones that suit your own beliefs and inclinations. A system of data collection involving new investigations which hopefully lead to new, irrefutable theories resulting in Nobel prizes. Question 6 0 / 1 point Which of the following is not part of Newton’s universal law of gravitation? The gravitational attraction between two objects depends inversely as the square of the distance between their centres of mass. The gravitational attraction between two objects depends directly on the distance between their centres of mass. If the Sun’s mass were to suddenly be reduced to 50% of its present mass the force of gravity on the Earth caused by the Sun would be exactly half of what it now is. The force of gravity between Earth and Mars depends on both the mass of Mars and the mass of the Earth. The gravitational attraction between two objects depends on the product of their masses. Question 7 0 / 1 point Kepler’s third law of planetary motion states that the square of the semi- major axis of a planet’s orbit is directly proportional to the cube of its period of motion around the Sun. the semi-major axis of a planet’s orbit is directly proportional to the cube of its period of motion around the Sun. the semi-major axis of a planet’s orbit is directly proportional to its period of motion around the Sun. the cube of the semi- major axis of a planet’s orbit is directly proportional to the square of its period of motion around the Sun. the square of the semi- major axis of a planet’s orbit is directly proportional to its period of motion aro und the Sun. Question 8 0 / 1 point Suppose you read on a newspaper website that a new planet has been found having an average speed of 33 km/sec. When it’s clos est to the star it moves at 31 km/sec and when it’s farthest it moves at 35 km/sec. Why is this information incorrect? Kepler’s second law says the planet sweeps our equal areas in equal times, so the speed of the planets never change. Planets remain at a constant distance from their stars so they don’t move closer or farther away. Using these values, the square of the orbital period will not be equal to the cube of the semimajor axis. The average speed is too slow. From Kepler’s second law we infer that a planet must move fastest when it’s closest, not when it is farthest away. Question 9 1 / 1 point When Copernicus first created his Sun-centred model of the universe, it did not lead to substantially better predictions of planetary positions than the Ptolemaic model. Why not? Copernicus placed the Sun at the centre but did not realize that the Moon orbits the Earth.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Copernicus misjudged the distances between the planets. Copernicus misjudged the speeds at which the planets orbit the Sun. Copernicus used perfect circles for the orbits of the planets. Copernicus placed the planets in the wrong order going outward from the Sun. Question 10 1 / 1 point Suppose a planet is discovered orbiting a star in a highly elliptical orbit. While the planet is close to the star it , but while it is far away it . rotates (spins) faster, rotates slower moves slower, moves faster moves faster, moves slower moves slower, rotates (spins) faster rotates (spins) slower, rotates faster Question 11 1 / 1 point Early Greek philosophers who influenced the development of scientific thought included Aristotle, Socrates, Plato, and Ptolemy Pythagoras, Socrates, Artistotle Onasis, and Ptolemy Pythagoras, Socrates, Kepler and Aristotle Ptolemy, Socrates, Tycho Brahe and Plato Thales, Plato, Socrates, and Galileo Question 12 0 / 1 point Which of the following is not one of, nor follows directly from, Kepler's laws? When a planet travels at slower speeds it must be nearer the Sun and when it speeds up it must be as far from the Sun as it can get. The orbit of each planet about the Sun is an ellipse with the Sun at one focus and nothing at the other focus. As a planet moves around its orbit, it sweeps out equal areas in equal times. The square of a planet’s orbital period is proportional to the cube of its average orbital radius. A planet travels faster when it is nearer to the Sun and slower when it is farther from the Sun. Question 13 1 / 1 point Galileo observed that Jupiter has moons. From this information you may conclude that Jupiter orbits the Sun. Jupiter orbits the Earth. Jupiter is the centre of the solar system. some things do not orbit Earth. Ptolemy’s vision of the solar system is correct. Question 14 1 / 1 point The names of the seven days of the week are based on the seven planets closest to the Sun. seven naked-eye objects that appear to move among the constellations. most popular Norse gods. seven largest constellations of the ancient world. seven brightest stars in the prominent constellation Orion. Group B Question 15 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements correctly describes the law of conservation of energy? An object always has the same amount of energy. The total quantity of energy in the universe never changes. It is not really possible for an object to gain or lose potential energy, because energy cannot be destroyed. Energy can change between many different forms, such as potential, kinetic, and thermal, but it is ultimately destroyed. The fact that you can fuse hydrogen into helium to produce energy means that helium can be turned into
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
hydrogen to produce energy. Question 16 1 / 1 point An object is able to stay in orbit around another object because It have just the right shape. It has just the right temperature. It has just the right mass. It just wants to. It has just the right tangential speed. Question 17 1 / 1 point What is acceleration? When you are traveling along a straight line at constant speed you are said to be “accelerating”. It is a quantity, useful in physics, which has units of distance divided by time. It’s really just another name for force. It is the rate of change of velocity with time. It is something caused by gravity and it has a value of 980 metres/second. Question 18 1 / 1 point What would happen if the Space Shuttle were launched with a speed greater than the Earth's escape velocity? It would travel away from the Earth into the solar system. It would travel in a higher orbit around the Earth. It would orbit the Earth at a faster velocity. It would be in an unstable orbit. It would take less time to reach its bound orbit. Question 19 0 / 1 point The amount of matter contained in an object is called its mass. Which of the following statements about mass is false? Mass is measured in kilograms. Weight and mass are not the same quantities. The average human mass is about 150 pounds. Mass is measured in grams. If you were to go to the Moon your mass would be the same as your mass on Earth. Question 20 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements is not one of Newton's laws of motion? The net force applied to an object is equal to its mass times its acceleration. For any force, there always is an equal and opposite reaction force. The rate of change of momentum of an object is equal to the net force applied to the object. In the absence of a net force, an object moves with constant velocity. The net force applied to an object is equal to its mass times its velocity. Question 21 1 / 1 point What does temperature measure? the total potential energy of particles in a substance the average size of particles in a substance the average mass of particles in a substance the total number of particles in a substance the average kinetic energy of particles in a substance Question 22 1 / 1 point A green apple (nor your Mac computer) looks green because it emits green light and absorbs all other colors. it absorbs green light and emits all other colors. it transmits green light and emits all other colors. it reflects all colours but green light. it reflects green light and absorbs all other colors.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 23 1 / 1 point Suppose that the Sun were to suddenly disappear from our solar system. What would happen to Earth’s motion? Nothing; it would continue to orbit the centre of the solar system along its current path in space. It would suddenly stop in its orbit and remain in this spot forever. It would begin orbiting Jupiter in a circular orbit because Jupiter is the next biggest object in the solar system. It would begin spiralling in toward the centre of the solar system. It would begin travelling in a straight line heading out of the solar system. Question 24 1 / 1 point A skater can spin faster by pulling in her arms closer to her body or spin slower by spreading her arms out from her body. This is due to The conservation of energy because energy can’t be created or destroyed. The conservation of angular momentum. The law of gravity. The conservation of momentum. Newton's third law. Question 25 1 / 1 point At which lunar phases(s) are the tides most pronounced (the highest tide levels)? New moon First quarter Both first and third quarters Full Moon Both new and full moons Question 26 0 / 1 point If your mass is 75 kg on Earth, what would be your mass on Saturn which is about 95 times as massive as Earth? About the same, 75 kg About 75 grams About 75 x 95 = 7,125 kilograms About 75 pounds About 20 kilograms (95 75 = 20) because the radius of Saturn is so much greater Question 27 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about orbital motion is not true? Some orbits are closed orbits, like that of the Moon, and some are open orbits where the orbiting object comes closest to Earth (say) just once. An elliptical orbit is an example of an open orbit. Two objects orbiting each other revolve about their mutual centre of mass (sometimes called the barycentre). The Moon is in a stable orbit around the Earth. Once an object is in a “circular” orbit it does not need any additional energy to remain in orbit. Group C Question 28 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the Hubble Space Telescope is false? It operates 24 hours per day It will eventually be replaced by the James Webb Space Telescope It orbits the Earth well above the Earth’s atmosphere It was designed by a famous astronomer named Edwin Hubble It operates mainly at visible light frequencies Question 29 1 / 1 point From lowest energy to highest energy, which of the following correctly orders the different categories of electromagnetic radiation? gamma rays, X rays, visible light, ultraviolet, infrared, radio infrared, visible light, ultraviolet, X rays, gamma rays, radio radio, infrared, visible light, ultraviolet, X rays, gamma rays
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
visible light, infrared, X rays, ultraviolet, gamma rays, radio radio, X rays, visible light, ultraviolet, infrared, gamma rays Question 30 1 / 1 point The 29.5-day lunar month results in full moon dates that slowly change from month to month. Eventually, this entire cycle repeats such that a full moon that occurred on November 19 one year, let’s say, occurs on November 19 aga in some years later. Which of the following statements about this cycle is true? This so- called Metonic cycle is a result of the Earth’s rotational axis being tipped at 23.5 degrees to the ecliptic plane. The dates for Easter are based on this cycle. This continual cycling of the lunar phase dates repeating on the same dates has been known since Galileo’s time when the telescope was first developed. This cycle repeats every 19 years when the lunar phases occur again on the same dates. It is known as the saros cycle. Question 31 1 / 1 point A hot star emits primarily what colour of visible light? red blue infrared yellow ultraviolet Question 32 0 / 1 point From laboratory measurements, we know that a particular spectral line formed by hydrogen appears at a wavelength of 486.1 nanometers (nm). The spectrum of a particular star shows the same hydrogen line appearing at a wavelength of 496.1 nm (in other words, redshifted or having a longer wavelength). What can we conclude? The star is moving away from us. The star is getting colder. The "star" actually is a planet. The star is moving toward us. The star is getting hotter. Question 33 1 / 1 point Suppose there are two monochromatic light beams. Beam 1 has half the wavelength of beam 2. How do their frequencies compare? Beam 1 has ½ the frequency of beam 2 They have the same frequency. Beam 1 has 2 times the frequency of Beam 2 Beam 1 has ¼ the frequency of beam 2 Beam 1 has 4 times the frequency of Beam 2 Question 34 1 / 1 point The two basic types of telescopes are what? reflection and spectrographic refraction and ones using lenses refraction and Galilean reflection and mirror reflection and refrac Question 35 1 / 1 point Suppose the angular separation of two stars is smaller than the angular resolution of your eyes. How will the stars appear to your eyes? You will see two distinct stars. You will see only the larger of the two stars, not the smaller one. The two stars will look like a single point of light. The two stars will appear to be touching, looking rather like a small dumbbell. You will not be able to see the two stars at all. Question 36 1 / 1 point
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
What do astronomers mean by light pollution? Light pollution refers to pollution caused by light industry as opposed to heavy industry. Light pollution refers to the lights that must be used inside major observatories and that make it difficult for astronomers’ eyes to adapt to darkness. Light pollution refers to light used for human activities that brightens the sky and hinders astronomical observations. Light pollution is another name for sunlight, which makes it impossible to see stars in the daytime. Light pollution refers to harmful gases emitted by common street lights. Question 37 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements best describes the principle advantage of telescopes over eyes? Telescopes can see farther without image distortion and can record more accurate colours. Telescopes can collect far more light with far greater magnification. Telescopes can collect more light and are unaffected by twinkling. Telescopes can collect far more light with far better angular resolution. Telescopes have much more magnification and better angular resolution. Question 38 1 / 1 point Which of the following is not an advantage of the Hubble Space Telescope over ground-based telescopes? It can observe infrared and ultraviolet light, as well as visible light. Stars do not twinkle when observed from space. Observers on the ground can use it at any time of the 24-hour day. It never has to close because of bad weather. Although it orbits the Earth and is outside Earth’s atmosphere, it is, after all, closer to the stars. Question 39 1 / 1 point The frequency of a wave is the number of peaks passing by any point each second. measured in cycles per second. measured in Hertz (Hz). equal to the speed of the wave divided by the wavelength of the wave. all of the above. Question 40 0 / 1 point The light gathering power of a 10-cm telescope is that of a 20-cm telescope. equal to greater than twice less than 10 times less
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
14/14
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 1 0 / 1 point Rank the following planets in order of size from the smallest to the largest. Mercury, Mars, Earth, Uranus, Saturn Mercury, Mars, Uranus, Saturn, Earth Mars, Mercury, Earth, Saturn, Uranus Uranus, Mars, Mercury, Earth, Saturn Mars, Mercury, Earth, Saturn, Uranus Question 2 0 / 1 point We have determined the age of the solar system through: A) taking measurements of tree rings. B) radioactive dating. C) the study of rocks and the determination of their composition. D) the analysis of the sand on various beaches around the Earth. E) all of A, B, C and D. Question 3 1 / 1 point Ring systems around planets are: quite common among terrestrial planets. quite common among the large, gas planets; all Jovian planets have them. fairly rare; just Venus and Saturn have them. fairly rare; just Saturn has rings. quite common; all planets have them. Question 4 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the Jovian planets is not true? Saturn is the least dense planet, having a density less than water.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The largest Jovian planet is Jupiter. All the Jovian planets have ring systems. Together, Jupiter and Saturn have over 100 moons. The outermost Jovian planet, Uranus, is also the least massive. Question 5 1 / 1 point What is the origin of the atoms of hydrogen, oxygen and sodium in the perspiration that exits your body during this astronomy test? They were synthesized during the early stages of the Sun's formation and spewed out from the Sun through the solar wind and our planet, Earth, simply intercepted them. All of these elements were synthesized inside stars more than 4.6 billion years ago. All of these elements were produced in the first few minutes after the big bang event. They were all fused deep inside Earth. The hydrogen nuclei were produced a few minutes after the big bang event 13.8 billion years ago; the oxygen and sodium nuclei were synthesized inside stars more than 4.6 billion years ago. Question 6 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the moons of the solar system is false? Moons vary in size from quite small to the largest, Ganymede, which is just over 2600 km in radius. Mars has two small moons which are irregularly-shaped (not round). Earth has one moon, named Moon, and no rings that we know of. All planets have moons except Mercury. Jupiter has the most moons in our solar system. Question 7 1 / 1 point The age of our solar system is approximately
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
13.8 million years. 13.8 billion years. 4.6 million years. 10,000 years. 4.6 billion years. Question 8 1 / 1 point The rotation (daily spin) of the planets are: All in the same direction (clockwise as seen from above the system) All in the same direction (with the exception of Venus and Neptune) All in the same direction (with the exception of Venus and Uranus) All in the same direction (with the exception of Mercury) All in the same direction (counter clockwise as seen from above the system) Question 9 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about asteroids is false? Some asteroids seem to have originated on Mars. Sometime asteroids enter Earth's atmosphere but most burn up before they reach Earth's surface. Asteroids have been found outside the asteroid belt. Most asteroids have congregated in the asteroid belt between Mars and Jupiter. An asteroid is just a failed comet. Question 10 0 / 1 point Which of the following characteristics of the terrestrial planets is (are) correct? A) They are relatively small, low density bodies with solid surfaces on which to walk.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
B) They are relatively small, high density objects with solid surfaces on which to walk. C) They have varying sizes; Earth is one size but large Jupiter is also terrestrial and you can walk on its surface. D) They are all closer to the Sun than the Jovian planets but their densities are quite varied with one being less dense than water. E) All of A, B, C and D are correct. Question 11 0 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, what is the origin of asteroids and comets? Asteroids are the remains of a terrestrial planet that shattered, and comets are the remains of a jovian planet that shattered. Asteroids are the leftover planetesimals of the inner solar system, and comets are the leftover planetesimals that formed beyond the frost line. Asteroids and comets are both leftover planetesimals that formed between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. Asteroids and comets represent material from interstellar space that was captured in the solar nebula by gravity. Asteroids are chunks of pure metal that condensed in the solar nebula, and comets are chunks of pure rock that condensed in the solar nebula. Question 12 1 / 1 point Where are most of the known asteroids found? in the Kuiper Belt. between Jupiter and Saturn. between Mars and Jupiter. in the Oort Cloud. between Mercury and Venus. Question 13 1 / 1 point Which of the following characteristics of the Jovian planets is (are) correct?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A) They have varying sizes; Jupiter is one size, Neptune about half as big and Mercury is quite small. B) They are relatively large, low density objects with solid surfaces. C) They are closer to the Sun than the terrestrial planets; that's why we can see them at night. D) Both A and B are correct. E) None of A, B or C are correct. Group B Question 14 0 / 1 point Which of the following solar system moons likely formed through the same processes as our solar system? A) The moons of Mars, Phobos and Deimos. B) Venus's small moon, Dactyl. C) Jupiter's so-called Galilean moons. D) Uranus's moon, Triton E) All of A, C and D. Question 15 0 / 1 point How were the moons of the Jovian planets most likely formed? Most of the solar system's moons initially formed around Jupiter which were then ejected by Jupiter toward other planets which eventually captured them. Early in their formation the planets spun wildly and flung off chunks of themselves which coalesced as moons. They were all formed in the Asteroid Belt between Venus and Jupiter and through BB (Belt Benevolence) they got distributed among the Jovian planets. Most likely by gravitationally attracting asteroids as a protoplanet might form. Probably through the same process as the planets themselves formed.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 16 1 / 1 point What is differentiation in planetary geology? the process by which gravity separates materials according to density any process by which a planet's surface evolves differently from another planet's surface the process by which different types of minerals form a conglomerate rock any process by which a planet evolves differently from its moons any process by which one part of a planet's surface evolves differently from another part of the same planet's surface Question 17 0 / 1 point The sticking together of small but solid particles is an important feature of the solar nebular theory. What is this process known as? Gluons Differentiation Condensation Accretion Gravitational collapse. Question 18 1 / 1 point Protoplanets grow into planetesimals by which processes? A) Colliding with other protoplanets. B) Gravitationally pulling in other protoplanets C) Attracting other planetesimals with the same charge. D) A combination of A and B. E) A combination of A, B and C. Question 19 1 / 1 point Why are the inner planets made of denser materials than the outer planets?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
When the solar nebula formed a disk, materials naturally segregated into bands, and in our particular solar system the denser materials settled nearer the Sun while lighter materials are found in the outer part. In the inner part of the nebula only metals and rocks were able to condense because of the high temperatures, whereas hydrogen compounds, although more abundant, were only able to condense in the cooler outer regions. Denser materials were heavier and sank to the centre of the nebula. In the beginning, when the protoplanetary disk was spinning faster, centrifugal forces flung the lighter materials toward the outer parts of the solar nebula. The Sun's gravity pulled denser materials toward the inner part of the solar nebula, while lighter gases escaped more easily. Question 20 0 / 1 point The terrestrial planet cores contain mostly metal because metals sank to the centre during a time when the interiors were molten throughout. the entire planets are made mostly of metal. radioactivity created metals in the core from the decay of uranium. only metals condensed closest to the Sun in the solar nebula and the rocks then accreted around them as the protoplanets cooled. convection carried the metals to the core. Question 21 0 / 1 point The nebular theory of formation of the solar system successfully predict ts all but one of the following. Which one does the theory not predict? Planets orbit around the Sun in nearly circular orbits in a flattened disk. The craters on the Moon. Asteroids, Kuiper-belt objects and comets. The equal number of terrestrial and Jovian planets. The compositional differences between terrestrial and Jovian planets.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 22 1 / 1 point The first solid grains or flakes formed in our solar system by the process of , the addition of material to an object an atom or molecule at a time. Hydration Accretion Vapourization Sublimation Condensation Question 23 1 / 1 point The terrestrial planets and the giant Jovian planets have different compositions because the terrestrial planets have few moons. the Jovian planets are closer to the Sun. the Jovians are much larger. the giant Jovian planets are made mostly of solids. the terrestrial planets are closer to the Sun. Question 24 0 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, what is Pluto? Pluto is one of the largest of the Kuiper belt objects. Pluto is a terrestrial planet that was shot out from the inner solar system to its present location as the most distant planet. Pluto is simply an oddball planet, and thus represents one of the "exceptions" that the nebular theory cannot explain. Pluto is a very small jovian planet. Pluto is a terrestrial planet that happened to form at a large distance from the Sun. Question 25 1 / 1 point What was the frost line of the solar system?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for metals to condense, between the Sun and the present-day orbit of Mercury the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for rocks to condense, between the present-day orbits of Mercury and Venus the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen and helium to condense, between the present-day orbits of Jupiter and Saturn the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen compounds and methane to condense into ices, between the present-day orbits of Mars and Jupiter the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for asteroids to form, between the present-day orbits of Venus and Earth Question 26 0 / 1 point Atmospheres formed around some terrestrial planets because A) outgassing through volcanic activity plus a strong enough gravity kept the gas from escaping into space B) their gravity was great enough to capture atoms and molecules floating around in the solar nebula C) radioactivity from surface rocks produced oxygen and carbon dioxide in sufficient quantities to build up an atmosphere D) human activity produces carbon dioxide and plants produce oxygen which are the main constituents of an atmosphere E) all of A, B, C and D. Question 27 1 / 1 point What is meant by the period of heavy bombardment? It refers to a period of human history known as the Dark Ages when many people died from being hit by the constant rain of meteors from the Kuiper Belt. During the second world war London, England was heavily bombed by the German Airforce. During the 500-700 million years of the solar system existence there were plenty of larger objects roaming around in the solar disk. These larger objects constantly
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
bombarded the terrestrial objects building up their surfaces and often leaving large craters that still exist today. It refers to a particularly interesting period about 65 millions years ago when so many asteroid hit Earth that many animal species, including the dinosaurs, were wiped out. Throughout the solar system's existence the Jovian planets especially have been bombarded with rogue asteroids leaving scars on their surfaces. Group C Question 28 0 / 1 point What is the name of the exoplanet that has been found that is closest to our solar system? Alpha Centauri Bb Sirius Fomalhaut b Rigel Kepler 56c Question 29 0 / 1 point Which statement best describes the direct detection technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Question 30 1 / 1 point So far, about how many exoplanets have been discovered?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
700 around 75 about 4000 over 1500 150 Question 31 1 / 1 point Which of the following techniques has so far yielded the fewest detections of an exoplanet? Gravitational lensing. Doppler technique Transit method. Astrometric method. Direct Detection. Question 32 0 / 1 point Which statement best describes the transit technique for finding exoplanets? Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Question 33 0 / 1 point Thinking about our own solar system, which planet will have the greatest effect on the Sun's movement about the solar system's centre of mass?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Earth, because we live here. Jupiter, because of its huge mass. Mars, because it's the red planet. Saturn, because of its large ring structure. Mercury, because it is closest to the Sun. Question 34 1 / 1 point Why would a star continuously wobble back-and-forth in space? Because it is revolving around a common centre of mass with other planets Because of air currents in the atmosphere surrounding it Because the nebula it formed out of collided with a supernova shockwave Because it is undergoing precession Because it had too much to drink Question 35 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the Doppler technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Question 36 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about exoplanets is true?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The large majority of confirmed exoplanets orbit their stars at radii less than 5 AU. No planets have been found orbiting their stars at radii less than Mercury's orbital radius. A considerable number of exoplanets seem to have orbits that are quite elliptical. All of A, B and C are true. Only A and C are true. Question 37 0 / 1 point What does the exoplanet descriptor "hot Jupiter" mean? It's an exoplanet the same size as Jupiter but with an extensive ring system. It's an exoplanet jult like Jupiter but orbiting much closer to its sun than 5 AU. It's an exoplanet just like Jupiter but orbiting much further away from its sun than 5 AU. It's the latest fast car made by Toyota having Jupiter as its model name. It's any exoplanet orbiting around a much bigger star than our Sun. Question 38 0 / 1 point Why is it easier to find exoplanets that are much more massive than the Earth? Because they are mainly found around dimmer stars Because their transits and tugging on their stars are easier to detect Because there aren't any exoplanets with masses lower than Earth Because the solar nebula theory predicts more massive exoplanets should exist Because massive exoplanets orbit more slowly Question 39 0 / 1 point What is an exoplanet moon? It is an object orbiting a Kuiper Belt object.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
So far we have not detected any exoplanet moons so they don't exist. It is an object orbiting an exoplanet just as our Moon orbits Earth. It is an object orbiting an exostar. It is an object orbiting an object other than Earth in our own solar system. Question 40 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about exoplanets is false? The information about exoplanets we have been able to determine so far seem to indicate that most of them are similar to our own solar system component. No planets have been found orbiting their stars at radii less than Mercury's orbital radius. The large majority of confirmed exoplanets orbit their stars at radii less than 5 AU. The masses of the large majority of confirmed exoplanets that we have been able to measure with any degree of certainty are larger than Earth's mass. A considerable number of exoplanets seem to have orbits that are quite elliptical.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Quiz Submissions • Module 3 Test• Requires Respondus LockDown Browser Group A Question 1 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements is not an observed pattern of motion in our solar system? Most planetary orbits lie nearly in the same plane. Almost all moons orbit their planet in the same direction as the planet's rotation. Most planets orbit at the same speed. All planets orbit the Sun in the same direction. Most planets rotate in the same direction in which they orbit. Question 2 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about asteroids is false ? Some asteroids seem to have originated on Mars. An asteroid is just a failed comet. Most asteroids have congregated in the asteroid belt between Mars and Jupiter. Sometime asteroids enter Earth's atmosphere but most burn up before they reach Earth's surface. - 1/12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Asteroids have been found outside the asteroid belt. Question 3 1 / 1 point When we examine of the types of planets making up the solar system we notice the following: there are three types of planets: terrestrial, Jovian and small snowballs. there is just one type of planet: round, small and rocky. all planets making up the solar system are like Pluto. there seems to be no general category of planets; each is unique and the re are very few similarities among them. there are two types of planets: terrestrial and Jovian. Question 4 1 / 1 point We have determined the age of the solar system through: A) taking measurements of tree rings. B) radioactive dating. C) the study of rocks and the determination of their composition. D) the analysis of the sand on various beaches around the Earth. E) all of A, B, C and D. Question 5 1 / 1 point Which of the following characteristics of the Jovian planets is (are) correct? C) They have varying sizes; Jupiter is one size, Neptune about half as big and Mercury is quite small. B) They are relatively large, low density objects with solid surfaces. C) They are closer to the Sun than the terrestrial planets; that's why we can see them at night. D) Both A and B are correct. E) None of A, B or C are correct. - 2/12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Question 6 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the Jovian planets is not true? Together, Jupiter and Saturn have over 100 moons. The largest Jovian planet is Jupiter. The outermost Jovian planet, Uranus, is also the least massive. All the Jovian planets have ring systems. Saturn is the least dense planet, having a density less than water. Question 7 1 / 1 point What is the origin of the atoms of hydrogen, oxygen and sodium in the perspiration that exits your body during this astronomy test? They were synthesized during the early stages of the Sun's formation and spewed out from the Sun through the solar wind and our planet, Earth, simply intercepted them. All of these elements were synthesized inside stars more than 4.6 billion years ago. They were all fused deep inside Earth. The hydrogen nuclei were produced a few minutes after the big bang event 13.8 billion years ago; the oxygen and sodium nuclei were synthesized inside stars more than 4.6 billion years ago. All of these elements were produced in the first few minutes after the big bang event. Question 8 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about meteorites is true ? A meteorite is the same thing as a meteoroid. A meteorite becomes a meteoroid once it hits the Earth's surface. A meteorite is what's left of a meteor when it hits the Earth's surface. Meteorites are often called "shooting stars" when they are seen as flashes of light across the sky at night. A meteorite is the same thing as an asteroid. Question 9 1 / 1 point Where are most of the known asteroids found? - 3/12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- in the Oort Cloud. between Mars and Jupiter. between Mercury and Venus. between Jupiter and Saturn. in the Kuiper Belt. Question 10 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the moons of the solar system is false ? All planets have moons except Mercury. Earth has one moon, named Moon, and no rings that we know of. Jupiter has the most moons in our solar system. Mars has two small moons which are irregularly•shaped (not round). Moons vary in size from quite small to the largest, Ganymede, which is just over 2600 km in radius. Question 11 1 / 1 point The rotation (daily spin) of the planets are: All in the same direction (with the exception of Venus and Neptune) All in the same direction (counter clockwise as seen from above the system) All in the same direction (clockwise as seen from above the system) All in the same direction (with the exception of Venus and Uranus) All in the same direction (with the exception of Mercury) Question 12 1 / 1 point Which of the following characteristics of the terrestrial planets is (are) correct? A) They are relatively small, low density bodies with solid surfaces on which to walk. B) They are relatively small, high density objects with solid surfaces on which to walk. - 4/12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- A) They have varying sizes; Earth is one size but large Jupiter is also terrestrial and you can walk on its surface. B) They are all closer to the Sun than the Jovian planets but their densities are quite varied with one being less dense than water. E) All of A, B, C and D are correct. Question 13 1 / 1 point Which of the following is not characteristic of the terrestrial planets? They are more closely spaced together than the jovian planets. They are relatively smaller than the jovian planets. They have more moons than the jovian planets. They have higher densities than the jovian planets They all have solid surfaces. Group B Question 14 1 / 1 point Which of the following solar system moons likely formed through the same processes as our solar system? A) The moons of Mars, Phobos and Deimos. B) Venus's small moon, Dactyl. C) Jupiter's so•called Galilean moons. D) Uranus's moon, Triton E) All of A, C and D. Question 15 1 / 1 point Why did the solar nebula heat up as it collapsed? Nuclear fusion occurring in the core of the protosun produced energy that heated the nebula. Collisions among planetesimals generated friction and heat. Radiation from other nearby stars that had formed earlier heated the nebula. - 5/12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- As the cloud shrank, its gravitational potential energy was converted to kinetic energy and then into thermal energy. The shock wave from a nearby supernova heated the gas. Question 16 1 / 1 point The terrestrial planet cores contain mostly metal because the entire planets are made mostly of metal. convection carried the metals to the core. only metals condensed closest to the Sun in the solar nebula and the rocks then accreted around them as the protoplanets cooled. radioactivity created metals in the core from the decay of uranium. metals sank to the centre during a time when the interiors were molten throughout. Question 17 1 / 1 point The terrestrial planets and the giant Jovian planets have different compositions because the Jovian planets are closer to the Sun. the Jovians are much larger. the giant Jovian planets are made mostly of solids. the terrestrial planets have few moons. the terrestrial planets are closer to the Sun. Question 18 1 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, what is Pluto? Pluto is simply an oddball planet, and thus represents one of the "exceptions" that the nebular theory cannot explain. Pluto is one of the largest of the Kuiper belt objects. Pluto is a terrestrial planet that was shot out from the inner solar system to its present location as the most distant planet. Pluto is a very small jovian planet. - 6/12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Pluto is a terrestrial planet that happened to form at a large distance from the Sun. Question 19 1 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, why does the Sun rotate slowly today? The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to planets and other objects during close encounters. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it lost angular momentum due to internal friction. The Sun was born rotating slowly because the solar nebula had very little angular momentum. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it lost angular momentum because everything slows down with time. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to charged particles caught in its magnetic field and then blew the particles away with its strong solar wind. Question 20 1 / 1 point What is differentiation in planetary geology? any process by which a planet evolves differently from its moons any process by which a planet's surface evolves differently from another planet's surface the process by which different types of minerals form a conglomerate rock any process by which one part of a planet's surface evolves differently from another part of the same planet's surface the process by which gravity separates materials according to density Question 21 0 / 1 point What constitutes the solar wind? C) It's very similar to the wind here on Earth which is merely the moving around of atmospheric gases. B) It is the continuous stream of hot air being released by the fusion process deep inside the Sun. C) It's the continuous emission of charged particles (electrons, protons, etc.) from the solar surface. A) The solar wind in not constant but happens in spurts especially during the time of coronal mass ejections from sunspots. B) It is a combination of both A and B. - 7/12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Question 22 1 / 1 point What is meant by the period of heavy bombardment? It refers to a particularly interesting period about 65 millions years ago when so many asteroid hit Earth that many animal species, including the dinosaurs, were wiped out. Throughout the solar system's existence the Jovian planets especially have been bombarded with rogue asteroids leaving scars on their surfaces. It refers to a period of human history known as the Dark Ages when many people died from being hit by the constant rain of meteors from the Kuiper Belt. During the 500•700 million years of the solar system existence there were plenty of larger objects roaming around in the solar disk. These larger objects constantly bombarded the terrestrial objects building up their surfaces and often leaving large craters that still exist today. During the second world war London, England was heavily bombed by the German Airforce. Question 23 1 / 1 point Which of the following is most likely to describe a comet, but not an asteroid? Comets reside with similar bodies in a sparsely populated belt. Comets are leftover planetesimals from the time when the planets were formed. Comets are partially but not totally composed of rocks and metals. There really is no difference between a comet and an asteroid. Comets are mainly composed of ice and snow with some dust and rocky bits. Question 24 1 / 1 point How were the moons of the Jovian planets most likely formed? They were all formed in the Asteroid Belt between Venus and Jupiter and through BB (Belt Benevolence) they got distributed among the Jovian planets. Most of the solar system's moons initially formed around Jupiter which were then ejected by Jupiter toward other planets which eventually captured them. Most likely by gravitationally attracting asteroids as a protoplanet might form. Early in their formation the planets spun wildly and flung off chunks of themselves which coalesced as moons. - 8/12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Probably through the same process as the planets themselves formed. Question 25 1 / 1 point What was the frost line of the solar system? the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen and helium to condense, between the present•day orbits of Jupiter and Saturn the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen compounds and methane to condense into ices, between the present•day orbits of Mars and Jupiter the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for metals to condense, between the Sun and the present•day orbit of Mercury the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for asteroids to form, between the present•day orbits of Venus and Earth the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for rocks to condense, between the present•day orbits of Mercury and Venus Question 26 1 / 1 point The nebular theory of formation of the solar system successfully predict ts all but one of the following. Which one does the theory not predict? The compositional differences between terrestrial and Jovian planets. The equal number of terrestrial and Jovian planets. Asteroids, Kuiper•belt objects and comets. The craters on the Moon. Planets orbit around the Sun in nearly circular orbits in a flattened disk. Question 27 1 / 1 point What is a planetesimal? One of the larger planets in the solar system. An object that is in orbit around a planet. A rogue planet moving around in the solar system not attached to any particular planet. A smaller building block of a protostar. A smaller building block of planets. - 9/12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Group C Question 28 0 / 1 point What is so special about a star known as 51 Pegasi? It was the first star found with a planet orbiting it that is known to support intelligent life. It is a pulsar with planets orbiting around it. It was the first star found with multiple planets orbiting it. It is the largest known white dwarf star. It is the first main sequence star (stars like our Sun) found to have a planet orbiting it. Question 29 1 / 1 point Why would a star continuously wobble back•and•forth in space? Because it is undergoing precession Because the nebula it formed out of collided with a supernova shockwave Because it is revolving around a common centre of mass with other planets Because it had too much to drink Because of air currents in the atmosphere surrounding it Question 30 1 / 1 point Which of the following space telescope missions was dedicated entirely to discovering exoplanets? Spitzer. Casinni. Apollo. Hubble. Kepler. Question 31 1 / 1 point What does the exoplanet descriptor "hot Jupiter" mean? It's any exoplanet orbiting around a much bigger star than our Sun. It's an exoplanet just like Jupiter but orbiting much further away from its sun than 5 AU. It's an exoplanet jult like Jupiter but orbiting much closer to its sun than 5 AU. It's the latest fast car made by Toyota having Jupiter as its model name. It's an exoplanet the same size as Jupiter but with an extensive ring system. Question 32 0 / 1 point What type of exoplanet would you expect to cause the largest Doppler shift in the spectrum of its star? A low•mass planet that is far from its sun. A low•mass planet that is close to its sun. - 10/12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- A massive planet that is close to its sun. An average•mass planet that is at an average distance from its sun. A massive planet that is far from its sun. Question 33 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the direct detection technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the slight side•to•side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Question 34 1 / 1 point What is an extrasolar planet? A planet that is considered an "extra" in that it was not needed for the formation of its solar system. A planet that is found orbiting another planet outside our solar system. A planet that orbits a star that is not our Sun. A planet that is extra large compared to what we would expect. A planet that is larger than the Sun. Question 35 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the transit technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight side•to•side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Question 36 1 / 1 point What is the name of the exoplanet that has been found that is closest to our solar system? Sirius Rigel Fomalhaut b Alpha Centauri Bb Kepler 56c Question 37 0 / 1 point - 11/12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Which statement best describes the astrometric technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight side•to•side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Question 38 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the Doppler technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight side•to•side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Question 39 1 / 1 point Which of the following three factors would affect the size of a star's Doppler shift caused by an exoplanet? The planet's mass The size of the planet's orbit The planet's composition Only A and B All of A, B and C Question 40 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about exoplanets is false? A considerable number of exoplanets seem to have orbits that are quite elliptical. The masses of the large majority of confirmed exoplanets that we have been able to measure with any degree of certainty are larger than Earth's mass. The large majority of confirmed exoplanets orbit their stars at radii less than 5 AU. The information about exoplanets we have been able to determine so far seem to indicate that most of them are similar to our own solar system component. No planets have been found orbiting their stars at radii less than Mercury's orbital radius. Attempt Score: 34 / 40 • A Overall Grade (highest attempt): 34 / 40 • A Done
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- 12/12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Module 3 Test• Group A Question 1 1 / 1 point The age of our solar system is approximately 4.6 billion years. 4.6 million years. 13.8 million years. 10,000 years. 13.8 billion years. Question 2 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the Jovian planets is not true? The largest Jovian planet is Jupiter. Saturn is the least dense planet, having a density less than water. Together, Jupiter and Saturn have over 100 moons. All the Jovian planets have ring systems. - 1/13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The outermost Jovian planet, Uranus, is also the least massive. Question 3 1 / 1 point The rotation (daily spin) of the planets are: All in the same direction (clockwise as seen from above the system) All in the same direction (with the exception of Venus and Uranus) All in the same direction (counter clockwise as seen from above the system) All in the same direction (with the exception of Mercury) All in the same direction (with the exception of Venus and Neptune) Question 4 1 / 1 point Which of the following characteristics of the terrestrial planets is (are) correct? A) They are relatively small, low density bodies with solid surfaces on which to walk. B) They are relatively small, high density objects with solid surfaces on which to walk. D) They have varying sizes; Earth is one size but large Jupiter is also terrestrial and you can walk on its surface. E) They are all closer to the Sun than the Jovian planets but their densities are quite varied with one being less dense than water. E) All of A, B, C and D are correct. Question 5 1 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, what is the origin of asteroids and comets? Asteroids and comets represent material from interstellar space that was captured in the solar nebula by gravity. Asteroids and comets are both leftover planetesimals that formed between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. Asteroids are the remains of a terrestrial planet that shattered, and comets are the remains of a jovian planet that shattered. Asteroids are chunks of pure metal that condensed in the solar nebula, and comets are - 2/13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- chunks of pure rock that condensed in the solar nebula. Asteroids are the leftover planetesimals of the inner solar system, and comets are the leftover planetesimals that formed beyond the frost line. Question 6 1 / 1 point We have determined the age of the solar system through: A) taking measurements of tree rings. B) radioactive dating. C) the study of rocks and the determination of their composition. D) the analysis of the sand on various beaches around the Earth. E) all of A, B, C and D. Question 7 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about asteroids is false ? Most asteroids have congregated in the asteroid belt between Mars and Jupiter. Asteroids have been found outside the asteroid belt. Some asteroids seem to have originated on Mars. Sometime asteroids enter Earth's atmosphere but most burn up before they reach Earth's surface. An asteroid is just a failed comet. Question 8 1 / 1 point When we examine of the types of planets making up the solar system we notice the following: all planets making up the solar system are like Pluto. there seems to be no general category of planets; each is unique and there are very few similarities among them. there is just one type of planet: round, small and rocky. there are three types of planets: terrestrial, Jovian and small snowballs. - 3/13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- there are two types of planets: terrestrial and Jovian. Question 9 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about comets is true ? Comets have a relatively small nucleus (normally less than 10 km in diameter) that develop debris tails as they get close to the Sun. Comets have a relatively small nucleus and never visit the inner solar system more than once because they burn out completely as they get close to the Sun (Halley's comet is an exception) Comets have a relatively small nucleus (normally larger than 100 km wide) that develop just one debris tail as they get into the inner part of the solar system. Comets have a small nucleus with tails that always exist, even when they are at home in the Kuiper Belt. We are not really sure what they are made of because we can't get close enough to one, even with unmanned spacecraft, to determine their makeup. Question 10 1 / 1 point What is the origin of the atoms of hydrogen, oxygen and sodium in the perspiration that exits your body during this astronomy test? The hydrogen nuclei were produced a few minutes after the big bang event 13.8 billion years ago; the oxygen and sodium nuclei were synthesized inside stars more than 4.6 billion years ago. All of these elements were synthesized inside stars more than 4.6 billion years ago. They were synthesized during the early stages of the Sun's formation and spewed out from the Sun through the solar wind and our planet, Earth, simply intercepted them. All of these elements were produced in the first few minutes after the big bang event. They were all fused deep inside Earth. Question 11 1 / 1 point Which of the following characteristics of the Jovian planets is (are) correct? C) They have varying sizes; Jupiter is one size, Neptune about half as big and Mercury is quite small. B) They are relatively large, low density objects with solid surfaces. - 4/13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- D) They are closer to the Sun than the terrestrial planets; that's why we can see them at night. D) Both A and B are correct. E) None of A, B or C are correct. Question 12 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the moons of the solar system is false ? Earth has one moon, named Moon, and no rings that we know of. Moons vary in size from quite small to the largest, Ganymede, which is just over 2600 km in radius. Jupiter has the most moons in our solar system. Mars has two small moons which are irregularly•shaped (not round). All planets have moons except Mercury. Question 13 1 / 1 point Ring systems around planets are: quite common among terrestrial planets. fairly rare; just Saturn has rings. fairly rare; just Venus and Saturn have them. quite common among the large, gas planets; all Jovian planets have them. quite common; all planets have them. Group B Question 14 1 / 1 point What was the frost line of the solar system? the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen and helium to condense, between the present•day orbits of Jupiter and Saturn the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for rocks to condense, between the present•day orbits of Mercury and Venus - 5/13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen compounds and methane to condense into ices, between the present•day orbits of Mars and Jupiter the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for asteroids to form, between the present•day orbits of Venus and Earth the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for metals to condense, between the Sun and the present•day orbit of Mercury Question 15 1 / 1 point Why are the inner planets made of denser materials than the outer planets? In the beginning, when the protoplanetary disk was spinning faster, centrifugal forces flung the lighter materials toward the outer parts of the solar nebula. In the inner part of the nebula only metals and rocks were able to condense because of the high temperatures, whereas hydrogen compounds, although more abundant, were only able to condense in the cooler outer regions. Denser materials were heavier and sank to the centre of the nebula. When the solar nebula formed a disk, materials naturally segregated into bands, and in our particular solar system the denser materials settled nearer the Sun while lighter materials are found in the outer part. The Sun's gravity pulled denser materials toward the inner part of the solar nebula, while lighter gases escaped more easily. Question 16 1 / 1 point What is a planetesimal? An object that is in orbit around a planet. A rogue planet moving around in the solar system not attached to any particular planet. A smaller building block of planets. One of the larger planets in the solar system. A smaller building block of a protostar. Question 17 1 / 1 point The terrestrial planet cores contain mostly metal because
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- - 6/13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- radioactivity created metals in the core from the decay of uranium. metals sank to the centre during a time when the interiors were molten throughout. the entire planets are made mostly of metal. only metals condensed closest to the Sun in the solar nebula and the rocks then accreted around them as the protoplanets cooled. convection carried the metals to the core. Question 18 1 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, why does the Sun rotate slowly today? The Sun once rotated much faster, but it lost angular momentum because everything slows down with time. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to charged particles caught in its magnetic field and then blew the particles away with its strong solar wind. The Sun was born rotating slowly because the solar nebula had very little angular momentum. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it lost angular momentum due to internal friction. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to planets and other objects during close encounters. Question 19 1 / 1 point The nebular theory of formation of the solar system successfully predict ts all but one of the following. Which one does the theory not predict? The compositional differences between terrestrial and Jovian planets. The equal number of terrestrial and Jovian planets. Asteroids, Kuiper•belt objects and comets. Planets orbit around the Sun in nearly circular orbits in a flattened disk. The craters on the Moon. Question 20 1 / 1 point Protoplanets grow into planetesimals by which processes? - 7/13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- A) Colliding with other protoplanets. B) Gravitationally pulling in other protoplanets C) Attracting other planetesimals with the same charge. D) A combination of A and B. E) A combination of A, B and C. Question 21 1 / 1 point What constitutes the solar wind? C) It's very similar to the wind here on Earth which is merely the moving around of atmospheric gases. D) It is the continuous stream of hot air being released by the fusion process deep inside the Sun. E) It's the continuous emission of charged particles (electrons, protons, etc.) from the solar surface. F) The solar wind in not constant but happens in spurts especially during the time of coronal mass ejections from sunspots. E) It is a combination of both A and B. Question 22 0 / 1 point About how much of the solar nebula consisted of elements heavier than hydrogen and helium? 2% by mass. 98% by mass. 10% by mass. 25% by mass. 50% by mass. Question 23 1 / 1 point Atmospheres formed around some terrestrial planets because - 8/13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- A) outgassing through volcanic activity plus a strong enough gravity kept the gas from escaping into space B) their gravity was great enough to capture atoms and molecules floating around in the solar nebula C) radioactivity from surface rocks produced oxygen and carbon dioxide in sufficient quantities to build up an atmosphere D) human activity produces carbon dioxide and plants produce oxygen which are the main constituents of an atmosphere E) all of A, B, C and D. Question 24 1 / 1 point The sticking together of small but solid particles is an important feature of the solar nebular theory. What is this process known as? Differentiation Condensation Gravitational collapse. Gluons Accretion Question 25 1 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, what is Pluto? Pluto is a terrestrial planet that was shot out from the inner solar system to its present location as the most distant planet. Pluto is simply an oddball planet, and thus represents one of the "exceptions" that the nebular theory cannot explain. Pluto is a terrestrial planet that happened to form at a large distance from the Sun. Pluto is a very small jovian planet. Pluto is one of the largest of the Kuiper belt objects. Question 26 1 / 1 point - 9/13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- What is differentiation in planetary geology? the process by which different types of minerals form a conglomerate rock any process by which a planet's surface evolves differently from another planet's surface the process by which gravity separates materials according to density any process by which one part of a planet's surface evolves differently from another part of the same planet's surface any process by which a planet evolves differently from its moons Question 27 1 / 1 point Why did the solar nebula heat up as it collapsed? Nuclear fusion occurring in the core of the protosun produced energy that heated the nebula. Collisions among planetesimals generated friction and heat. As the cloud shrank, its gravitational potential energy was converted to kinetic energy and then into thermal energy. Radiation from other nearby stars that had formed earlier heated the nebula. The shock wave from a nearby supernova heated the gas. Group C Question 28 1 / 1 point Thinking about our own solar system, which planet will have the greatest effect on the Sun's movement about the solar system's centre of mass? Earth, because we live here. Mars, because it's the red planet. Mercury, because it is closest to the Sun. Saturn, because of its large ring structure. Jupiter, because of its huge mass. Question 29 1 / 1 point Why would a star continuously wobble back•and•forth in space? Because of air currents in the atmosphere surrounding it Because it had too much to drink Because it is undergoing precession - 10/13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Because it is revolving around a common centre of mass with other planets Because the nebula it formed out of collided with a supernova shockwave Question 30 1 / 1 point Which of the following three factors would affect the size of a star's Doppler shift caused by an exoplanet? The planet's mass The size of the planet's orbit The planet's composition Only A and B All of A, B and C Question 31 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the transit method of discovering exoplanets? Measuring the distance a star wobbles on the sky as it is tugged in its orbit by an exoplanet. Taking a photograph of planets around a star through a telescope that can block the light of the star. Measuring the size of the star around which the exoplanet is orbiting. Measuring the periodic dimming of light as an exoplanet crosses in front of the star. Measuring the Doppler shift of a star as it orbits its combined centre of mass with an exoplanet. Question 32 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the astrometric technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight side•to•side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Question 33 1 / 1 point Why is it easier to find exoplanets that are much more massive than the Earth? Because they are mainly found around dimmer stars Because their transits and tugging on their stars are easier to detect Because massive exoplanets orbit more slowly Because the solar nebula theory predicts more massive exoplanets should exist Because there aren't any exoplanets with masses lower than Earth - 11/13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Question 34 0 / 1 point Which statement best describes the transit technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the slight side•to•side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Question 35 1 / 1 point What is an exoplanet moon? It is an object orbiting an object other than Earth in our own solar system. It is an object orbiting an exoplanet just as our Moon orbits Earth. It is an object orbiting a Kuiper Belt object. So far we have not detected any exoplanet moons so they don't exist. It is an object orbiting an exostar. Question 36 1 / 1 point What type of exoplanet would you expect to cause the largest Doppler shift in the spectrum of its star? A massive planet that is close to its sun. A massive planet that is far from its sun. An average•mass planet that is at an average distance from its sun. A low•mass planet that is close to its sun. A low•mass planet that is far from its sun. Question 37 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about exoplanets is true? The large majority of confirmed exoplanets orbit their stars at radii less than 5 AU. No planets have been found orbiting their stars at radii less than Mercury's orbital radius. A considerable number of exoplanets seem to have orbits that are quite elliptical. All of A, B and C are true. Only A and C are true. Question 38 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the Doppler technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. - 12/13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- Observing the slight side•to•side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Question 39 1 / 1 point So far, about how many exoplanets have been discovered? 150 700 about 4000 over 1500 around 75 Question 40 1 / 1 point What is the name of the exoplanet that has been found that is closest to our solar system? Fomalhaut b Alpha Centauri Bb Rigel Sirius Kepler 56c Attempt Score: 37 / 40 • A+ Overall Grade (highest attempt) : 37 / 40 • A+ - 13/13 Done
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
170. Which of the following statements about Earth is false? A: The poles of the Earth's magnetic field are precisely aligned with Earth's rotational axis. 171. How would you describe Venus's retrograde rotation? A: It rotates very slowly in a direction opposite to its revolution. 172. Mercury's large core is composed of A: iron 172. A solar day on Mercury is about how long? A: 176 Earth days 173. In what ways is Earth different from the other terrestrial planets? A: Its lithosphere crust. is broken into plates that move around. / It has oxygen in its atmosphere. / Most of its surface is covered with liquid water. / Life can be found almost everywhere. (All of the above are true.) 174. All but one of the following statements about Mercury are true. Which one is false? A: Mercury's orbit about the Sun is almost circular, more so than any other planet in the solar system. 175. All but one of the following statements about Venus are true. Which one is false? A: The atmospheric pressure on Venus is significantly greater than on Earth, about 9 times as great. 176. At what special time in Venus's orbit might we be able to see a solar transit? A: inferior conjunction 177. Why does the burning of fossil fuels increase the greenhouse effect on Earth?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A: Burning releases carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. 178. The origin of Earth's only natural satellite, Moon, is A: a combination of the "capture" theory and the "daughter" theory, sometimes called the impact theory which posits that early in the solar system history the formative years. a young, molten Earth collided with a Mars-like object in a sort of glancing blow. 179. The orbit of Venus around the Sun is almost circular. What is the radius of its orbit? A: 0.72 AU 180. How have we been able to construct maps of surface features on the planet Venus? A: by using radar from spacecraft that were sent to orbit Venus 181. Earth's atmosphere contains only small amounts of carbon dioxide because A: carbon dioxide dissolves in water, and most of it is now contained in the oceans and carbonate rocks. 182. What is the region around a planet called where the magnetic field is able to deflect the solar wind and other charged particles? A: Magnetosphere 183. Mars is about how far from the Sun, on average? A: 1.5 AU 184. Which of the following statements about Uranus is false? A: Uranus has the Great Red Spot on its surface that has been visible for the last 400 years. 185. Which of the following statements about Neptune is true? A: Neptune's largest surface feature is the Great Dark Spot that is about the size of Earth and is probably a storm of some sort.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
186. Which of the following do the Jovian planets not have in common? A: They are all less dense than water. 187. All of the following statements about Jupiter are true but one. Which one is false? A: The density of Jupiter is greater than that of air but less than that for water. 188. Why does Mars have more extreme seasons than Earth? A: because it has a more eccentric orbit 189. What is a Roche zone? A: the region near a planet where tidal forces would tear apart an object held together only by gravity 190. Why does Jupiter have several distinct cloud layers? A: Different layers represent clouds made of gases that condense at different temperatures. 191. How does the atmospheric pressure on Mars compare to that on Earth and Venus? A: Lower than on both Earth and Venus. 192. A: more; heat left over from their formation 193. Which of the following does Jupiter not have? A: crustal plates on its surface 194. Which of the following planets was found using Newton's laws after discrepancies were observed in another planet's orbit? Jupiter and Saturn emit heat than absorbed from the Sun due to .
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A: Neptune 195. All but one of the following statements about Mars are true. Which one is false? A: The Martian atmosphere is fairly substantial with a composition similar to Earth. 196. Why isn't there a planet where the asteroid belt is located? A: Gravitational tugs from Jupiter prevented material from collecting together to form a planet. 197. How thick are Saturn's rings from top to bottom? A: a few tens of meters 198. Why is Triton referred to as Neptune's "backward" moon? A: It orbits in the opposite direction of its revoluation. 199. Which of the following is not classified as a dwarf planet? A: Triton 200. All of the following statements about Charon, Pluto's moon, are true except which one? A: As strange as it may seem, astronomers have actually observed seasonal effects on Charon. 201. Where do the majority of confirmed dwarf planets in the solar system reside? A: The Kuiper Belt 202. Why are there no impact craters on the surface of Io? A: Io did have impact craters but they have all been buried in lava flows.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
203. What mechanism is most responsible for generating the internal heat of Io that drives the volcanic activity? A: tidal heating 204. Which of the following statements about the moons of the Jovian planets is false ? A: Titania, one of the largest jovian moons, has a wrinkly surface that is often referred to as "cantaloupe terrain". 205. Which of the following statements about the rings of the four jovian planets is not true? A: All probably look much like they did when the solar system first formed. 206. Which of the following statements about Pluto is false ? A: Pluto is one of the larger Kuiper Belt Objects discovered to date and is actually bigger than Mercury. 207. Why do astronomers believe Triton may have been a planet that was captured by Neptune? A: It orbits Neptune in the opposite direction of Neptune's rotation. 208. Why was Pluto's status was changed to that of "dwarf planet" by the IAU? A: Because it has not cleared its orbital region of other objects. 209. All but one of the following statements about Venus are true. Which one is false? A: The atmospheric pressure on Venus is significantly greater than on Earth, about 9 times as great. 210. Which component of our atmosphere has steadily increased in the last 100 years and has led to warming temperatures? A: Carbon Dioxide
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
211. Which of the following statements about Earth is false? A: The poles of the Earth's magnetic field are precisely aligned with Earth's rotational axis. 212. All of the following statements about Venus are true but one. Which one is false? A: The magnetic field on Venus has about the same intensity as on Earth, although it appears to change directions every 100,000 years or so. 213. What is the Moon's average orbital distance from the Sun? A: 1.0 AU 214. About how far from the Sun, on average, is Saturn? A: 10 AU 215. The belts and zones of Jupiter are A: alternating bands of rising and falling air at different latitudes. 216. Saturn is how far from the Sun, on average? A: 10 AU 217. Which of the following statements about Saturn is false? A: Saturn was first discovered by Galileo about 400 years ago.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
218. Exploration on Mars has been accomplished by orbiters, lander and rovers. Which of the following statements about Martian exploration is false? A: The remains of some type of life form have been found near Olympus Mons, the largest volcano on Mars. 219. Which of the following statements about the moons of the Jovian planets is false ? A: Titania, one of the largest jovian moons, has a wrinkly surface that is often referred to as "cantaloupe terrain". 220. This satellite's interior has probably warmed enough by tidal stressing to have a liquid water ocean below an icy crust. A: Europa 221. Which of the following statements about the rings of the four jovian planets is not true? A: All probably look much like they did when the solar system first formed. 222. Which of the following is not classified as a dwarf planet? A: Triton 223. What did the Huygens probe discover about Saturn's moon, Titan? A: Methane rains onto the surface, evaporates, and rains again cyclically. 224. Which of the following statements about Pluto is false ?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A: Pluto is one of the larger Kuiper Belt Objects discovered to date and is actually bigger than Mercury. 225. What is the Cassini division of Saturn's rings? A: a large gap, visible from Earth, produced by an orbital resonance with the moon Mimas
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
WILFRID LAURIER UNIVERSITY AS101a Chapter 8 Quiz # 8 Instructor: Dr. Ioannis Haranas 1. As a star exhausts the hydrogen in its core, what happens? a. It becomes hotter and more luminous. b. It becomes hotter and less luminous. c. It becomes cooler and less luminous. *d. It becomes cooler and more luminous. 2. When does a star experience helium fusion? a. just before it enters the main sequence b. after it has become a red giant star *c. when it is on the horizontal branch d. before it leaves the main sequence 3. Why are giant and supergiant stars rare? *a. The giant and supergiant stages are very short. b. The star blows up before the giant or supergiant stage is reached. c. They do not form as often as main sequence stars. d. The giant or supergiant stage is very long. 4. Which of the following statements best describes why stars eventually die? a. Their lifespan is limited. *b. They exhaust all their fuel. c. Their cores become hotter. d. They become less luminous. 5. Which of the following occurs during the giant stage? *a. helium fusion in the core and hydrogen fusion in the surrounding shell b. hydrogen fusion in the core and helium fusion in the surrounding shell c. hydrogen and helium fusion in the core d. hydrogen flash 6. In what way are giants and supergiants similar? a. They are the main sequence stars. b. They undergo a helium flash stage as they enter the main sequence. *c. They are very luminous. d. Their cores expand rapidly to reach giant sizes.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
7 B 8 A 9 C 10 C 11 B 12 B 13 A 14 B 15 B 16 D 17 C 18 C 19 A 20 A 21 B 22 C 23 B 24 D 25 A 26 C 27 D 28 C 29 A 30 B
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
WILFRID LAURIER UNIVERSITY AS101a Chapter 7 Quiz # 7 Instructor: Dr. Ioannis Haranas 1. Stars with masses below a certain threshold produce most of their energy via the proton-proton chain. What is that threshold? a. 0.01 solar masses b. 0.1 solar masses *c. 1.1 solar masses d. 11 solar masses 2. Which of the following is considered to be the best explanation for the missing solar neutrinos? a. The Sun is fusing helium but not hydrogen. b. Nuclear reactions do not produce neutrinos as fast as theory predicts. c. The Sun may contain matter we haven't yet identified. *d. Neutrinos may oscillate between three different flavours.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
3. How did observations at the Sudbury Neutrino Observatory solve the solar neutrino problem? *a. They showed that the “missing neutrinos” had changed into a different type. b. They showed that other experiments had miscounted the number of solar neutrinos. c. They showed that models for the number of neutrinos produced by the Sun were wrong. d. They showed that neutrinos were not escaping from the core of the Sun. 4. Why does the main sequence have a limit at the lower end? a. Low mass stars form from the interstellar medium very rarely. b. Low mass objects are composed primarily of solids, not gases. c. The lower limit represents a star with zero radius. *d. A minimum temperature is required for hydrogen nuclear fusion to take place. 5. Why is there a main sequence mass-luminosity relation? a. because helium fusion produces carbon *b. because more massive stars support their larger weight by making more energy c. because the helium flash occurs in degenerate matter d. because all stars on the main sequence have about the same radius
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
6. What is the approximate mass of the lowest mass object that can initiate the thermonuclear fusion of hydrogen? *a. 0.08 solar mass b. 1 solar mass c. 8 solar masses d. 80 solar masses 7. Which of the following is most similar in size to a brown dwarf? *a. the planet Jupiter b. a red dwarf c. a white dwarf d. a Bok globule 8. Which of the following are star-like objects that contain less than 0.08 solar masses and will never raise their core temperatures high enough that the proton-proton chain can begin? *a. brown dwarfs b. Herbig-Haro objects c. Bok globules d. T Tauri stars
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
9. What would happen if the nuclear reactions in a star began to produce too much energy? a. The star would shrink. *b. The star would expand. c. The star would collapse. d. Nothing would happen. 10. How much of its lifetime does the average star spend on the main sequence? a. 1% b. 10% c. 20% *d. 90% 11. The lower edge of the main-sequence band represents the location in the H-R diagram at which stars begin their lives as main-sequence stars. What is it called? *a. the zero-age main sequence b. the birth line c. the Coulomb barrier d. the evolutionary track
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Main 12. On the H-R diagram, the line indicates the location of the main sequence. Which of the four labeled locations on the H-R diagram indicates a luminosity and temperature similar to that of a T Tauri star? a. 1 b. 2 *c. 3 d. 4
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
13. Refer to the H-R diagram. Which point represents a star in which the proton-proton chain is occurring? a. 1 b. 2 *c. 3 d. 4 14. The Sun has an expected main-sequence lifetime of about 10 10 years. What is the lifetime on the main sequence of a 2 solar mass star? a. 1.8 × 10 6 years *b. 1.8 × 10 9 years c. 1.8 × 10 10 years d. 1.8 × 10 11 years 16. What type of star is our Sun? a. intermediate-mass star b. yellow giant *c. low-mass star d. high-mass star 17. What is the lifetime of a 10 solar mass star on the main sequence? *a. 3.2 × 10 7 years b. 1 × 10 9 years c. 1 × 10 11 years d. 3.2 × 10 12 years
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
18. What characteristic of a star primarily determines its location on the main sequence? a. age b. distance from the galactic centre *c. mass d. radius 19. In which option below are the stellar types sorted from shortest to longest main-sequence lifetime? *a. O, A, K, M b. A, B, F, G c. K, F, B, O d. B, A, M, G 20. Consider two stars of the same mass: star 1 has just moved on to the main sequence, and star 2 is about to leave it. How are these two stars different? a. Star 2 has more helium in its core and a hotter surface. *b. Star 2 has more helium in its core and a cooler surface. c. Star 1 is more luminous and has a hotter surface. d. Star 1 is more luminous and has a cooler surface. 19. In which option below are the stellar types sorted from shortest to longest main-sequence lifetime? *a. O, A, K, M b. A, B, F, G
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
c. K, F, B, O d. B, A, M, G 20. Consider two stars of the same mass: star 1 has just moved on to the main sequence, and star 2 is about to leave it. How are these two stars different? a. Star 2 has more helium in its core and a hotter surface. *b. Star 2 has more helium in its core and a cooler surface. c. Star 1 is more luminous and has a hotter surface. d. Star 1 is more luminous and has a cooler surface. GOOD LUCK! Wilfrid Laurier University AS 101 Assignment # 1 Instructor: Dr. Ioannis Haranas Chapter 1: From Solar System to Galaxy to Universe Q:1 Which one of the following statements best describes the Sun? * a. generates energy by nuclear fusion b. located 10 AU from Earth c. orbiting the Solar System d. located in the centre of the Milky Way Q:2 In the organization diagram below in which area the term: Polaris would appropriate fit? a) Yellow area= Solar system, *b) Red area=Milky Way,
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
c) Light Blue= Universe . A Q:3 Which of the following sequences objects is in the correct order of increasing distance? a) Venus, Saturn, Moon, Andromeda galaxy, Polaris b) *Moon, Venus, Saturn, Polaris, Andromeda galaxy *b) c) Polaris, Andromeda galaxy, Moon , Saturn, Venus d) Andromeda galaxy, Saturn, Venus, Polaris, Moon. OR a) Alpha Centauri, Uranus, Mercury, Small Magellanic Cloud, Coma Supercluster b) Mercury, Uranus Alpha Centauri ,Small Magellanic Cloud, Coma Supercluster , *b) c) Cloud, Coma Supercluster, Mercury, Small Magellanic Cloud, Uranus d) Small Magellanic Cloud, Coma Supercluster, Alpha Centauri, Uranus, Mercury Q:4 The nearest star to our solar system is alpha Centauri at 4.0 u 10 16 m (4.3 ly away). The diameter of the sun is 1.4 u 10 9 m. How many suns would it take to line up adjacent to each other in order to reach alpha Centauri? a) 5.6 u 10 6 , b) 5.6 u 10 6 , c) 2.8 u 10 25 *d) 2.8 u 10 7 Q:5 There approximately 100 billion stars in our galaxy. If there 100 billion observable galaxies in our universe, what is a reasonable estimate for the total number ion the universe?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
*a) 1.0 u 10 22 b) 2.0 u 10 20 c) 1.5 u 10 15 d) 1.0 u 10 24 Q:6 The distance to a super cluster galaxy might be: *a) 100 Mpc b) 10 Kpc c) 120 Ly d) 10 AU Q:7 Approximately 100 Earths would fit inside Jupiter. This Jupiter’s radius must be …………….times larger that Earth’s radius. a) 100 b) 12 *c)10 d) 1000 Q:8) A spherical particle in the ring of Saturn has radius of about 1m. The surface area of the particle in the area of radiation flow is: a) 125 m 2 b) 3.14 m 2 *c) 12.6 m 2 d) 14 m 2
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Q:9) A spherical particle in the ring of Saturn has radius of about 1m. The cross sectional area of the particle in the area of radiation flow is: a) 125 m 2 *b) 3.14 m 2 c) 12.6 m 2 d) 14 m 2 Q:10) If the landing lights in Denver airport were switched on, then in one second these photons travel to: a) New York (1580 km) b) Alpha Centauri (40,000,000,000 000 km), c) The Sun(150,000,000 km) *d) Moon (384,000 km) Q:11) Sirius the brightest star in the sky is about 9 ly away. If the speed of light became half of its present value, how far would Sirius be? a) 9 ly *b) 18 ly c) 4.5 ly d) 32 ly Q:12) The Andromeda galaxy is about 2,000,000 ly away. Therefore light started its travel: a) 1,000,000 y
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
*b) 2,000,000 y c) Just a second ago, d) Can’t be determined ago. Q:13) In the diagram, what is the diameter of Mercury? a. about 240 km *b. about 2400 km c. about 24,000 km d. about 240,000 km Q:15) . What is 5.7 × 10 7 the same as? a. 5.7 million *b. 57 thousand c. 570 thousand d. 57 million Q:16 If the distance from the Sun to the Earth is represented by roughly 15 metres, then what would the distance from the Earth to the Moon on the same scale be? a. about 30 metres b. about 10 metres c. about 1 metre
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
*d. smaller than the width of your hand Q 17. Approximately how many times larger than the diameter of a typical planet (the Earth) is the diameter of a typical star (the Sun)? a. 10 times *b. 100 times c. 1000 times d. 10,000 times . Q: 18 What does the Solar System contain? *a. the Sun, its planets, and some smaller bodies b. the Sun, galaxies, planets, and stars c. the Sun, planets, moons, and stars d. the Sun, planets, asteroids, and galaxies . Q: 19 What does the Solar System contain? *a. the Sun, its planets, and some smaller bodies b. the Sun, galaxies, planets, and stars c. the Sun, planets, moons, and stars d. the Sun, planets, asteroids, and galaxies Q 20. What is the approximate diameter of the Earth? a. 1 AU b. 13,000 light-years *c. 13,000 kilometres
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
d. 1,000,000 kilometres Q 21. Which of the following is no longer considered a major planet? a. Mercury b. Uranus *c. Pluto d. Saturn GOOD LUCK!! Wilfrid Laurier University AS101a Assignment # 9 Instructor: Dr. Ioannis Haranas 1. What is the term for a collection of 105 to 106 old stars in a region 30 to 100 light-years in diameter? a. Herbig-Haro object *b. globular cluster c. open cluster d. giant cluster 2. What is the defining characteristic of stars within a cluster that are at the turnoff point? *a. They are just leaving the main sequence. b. They are just becoming white dwarfs. c. They are just entering the main sequence. d. They are about to explode in supernovae. Cluster
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
3. What is the approximate age of the star cluster in the H-R diagram? (Hint: Main sequence stars of spectral types O and B have a core supply of hydrogen that is sufficient to last about 250 million years; types A and F, about 2 billion years; type G about 10 billion years; types K and M about 30 billion years. The apparent magnitude scale means that larger numbers are toward the bottom of the vertical axis.) a. 200 million years b. 2 billion years *c. 10 billion years d. 30 billion years 4. Refer to the H-R diagram. How would the H-R diagram of a more distant star cluster look different? *a. The points would shift down, because all of the stars would have larger apparent magnitudes. b. The points would shift to the right, because all of the stars would appear to be cooler. c. The points would shift up, because all of the stars would have smaller apparent magnitudes. d. The points would shift to the left, because all of the stars would appear to be hotter. 5. Which nuclear fuels does a one solar mass star use over the course of its entire lifespan? a. hydrogen *b. hydrogen and helium c. hydrogen, helium, and carbon d. hydrogen, helium, carbon, and oxygen 6. What is the ultimate fate of our Sun? a. It will become a neutron star. b. It will explode in a supernova. *c. It will become a white dwarf. d. It will explode in a nova. 7. Which of the following is the most important factor that determines a life cycle of a star (for example, why some stars have a short life span)? *a. mass b. temperature c. luminosity d. radius 8. What principle explains why matter flowing from one star in a binary system to its companion forms an accretion disk? a. conservation of tidal forces b. conservation of temperature *c. conservation of angular momentum d. conservation of energy 9. Suppose you discover a binary star system with a 0.7 solar mass giant star and a 2 solar mass main sequence star. Why is this surprising? a. 0.7 solar mass stars are not expected to become giants. b. All 2 solar mass stars should have left the main sequence. c. Giant stars are expected to destroy their companions, so the 2 solar mass star shouldn’t exist. *d. The 2 solar mass star should have become a giant before the 0.7 solar mass star. 10. When material expanding away from a star in a binary system reaches the edge of its Roche lobe, what happens?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
a. The material will start to fall back toward the star. b. All of the material will accrete on to the companion. *c. The material will no longer be gravitationally bound to the star. d. The material will increase in temperature and eventually undergo thermonuclear fusion. 11. When mass is transferred toward a white dwarf in a binary system, the material forms a rapidly growing whirlpool of material. What is that whirlpool called? *a. an accretion disk b. an Algol paradox c. a planetary nebula d. a supernova remnant 12. Under what conditions are Type Ia supernovae believed to occur? a. when the core of a massive star collapses *b. when a white dwarf exceeds the Chandrasekhar-Landau limit c. when hydrogen detonation occurs d. when neutrinos in a massive star form a shock wave that explodes the star 13. Which of the following is almost always associated with a nova? a. a very massive star b. a star undergoing helium burning c. a white dwarf in a close binary system *d. a solar-like star that has exhausted its hydrogen and helium 14 . Why can’t massive stars generate energy through iron fusion? a. because iron fusion requires very high density b. because no star can get hot enough for iron fusion *c. because both fusion and fission of iron nuclei absorb energy d. because massive stars go supernova before they create an iron core 15. If the hypothesis that novae occur in close binary systems is correct, then which of the following should novae do? a. They should produce synchrotron radiation. b. They should occur in regions of star formation. c. They should all be visual binaries. *d. They should repeat after some interval. 16. Why is the material that accretes onto a neutron star or black hole expected to emit X-rays? a. The material contains magnetic fields that will produce synchrotron radiation. b. Hydrogen nuclei begin to fuse and emit high energy photons. *c. The material will become hot enough that it will radiate most strongly at X-ray wavelengths. d. As the material slows down it converts thermal energy to gravitational potential energy. 17. What is the term for the form of electromagnetic radiation produced by rapidly moving electrons spiralling through magnetic fields? a. Lagrangian radiation b. ultraviolet radiation *c. synchrotron radiation d. infrared radiation 18. What type of object is the Crab nebula?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
a. a planetary nebula b. an open cluster c. an absorption nebula *d. a supernova remnant 19. In the year 1054 CE, Chinese astronomers observed the appearance of a new star. What occupies that location now? a. a molecular cloud b. a planetary nebula with a white dwarf in the centre *c. a supernova remnant with a pulsar in the centre d. nothing 20. What produces synchrotron radiation? a. objects with temperatures below 10,000 K *b. high-velocity electrons moving through a magnetic field c. cold hydrogen atoms in space d. helium burning in a massive star 21. Where is synchrotron radiation produced? a. in planetary nebulae b. in the outer layers of red dwarfs c. in the collapsing iron cores of massive stars *d. in supernova remnants 22. What does the explosion of a type II supernova typically leave behind? a. It leaves behind a planetary nebula. b. It leaves behind a shell of hot, expanding gas with a white dwarf at the centre. *c. It leaves behind a shell of hot, expanding gas with a pulsar at the centre. d. Nothing is ever left behind. 23. Which of the following offered support for the theory tha t the collapse of a massive star’s iron core produces neutrinos? *a. the detection of neutrinos from the supernova of 1987 b. the brightening of supernovae a few days after they are first visible c. underground counts of solar neutrinos d. laboratory measurements of the mass of the neutrino 24. If you were to land on a neutron star, how would your mass change compared to your mass on the Earth? a. It would increase a lot. b. It would decrease a lot. c. It would increase a little. *d. It would remain the same. Good Luck!! Wilfrid Laurier University Chapter 6 AS 101a Instructor: Dr. Ioannis Haranas
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
1. What is the spectral sequence in order of increasing temperature? a. MKFAGBO b. BAFGKMO *c. MKGFABO d. ABFMKGO 2. Which of the following can we use to determine the surface temperature of a star? a. determining if the star has a companion star *b. studying its line absorption spectrum c. measuring the star’s distance d. measuring the star’s parallax Table 1 Star Name Spectral Type α For F8 ο Cet M7 γ Tri A0 ξ Per O7 3. The table lists the spectral types for each of four stars. Which star in this table would have the lowest surface temperature? a. α For *b. ο Cet c. γ Tri d. ξ Per
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
4. The table lists the spectral types for each of four stars. Which star in this table would have the highest surface temperature? a. α For b. ο Cet c. γ Tri d. ξ Per ANSWER: d 5. What properties of a star determine its luminosity? a. distance and diameter b. temperature and distance c. temperature and diameter *d. apparent magnitude and temperature 6. How do we know that giant stars are larger in diameter than the Sun? *a. They are more luminous but have about the same temperature. b. They are less luminous but have about the same temperature. c. They are hotter but have about the same luminosity. d. They are cooler but have about the same luminosity. 7. Sirius A and B are two stars at the same distance from the Earth. In this binary system, Sirius A is much brighter but Sirius B is much hotter. From this information, what can you conclude about the two stars? *a. Sirius B must be much smaller than Sirius A. b. Sirius B must be much larger than Sirius A. c. Sirius B must be much more massive than Sirius A. d. Sirius B must be much less massive than Sirius A.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
8. In a Hertzsprung-Russell diagram, where are the stars with the smallest radius found? a. in the upper left corner b. in the upper right corner *c. in the lower left corner d. in the lower right corner 9. In a Hertzsprung-Russell diagram, where are 90 percent of all the stars found? a. in the giant region b. in the supergiant region c. on the dwarf sequence *d. on the main sequence 11. The star named Sheat is of spectral type M2 and luminosity class II. Based on this information, how does Sheat compare to the Sun? *a. Sheat is cooler and larger than the Sun. b. Sheat is cooler and smaller than the Sun. c. Sheat is hotter and more luminous than the Sun. d. Sheat is hotter and larger than the Sun. 12. The star named Circini has the spectral type and luminosity class of O 8.5 V. Based on this information, how does Circini compare to the Sun? a. Circini is cooler and larger than the Sun. b. Circini is cooler and smaller than the Sun. *c. Circini is hotter and more luminous than the Sun. d. Circini is hotter and less luminous than the Sun.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
13. Where are red giant stars found in the Hertzsprung-Russell diagram? *a. above the main sequence b. below the main sequence c. on the lower main sequence d. on the upper main sequence Table 2 Star Parallax (sec of arc) Spectral Type δ Cen 0.026 B2 IV HR 4758 0.05 G0 V HD 39801 0.005 M2 I 9 CMa 0.4 A1 V 14. Which star in the table is the closest to Earth? a. δ Cen b. HR 4758 c. HD 39801 *d. 9 CMa 15. Which star in the table has the highest surface temperature? a. δ Cen b. HR 4758 c. HD 39801 *d. 9 CMa
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
16. Which star in the table has the largest diameter? a. δ Cen b. HR 4758 *c. HD 39801 d. 9 CMa ` Wilfrid Laurier University AS 101 Quiz # 1 Instructor: Dr. Ioannis Haranas Chapter 1: From Solar System to Galaxy to Universe Right answers are indicated with an asterisk!! Q:1 Which one of the following statements best describes the Sun? * a. generates energy by nuclear fusion b. located 10 AU from Earth c. orbiting the Solar System d. located in the centre of the Milky Way Q:2 Which of the following sequences objects is in the correct order of increasing distance?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
a. Venus, Saturn, Moon, Andromeda galaxy, Polaris *b. Moon, Venus, Saturn, Polaris, Andromeda galaxy c. Polaris, Andromeda galaxy, Moon, Saturn, Venus c. Andromeda galaxy, Saturn, Venus, Polaris, Moon. Q:3 Today the age of the universe is estimated in 13,700,000,000 years a)1.37 × 10 6 y b) 1.37 × 10 7 y c) 1.37 × 10 9 y *d) 1.37 × 10 9 y Q:4. Which statement best describes the Milky Way Galaxy? *a. It is a spiral galaxy. b. It is comprised of several smaller galaxies. c. It is about 1,000 light-years in diameter. d. It is type of supercluster. Q:5 What is the implication if the distance to the nearest star is 4.2 light-years? a. The star is 4.2 million AU away. *b. The light we see left the star 4.2 years ago. c. The star must be very old. d. The star must be very young. Q 6 If we say that an object is 1,000 light-years away, how does that affect how we see it? *a. We see it as it looked 1,000 years ago. b. We see it as it would appear to our ancestors 1,000 years ago.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
c. We see it as it looked 1,000 light-years ago. d. We see it as it is right now, but it appears 1,000 times dimmer. Q.7. What is the average distance from Earth to the Sun? a. 1 ly *b. 1 AU c. 1 million km d. 1 billion km Q.8 In the diagram, what is the diameter of Mercury? *a. about 240 km b. about 2400 km c. about 24,000 km d. about 240,000 km Q.9 . How is a planet different from a star? a. Planets are larger than stars. *b. Planets reflect light, while stars produce their own light. c. Stars move faster in the sky than planets.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
d. Planets are brighter than stars. Q.10 Which of the following is the smallest? *a. size of a typical planet b. 1 AU c. 1 light-year d. size of a typical galaxy Q.11. In the diagram, what is the diameter of Jupiter? a. about 7.0 × 10 4 km b. about 7.0 × 10 5 km c. about 1.4 × 10 4 km *d. about 1.4 × 10 5 km Q. 12. What is 1.95 billion the same as? a. 1.95 × 10 12 *b. 1.95 × 10 9 c. 1.95 × 10 6 d. 1.95 × 10 5 Q. 13 It takes light 1.3 seconds to travel from the Moon to Earth and 8 minutes for light to travel from the Sun to Earth. Which of the following statements is true?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
a. The Sun is 6.2 times farther from Earth than the Moon. b. The Sun is 10 times farther from Earth than the Moon. *c. The Sun is 370 times farther from Earth than the Moon. d. The Sun is 0.10 times farther from Earth than the Moon. Q.14. How long does it take for light to travel from the Sun to Neptune? a. several seconds b. several minutes *c. several hours d. several weeks Q. 15 The speed of light is 3.0 × 10 5 km/s, and it takes 1.3 seconds for light to travel from the Moon to Earth. Based on this information, what is the distance from the Earth to the Moon? *a. 390,000 km b. 230,000 km c. 3.9 km d. 2.3 km WILFRID LAURIER UNIVERSITY AS101a Chapter 8 Quiz # 8 Instructor: Dr. Ioannis Haranas 1. As a star exhausts the hydrogen in its core, what happens? a. It becomes hotter and more luminous. b. It becomes hotter and less luminous. c. It becomes cooler and less luminous. *d. It becomes cooler and more luminous. 2. When does a star experience helium fusion? a. just before it enters the main sequence
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
b. after it has become a red giant star *c. when it is on the horizontal branch d. before it leaves the main sequence 3. Why are giant and supergiant stars rare? *a. The giant and supergiant stages are very short. b. The star blows up before the giant or supergiant stage is reached. c. They do not form as often as main sequence stars. d. The giant or supergiant stage is very long. 4. Which of the following statements best describes why stars eventually die? a. Their lifespan is limited. *b. They exhaust all their fuel. c. Their cores become hotter. d. They become less luminous. 5. Which of the following occurs during the giant stage? *a. helium fusion in the core and hydrogen fusion in the surrounding shell b. hydrogen fusion in the core and helium fusion in the surrounding shell c. hydrogen and helium fusion in the core d. hydrogen flash 6. In what way are giants and supergiants similar? a. They are the main sequence stars. b. They undergo a helium flash stage as they enter the main sequence. *c. They are very luminous. d. Their cores expand rapidly to reach giant sizes. 7. What do we call the region of the HR diagram that represents giant stars that are fusing helium in their cores and then in their shells? a. turnoff point *b. horizontal branch c. turn-on point d. main sequence 8. Why are star clusters important to our study of stars? a. because all stars formed in star clusters *b. because they allow us to test our theories and models of stellar evolution c. because the Sun was once a member of a globular cluster d. because they are the only objects that contain Cepheid variables
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
9. What property is the same for all stars in a star cluster? *a. age b. mass c. luminosity d. radius 10. Which point indicates the location on the H-R diagram of a one-solar-mass star when it stars to fuse helium? a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 *d. 4 11. Why can t the lowest mass stars become giants? *a. Their centers never get hot enough. b. Their rotation is too slow. c. They do not contain helium. d. They never use up their hydrogen. 12. How is a giant star different from the star it evolved from? a. A giant is hotter and more luminous. b. A giant is hotter and less luminous. *c. A giant is cooler and more luminous. d. A giant is cooler and less luminous. 13. After they leave the main sequence, what happens to stars with masses between 0.4 and 4 solar masses? *a. They undergo thermonuclear fusion of hydrogen and helium, but never get hot enough to ignite carbon. b. They undergo thermonuclear fusion of hydrogen, but never get hot enough to ignite helium. c. They produce type-I supernovae after they exhaust their nuclear fuels. d. They produce type-II supernovae after they exhaust their nuclear fuels.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
14. About how long will a 0.5 solar mass star spend on the main sequence? a. 5 million years b. 570 million years c. 5 billion years *d. 57 billion years 15. For a star with a mass similar to that of the Sun, what is the last stage of the nuclear fusion? a. hydrogen to helium *b. helium to carbon and oxygen c. carbon to magnesium d. silicon to iron 16. A low mass star goes through several stages of life from birth to death. Which of the following lists are in correct order? a. protostar, main sequence star, red giant, supernova, neutron star b. protostar, main sequence star, planetary nebula, super giant, supernova *c. protostar, main sequence star, red giant, planetary nebula, white dwarf d. protostar, main sequence star, white dwarf, red giant 17. What happens to stars that have ejected a planetary nebula? a. They become protostars. b. They become brown dwarfs. *c. They become white dwarfs. d. They become red giants. 18. After what evolutionary stage does a star become a white dwarf? a. protostar b. pre-main sequence c. main sequence *d. giant 19. What is a planetary nebula? *a. the expelled outer envelope of a medium mass star b. a cloud of hot gas produced by a supernova explosion c. a nebula within which planets are forming d. a cloud of hot gas surrounding a planet 20. What does a planetary nebula do?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
a. produces an absorption spectrum *b. produces an emission spectrum c. contracts to form planets d. contracts to form a star 21. What is the term for a collection of 100 to 1000 young stars in a region about 80 light-years in diameter? a. Herbig-Haro object b. globular cluster *c. open cluster d. giant cluster GOOD LUCK!! WILFRID LAURIER UNIVERSITY AS101a Chapter 6 Quiz # 6 Instructor: Dr. Ioannis Haranas 1. The parsec is defined so that a star at a distance of 1 parsec has a parallax of one arcsecond. If a star has a parallax of 0.02 seconds of arc, what is its distance? a. 2 parsecs b. 5 parsecs c. 20 parsecs *d. 50 parsecs
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
2. The parsec is defined so that a star at a distance of 1 parsec has a parallax of one arcsecond. If a star has a parallax of 0.05 seconds of arc, what is its distance? a. 2 parsecs b. 5 parsecs *c. 20 parsecs d. 50 parsecs 3. The parsec is defined so that a star at a distance of 1 parsec has a parallax of one arcsecond. If a star is located at a distance of 10 parsecs, what is its parallax? *a. 0.1 arcseconds b. 0.01 arcseconds c. 1 arcsecond d. 10 arcseconds 4. The parsec is defined so that a star at a distance of 1 parsec has a parallax of one arcsecond. If a star is located at a distance of 40 parsecs, what is its parallax? a. 0.25 arcseconds *b. 0.025 arcseconds c. 0.04 arcseconds d. 0.05 arcseconds
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
5. How do humans use their eyes to measure relative distance by parallax? a . By continuously focusing our eyes on distant objects, we can determine distance. * . b. Since our eyes are separated, the brain interprets the relative look angles of the two eyes in terms of distance to the object viewed. c . Our eyes can measure the time it takes light to travel from an object, and from this we get distance. d . As we move our heads from side to side, our brain compares angles from each of these positions to work out the distance to the object viewed. 7. What would make parallax easier to measure? *a. the Earth's orbit being larger b. the stars being farther away c. the Earth moving faster along its orbit d. stars moving faster in their orbits 8. If two stars are emitting the same amount of light, how will the star that is farther away appear? a. brighter *b. dimmer c. redder d. bluer
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
9. What is absolute visual magnitude? a. the luminosity of a star observed from Earth b. the luminosity of a star observed from a distance of 1000 parsecs *c. the apparent magnitude of a star observed from a distance of 10 parsecs d. the apparent magnitude of a star observed from Earth 10. Absolute magnitude is defined as the apparent magnitude that a star would have if observed at a distance of 33 light-years. Consider a star at a distance of 350 light-years that has an apparent magnitude of +5. What would its absolute magnitude be? *a. It would be less than +5. b. It would be exactly +5. c. It would be greater than +5. d. More information on the star’s luminosity would be required to answer this question. 11. What aspect of a star is a measure of the total energy radiated by the star in one second? a. apparent visual magnitude b. luminosity class c. spectral type *d. luminosity 12. Which stars have a large positive absolute magnitude? a. stars of high luminosity *b. stars of low luminosity c. nearby stars d. distant stars
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
13. If you compare two stars, which one will always have the greater luminosity? a. The one with the larger radius will always have the greater luminosity. b. The one with the higher surface temperature will always have the greater luminosity. *c. The one with the smaller absolute magnitude will always have the greater luminosity. d. The one with the largest distance will always have the greater luminosity. 14. The nearest star, Proxima Centauri, is about four light-years away and has a luminosity about 0.001 times that of the Sun. If Proxima Centauri were at a distance of one light-year instead of four, how much brighter would it appear in the sky? *a. twice as bright b. four times as bright c. 16 times as bright d. 4000 times as bright 15. How does a star’s surface temperature determine the appearance of its spectrum? a. Surface temperature affects which elements are solid, liquid, or gaseous. b. Surface temperature determines the luminosity of the star. c. Surface temperature affects which elements can escape from the surface of the star. *d. Surface temperature determines the velocity of collision rates of atoms and ions. 16. What is the most accurate way to determine the surface temperature of a star? *a. Study the pattern of absorption lines from various atoms. b. Study the relative intensities of light measured through different photometric filters. c. Study the peak wavelength of the star's continuum blackbody spectrum. d. Study the pattern of emission lines on the star's spectrum.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
17. Which of the following can the strength of spectral lines tell you about a star? a. the radius b. the distance *c. the temperature d. the visual magnitude 18. You observe medium hydrogen Balmer lines, as well as neutral helium spectral features, in a star. What is the most likely spectral class of this star? a. G b. M c. F *d. B 19. You observe medium hydrogen Balmer lines, as well as neutral helium spectral features, in a star. What is the approximate surface temperature of this star? a. 3000 K b. 10 000 K *c. 20 000 K d. 5500 K 20. What is the spectral sequence in order of decreasing temperature? *a. OBAFGKM b. OBAGFKM c. BAGFKMO d. ABFGKMO
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
GOOD LUCK!! WILFRID LAURIER UNIVERSITY AS101a Chapter 7 Quiz # 7 Instructor: Dr. Ioannis Haranas 1. Which of the following relationships is the key to nuclear reactions in a star’s core remaining under control? a. Luminosity depends on mass. *b. Pressure depends on temperature. c. Density depends on mass. d. Weight depends on temperature. 2. What is opacity? a. the balance between the pressure and force of gravity inside a star b. the force that binds protons and neutrons together to form a nucleus c. the temperature and density at which a gas will undergo thermonuclear fusion *d. a measure of the resistance to the flow of radiation (photons) through a gas
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
3. What causes the outward gas pressure that balances the inward pull of gravity in a main- sequence star? a. the rapid outward flow of gas b. the rapid inward flow of gas *c. the high temperature and density of the gas d. the low mass of helium nuclei 4. Why is convection important in stars? a. because it mixes the star’s gases and increases the temperature of the star *b. because it mixes the star’s gases and transports energy outwards c. because it carries energy toward the core of the star d. because it carries the neutrinos to the surface of the star where they can escape 5. How does the temperature inside a star determine how energy flows inside it? a. The radiation rate depends on temperature. *b. The dependence of opacity on temperature makes convection happen. c. The dependence of opacity on temperature makes conduction happen. d. The temperature determines how much energy is produced at each layer.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
6. Which of the following is the best example of energy transport by conduction? a. Your feet are warmed when you hold them in front of a fire. b. Your feet are warmed when you wear socks. *c. Your feet get cold when you stand on a cold floor. d. Your feet get cold when you hold them over a cool air vent. ANSWER: c 7. What does solving equations on a computer have to do with making a stellar model? *a. The equations apply the laws of stellar structure at locations within the star. b. Equations can describe the H-R diagram and a star’s location on it. c. The mass-luminosity equation tells you how to find a star’s luminosity given its mass. d. Equations are used to model the nuclear reactions inside a star. 8. What does the strong force do? a. It binds electrons to the nucleus in an atom. b. It holds the Moon in orbit around the Earth. c. It creates the magnetic field associated with sunspots. *d. It binds protons and neutrons together to form a nucleus. 9. What concept explains why both fusion and fission release energy? a. proton-proton chain energy b. Coulomb barrier energy c. strong force energy
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
*d. nuclear binding energy 10. What is the name of the process by which the Sun turns mass into energy? a. nuclear fission *b. nuclear fusion c. convection d. radiation 11. While on the main sequence, what is a star’s primary energy source? *a. nuclear fusion b. nuclear fission c. gravitational potential energy d. magnetic fields ANSWER: a 12. Why does the proton-proton chain need high temperatures? a. High temperatures increase the ground state energy of the hydrogen atom. b. High temperatures increase the velocity of the protons so they can overcome the Coulomb barrier. c. High temperatures lower the density of the gas. d. High temperatures allow the neutrinos to carry more energy away than the reaction produces. ANSWER: b
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
13. Why do nuclear fusion reactions only take place in the interior of a star (rather than at the surface)? a. The magnetic fields are strongest there. *b. The temperature and density are highest in the centre. c. The core is the only place where hydrogen is found. d. The strong nuclear force is only active in the centers of stars. 14. What is produced in the proton-proton chain? a. two hydrogen nuclei, a single helium nucleus, and energy in the form of visible light b. four hydrogen nuclei and energy in the form of gamma rays *c. a helium nucleus and energy in the form of gamma rays d. two hydrogen nuclei and energy in the form of visible light 15. What happens in the proton-proton chain? a. Two protons are fused to make a helium nucleus. b. Three protons are fused to make a lithium nucleus. c. A helium nucleus is split into four protons. *d. Four protons are fused to make a helium nucleus.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
16. What is the term for the process that fuses hydrogen into helium in the cores of massive main-sequence stars? *a. the CNO cycle b. the proton-proton chain c. hydrostatic equilibrium d. the neutrino process 17. What happens in the carbon-nitrogen-oxygen (CNO) cycle? a. Carbon nuclei are split 3 ways to make helium nuclei. b. Carbon and oxygen combine to form nitrogen, which produces energy. c. Carbon and nitrogen combine to form oxygen and energy. *d. Four hydrogen nuclei combine to form one helium nucleus and energy. 18. Stars with masses below a certain threshold produce most of their energy via the proton- proton chain. What is that threshold? a. 0.01 solar masses b. 0.1 solar masses *c. 1.1 solar masses d. 11 solar masses
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
19. Which of the following is considered to be the best explanation for the missing solar neutrinos? a. The Sun is fusing helium but not hydrogen. b. Nuclear reactions do not produce neutrinos as fast as theory predicts. c. The Sun may contain matter we haven't yet identified. *d. Neutrinos may oscillate between three different flavours. 20. How did observations at the Sudbury Neutrino Observatory solve the solar neutrino problem? *a. They showed that the “missing neutrinos” had changed into a different type. b. They showed that other experiments had miscounted the number of solar neutrinos. c. They showed that models for the number of neutrinos produced by the Sun were wrong. d. They showed that neutrinos were not escaping from the core of the Sun. Good Luck!! Wilfrid Laurier University AS101a Quiz # 9 Instructor: Dr. Ioannis Haranas 1. What is the term for a collection of 105 to 106 old stars in a region 30 to 100 light-years in diameter? a. Herbig-Haro object *b. globular cluster c. open cluster d. giant cluster 2. What is the defining characteristic of stars within a cluster that are at the turnoff point?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
*a. They are just leaving the main sequence. b. They are just becoming white dwarfs. c. They are just entering the main sequence. d. They are about to explode in supernovae. Cluster 3. What is the approximate age of the star cluster in the H-R diagram? (Hint: Main sequence stars of spectral types O and B have a core supply of hydrogen that is sufficient to last about 250 million years; types A and F, about 2 billion years; type G about 10 billion years; types K and M about 30 billion years. The apparent magnitude scale means that larger numbers are toward the bottom of the vertical axis.) a. 200 million years b. 2 billion years *c. 10 billion years d. 30 billion years 4. Refer to the H- R diagram. What type of star do the two data points above spectral type “A” represent? a. massive main sequence stars b. massive supergiant stars *c. white dwarfs with mass less than the sun’s mass d. white dwarfs with m ass greater than twice the sun’s mass 5. Refer to the H- R diagram. What type of star do the data points above spectral type “M” represent? a. massive main sequence stars *b. main sequence stars with mass less than the sun’s mass c. main sequence st ars with luminosities higher than the sun’s luminosity d. pre-main sequence stars 6. Refer to the H-R diagram. How would the H-R diagram of an older star cluster look different? a. The points would shift to the right, because all of the stars would have lower temperatures. *b. The lower main sequence would look the same, but the turnoff would be at spectral type K or M. c. The points would shift down, because all of the stars would have lower luminosities.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
d. The lower main sequence would look the same, but the turnoff would be at spectral type F or A. 7. Refer to the H-R diagram. How would the H-R diagram of a more distant star cluster look different? *a. The points would shift down, because all of the stars would have larger apparent magnitudes. b. The points would shift to the right, because all of the stars would appear to be cooler. c. The points would shift up, because all of the stars would have smaller apparent magnitudes. d. The points would shift to the left, because all of the stars would appear to be hotter. 8. Which nuclear fuels does a one solar mass star use over the course of its entire lifespan? a. hydrogen *b. hydrogen and helium c. hydrogen, helium, and carbon d. hydrogen, helium, carbon, and oxygen 9. Star A is a 1 solar mass white dwarf, and star B is a 1.3 solar mass white dwarf. How would they differ? a. Star A has a smaller radius. *b. Star B has a smaller radius. c. Star B is supported by neutron degeneracy pressure. d. Star A is hotter. 10. What is the source of the energy radiated by a white dwarf? a. the proton-proton chain b. the CNO cycle c. gravitational contraction after becoming a white dwarf *d. gravitational contraction during the white dwarf formation phase 11. What does the Chandrasekhar-Landau limit tell us? a. Accretion disks can grow hot through friction. b. Neutron stars of more than 3 solar masses are not stable. *c. White dwarfs more massive than 1.4 solar masses are not stable. d. Stars with a mass less than 0.5 solar masses will not go through helium flash. 12. What is the ultimate fate of our Sun? a. It will become a neutron star. b. It will explode in a supernova. *c. It will become a white dwarf. d. It will explode in a nova. 13. Which scenario is most likely to happen when the Sun enters the red giant stage? *a. Mercury, Venus, and Earth will be destroyed by the expanding Sun. b. Mercury will be destroyed by the expanding Sun, but Venus and Earth will remain intact. c. The Sun will engulf and destroy all planets in the Solar System. d. The Sun will never expand far enough to reach Mercury or any other planets in the Soar System.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
14. If the stars at the turnoff point of a cluster have a mass of 3 times the mass of the Sun, what is the age of the cluster? *a. 6.4 × 108 years b. 3.3 × 109 years c. 3.0 × 1010 years d. 1.6 × 1011 years 15. Which of the following correctly describes a relationship between pressure, temperature, and density in degenerate matter? a. Pressure depends only on the temperature. *b. Pressure does not depend on temperature. c. Temperature depends only on density. d. Pressure does not depend on density. 16. What is a white dwarf composed of? a. hydrogen nuclei and degenerate electrons b. helium nuclei and normal electrons *c. carbon and oxygen nuclei and degenerate electrons d. degenerate iron nuclei 17. As a white dwarf cools, its radius remains the same. Why is this? a. because pressure due to nuclear reactions in a shell just below the surface keeps it from collapsing *b. because pressure does not depend on temperature for a white dwarf, since the electrons are degenerate c. because pressure does not depend on temperature, since the star has exhausted all its nuclear fuels d. because material accreting onto it from a companion maintains a constant radius 18. What are the two longest stages in the life of a one solar mass star? a. protostar, pre main sequence b. protostar, white dwarf c. protostar, main sequence *d. main sequence, white dwarf 19. Which of the following is the most important factor that determines a life cycle of a star (for example, why some stars have a short life span)? *a. mass b. temperature c. luminosity d. radius Good Luck!! WILFRID LAURIER UNIVERSITY AS101a Black Holes Quiz and Assignment # 10
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Instructor: Dr. Ioannis Haranas 1. A Black Hole has mass M BH = 15 M Solar . What is its Schwarzschild radius? a. 50.5 km *b. 44.24 km c. 76 km d.100 km 2. A Black Hole has mass M BH = 1800 M Solar . What is its Schwarzschild radius? a. 150.5 km b. 444.24 km *c. 5309.32 km d.8769.60 km 3. If the Schwarzschild radius of a Black Hole is 10 km, what is its mass? a. 15 M solar b. 6.8 M solar *c. 35 M solar d. 48 M solar 4. Why black holes are black? a. Because they do not have any energy b. Because nothing escapes c. Because radiation does not escape *d. Because light does not escape 5. What is at the center of a black hole? a. Another black hole b. A little galaxy *c. The singularity point d. An X-ray source 6. What is a supermassive black hole? a. Black hole with mass similar to the sun b. Black hole with mass similar to Jupiter c. Black hole with mass similar to 3 M solar *d. Black hole with mass (thousand - billion) M solar 7. How did the Black Holes were predicted a. By observation b. With radio telescopes c. With optical telescopes *d. Mathematically using Einstein’s general relativity theory 8. Hawking radiation is black body radiation due to a. Electromagnetic effects *b. Quantum effects
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
c. Gravity effects d. Mechanical effects 9. Where is the Hawking radiation emitted? a. Near the singularity *b. Near the horizon c. Near the Schwarzschild radius d. From particles orbiting the black hole 10. BONUS QUESTION Two Black Holes have the following masses M 1 = 100 M solar and M 2 = 40 M solar . Show that Schwarzschild radius of the first black hole satisfies the relation 2 1 2 5 BH BH R R = . (Do not panic this is a really easy question!!. Hint: All you need is the relation that gives the Schwarzschild radius of a black hole. Look at the lecture slides.)
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following is largest? Size of a typical Galaxy What is a light-year? The distance light travels in one year The distance across our galaxy in light-years is closest to.. 100,000 Which of the following celestial phenom is the largest? The Milky Way Galaxy Which of the following celestial phenomena is the smallest? The orbit of the Moon If we consider a circular sphere around our solar system with a radius of about 10 ly how many stars, other than the Sun, would be included in such a sphere? Ten Suppose you live on the Moon. How long is a day? (sunrise to sunset) a lunar month Which of the following statements about lunar phases is true? It is possible to have two full moons during January, but not during February Which of the following statements is NOT true about the motions of the Moon? A crescent moon will be seen either just after sunset or just before sunrise The lunar month is longer than the sidereal month because.. The Moon has to complete more than one full orbit around the Earth to complete the cycle if the lunar phases Latitude in stellar coordinates is known as: Declination Which of the following best describes the Milky Way Galaxy? A spiral galaxy with a disk about 80,000 ly in diameter and containing between 100 billion and 1 trillion stars When you observe a star for a period of a few hours from a location in Canada, you notice it never rises or sets. What accounts for this? The star is near the North Star; Polaris If the Moon is setting at midnight, the phase of the Moon must be first quarter
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following is the reason for the solar day being longer than a sidereal day? The combined effect of the rotation of the Earth and its orbit about the Sun Which of the following statements does not use the term light-year in an appropriate way? It will take me light-years to run this marathon Day and night are caused by the rotation of the Earth on its axis If you lived at the North Pole at night the stars would.. Never rise or set but move in circles around the Polaris, the North Star Suppose you lived at the Earth’s equator. Which of the following statements would not be true? The celestial equator goes through your sky from due east on your horizon, through 50 degree altitude in the south, to due west on the horizon What is the apparent visual magnitude of a star a measure of? The star’s brightness as seen by the human eyes on Eart h The order of the planets beyond Earth, away from the Sun is: Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune Which of the following is closest to the Sun? Mercury The ecliptic is the apparent path of the Sun moving how? Eastward among the stars The nearest star to the Sun (and us) is Proxima Centauri, a red dwarf in the Alpha Centauri system. How far away from the Sun is PC? 4.2 ly Each cycle of the Earth’s precession takes abou t 26,000 years Which of the following statements about the Moon is true? The Moon’s distance from the Earth varies during its orbi t Which of the following statements about the Moon IS true? The Moon passes through the shadow of the Earth Which of the following is the best reason for the leap years? The combined effect of the rotation of the Earth and the precession of the Earth’s axi s
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
If the Moon was in the same orbital plane but twice as far from Earth, which of the following would happen? Total eclipses of the Sun would NOT happen The solar system consists of: The Sun and its planets, asteroids and comets In our journey outward from the Sun what is a feature you notice about the spacing of the planets? The inner planets are grouped together and relatively close to the Sun while the planets from Jupiter to Neptune are spaced much farther apart What makes the North Star, Polaris, special? It appears very close to the north celestial pole right now Which of the following statements about the ecliptic plane is NOT true? It is the pla ne of the Moon’s orbit around the Eart h The calendar we use now is called the Gregorian after Pope Gregory Suppose the date is June 21 and the Sun never sets, just touching your northern horizon at midnight. Where are you? The Arctic circle From a latitude of 42 degrees, how many degrees above the northern horizon does the north celestial pole appear to be? 42 Which of the following statements about the Celestial Sphere is NOT true? The Celestial Equator lies in the Ecliptic Plane Which of the following statements about the sizes of stars is most true? Rigel, the bluish star representing the left foot of Orion, is considerably larger than the Sun Which of the following objects within our solar system is the smallest? Moon Which of the following DOES use the term, light-year correctly? The nearest star is about 4.2 ly from our solar system How many constellations make up the entire celestial sphere? 88
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
If you see the Moon rising in the East just as the Sun is setting in the west then the phase of the Moon is Full Which of the following best describes the tropic of Cancer? It is a place where the Sun is directly overhead at noon on the summer solstice Which of the following has your “address” in the correct order ? You, Earth, solar system, Milky Way, Local Group, Local Supercluster What is the ecliptic? The Sun’s apparent path along the celestial spher e On the Cosmic Calendar, when did the big bang occur? Jan 1 How long does it take light from the Sun to get to Earth? 8.3 minutes What is the largest object in our solar system? The Sun From a latitude of 42 degrees, how many degrees above the northern horizon does the north celestial pole appear to be? 42 Which of the following statements about sidereal and solar days is NOT true? The time is takes for the Moon to make one circuit of our sky is one solar day Which of the following is the furthers from the Sun? A comet in the Oort cloud The order of planets beyond Earth, away from the Sun are: Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune The problem with the Julian calendar was that it was: too short by 11 minutes in a year The number of days in a month is associated with Lunar phases Right ascension is expressed in Hours, minutes and seconds from 0 to 24 hours
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Patterns of stars in constellations hardly change in appearance over times of even a few thousand years. Why? The stars in our sky actually move rapidly relative to us thousands of km/h but are so far away that it takes a long time for this motion to make a noticeable change in the patterns in the sky On the Cosmic Calendar most of recorded history takes up what portion of the “year” ? The last few seconds of the year You are standing at the Earth’s Equator at midnight. Which way is Polaris, the Nort h Star? Right on the northern horizon due north If we consider a circular sphere around our solar system with a radius of about 10 ly, how many stars, other than the Sun, would be included in such a sphere? ten Which of the following statements about the Moon is false? The die of the Moon we never see from Earth is always in darkness Imagine you are in Durban, South Africa (latitude 30 degrees or 30 degrees South). You wish to walk north along a longitudinal line so that you've covered exactly one quarter of the Earth’s circumference. What is the lati tude when you arrive at your destination? 60 degrees Imagine you are standing on the equator watching the stars at night. Which of the following statements is true? Over a year you will see all the stars in the sky Which of the following about lunar phases is true? It is possible to have two full moons during Jan but not during Feb The ecliptic is the apparent path of the Sun moving how? Eastward among the stars What is an astronomical Unit (AU) All of the rest What happens during the apparent retrograde motion of a planet? The planet appears to move westward with respect to the stars over a period of many nights Which of the following sequences is a correct ordering of the Moon’s phases ? Waxing gibbous, full, waning gibbous
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
On the summer solstice in June, the Sun will be directly above ____ and all locations north of ____ will experience daylight all day The Tropic of Cancer, the Arctic Circle What conditions are required for a solar eclipse? The phase of the Moon must b e new, and the nodes of the Moon’s orbit must be nearly aligned with the Earth and the Sun On the vernal and autumnal equinoxes, all of A, B and C Which of the following years is NOT a leap year? 1900 Which of the following best describes the tropic of Cancer? It is a place where the Sun is directly overhead at noon on the summer solstice Each of the following shows a constellation followed by a bright star. In all cases, but one, the star is a part of the constellation. Which one is a mismatch? Canis Minor, Polaris The lunar month is longer than the sidereal month because.. The Moon has to complete more than one full orbit around the Earth to complete the cycle of lunar phases What does the Big Dipper exemplify? An asterism A sidereal period is an orbit relative to the position of what? the position of the stars We can’t det ect stellar parallax with naked-eye observations. Which of the following would make parallax easier to observe? Increasing the size of the Earth’s orbit Which of the following correctly describes the meridian in your sky? A half-circle extending from your horizon due north, through your zenith, to your horizon due south Suppose that the sun were to suddenly disappear from our solar system. What would happen to earth’s motion. It would begin travelling in a straight line heading out of the solar system
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following statements about electrons is not true. Electrons are actually neutrons that have acquired an electrical charge The Metonic Cycle is the 19 year period over which the lunar phases occur on about the same dates Which statement about the cosmological principle is valid It is based on two tenents involving the universality of the laws of physics and chemistry and the belief that there is nothing special about earth Consi dering einsten’s famous equation E=MC2 which of the following is true A small amount of mass can be turned into a large amount of energy Which of the following best describes the origin of the ocean tides on earth Tides are caused by the difference in the force of gravity exerted by the moon across the sphere of the earth What does temperature measure The average kinetic energy of particles in a substance Upon what quantities does angular momentum depend 3 quanitities an objects mass, its rotational speed, etc The amount of matter contained in an object is called its mass. Which of the following is false. The average adult human mass is about 160 pounds Where does the energy come from that your body uses to keep you alive Mostly it comes from the foods you each
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Without telescopes or other aid we can see the moon in the night sky because It reflects light The scientific method is best described by which of the following A system collecting analyzing data, formulating a hypothesis, testing it and forming it as needed If your mass is 60kg on earth would would it be on Jupiter 60kg The names of the 7 days of the week are based on Seven naked eye objects that appear to move among constellations Which of the following is not one of nor followings Kepler’s law When a planet travels slower it must be nearer to the sun and it speeds up far from the sun Ptolemy was important in history of astronomy because he Developed a model of the solar system that made sufficiently accurate predictions of planetary positions to remain in use of centuries Radioactive energy is Energy carried by light Retrograde motion is observable for what objects Planets located more distant from the sun than earth The doppler shift is a wave phenomenon that Uses change in wavelength of light to determine speed of a moving star
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
At which lunar phases are tides smallest Both first and 3 rd When Copernicus 1 st created his sun centred model it not lead to better predictions than Ptolemaic why Copernicus used perfect circles for the orbits of the planets A skater can spin faster by pulling arms closer to her body and slower by pulling out Conservation of angular momentum From lowest energy to highest energy electromagnetic radiation Radio, infrared, visible, ultraviolet, x rays, gamma rays Spectral line formed by hydrogen appears at a wavelength of 486.1 nanometres the spectrum of a star sows the same hydrogen line appearing at 4.85 what can we conclude The star is moving towards us Which of the following is not a unit of energy Kilowatt The frequency of a wave is All of the other answers are true Spectroscopy can be used to All of the above Which of the following statements best describes the principle advantage of telescopes over eyes Telescopes can collect far more light with far better angular resolution
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A green apple looks green because It reflects green light and absorbs all other colours The wavelength of a wave is The distance between two adjacent peaks of the wave Kinetic energy Energy of motion What would happen if the space shuttle were launched with greater speed then earths escape velocity It would travel away from the earth into the solar system What do astronomers mean by light pollution Refers to light used for human activities that brightens the sky and hinders astronomical observations Which of the following statements it not one of newton’s laws of motion The net force applied to an object is equal to its mass times velocity Which of the following statements correctly described the law of conservation of energy The total quantity of energy in the universe never changes Which of the following statements about x rays and radio waves is not true Nether x rays nor radio waves can penetrate t he earth’s atmosphere Which of the following is not an advantage of the HST over ground based telescopes Although it orbits the earth and is outside the atmosphere, it is closer to the stars
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
When hold a rock potential energy, drop it kinetic, hits the ground what happens The energy goes to producing sound and to heating the ground rock, air The trouble with refraction telescopes is that Different colours of visible starlight get focused to different points in space making the image blurry Suppose the angular separation of 2 stars is smaller than the angular resolution of your eyes how will stars appear to your eyes The 2 stars look like a single point of light Galileo observed that venus had phases very similar to the phases our moon goes through. From this he concluded that Venus must, therefore, orbit the sun and not earth Using Kepler’s third law of planetary motion… 11.8 years Which statement best describes the difference between your mass and your weight Your mass is a measure of the amount of matter you contain and your weight is a measure of the amount of gravitational pull on your body How did kepler’s first law of planetary motion alter the Copernican system? It changed the perfect circles to ellipses Galileo was a very important figure in the development of astronomy. Which of the following statements about Galileo’s accomplishments is false? Galileo looked at the moon through his telescope and observed rivers flowing with some kind of high liquid Which of the following is not an exam ple of a “pseudoscience” Astronomy
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Where is Stonehenge located In England, west of London Ptolemy was important in the history of astronomy because he Developed a model of the solar system that made sufficiently accurate predictions of planetary positons to remain in use for many centuries Galileo observed that Jupiter has moons. From this information you may conclude that There are so-called heavenly objects that do not orbit the earth and although its clear that the moon orbits earth there is, then, no reason why the earth-moon combination cannot orbit the sun What determines the date for easter The Sunday following the first full moon following the spring equinox At which lunar phases are the tides most pronounced? Both new and full moons Which of the following is not regarded as a heat transfer mechanisms Segregation Which of the following are systems for measuring temperature Only A, B, and D Betelgeuse and Rigel are two bright stars in the constellation Orion. Betelgeuse emits primarily red light while rigel appears a blue colour. What can you determine from this observation Riel is hotter than Betelgeuse Which of the following statements about Isaac newton is not true Newton grew up in Germany
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Consider a loaded dump truck and you in your smartcar driving along the 401 highway. Which of the following statements about linear momentum is true As long as you follow the truck, both travelling at the same speed, your combined momentum or total momentum, is conserved A neap tide is when the rides are least pronounced, during which lunar phrase do neap tides occur? Both first and third quarter moons The two basic types of telescopes are what? Reflection and refraction What is the main problem that ground-based telescopes have to deal with All A, B, and C Spectroscopy can be used to All of A, B, C, and D Most of everything we know from outside earth we know because of our use of what? Light Which of the following objects would not be considered an optical device Your bedroom window What is the main advantage of the hubble space telescope It orbits above the earth’s atmosphere Which of the following statements about exoplanets is false? no planets have been found orbiting their stars at radii less than mercury’s orbital radius
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which statement best describes the direct detection technique for finding exoplanets? actually, seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes Which of the following techniques has so far yielded the fewest detections of an exoplanet? astrometric method Why would a star continuously wobble back and forth in space? because it is revolving around a common centre of mass with other planets What is the name of the exoplanet that has been found closest to our solar system? alpha centauri Bb which of the following statements about exoplanets is true? only a and c are true What does the exoplanet descriptor “hot Jupiter” mean? it’s an exoplanet just like Jupiter but orbiting much closer to its sun than 5 AU Why is it easier to find exoplanets that are much more massive than the earth? because their transits and tugging on their stars are easier to detect Thinking about our own solar system which planet will have the greatest effect on the suns movement about the solar system? Jupiter because of its huge mass Which statements best describes the transit technique for finding exoplanets? observing slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across its face
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following three factors would affect the size of a stars Doppler shift caused by an exoplanet? only a and b Which statement best describes the astrometric technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the slight side to side movement of the stars which of the following space telescope missions was dedicated entirely to discovering exoplanets? Kepler The terrestrial planet cores contain mostly metal because? only metals condensed closest to the sun in the solar nebula and the rocks accreted around them as the protoplanetary The terrestrial planets and the giant Jovian planets have different compositions because? the terrestrial planets are closer to the sun How were the moons of the Jovian planets likely formed? probably through the same process as the planets themselves formed The first solid grains or flake formed in our solar system by the process of ________ the addition of material to an object an atom…. condensation Which of the following is the most likely to describe a comet but not an asteroid? comets are mainly composed of ice and snow with some dust and rocky bits What is the differentiation in planetary geology? the process by which gravity separates materials according to density
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Why did the solar nebula heat up as it collapsed? as the cloud shrank its gravitational potential energy was converted to kinetic energy and then into thermal energy The sticking together of small but solid particles is an important feature of the solar nebular theory. What is this process known as? accretion What constitutes the solar wind? it’s the continuous emission of charged particles from the solar surface The nebular theory of formation of the solar system successfully predicts all but one of the following. Which one does the theory not predict? the equal number of terrestrial and Jovian planets Which on the following solar system moons likely formed through the same process as our solar system Jupiter’s so ca lled Galilean moon What was the frost line of the solar system? the distance from the sun beyond which temperatures we low enough for hydrogen compounds and methane to condense into the present-day orbits of mars and Jupiter Why are the inner planets made of denser materials that the outer planets? in the inner part of the nebula only metals and rocks were able to condense because of the high temperatures What is plantsman? a small building block of planets
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following statements about asteroids is false? an asteroid in just a failed comet Where are most of the known asteroids found? between Jupiter and mars The age of our solar system is approximately? 4.6 billion years Which of the following statements about comets is false? the nucleus of a comet is quite large about 100 km across Which of the following statements about the moons of the solar system is false? all planets have moons except mercury Rank the following planets in order of size from the smallest to the largest? mercury, mars, earth, Uranus, Saturn When we examine of the types of planets making up the solar system we notice the following? there are two types of planets, terrestrial and Jovian Which of the following is not characteristics of the terrestrial planets? they have more moons than the Jovian planets
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
What is the origin of the atoms of hydrogen, oxygen, and sodium into eh perspiration that exits your body du ring this… the hydrogen nuclei were produced a few minutes after the big bang event 13.8 billion years ago… Which of the following characteristics of the Jovian planets is correct? none of a, b or c are correct The rotation of the planets are? all in the same direction (with exception of Venus and Uranus) Which of the following statements about meteorites is true? A meteorite is what’s left of a meteor when it hits the earth’s surface Ring systems around planets are? quite common among the large, gas planets; all Jovian planets have them The Age of our Solar system is approximately 4.6 billion years As of now most known extrasolar planets have been discovered by Doppler technique Which of the following is not a characteristic of the moons of the solar system planets all of the eight classical planets have at least one moon Which of the following statements about asteroids is not true no asteroids have been found beyond the asteroid belt
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
What is a comet the nucleus of a comet is a collection of various ices mixed with dust and tiny bits fo rocky debris Atmospheres formed around some terrestrial planets because outgassing through volcanic activity Which of the following solar system moons were likely formed through the same processes as our solar system jupiter’s so called Galilean moons what was the ice or frost line of the solar system between present day orbits of mars and Jupiter which of the following is not characteristic of the terrestrial planets they have more moons than the jovial plants why haven’t we detected low mass planets close to their stars an d high mass planets far from their stars Both A and B above To date about how many extrasolar planets have been discovered 700 what are the main constituents of the jovian planets hydrogen and helium the first small solid grans or flakes formed in our solar system by the process of condensation
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
what is an extrasolar planet a planet that orbits a star that is not our sun What is an exoplanet moon it is an object orbiting an exoplanet at first the suns present data rotation seems to contradict the prediction of the nebular theory because sun should have been rotating fast when it formed, but the actual rotation is fairly slow why did the solar nebula heat up as it collapsed as the cloud s hrank, its gravitational potential energy…. Which of the following statements about the jovian planets is not true outermost jovian planet Uranus…. Which one of the following is a characteristic of jovian planets low average density the terrestrial planet cores contain mostly metal because metals condensed first in the solar nebula and the rocks then accreted around them based on available data what kind of objects in our solar system do most of the known extrasolar planets resemble jovian planets the planet closest in size to earth is venus
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
51 pegasi is important because it is the first star like our sun that was found to have a planet orbiting it which of the following is the origin of almost all the large moons around the jovian planets they were formed by condensation and accretion in disk of gas around the planet which type of exoplanet would you expect to cause the largest Doppler shift massive planet close to its star rank the 5 worlds in order of size from large to small earth, venus, mars mercury moon the asteroid belt is found where mars and Jupiter according to our theory of solar system formation what is pluto one of the largest Kuiper belt objects the nebular theory of the formation of the solar system successfully predicts all but one of the following, which one does the theory not predict the equal number of terrestrial and jovian planets which of the following statements about meteorites is true a meteo rite is what’s left of a meteor when it hits the earth’s surface which detection technique has been used to find orbital distance Doppler technique
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
how much of the solar nebula consisted of elements heavier than hydron and helium 2% which of the following statements is not an observed pattern of motion in our solar system most planets orbit at the same speed what is the origin of the atoms of hydrogen, oxygen, and sodium in the perspiration that exits your body during this astronomy test hydrogen nuclei were produced a few minutes after the big bang event 13.7 billion years ago ….. which of the following is not a technique that could be used to discover extrasolar planet direct binocular why does the solar nebula theory predict that planetary systems are common all of the other answers why are the inner planets made of denser materials than the outer planets in the inner part of the nebula only metals and rocks were able to condense because of the high temperatures whereas hydrogen compounds although more abundant were only able to condense in the cooler outer regions which of the following statements about comets is not true the nucleus of a comet is quite large about 100 km across which of the following is not a characteristic of the general layout of the solar system all planets rotate on their polar axes at about the same rate
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
according to our theory of solar system formation what is the origin of asteroids and comets asteroids are the leftover planetesimals of the inner solar system and comets are the leftover planetesimals that formed beyond the frost line Which of the following characteristics of the terrestrial planets is (are) correct? They are relatively small, high density objects with solid surfaces on which to walk Which of the following statements about comets is true? Comets have a relatively small nucleus that develop debris tails as they get close to the sun What is a planetesimal? A smaller building block of planets Protoplanets grow into planetesimals by which processes A combination of A and B About how much of the solar nebula consisted of elements heavier than hydrogen and helium 2% by mass What is meant by the period of heavy bombardment? During the 500-700 What is different in planetary geology? The process by which gravity separates materials according to density Which statements best describes the direct detection technique for finding exoplanets? Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which statement best describes the doppler technique for finding exoplanets Observing the slight shifting of the frequency Which statement best describes the transit method of discovering exoplanets Measuring the periodic dimming Which of the following statements about jovian moons is false All of the jovian moons orbit their planet in the same direction, counter clockwise as seem from above the solar system All of the following statements about Charon, Pluto’s moon, are true except which one? As strange as it may sound, astronomers have actually observed seasonal effects on Charon Planetary rings are All of the above Where do the majority of confirmed dwarf planets in the system reside Between mars and Jupiter Which of the following statements about the rings of the four Jovian planets is not true All probably look much like they did when the solar system first formed The satellites interior has probably warmed enough by tidal stressing to have liquid water ocean below an icy crust Lo Which of the following s not classified as a dwarf planet Triton
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Why isn’t there a planet where the asteroid belt is located Gravitational tugs from Jupiter prevented material from collecting together to form a planet What is the cassini division of saturn s rings? A large gap, visible from earth, produced by an orbital resonance with the moon mimas Why was pluto s status was changed to that of dwarf planet by the IAU? Because it has not cleared its orbital region of other objects Which of these moons is the most geologically active? Lo What did the Huygens probe discover about Saturn s moon, Titan? A system of caverns and tunnels that appear to run throughout the interior of the satellite Why is Triton referred as Neptune s backward moon It orbits in the opposite direction of its revolution All of the following statements about Jupiter are true but one. Which one is false The great red spot is a large storm that has been observed for only the last 75 years Which of the following do the Jovian planets not have in common? They are all less dense than water How does the atmospheric pressure on Mars compare to that on Earth and Mars Lower than on both earth and venus
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Why does mars have more extreme seasons than earth Because it has a more eccentric orbit Mercury is how far from the sun, on average 0.39 AU Which of the following statements about Uranus is false Uranus has a great red spot on its surface that has been visible for the last 400 years Why does Jupiter have several distinct cloud layers Different layers represent clouds made of gases that condense at different temperatures Which of the following planets was found using newton s laws after discrepancies were observed in another planet s orbit Neptune Which of the following does Jupiter not have Crustal plates on its surface Which of the following statements about mars is false Saturn has one big moon, titan, and a lot of small ones The belts and zones of Jupiter are Alternating bands and rising and falling air at different latitudes All but one of the following statements about mars are true. Which one is false? The Martian atmosphere is fairly substantial with a composition similar to earth
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
What is the region around a planet called where the magnetic field is able to deflect the solar wind and other charged particles Magnetosphere Exploration of mars has been accomplished by orbiters, landers, and rovers. Which of the following statements about martian exploration is false The remains (cant depict - blurry - but no other answer starts with that) largest volcano on mars All but one of the following statements about mercury are true. Which one is false? Mercury s orbit about the sun is almost circular, more so than any other planet in the solar system The origin of Earth s only natural satellite, moon, is? A combination of the capture theory and the daughter theory, sometimes called the impact theory which posits that early in the solar system history the formative years. A young, molten earth collided with a mars-like object in a sort of glancing blow In what ways is earth different from the other terrestrial planets? All of the above is true The orbit of venus around the sun is almost circular. What is the radius of its orbit? 0.72au How have we been able to construct maps of surface features on the planet venus? By using radar from spacecraft that were sent to orbit venus How would you describe venus s retrograde rotation It rotates slowly in a direction opposite to its revolution
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
All but one of the following statements about mercury are true. Which one is false? Mercury has a very thin atmosphere which is strange because there are still active volcanoes outgassing carbon dioxide and water vapour Which of the following statements about conjunctions and opposition is false? Mars can have an inferior conjunction but not a superior conjunction from earth s perspective At what special time in venus s orbit might we be able to see a solar transit Inferior conjunction What is the moon s average orbital distance from the sun 1.0Au Why does the burning of fossil fuels increase the greenhouse effect on earth? Burning releases carbon dioxide into the atmosphere There are no auroras in venus because Lacks a strong magnetic field Which component of our atmosphere has steadily increased in the last 100 years and has lead to warming temperatures Carbon dioxide
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
StuDocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university Module 1 Test - Test 1 Astronomy I Our Place in the Cosmos (Wilfrid Laurier University) StuDocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university Module 1 Test - Test 1 Astronomy I Our Place in the Cosmos (Wilfrid Laurier University) Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following statements about the ecliptic plane is not true? It is the plane of the moon ʼ s orbit around the earth Which of the following statements about lunar phases is true It is possible to have 2 full moons during January but not during February Which of the following celestial phenomena is the smallest The orbit of the moon Suppose you lived at the Earth ʼ s equator. Which of the following statements would not be true - the celestial equator goes through your sky from due east on your horizon, through 50 degrees altitude in the south, to due west on the horizon When you observe a star for a period of a few hours, you notice that it moves across the sky. What is responsible for this motion - Earth ʼ s rotation on its axis On the cosmic calendar (where the age of the universe in condensed into the equivalent to one calendar year) most of recorded history takes up what portion of the “year”? - the last few seconds of the year The order of the planets, from the sun outward is - mercury, venus, earth, mars, jupiter, saturn Which of the following is the reason for the solar day being longer than a sidereal day? - the combined effect of the rotation of the Earth and its orbit around the sun Which of the following statements about the moon is true -the moon ʼ s distance from the earth varies during its orbit One light year is closest to what distance - ten million million kilometres Which of the following is the best reason for the leap years - the combined effect of the rotation of the earth and the precession of the earth ʼ s axis The apparent visual magnitude of star A is +2 and the apparent visual magnitude of star B is +1. Based on this information which statement below must be true - light output can distance cannot be determined from a star ʼ s apparent visual magnitude alone Which of the following would appear brightest in the night sky - the full moon Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following best describes the Milky Way Galaxy - a spiral galaxy with a disk about 100,000 light years in diameter and containing between 100 billion and 1 trillion stars What conditions are required for a lunar eclipse - the phase of the moon must be full, and the nodes of the moon ʼ s orbit must be nearly aligned with the earth and the sun We can ʼ t detect stellar parallax with naked-eye observations. Which of the following would make parallax easier to observe? - increasing the size of the earth ʼ s orbit Which statement below most accurately describes modern constellations -there are 88 well defined regions on the celestial sphere You are standing on the earth ʼ s equator at midnight which way is polaris, the north star? - on the northern horizon Suppose the date is June 21 st and the sun never sets, just touching your Northern horizon at midnight. Where are you? - the arctic circle The size of a hockey rink is best measured in what units - metres If the moon is setting at midnight, the phase of the moon must be - first quarter Which of the following correctly describes the meridian in your sky - a half circle extending from your horizon due north through your zenith, to your horizon due south Which of the following statements is true? Answer is both B and C Statements were - both the northern and southern hemispheres receive the same amount of sunlight on the equinoxes - The northern hemisphere receives the most direct sunlight on the summer solstice Which of the following best describes the tropic of Cancer - it is a place where the sun is directly overhead at noon on the summer solstice Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The sun is rising in the east and will be on your meridian in 2 hours. What time is it currently? -10 am While in Bracebridge, ON where the latitude is 45 degrees, at the spring equinox (about March 21 st ) the sun follows the path where it - rises due east, crosses the meridian at an altitude of 45 degrees in the south, and sets due west What is an astronomical Unit - the average distance from the earth to the sun What conditions are required for a solar eclipse - the phase of the moon must be new, and the nodes of the moon ʼ s orbit must be nearly aligned with the earth and the sun Which of the following is the furthest from the sun? -Proxima Centauri If it is midnight in waterloo it is - daytime in sydney Australia The lunar month is longer than the sidereal month because - the moon has to complete more than one full orbit around the earth to complete the cycle of lunar phases What is the ecliptic - the sun ʼ s apparent path along the celestial sphere Which of the following celestial phenomena is the largest - the milk way galaxy How long does it take light from the surface of the sun to get to earth? - a few minutes Which of the following has your address in the correct order? In this question the local group also means thee local Clusters - you, Earth, Solar system, Milky Way, Local Group, Local supercluster The size of our galaxy in light years is closest to which of the following numbers -100,000 Which of the following statements about the celestial sphere is not true - the celestial equator lies in the ecliptic plane Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following is the largest? - size of a typical galaxy If you lived at the north pole at night the stars would - never rise or set, but move in circles around polaris, the north star Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
StuDocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university Module 2 Test - Test 2 Astronomy I Our Place in the Cosmos (Wilfrid Laurier University) StuDocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university Module 2 Test - Test 2 Astronomy I Our Place in the Cosmos (Wilfrid Laurier University) Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Suppose that the Sun were to suddenly disappear from our solar system. What would happen to earth ʼ s motion It would begin traveling in a straight line heading out of the solar system Which of the following statements about electrons is not true Electrons are actually neutrons that have acquired an electrical charge The Metonic Cycle is the 19 year period over which the lunar phases occur on about the same dates Which statement about the cosmological principle is valid It is based on two tenets involving the universality of the laws of physics and chemistry and the belief that there is nothing special about Earth Considering Einstein's famous equation E =mc2 which of the following is true A small amount of mass can be turned into a large amount of energy Which of the following best describes the origin of the ocean tides on earth Tides are caused by the difference in the force of gravity exerted by the moon across the sphere of the Earth What does temperature measure The average kinetic energy of particles in a substance Upon what quantities does angular momentum depend Mass velocity radius The amount of matter contained in an object is called its mass. Which of the following is false If you were to go to the moon your mass would be lower than your moss on Earth because gravity is less on the moon Where does the energy come from that your body uses to keep you alive Mostly it comes from the foods you eat Without telescopes or other aid we can see the moon in the night sky because It reflects light The scientific method is best described by which of the following A system of collecting analyzing data, formulating a hypothesis, testing it and reforming it as needed If your mass is 60 KG on earth would would it be on Jupiter 60 KG Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The names of the 7 days of the week are based on Seven naked eye objects that appear to move among the constellations Which of the following is not one of nor follows kepler ʼ s laws When a planet travels slower it must be nearer to the sun and it speeds up far from the sun Ptolemy was important in history of astronomy because he Developed a model of the solar system that made sufficiently accurate predictions of planetary positions to remain in use for centuries Radiative energy is Energy carried by light Retrograde motion is observable for what objects Planets located more distant from the sun than earth The doppler shift is a wave phenomenon that Uses change in wavelength of light to determine speed of a moving star At which lunar phases are the tides smallest Both first and 3 rd When copernicus 1 st created his sun centred model it not lead to better predictions than ptolemaic why Copernicus used perfect circles for the orbits of the planets A skater can spin faster by pulling arms closer to her body and slower by pulling out Conservation of angular momentum From lowest energy to highest energy electromagnetic radiation Radio, infrared, visible, ultraviolet, x rays, gamma rays Spectral line formed by hydrogen appears at a wavelength of 486.1 nanometres the spectrum of a star sows the same hydrogen line appearing at 485.2 what can we conclude The star is moving towards us Which of the following is not a unit of energy Kilowatt The frequency of a wave is All of the above Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Spectroscopy can be used to All of the above Which of the following statements best describes the principle advantage of telescopes over eyes Telescopes can collect far more light with far better angular resolution A green apple looks green because It reflects green light and absorbs all other colours The wavelength of a wave is The distance between two adjacent peaks of the wave Kinetic Energy is Energy of motion What would happen if the space shuttle were launched with greater speed then earths escape velocity It would travel away from the Earth into the solar system What do astronomers mean by light pollution Refers to light used for human activities that brightens the sky and hinders astronomical observations Which of the following statements it not one of Newton ʼ s laws of motion The net force applied to an object is equal to its mass times velocity Which of the following statements correctly describes the law of conservation of energy The total quantity of energy in the universe is constant, although we ʼ re not sure how much energy there really is Which of the following statements about X rays and radio waves is not true Neither X rays nor radio waves can penetrate the Earth ʼ s atmosphere Which of the following is not an advantage of the HST over ground based telescopes Although it orbits the Earth and is outside the atmosphere, it is closer to the stars When hold a rock potential energy, drop it kinetic, hits the ground what happens The energy goes to producing sound and to heating the ground rock, air The trouble with refraction telescopes is that Different colours of visible starlight get focused to different points in space making the image blurry Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Suppose the angular separation of 2 stars is smaller than the angular resolution of your eyes how will stars appear to your eyes The 2 stars look like a single point of light Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
StuDocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university Module 4 Test Astronomy I Our Place in the Cosmos (Wilfrid Laurier University) StuDocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university Module 4 Test Astronomy I Our Place in the Cosmos (Wilfrid Laurier University) Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Jupiter and Satrun emit heat than absorbed from the sun due to More; heat left over from their formation Which of the following statements about the rings of the 4 jovian planets is not true All probably look much like they did when the solar system first formed What is a Roche zone The region near a planet where tidal forces would tear apart an object held together only by gravity Saturn is how far from the sun 10 AU What mechanism is most responsible for generating the internal heat of IO that drives volcanic activity Tidal heating The belts and zones of jupiter are Alternating bands of rising and falling air at different latitudes How thick are saturn ʼ s rings from top to bottom A few tens of metres Which of the following does Jupiter not have Crustal plates on its surface All but one of the following statements about Mars are true. Which is false The Martian atmosphere is fairly substantial with a composition similar to earth Which of these moons is the most geologically active Io Mars is how far from the sun 1.5 AU All but one of the following statements about mercury are true. Which is false Mercury has a very thin atmosphere which is strange because there are still active volcanoes outgassing carbon dioxide and water vapour Why are there no impact craters on the surface of Io Io did have impact craters but they have all ben buried in lava flows Mercury's Large core is composed of Iron Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
We know about Earth ʼ s interior because of Study of waves created by earthquakes Why does Jupiter have several distinct cloud layers Different layers represent clouds made of gases that condense at different temps How have we been able to construct maps of surface features on the plant venus By using radar from spacecraft that were sent to orbit venus Which of the following objects contains mostly nitrogen with some methane Titan The orbit of Venus around the sun is almost circular. What is the radius of its orbit 0.72 AU Earth ʼ s atmosphere contains only small amounts of Carbon dioxide because It dissolves in water, and most of it is now in the oceans and carbonate rocks All but one of the following statements about Mercury are true. Which one is false Mercury ʼ s orbit around the sun is circular, more so than any other planet All of the following statements about Jupiter are true, which is false The great red spot is a large storm centre which has been observed for last 50 yrs Planetary rings are All of the above A solar day on Mercury is about how long 176 Earth days Why does Marys have more extreme seasons than Earth Because it has a more eccentric orbit What is the Cassini division of Saturn ʼ s rings A large gap, visible from earth, produced by an orbital resonance with moon Mimas Why does the burning of fossil fuels increase the greenhouse effect on earth Burning releases carbon dioxide into the atmosphere All but one of the statements about earth is true. Which is false The poles of the earth ʼ s magnetic field are precisely aligned with Earth ʼ s rotational axis Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
In what ways is Earth different from other terrestrial planets All of the above What is the region around a planet called where the magnetic field is able to deflect solar wind and other charged particles Magnetosphere Why do astronomers believe Triton may have been a planet that was captured by neptune It orbits neptune in the opposite direction of Neptune ʼ s rotation The origin of Earth ʼ s only natural satellite, Moon is A combination of the capture theory and the daughter theory called the impact theory which posits that early a young molten earth collided with a mars like object Which of the following statements about conjunctions and oppositions if false Mars can have an inferior conjunction but not a superior conjunction from earth ʼ s perspective All of the following about Venus are true. Which one is false The magnetic field has about the same intensity as on Earth it appears to change directions every 100,000 years There are no auroras on Venus because it Lacks a strong magnetic field Which of the following statements about Saturn is false Saturn was first discovered by Galileo about 400 years ago Which of the following is not a Kuiper Belt Object Triton Which of the following statements about Pluto is false Pluto is one of the larger KBOs discovered to date and is actually bigger than Mercury Which of the following statements about charon, Pluto ʼ s moon are true expect which one As strange as it may seem, astronomers have actually observed seasonal effects on Charon Which of the following statements about the moons of the Jovian planets is false Tiania, one of the largest jovian moons, has a wrinkly surface that is often referred to as “cantaloupe terrain” Downloaded by Emily Hawkins (ehawkinse2000@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4282264
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 1 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3of3 Which one of the following statements best describes the Sun? Question options: a) generates energy by nuclear fusion b) located 10 AU from Earth c) orbiting the Solar System d) located in the centre of the Milky Way A In the organization diagram below in which area the term: Polaris would appropriate fit? Question options: Yellow area= Solar system Red area=Milky Way Light Blue= Universe B Which of the following sequences objects is in the correct order of increasing distance? Question options: Venus, Saturn, Moon, Andromeda galaxy, Polaris Moon, Venus, Saturn, Polaris, Andromeda galaxy Polaris, Andromeda galaxy, Moon, Saturn, Venus Andromeda galaxy, Saturn, Venus, Polaris, Moon B The nearest star to our solar system is alpha Centauri at 4.0 x 1016 m (4.3 ly away). The diameter of the sun is 1.4 x 109 m. How many suns would it take to line up adjacent to each other in order to reach alpha Centauri? Question options: 5.6x106 5.6x106 2.8x1025 2.8x107 D There approximately 100 billion stars in our galaxy. If there 100 billion observable galaxies in our universe, what is a reasonable 1 / 6
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 1 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3of3 estimate for the total number ion the universe? Question options: 1.0x1022 2.0x1020 1.5x1015 1.0x1024 A The distance to a super cluster galaxy might be Question options: 100 Mpc 10 Kpc 120 Ly 10 AU A Approximately 100 Earths would fit inside Jupiter. This Jupiter's radius must be ................ times larger that Earth's radius. Question options: 100 12 10 1000 C A spherical particle in the ring of Saturn has radius of about 1m. The surface area of the particle in the area of radiation flow is Question options: 125 m2 3.14 m2 12.6 m2 14 m2 B A spherical particle in the ring of Saturn has radius of about 1m. The cross sectional area of the particle in the area of radiation flow is: 2 / 6
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 1 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3of3 Question options: 125 m2 3.14 m2 12.6 m2 14 m2 B If the landing lights in Denver airport were switched on, then in one second these photons travel to: Question options: New York (1580 km) Alpha Centauri (40,000,000,000 000 km) The Sun(150,000,000 km) Moon (384,000 km) D Sirius the brightest star in the sky is about 9 ly away. If the speed of light became half of its present value, how far would Sirius be? Question options: 9 ly 18 ly 4.5 ly 32 ly B If the distance from the Sun to the Earth is represented by roughly 15 metres, then what would the distance from the Earth to the Moon on the same scale be? Question options: about 30 metres about 10 metres about 1 metre smaller than the width of your hand D The Andromeda galaxy is about 2,000,000 ly away. Therefore light started its travel 3 / 6
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 1 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3of3 Question options: 1,000,000 y 2,000,000 y Just a second ago Can't be determined B Approximately how many times larger than the diameter of a typical planet (the Earth) is the diameter of a typical star (the Sun)? Question options: 10 times 100 times 1000 times 10,000 times B What does the Solar System contain? Question options: the Sun, its planets, and some smaller bodies the Sun, galaxies, planets, and stars the Sun, planets, moons, and stars the Sun, planets, asteroids, and galaxies A What do we mean when we say that the universe is expanding? Question options: Average distances are increasing between star systems within galaxies. Everything in the universe is gradually growing in size. All galaxies are increasingly moving away from one another. The statement is not meant to be literal; rather, it means that our knowledge of the universe is growing. C What is the approximate diameter of the Earth? 4 / 6
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 1 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3of3 Question options: 1 AU 13,000 light-years 13,000 kilometres 1,000,000 kilometres C The age of the universe is Question options: between 10 million and 16 million years. between 100 million and 160 million years. between 1 billion and 1.6 billion years. between 10 billion and 16 billion years. D One light-hour is the distance that light travels in an hour. How far is this, in kilometers? (Recall that the speed of light is 300,000 km/s.) Question options: 300,000 km 18 million km 100 million km 1.08 billion km D Which of the following is largest? Question options: size of a typical galaxy size of Pluto's orbit distance to the nearest star (other than our Sun) 1 light-year A Which of the following is smallest? Question options: size of a typical planet 5 / 6
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 1 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3of3 1 light-second 1 AU size of a typical star A If we use 1 millimeter to represent 1 light-year, how large in diameter is the Milky Way Galaxy? Question options: 100 millimeters 100 meters 1 kilometer 100 kilometers B Imagine that we put a raisin cake into the oven, with each raisin separated from the others by 1 cm. An hour later, we take it out and the distances between raisins are 3 cm. If you lived in one of the raisins and watched the other raisins as the cake expanded, which of the following would you conclude? Question options: All raisins would be moving away from you at the same speed. More distant raisins would be moving away from you faster. More distant raisins would be moving away from you more slowly. It depends: If you lived in a raisin near the edge of the cake, you'd see other raisins moving away from you, but they'd be coming toward you if you lived in a raisin near the center of the cake. B 6 / 6
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 2 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3qoi You are standing on Earth's equator. Which way is Polaris, the North star? Question options: 30 degrees up, due West on the northern horizon directly overhead The answer depends on whether it's winter or summer. B By locating the north celestial pole (NCP) in the sky, how can you determine your latitude? Question options: The altitude of the NCP is the same as your latitude. The altitude of the NCP is your angular distance from the North Pole. The azimuth of the NCP is the same as your latitude. The azimuth of the NCP is the angular distance from the North Pole. A Orion is visible on winter evenings in the northern hemisphere but not summer evenings because of Question options: interference from the full Moon. the tilt of Earth's axis. the location of Earth in its orbit. the precession of Earth's axis. C Why do we have seasons on Earth? Question options: As Earth goes around the Sun and Earth's axis remains pointed toward Polaris, the Northern and Southern hemispheres alter- nately receive more and less direct sunlight. The tilt of Earth's axis constantly changes between 0 and 23 1/2°, giving us summer when Earth is tilted more and winter when it is straight up. Earth's distance from the Sun varies, so that it is summer when A 1 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 2 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3qoi we are closer to the Sun and winter when we are farther from the Sun. Seasons are caused by the influence of the planet Jupiter on our orbit. Which of the following statements is true? Question options: Both the Northern and Southern hemispheres receive the same amount of sunlight on the equinoxes. Both the Northern and Southern hemispheres receive the same amount of sunlight on the solstices. The Northern Hemisphere receives the most direct sunlight on the summer solstice. Both A and C are true. D Why is it summer in the Northern Hemisphere when it is winter in the Southern Hemisphere? Question options: The Northern Hemisphere is closer to the Sun than the Southern Hemisphere. The Northern Hemisphere is "on top" of Earth and therefore receives more sunlight. The Northern Hemisphere is tilted toward the Sun and receives more direct sunlight. The Northern Hemisphere is tilted away from the Sun and re- ceives more indirect sunlight. C Which of the following statements about constellations is false? Question options: There are only 88 official constellations. Some constellations can be seen from both the Northern and Southern hemispheres. Some constellations can be seen in both the winter and summer. Most constellations will be unrecognizable hundreds of years from now. D Star Name Apparent Visual Magnitude ´ Dra 3.07 ± Cet 2.53 2 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 2 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3qoi Nim 8.07 ± CMa -1.46 Refer to Table 2-1. Which star in the table would appear brightest to an observer on Earth? Question options: ´ Dra ± Cet Nim ± CMa D What causes the precession of the Earth's rotation axis? Question options: the force of gravity from the Sun and Moon on the Earth's equa- torial bulge the force of gravity from the Sun and Jupiter on the Earth-Moon system the magnetic field of the Earth the impacts of asteroids A Which of the following diagrams represent the area of the sky where an ancient Greek astronomer could observe the planets? (Ancient Greeks knew the 5 planets, in fact the word planet comes from the Greek word "planetes" = wanderer.) A If the Earth turns one full rotation in approximately 24 hours, how many degrees per hour does the sky turn? Question options: 12 deg/h 16 deg/h 15 deg/h 8 deg/h C An observer in Salt Lake City Utah (latitude= 40.7608 N) sees three stars rising in the eastern horizon. Which of these stars might later on pass through zenith point? Question options: 3 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 2 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3qoi A B C A Where is an observer's nadir? Question options: the east point on the observer's horizon the north point on the observer's horizon the point directly opposite the observer's zenith the point directly opposite the north celestial pole C Which of the following is equivalent to one-3,600th of a degree? Question options: precession second of arc minute of arc angular diameter B Where is the zenith for an observer standing at a point on the Earth's equator? Question options: directly overhead near the horizon and towards the south near the horizon and towards the west the position depends on the time of day A The orbit of the Earth had an eccentricity 0.017. If the eccen- tricity increased to 0.65 what would happened to the Earth's seasons?e=0.017 e=0.65 Question options: More intense seasons A 4 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 2 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3qoi Less intense seasons No appreciable change Which of the following locations are closer to the South Celestial Pole ? Question options: (RA= 14h Declination=+88°) (RA= 14h Declination=-88°) (RA= 23h Declination=2°) (RA= 18h Declination=-66°) B Where is the north celestial pole in our sky for latitudes between 35-45° N? Question options: The answer will vary with latitude in the latitude range 40°-90° N The answer will vary with latitude in the latitude range 30°-90° N The answer will vary with latitude in the latitude range 35°-40° N The answer will vary with latitude in the latitude range 35°-45° N D How often is the sun at zenith for an observer at the equator? Question options: Never Twice per year 12 times per year Every day B Suppose Earth's axis tilt was significantly greater than its current 23.5 degrees, but Earth's rotation period and orbital period were unchanged. Which statement below would not be true? Question options: Summers and winters would be more severe (for example, hotter and colder, respectively) than they are now. The region of Earth where the Sun does not rise on the winter solstice would be larger (extending farther south) than it is now. C 5 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 2 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3qoi The length of each season (for example, the number of days from the summer solstice to the fall equinox) would be significantly longer than it is now. Polaris would not be our North star. An observer in the northern hemisphere watches the sky for sev- eral hours. Due to the motion of the Earth, this observer notices that the stars near the north celestial pole appear to move. What pattern does this apparent movement follow? Question options: clockwise around the celestial pole counter-clockwise around the celestial pole from left to right from right to left B If the apparent visual magnitude of a star is 7.3, what does this tell us about the brightness of the star? Question options: It is one of the brighter stars in the sky. It is bright enough that it would be visible even during the day. It is not visible with the unaided eye. It appears faint because of its great distance from the Earth. C Which of the following describes a concept very similar to latitude? Question options: right ascension declination magnitude meridian B Which of the following best defines the ecliptic? Question options: the plane that is perpendicular to the Earth's axis of rotation the projection of the Earth's equator onto the sky D 6 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 2 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3qoi the path traced out by the Moon in our sky in one month against the background stars the path traced out by the Sun in our sky over one year against the background stars If the north celestial pole appears on your horizon, what is your latitude? Question options: 50° N 50° S 90° N 0° S D If the north celestial pole appears on your zenith, what is your latitude? Question options: 50° N 50° S 90° N 0° S C Where on Earth would you be if Polaris were at your zenith? Question options: North Pole Arctic Circle Tropic of Cancer Equator A While watching a star, you see it moves 45 degrees across the sky. How long have you been watching it? Question options: 1 hour 3 hours B 7 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 2 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3qoi 15 minutes 15 seconds An observer in the northern hemisphere takes a time exposure photograph of the night sky. If the illustration depicts the pho- tograph taken by the observer, which direction was the camera pointing? 29 Question options: Due north Due south Due east Straight up A An observer in the northern hemisphere takes a time exposure photograph of the night sky. If the illustration depicts the pho- tograph taken by the observer, which direction was the camera pointing? 30 Question options: Due north Due south Due east Due west B For an observer in Sydney Australia, at a latitude 34° South, what is the angle between the southern horizon and the south celestial pole? Question options: 23.5° 34° 45° 51° B 8 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 2 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3qoi If you were standing at the Earth's North Pole, which of the following would be located at the zenith? Question options: the nadir the star Vega the celestial equator the north celestial pole D How much of the night sky lies north of the celestial equator? Question options: Less than half, because of the tilt of the equator to the ecliptic plane. More than half, because of the precession of the poles. Exactly half. All of the night sky. C 9 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101- Assignment 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3smx In 1054 CE, the Chinese recorded a very interesting and powerful cosmic event. What was this event? Question options: a star merger a supernova a galactic collapse simultaneous solar and lunar eclipses B What did Eratosthenes measure very accurately? Question options: the size of the Earth the length of the year the distance to the Moon the length of the month A Who were the two great authorities of Greek astronomy? Question options: Aristotle and Ptolemy Julius Caesar and Aristotle Columbus and Ptolemy Alexander the Great and Julius Caesar A Whose writings became so famous that he was known throughout the Middle East simply as "The Philosopher"? Question options: Ptolemy Eratosthenes Aristotle Hipparchus C Which of the following statements reflects beliefs that were almost universally held in pre-Copernican astronomy? 1 / 10
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101- Assignment 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3smx Question options: The planets travelled in elliptical orbits around the Earth The planets travelled in elliptical orbits around the Sun The Sun was at the centre of the universe The Earth was at the centre of the universe D In what circumstances is retrograde motion observable? Question options: It is observable for planets located between the Earth and the Sun It is observable for planets more distant from the Sun than the Earth It is only observable for the Moon It is observable for all planets B You are observing the night sky from Mars. In what circumstances is retrograde motion observable? Question options: It is observable for planets more distant from the Sun than Mars It is observable for planets located between Mars and the Sun It is only observable for Earth and Venus It is observable for all planets A What is the term for the apparent westward motion of a planet in the sky compared to the background stars (as viewed from the Earth) when observed on successive nights? Question options: epicycle retrograde motion prograde motion heliocentric motion B What is parallax? Question options: 2 / 10
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101- Assignment 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3smx the apparent motion of an object due to the motion of the observer the distance between two straight lines the small circle that the planets slid along in Ptolemy's geocentric universe the distance between two foci of an ellipse A Why did ancient astronomers believe that the Earth did not move? Question options: because they could not detect parallax because they believed in circular motion because all observable planets follow retrograde motion because parallax is only detectable during the day A In Ptolemy's view of the universe, what is at the centre of a planet's epicycle? Question options: the Sun the Earth the deferent the equant C Which of the following astronomers described the universe in a way that matches the diagram? Question options: Kepler Ptolemy Copernicus Galileo B What was the greatest inaccuracy in Copernicus's model of the solar system? Question options: 3 / 10
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101- Assignment 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3smx that the planets travelled in circular orbits with uniform motion that the planets travelled on epicycles, the centers of which fol- lowed orbits around the Sun that the planets travelled in elliptical orbits that the planets were allowed to travel backwards in their orbits A Which of the following objects cannot transit (i.e. pass in front of) the Sun, as seen from Jupiter? Question options: Mercury Venus Mars Saturn D What was Tycho Brahe's greatest contribution to astronomy? Question options: his model of the universe his telescopic observations his discovery of three laws of motion his 20 years of careful observations of the planets D What two numbers tell us the size and shape of an ellipse Question options: radius, eccentricity radius, deferent semi-major axis, deferent semi-major axis, eccentricity D The orbit of planet A has an eccentricity of 0.5 and the orbit of planet B has an eccentricity of 0.01. What can be said about the shape of the orbits of these two planets? Question options: Planet A has a nearly circular orbit 4 / 10
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101- Assignment 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3smx The orbit of planet A is more elongated than the orbit of planet B The orbit of planet B is more elongated than the orbit of planet A There is not enough information to say anything meaningful about the shape of either orbit B Which of the following masses exert higher gravitational force on each other? Question options: M=2------------------m=2 M=2------------------m=1 M=2------------------m=8 C Which of the following masses exert smaller gravitational force on each other? Question options: M=2------------------m=2 M=2------------------m=1 M=2------------------m=8 B Which of th following masses exerts the largest gravitational force on mass M? Question options: Blue and Gray Gray and Green Gray and Red Gray and Yellow B A hypothetical solar system has planets evenly spaced in circular orbits from the sun in the following distances and with the following masses, that they are given in terms with the mass of Jupiter MJ. Which of the following planets exerts the larger gravitational force of the star. Planet A --> 1 MJ, 1 AU Planet B --> 3 MJ, 2 AU Planet C --> 10 MJ, 3 AU C 5 / 10
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101- Assignment 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3smx Planet D --> 16 MJ, 4 AU Given its orbital period of 76 years, what is the average distance of Comet Halley from the Sun? Question options: 18AU 38 AU 54 AU 114 A An object has been located orbiting the Sun at a distance of 65 AU. What is the approximate orbital period of this object? Question options: 8.1 years 65 years 524 years 4225 years C On average, Saturn is 10 AU from the Sun. What is the approxi- mate orbital period of Saturn? Question options: 10 years 32 years 1000 years 3200 years B The orbit of the planet Jupiter is an ellipse with the Sun at one focus. What is located at the other focus? Question options: the Earth the asteroid belt Saturn D 6 / 10
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101- Assignment 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3smx nothing The orbit of the Moon is an ellipse with the Earth at one focus. What is located at the other focus? Question options: nothing the asteroid belt comets the Sun A A comet is found in a highly elliptical orbit with a semi-major axis equal to one astronomical unit (AU). According to Kepler's third law of planetary motion, what would the sidereal period of this comet be? Question options: It would be more than one year. It would be one year. It would be less than one year. It would be 76 years; the same for every comet. B At perihelion the gravitational force of the sun exerted on the Earth is 3-33 What is the force exerted on the sun by the Earth. Question options: Larger The same Smaller B At which position (A, B, C) is the gravitational force of the Earth on the spaceship (green capsule) going to the Moon is the greatest? Question options: A B A 7 / 10
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101- Assignment 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3smx C An object moves in a straight line at a constant speed. Which number of forces could not act on the object? Question options: 0 1 2 3 4 B What does the orbital velocity of an object with respect to the distance does? Question options: Stays the same Deceases Increases B Would your mass and weight change if you went to the Moon? Question options: Weight would change but mass would not Mass would change but weight would not Both would change Neither would change A At which lunar phase(s) are tides at their lowest? Question options: both new Moon and first quarter Moon both first quarter Moon and third quarter Moon new Moon full Moon B 8 / 10
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101- Assignment 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3smx If Mars rises approximately the same time as a particular star. If Mars is in normal prograde motion at what time Mars will rise next night? Question options: Same time as the star Earlier than the star Later than the star C A planet orbits a planet in a circular orbit. How many forces are acting on the planet? Question options: 0 1 2 3 4 B The spring tides occur during the new and full lunar phases. Question options: True False A If a planet orbits the Sun at a distance of 4 AU, then its orbital period is 8 years. Question options: True False A Imagine you are travelling though the asteroid belt. Which of the following would you expect to observe? Question options: All asteroids in the asteroid belt have shorter orbital period than Earth. Asteroids closer to Mars have longer orbital period than those closer to Jupiter. D 9 / 10
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101- Assignment 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3smx All asteroids within the asteroid belt have the same orbital period. Asteroids closer to Mars have shorter orbital periods than those closer to Jupiter. What feature of Ptolemy's model of the universe made it possible to explain retrograde motion? Question options: heliocentrism elliptical orbits epicycles geocentrism C If the mass of the Earth increased by a factor of 4, with no change in the radius, what would happen to your mass? Question options: It would increase. It would decrease. It would stay the same. It would exponentially decrease to zero. A 10 / 10
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3w3y Why do astronomers build radio telescopes? Question options: Radio waves give a different view of the universe Radio waves from space reach the Earth's surface Radio telescopes can detect signals from aliens Radio telescopes can be much larger than optical telescopes A What type of telescope is most likely to suffer from chromatic aberration and have a low light-gathering power? Question options: a small diameter reflecting telescope a large diameter reflecting telescope a small diameter refracting telescope a large diameter refracting telescope C When does chromatic aberration occur in a telescope? Question options: when different colours of light do not focus at the same point in a reflecting telescope when different colours of light do not focus at the same point in a refracting telescope when light of different wavelengths gets absorbed by the mirror in a reflecting telescope when light of different wavelengths gets absorbed by the lens in a refracting telescope B What type of telescope is a radio telescope? Question options: reflecting refracting deflecting retracting A 1 / 8
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3w3y What type of telescope has a lens as its objective and contains no mirrors? Question options: deflecting reflecting refracting compound C How is the objective of most radio telescopes similar to the ob- jective of a reflecting optical telescope? Question options: They are both bowl-shaped (concave) They are both hill-shaped (convex) They are typically the same size They are both made of metal A What type of primary is found in a reflecting telescope? Question options: prism mirror lens diffraction grating C You point your backyard reflecting telescope at the star Vega. Where does Vega's light go? Question options: from the primary mirror, to the secondary mirror, to the eyepiece from the primary mirror to the eyepiece through the primary lens, to the secondary mirror, to the eyepiece through the primary lens, through the secondary lens, to the eyepiece A 2 / 8
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3w3y Which of the following best explains the concept of atmospheric windows? Question options: Holes in the Earth's atmosphere allow ultraviolet radiation to reach the North and South poles X-ray radiation from space can see through the atmosphere to observe activities on the ground Only certain wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation from space reach the Earth's surface The Earth's atmosphere can be "closed" or "open" to electromag- netic radiation, depending on the weather C What is the main reason for building large optical telescopes? Question options: It's the best way to see through clouds and other light-absorbers in the atmosphere It's the best way to collect as much light as possible from faint objects It's the best way to nullify the blurring effects of the Earth's atmos- phere and thus produce higher resolution images It's the best way to magnify objects and make them brighter B An astronomer takes two pictures of the same object using the Hubble Space Telescope. One picture is taken with red light and one with blue light. Which one would you expect to show finer details? Question options: Blue light will show finer details Red light will show finer details Both should be the same The amount of detail depends on the distance to the object A Which property of a telescope determines its light-gathering pow- er? Question options: the focal length of the objective the focal length of the eyepiece C 3 / 8
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3w3y the diameter of the objective the length of the telescope tube What is the light-gathering power of a telescope directly propor- tional to? Question options: the diameter of the primary mirror or lens the focal length of the primary mirror or lens the length of the telescope tube the diameter of the eyepiece A Why can't a telescope image be magnified to show any level of detail? Question options: Diffraction limits the amount of detail that is visible Telescopes only view a small region of the sky Magnification depends on focal length Resolving power depends on wavelength A Which of the following has the most light-gathering power? Question options: a telescope of 5 centimeters diameter and focal length of 50 centimeters a telescope of 6 centimeters diameter and focal length of 100 centimeters a telescope of 2 centimeters diameter and focal length of 100 centimeters a telescope of 3 centimeters diameter and focal length of 75 centimeters B How is the resolving power of a telescope defined? Question options: It is a measure of the minimum angular separation that can be seen with the telescope 4 / 8
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3w3y It is a measure of the amount of light that the telescope can gather in one second It is the separation between the objective and the imag It is a measure of how blurry objects appear in the telescope A What happens to a telescope's light-gathering power and resolv- ing power when you increase its diameter? Question options: Its light-gathering power and resolving power both increase Its light-gathering power increases and its resolving power de- creases Its light-gathering power decreases and its resolving power in- creases Its light-gathering power and resolving power both decrease A What can be done to improve the resolving power of ground-based optical telescopes? Question options: Use them at longer wavelengths Equip them with an adaptive optics system Change them from reflectors to refractors Increase their focal length B The pupil of the human eye is approximately 0.8 centimeters in diameter when adapted to the dark. What is the ratio of the light-gathering power of a 1.6 meter telescope to that of the human eye? Question options: 2 : 1 20 : 1 400 : 1 40,000 : 1 D What is the ratio of the light-gathering power of a 10-metre tele- scope to that of a 1-metre telescope? 5 / 8
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3w3y Question options: 10 to 1 1 to 10 100 to 1 1 t100 C The diagram below illustrates the layout and light path of a reflect- ing telescope of the __________ design cassegrain A(n)_________ is used to measure the brightness and colour of stars photometer 300 nanometer light has a lower frequency than 500 nanometer light Question options: True False B X-rays easily penetrate the Earth's atmosphere and reach the ground from space Question options: B What is the purpose of interferometry? Question options: It is used to improve the resolving power of telescopes It is used to decrease the chromatic aberration of a telescope It is used to make large X-ray and ultraviolet telescopes It allows radio telescopes to be within a few hundred feet of each other A The wavelength of a wave is Question options: how strong the wave is. the distance between a peak of the wave and the next trough. the distance between two adjacent peaks of the wave. the distance between where the wave is emitted and where it is absorbed. C How are wavelength, frequency, and energy related for photons of light? Question options: 6 / 8
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3w3y Longer wavelength means lower frequency and lower energy. Longer wavelength means higher frequency and lower energy. Longer wavelength means higher frequency and higher energy. Longer wavelength means lower frequency and higher energy. A Which forms of light are lower in energy and frequency than the light that our eyes can see? Question options: infrared and radio ultraviolet and X-rays visible light infrared and ultraviolet A When considering light as made up of individual "pieces," each characterized by a particular amount of energy, the pieces are called Question options: photons. wavicles. gamma rays. frequencies. A From shortest to longest wavelength, which of the following cor- rectly orders the different \categories of electromagnetic radia- tion? Question options: gamma rays, X-rays, ultraviolet, visible light, infrared, radio infrared, visible light, ultraviolet, X-rays, gamma rays, radio radio, infrared, visible light, ultraviolet, X-rays, gamma rays gamma rays, X-rays, visible light, ultraviolet, infrared, radio A Gamma rays have a very small Question options: 7 / 8
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3w3y energy. frequency. mass. wavelength. D 8 / 8
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 5 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3z7n How can the density of the Sun be measured? Question options: by using the density of hydrogen as measured on Earth by analyzing samples of the solar wind by using the amount of area covered by Venus during a transit by using Newton's laws and the Sun's diameter D What is the definition of Absolute Zero? Question options: zero degrees Celsius the temperature at which no thermal energy can be extracted from atoms the temperature at which water freezes the temperature at which molecules split into atoms B The temperature of an object is 273K. What is the temperature in degrees Celsius? Question options: 273 -273 0 373 C The temperature of an object is 373K. What is the temperature in degrees Celsius? Question options: -273 -173 173 273 B What is the temperature of an object from which no heat energy can be extracted? 1 / 6
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 5 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3z7n Question options: 0 Kelvin 100 Kelvin 100 Celsius Celsius A The surface temperature of the Sun is about 5800K. Based on this temperature, what is the expected peak wavelength of radiation? Question options: orange green yellow red B Which of the following measures the average speed of the parti- cles (atoms or molecules) in a gas? Question options: Heat Composition Temperature Binding energy C A plot of the continuous spectra of four different stars is shown in the figure. Based on these spectra, which of the stars is the hottest? Question options: A B C D A A plot of the continuous spectra of four different stars is shown in the figure. Based on these spectra, which of the stars has the 2 / 6
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 5 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3z7n lowest temperature? Question options: A B C D D The Sun emits its maximum intensity of light at about 520 nm. According to Wien's Law, at what wavelength would the maximum intensity be for a star with a surface temperature twice that of the Sun? Question options: 260 nm 1040 nm 5800 nm 11600 nm A What is the sequence of star colours in order of increasing tem- perature? Question options: red, yellow, blue red, blue, yellow yellow, blue, red blue, yellow, red A Is it possible for a red star to emit more energy than a blue star? Question options: No, because the red star has a lower temperature. Yes, if the red star has a larger area. Yes, if the red star has a larger wavelength of maximum intensity. No, because red stars are less massive than blue stars. B 3 / 6
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 5 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3z7n The Stefan-Boltzmann law says that hot objects emit energy proportional to the fourth power of their temperature. One star has a temperature of 30,000 K and another star has a temperature of 6,000 K. Compared to the cooler star, how much more energy per second will the hotter star radiate from each square meter of its surface? (Please see appendix) Question options: 5 times 25 times 625 times 1015 times C What is the explanation for the pattern of granulation seen on the visible surface of the Sun? Question options: The granules form the base of a circulation pattern that extends from the photosphere to the outer corona. The granules are regions of nuclear energy generation in the Each granule contains a strong magnetic field, which compresses and heats the gas underneath it. The granules are the tops of hot gases that have risen from the Sun's convective Zone D What is found in the centers of granules? Question options: hot material rising to the photosphere from below cool material falling from the photosphere to the regions below material that is fainter and hotter than its surroundings material that is brighter and cooler than its surroundings A What is responsible for binding the electrons to the nucleus? Question options: Kirchhoff's law Wien's law Coulombs Law C 4 / 6
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 5 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3z7n Balmer series Which of the following is a set of rules that describes how atoms and subatomic particles behave? Question options: Kirchhoff's law Wien's law Quantum Mechanics General Relativity C What is the lowest energy level in an atom called? Question options: Ground State The absolute zero temperature The ionization level The energy level from which the Paschen series of hydrogen originates A The energy of the first level in an atom is 2.2×10-18 J, and the energy of the second energy level is 1.6×10-18 J. What is the energy of the photon that is emitted if an electron moves from the second level to the first? Question options: 3.5×10-36 J 6.0×10-19 J 3.5×10-18 J 6.0×10-18 J B The diagram illustrates a light source, a gas cloud, and three different lines of sight (the observer is located at the numbered positions). Along which line of sight would an observer see an absorption spectrum Question options: 1 2 C 5 / 6
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 5 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3x3z7n 3 Which of the following can be determined from the spectrum of a star, without additional information? Question options: radial velocity core temperature distance velocity across the sky A Which of the following is a property of the Sun's chromosphere? Question options: produces a coronal filtergram is below the visible surface of the Sun is above the corona hotter than the photosphere D A boy has mass equal to 35 kg on the surface of the Earth? What is his weight on the surface of the sun? Question options: 2678 N 350 N 1589 N 9620.8 N D 6 / 6
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 Chapter 1 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_8bzamw What is feild of view the area visible in an image given as a diameter increases exponentially astronomical unit the average distance from the earth to the sun 1.5 x 10^8 km what is a light year the distance light travels in 1 year 300 000 m/s solar system the sun the planets moons comets and asteroids what is earths diameter 13 000 km in which direction does earth rotate west to east (eastwards) which way does the sun appear to move east to west (westward) an effect of the eastward rotation of the sun what is a star a ball of gas held together by its own gravity and prevented from collapsing due to the pressure of its own internal core generates energy via nuclear fusion form from thin clouds of gas how old is the sun 5 billion years expected to last another 5 billion years before becoming a white dwarf and fad- ing out Galaxy a large system of stars gas nebula dust that orbit a common centre of mass are bound together by their collective mass and gravity 1 / 2
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 Chapter 1 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_8bzamw young galaxies appear blue how many galaxies are estimated to ex- ist 1-2 trillion what is the milky way the hazy band of light produced by the glow of the universe what is the milky way galaxy the galaxy earth is located in how many stars i nthe milky way galaxy 100 billiob how old is the milky way galaxy estimated 13 billion years old what type of arms does the milky way galaxy have spiral arms what is the diameter of the milky way 80 000 lightyears what is the order of grouping for galaxies from smallest to largest local group --> cluster --> supercluster --> filament what do filaments outline voids absent of any clusters of galaxies what are the two largest structures in the universe filaments and voids why have we reached the frontier of hu- man knowledge because we can only see as far as the age of the universe (estimated 13 billion years ago) and have achieved this al- ready why is the universe a paradoxical entity has no beginning and no end had no start point - began everywhere at once how are humans related to stars comprised of elements that originate from stars which make life on earth pos- sible 2 / 2
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 Chapter 2 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3c5smm 1. What is a constellation? a region in the sky contain- ing a certain star pattern 2. What is the Big Dipper? an asterism 3. What do stars in the same constellation have in common? they are in the same part of the sky as seen from the Earth 4. What languages do the standard constellation names come from? Greek and Latin 5. Stars of which magnitude appear bright to observers on Earth? (high or low) Stars with a magnitude that is small such as a negative number (positive numbers appear fainter) 6. What causes the precession of Earth's rota- tion axis? the force of gravity from the Sun and Moon on the Earth's equatorial bulge 7. How many moons can be stacked from the horizon to the zenith? 180 8. Where is an observer's nadir? the point directly opposite of the observer's zenith 9. If the apparent visual magnitude of a star is 7.3, what does this tell us about the brightness of the star? It is not visible with the un- aided eye 10. What is the apparent visual magnitude of a star a measure of? the star's brightness as seen by human eyes on Earth 11. Second of Arc: 1/3600 of a degree 12. What is the term for the point on the celestial sphere directly above an observer, no matter where on the Earth the observer is located? zenith 1 / 3
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 Chapter 2 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3c5smm 13. Where is the zenith for an observer standing at a point on the Earth's equator? directly overhead 14. If the Earth had an orbital tilt of 0 degrees ( obliquity) then The direct rays of the Sun would shine on the equa- tor, and an observer at the equator would see the Sun pass at the zenith every day 15. When the eccentricity of the orbit of the Earth increases, seasons become more in- tense 16. On an imaginary planet that has an orbital tilt of 32 degrees, its corresponding Tropic of Cancer can be found at the latitude of 32 degrees north 17. An observer in the northern hemisphere watches the sky for several hours. Due to the motion of the Earth, this observer notices that the stars near the north celestial pole ap- pear to move. What pattern does this apparent movement follow? counter-clockwise around the celestial pole 18. If you were standing at the Earth's North Pole, what would be located at the zenith? the north celestial pole 19. How much of the night sky lies north of the celestial equator? exactly half 20. Seen from Winnipeg (latitude 50 degrees North), where is the star Polaris in the sky? 50 degrees above the hori- zon 21. For an observer in Oberon Bay, Australia, at a latitude of 39° South, what is the angle be- tween the southern horizon and the south ce- lestial pole? 39 degrees 22. If the north celestial pole appears on your horizon, what is your latitude? 50 degrees north 2 / 3
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 Chapter 2 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_3c5smm 23. Where in the sky would an observer at the Earth's equator see the celestial equator? the celestial equator would be directly overhead 24. Define the ecliptic: the path traced out by the Sun in our sky over one year against the back- ground stars 25. Which concept is similar to latitude? declination 3 / 3
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Chapter 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_460sp7 A wave's velocity is the product of the... frequency times the wavelength of the wave Which statement gives the relationship between the waves in the electric and magnetic fields in an electromagnetic wave? they are in phase but perpendicular to each other in space Electromagnetic radiation... can behave both as a wave and as a particle The temperature scale that places zero at the point where all atomic and molec- ular motion ceases is... kelvin The speed of light in water compared to the speed of light in a vacuum is... slower Which type of electromagnetic radiation travels fastest in a vacuum? they all travel at the same speed Which form of electromagnetic radiation is absorbed by carbon dioxide and water vapor in our atmosphere? infrared Which form of electromagnetic radiation would be blocked in the stratosphere by ozone? ultraviolet Of all the forms of electromagnetic radi- ation, the one with the lowest frequency is... radio waves The Earth's ionosphere partially blocks which form of electromagnetic radiation? radio The two forms of electromagnetic radia- tion that penetrate the atmosphere best are... visible and radio waves The number of waves passing the ob- server per second is... the frequency is Hertz The hottest objects, with temperatures in the millions of kelvins, give off most X-ray 1 / 7
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Chapter 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_460sp7 of their radiation in which part of the electromagnetic spectrum? X-ray telescopes are located in orbit around the Earth because... X-rays don't reach the surface of the Earth Electromagnetic radiation with a wave- length of 700 nm would be... red light The visible color of electromagnetic ra- diation that has the shortest wavelength is... violet Colors appear different to us because of their photons' different... frequencies There are no x-ray telescopes on Earth because... x-rays don't penetrate Earth's atmos- phere There are no radio telescopes in space because... radio waves penetrate Earth's atmos- phere so there is no need to put one in space The radiation our eyes are most sensi- tive to lies in the color... yellow-green at about 550 nm Which type of electromagnetic radiation has the shortest wavelength? gamma ray Which type of radiation can be observed well from Earth's surface? visible Consider this diagram. Which statement us true? The wavelength is 6 What is true of a blackbody? its energy peaks at the wavelength de- termined by its temperature According to Wien's Law, the surface temperature is increased by a factor of 2, its peak wavelength will... decrease by a factor if 2 Star A has a temperature 1/2 that of star B, but star A is 5 times bigger than star B. Which statement below is correct? star A is redder and brighter than star B 2 / 7
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Chapter 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_460sp7 Star A and star B have the same tem- perature, but different luminosities. What can you infer about these two stars? Nothing can be inferred from the infor- mation given Star A has a temperature 1/2 that of star B, but star A is 3 times bigger than star B. Which statement below is correct? star A is redder nd dimmer than star B The total energy radiated by a blackbody depends on... the fourth power of its temperature Star A and star B have the same temper- ature, but star A is more luminous than star A. What can you infer about these two stars? star B must be bigger At which of these Kelvin temperatures would a blackbody radiate mostly at vis- ible wavelengths? 6000K The wavelength at which a blackbody radiates most depends on its... temperature Star A has a temperature 3 times that of star B. Both star and star B are the same physical size. Which statement about star A and star B below is correct? star A is bluer and brighter than star B If a wave's frequency doubles, its wave- length... is halved Star and star B have the same tempera- ture, but star A is 5 times bigger than star B. Which statement below is correct? star A and star B have the same color, but star A is brighter Star A has a temperature 1/4 that of star B. Both star A and star B are the same physical size. Which statement below is correct? star A is redder and dimmer than star B Very low temperature molecular clouds emit most of their light in which part of the electromagnetic spectrum? the radio the ultraviolet 3 / 7
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Chapter 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_460sp7 Very hot, young stars, like those in Messier 2 emit most of their light in which part of the electromagnetic spectrum? A dim, young star like Herbig-Haro 68 emits most of its light in which part of the electromagnetic spectrum? the infrared Stars like our Sun emit most of their light in which part of the electromagnetic spectrum? the visible To see the Sun's hot corona (a temper- ature of 1,000,000 K) which part of the electromagnetic spectrum should one observe? the x-ray Increasing the temperature of a black- body by a factor of 3 will increase its energy by a factor of... 81 Increasing the temperature of a black- body by a factor of 2 will increase its energy by a factor of... 16 As the Sun evolves into a red giant in the distant future, then according to Wien's Law... its peak on the Planck curve will move into the infrared Consider this diagram. Which statement is true? the amplitude is 4 Stefan's Law says... that if the Sun's temperature were dou- bled, it would give off 16X more energy Per unit area (such as square centime- ter), a B star whose surface tempera- ture is 10,000K will put out how much radiation compared to an O star whose surface temperature is 30,000K? 1/81 as much The Doppler Effect is a phenomenon that allows one to measure an object's... radial motion The light from an object moving tangen- tially (to your left or right) will exhibit... no shift 4 / 7
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Chapter 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_460sp7 If a light source is approaching you at a speed very close to the speed of light, it will appear... bluer than it is If a beam, of blue light with a wavelength of 400nm is emitted by an object moving away from you at 1% of the speed of light, what wavelength would you see from this light? 396 nm Both sound waves and electromagnetic radiation... transfer energy What does the phenomenon of diffrac- tion demonstrate? the wave nature of light What does the phenomenon of interfer- ence demonstrate? the particle nature of the photon Which of these is constant for ALL types of electromagnetic radiation in a vacu- um? velocity T/F: Radio waves, visible light, and x-rays are all a type of electromagnetic radiation true T/F: Changing the electric field will have no effect on the magnetic fields of a body. false T/F: As they move through space, the vibrating electrical and magnetic fields of a light wave must move perpendicular to each other. true T/F: X-rays travel at a greater speed than radio waves. false T/F: Wave energy can only be transmit- ted through a material medium false T/F: Observations in the X-ray portion of the spectrum are routinely done from the surface of the Earth. false 5 / 7
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Chapter 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_460sp7 T/F: The type of radiation that is most able to damage living cells is ultraviolet false T/F: In a vacuum, X-rays travel faster than radio waves. false T/F: Radio waves travel at the speed of sound; X-rays travel at the speed of light. false T/F: A blue star has a higher surface temperature than a red star. true T/F: Wien's law relates the peak wave- length of the blackbody to its size. The larger the blackbody, the shorter its peak wavelength. false T/F: You would perceive a change in a visible light wave's amplitude as a change in its color. false T/F: According to Wien's law, the higher the surface temperature of a star, the redder its color. false T/F: In blackbody radiation, the energy is radiated uniformly in every region of the spectrum, so the radiating body appears black in color. false T/F: Doubling the temperature of a black- body will double the total energy it radi- ates. false T/F: As a star's temperature increases, the frequency of peak emission also in- creases. true T/F: An observer will measure the wave- length of waves emanating from a source that is moving away as longer than it really is. true T/F: The frequency of a water wave gives us its height. false 6 / 7
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Chapter 3 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_460sp7 T/F: Gamma rays are a type of electro- magnetic radiation true T/F: If a new wave arrives on shore every two seconds, then its frequency is 2 Hz. false T/F: If a new wave arrives on shore every half second then its frequency is 2 Hz. true T/F: The greater the disturbance of the medium, the higher the amplitude of the wave. true T/F: As white light passes through a prism, the red(longer) wavelengths bend less than the blue (shorter) wavelengths, so forming the rainbow of colors. true T/F: While gravity is always attractive, electromagnetic forces are always repul- sive. false 7 / 7
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS 101 Final- Chapter 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_47il0s Why do astronomers build radio tele- scopes? a) Radio waves give a different view of the universe b) Radio waves from space reach the Earth's surface c) Radio telescopes can detect signals from aliens d) Radio telescopes can be much larger than optical telescopes a) Radio waves give a different view of the universe What type of telescope is most likely to suffer from chromatic aberration and have a low light-gathering power? a) a small diameter reflecting telescope b) a large diameter reflecting telescope c) a small diameter refracting telescope d) a large diameter refracting telescope c) a small diameter refracting telescope When does chromatic aberration occur in a telescope? a) when different colour of light do not focus at the same point in a reflecting telescope b) when different colors of light do not focus at the same point in a refracting telescope c) when light of different wavelengths get absorbed by the mirror in a reflecting telescope d) when light of different wavelengths get absorbed the lens in a refracting tele- scope b) when different colors of light do not focus at the same point in a refracting telescope What type of telescope is a radio tele- scope? a) reflecting b) refracting c) deflecting d) retracting a) reflecting 1 / 11
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS 101 Final- Chapter 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_47il0s What type of telescope has a lens as its objective and contains no mirrors? a) deflecting b) reflecting c) refracting d) compound c) refracting How is the objective of most radio tele- scopes similar to the objective of a re- flecting optical telescope? a) they are both bowl-shaped (concave) b) they are both hill-shaped (convex) c) they are typically the same size d) they are both made of metal a) they are both bowl-shaped (concave) What type of primary is found in a reflect- ing telescope? a) prism b) mirror c) lens d) diffraction grating b) mirror You point your backyard reflecting tele- scope at the star Vega. Where does Vega's light go? a) from the primary mirror, to the sec- ondary mirror, to the eyepiece b)from the primary mirror to the eyepiece c) through the primary lens to the sec- ondary mirror, to the eyepiece d) through the primary lens, through the secondary lens, to the eyepiece a) from the primary mirror, to the sec- ondary mirror, to the eyepiece Which of the following best explains the concept of atmospheric windows? a) holes in the earth's atmosphere allow ultraviolet radiation to reach the North and South Poles b) X-ray radiation from space can see through the atmosphere to observe ac- tivities on the ground c) Only certain wavelengths of electro- c) Only certain wavelengths of electro- magnetic radiation from space reach the Earth's surface 2 / 11
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS 101 Final- Chapter 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_47il0s magnetic radiation from space reach the Earth's surface d) The Earth's atmosphere can be "closed" or "open" to electromagnetic ra- diation , depending on weather What is the main reason for building large optical telescopes? a) It's the best way to see through clouds and other light-absorbers in the atmos- phere b) It's the best way to collect as much light as possible from faint objects c) It's the best way to nullify the blurring effects of the Earth's atmosphere and thus produce higher resolution images d) It's the best way to magnify objects and make them brighter b) It's the best way to collect as much light as possible from faint objects An astronomer takes two pictures of the same object using the Hubble Space Telescope. One picture is taken with red light and one with blue light. Which one would you expect to show finer details? a) Blue light will show finer details b) Red light will show finer details c) Both should be the same d) The amount of detail depends on the distance to the object a) Blue light will show finer details Which property of a telescope deter- mines its light-gathering power? a) the focal length of the objective b) the focal length of the eyepiece c) the diameter of the objective d) the length of the telescope tube c) the diameter of the objective What is the light-gathering power of a telescope directly proportional to? a) the diameter of the primary mirror or lens b) the focal length of the primary mirror a) the diameter of the primary mirror or lens 3 / 11
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS 101 Final- Chapter 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_47il0s or lens c) the length of the telescope tube d) the diameter of the eyepiece Why can't a telescope image be magni- fied to show any level of detail? a) Diffraction limits the amount of detail that is visible b) telescopes only view a small region of the sky c) Magnification depends on focal length d) Resolving power depends on wave- length a) Diffraction limits the amount of detail that is visible Which of the following has the most light-gathering power? a) a telescope of 5 cm diameter and focal length of 50 cm b) a telescope of 6 cm diameter and focal length of 100 cm c) a telescope of 2 cm diameter and focal length of 100 cm d) a telescope of 3 cm diameter and focal length of 75 cm b) a telescope of 6 cm diameter and focal length of 100 cm How is resolving power of a telescope defined? a) It is a measure off the minimum angu- lar separation that can be seen with the telescope b) It is a measure of the amount of light that the telescope can gather in one sec- ond c) It is the separation between the objec- tive and the image d) It is a measure of how blurry objects appear in the telescope a) It is a measure off the minimum angu- lar separation that can be seen with the telescope What happens to a telescope's light-gathering power and resolving pow- er when you increase its diameter? a) Its light-gathering power and resolving 4 / 11
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS 101 Final- Chapter 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_47il0s power both increase b) Its light gathering power and resolving power both decrease c) Its light-gathering power decreases and resolving power increases d) Its light-gathering power increases and resolving power decreases a) Its light-gathering power and resolving power both increase What can be done to improve the re- solving power of ground-based optical telescopes? a) Use them at longer wavelengths b) Change them from reflectors to refrac- tors c) Equip them with an adaptive optics system d) increase their focal length c) Equip them with an adaptive optics system The pupil of the human eye is approx. 0.8 cm in diameter when adapted to the dark. What is the ration of the light-gath- ering power of a 1.6 m telescope to that of the human eye a) 2:1 b) 20:1 c) 400:1 d) 40,000:1 d) 40,000:1 What is the ratio of the light-gathering power of a 10m telescope to that of a 1m telescope? a) 10:1 b) 1:10 c) 100:1 d) 1:100 c) 100:1 The layout and light path of a reflecting telescope of the ___________________ design cassegrain A(n) ______________ is used to mea- sure the brightness and colour of stars photometer 5 / 11
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS 101 Final- Chapter 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_47il0s 300 nm light has a lower frequency than 500 nm light? T/F False X-rays easily penetrate the Earth's at- mosphere and reach the ground from space? T/F False What is the purpose of interferometry? a) It is used to improve the resolving power of telescopes b) It is used to decrease the chromatic aberration of a telescope c) It is used to make large X-rays and ultraviolet telescopes d) It allows radio telescopes to be within a few hundred feet of each other a) It is used to improve the resolving power of telescopes The wavelength of a wave is a) how strong the wave is b) the distance between a peak of the wave and the next trough c) the distance between two adjacent peaks of the wave d) the distance between where the wave is emitted and where its absorbed c) the distance between two adjacent peaks of the wave How are wavelength, frequency and en- ergy related for photons of light? a) Longer wavelength means lower fre- quency and lower energy b) Longer wavelength means higher fre- quency and lower energy c) Longer wavelength means higher fre- quency and higher energy d) Longer wavelength means lower fre- quency and higher energy a) Longer wavelength means lower fre- quency and lower energy Which forms of light are lower in ener- gy and frequency than the light that our eyes can see? 6 / 11
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS 101 Final- Chapter 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_47il0s a) infrared and radio b) ultraviolet and x-rays c) visible light d) infrared and ultraviolet a) infrared and radio When considering light as made up of individual pieces, each characterized by a particular amount of energy, the pieces are called a) photons b) wavicles c) gamma rays d) frequencies a) photons From shortest to longest wavelength, which of the following correctly orders the different categories of electromag- netic radiation? a) gamma rays, X-rays, ultraviolet, visi- ble light, infrared, radio b) infrared, visible light, ultraviolet, X-rays, gamma rays, radio c) radio, infrared, visible light, ultraviolet, X-rays, gamma rays d) gamma rays, X-rays, visible light, ul- traviolet, infrared, radio a) gamma rays, X-rays, ultraviolet, visi- ble light, infrared, radio Gamma rays have a very small a) energy b) frequency c) mass d) wavelength d) wavelength Which form of electromagnetic radiation travels fastest? a) gamma rays b) radio waves c) all electromagnetic radiation travels at the same speed d) the speed of radiation depends on the brightness of the source c) all electromagnetic radiation travels at the same speed 7 / 11
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS 101 Final- Chapter 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_47il0s What does the word "radiation" mean when used by scientists? a) invisible forms of light such as X-rays and radio waves b) the light emitted by black holes and protostars c) high-energy particles from nuclear re- actors d) anything that spreads out from a cen- tral source a) invisible forms of light such as X-rays and radio waves What does a nanometre measure? a) frequency b) mass c) energy d) length d) length In which way is a photon of blue light identical to a photon of red light? a) energy b) speed c) wavelength d) frequency b) speed Which of the following types of light has wavelengths that are loner than the wavelengths of visible light? a) gamma rays b) ultraviolet c) infrared d) x-rays c) infrared What is the longest wavelength of light that can be seen with the human eye? a) 400nm b) 700nm c) 7000nm d) 10000 nm b) 700 nm How does long-wavelength visible light appear to the average human eye? a) invisible d) red 8 / 11
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS 101 Final- Chapter 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_47il0s b) green c) blue d) red What is the relationship between colour and wavelength for light? a) Wavelength increases from blue light to red light b) Wavelength decreases from blue light to red light c) All colors of light have the same wave- length d) Wavelength depends on intensity, not colour a) Wavelength increases from blue light to red light Which of the following sequences of electromagnetic radiation shows the or- der of increasing energy correctly? a) gamma rays, x-rays, infrared, radio b) visible, ultraviolet, x-rays, gamma rays c) visible, microwave, radio, infrared d) infrared, visible, radio, x-rays b) visible, ultraviolet, x-rays, gamma rays Which of the following types of electro- magnetic radiation has the smallest fre- quency? a) x-rays b) radio waves c) visible light d) infrared radiaiton b) radio waves Which of the following types of electro- magnetic radiation has the greatest en- ergy per photon? a) x-rays b) radio waves c) gamma rays d) infrared radiation c) gamma rays Which of the following types of electro- magnetic radiation has the lowest ener- gy per photon? 9 / 11
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS 101 Final- Chapter 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_47il0s a) x-rays b) ultraviolet light c) gamma rays d) infrared radiation d) infrared radiation How does the energy of a photon relate to the other properties of light? a) Energy is directly proportional to the wavelength of the light b) Energy is inversely proportional to the wavelength of light c) Energy depends only on the speed of light d) Energy is inversely proportional to the frequency of the light b) Energy is inversely proportional to the wavelength of light How do photons of blue light differ from photons of red light? a) Blue light photons have more energy than photons of red light b) Blue light photons have a lower fre- quency than photons of red light c) Blue light photons have a longer wave- length than photons of red light d) Blue light photons travel faster than photons of red light a) Blue light photons have more energy than photons of red light What statement below best describes the refraction of light? a) the absorption of light as it travels through a dense, transparent material b) the spreading out of white light ac- cording to wavelength c) the change in direction of a light ray as it passes to a medium of different optical density d) the change in direction of a ray of light as it reflects of a surface c) the change in direction of a light ray as it passes to a medium of different optical density What is a photon? a) a type of electromagnetic radiation b) a particle within the atmospheric win- 10 / 11
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS 101 Final- Chapter 4 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_47il0s dow c) a particle produced when light inter- acts with light d) a particle of light d) a particle of light Which of the following types of electro- magnetic radiation is absorbed by water lower in the Earth's atmosphere, but can be detected by telescopes that are on mountaintops or are carried by aircraft? a) infrared radiation b) ultraviolet radiation c) radio wave radiation d) x-ray radiation a) infrared radiation Which of the following types of electro- magnetic radiation is absorbed by ozone in the Earth's atmosphere? a) infrared radiation b) ultraviolet radiation c) x-ray radiation d) visible light b) ultraviolet radiation What is a similarity between radio and optical telescopes? a) Both can observe from the Earth's surface b) Both are usually located on mountain- tops c) Both are usually made as refracting telescopes d) Both can detect radiation with charge-coupled devices d) Both can detect radiation with charge-coupled devices 11 / 11
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Chapter 7 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_2watrl Which of the following relationships is the key to nuclear reactions in a star's core remaining under control? Pressure depends on temperature What is opacity? a measure of the resistance to the flow of radiation (photons) through a gas What causes the outward gas pressure that balances the inward pull of gravity in a main-sequence star? the high temperature and density of the gas Why is convection important in stars? because it mixes the star's gases and transports energy outwards How does the temperature inside a star determine how energy flows inside it? The dependence of opacity on tempera- ture makes convection happen Which of the following is the best exam- ple of energy transport by conduction? Your feet are warmed when you wear socks What does solving equations on a com- puter have to do with making a stellar model? The equations apply the laws of stellar structure at locations within the star What does the strong force do? It binds protons and neutrons together to form a nucleus What concept explains why both fusion and fission release energy? nuclear binding energy What is the name of the process by which the Sun turns mass into energy? nuclear fusion Why do nuclear fusion reactions only take place in the interior of a star (rather than at the surface)? The temperature and density are highest in the centre What is produced in the proton-proton chain? a helium nucleus and energy in the form of gamma rays What happens in the proton-proton chain? Four protons are fused to make a helium nucleus What is the term for the process that fuses hydrogen into helium in the cores of massive main-sequence stars? the CNO cycle 1 / 3
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Chapter 7 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_2watrl What happens in the carbon-nitro- gen-oxygen (CNO) cycle? Four hydrogen nuclei combine to form one helium nucleus and energy Stars with masses below a certain threshold produce most of their energy via the proton-proton chain. What is that threshold? 1.1 solar masses Which of the following is considered to be the best explanation for the missing solar neutrinos? Neutrinos may oscillate between three different flavours How did observations at the Sudbury Neutrino Observatory solve the solar neutrino problem? They showed that the "missing neutri- nos" had changed into a different type Why does the main sequence have a limit at the lower end? A minimum temperature is required for hydrogen nuclear fusion to take place Why is there a main sequence mass-lu- minosity relation? because more massive stars support their larger weight by making more en- ergy What is the approximate mass of the lowest mass object that can initiate the thermonuclear fusion of hydrogen? 0.08 solar mass Which of the following is most similar in size to a brown dwarf? the planet Jupiter Which of the following are star-like ob- jects that contain less than 0.08 solar masses and will never raise their core temperatures high enough that the pro- ton-proton chain can begin? brown dwarfs What would happen if the nuclear re- actions in a star began to produce too much energy? the star would expand How much of its lifetime does the aver- age star spend on the main sequence? 90% The lower edge of the main-sequence band represents the location in the H-R diagram at which stars begin their the zero-age main sequence 2 / 3
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Chapter 7 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_2watrl lives as main-sequence stars. What is it called? The Sun has an expected main-se- quence lifetime of about 1010 years. What is the lifetime on the main se- quence of a 2 solar mass star? 1.8×10^9 years What type of star is our Sun? low-mass star What is the lifetime of a 10 solar mass star on the main sequence? 3.2×10^7 years What characteristic of a star primarily determines its location on the main se- quence? mass In which option below are the stellar types sorted from shortest to longest main-sequence lifetime? O, A, K, M Consider two stars of the same mass: star 1 has just moved on to the main sequence, and star 2 is about to leave it. How are these two stars different? Star 2 has more helium in its core and a cooler surface 3 / 3
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #7 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6hdhvp What are the two most important intrin- sic properties used to classify stars? a. mass and age b. distance and luminosity c. luminosity and surface temperature d. distance and surface temperature c What physical property of a star does the spectral type measure? a. mass b. luminosity c. temperature d. density c The most famous G type star is: a. Betelguese b. the Sun c. Polaris d. Sirius b Two red stars have surface temperatures of 3000 K, but Star A's luminosity is about 5% of the Sun's and Star B's lumi- nosity is about 32 000 times the luminos- ity of the Sun. How much bigger is star B than star A? a. Star B's radius is about 800 times larger than star A's radius. b. They are the same size. c. Star B's radius is about 16 times larger than star A's radius. d. Star B's radius is about 640 000 times larger than star A's radius. a Star A is a main sequence star of spec- tral type F2 and star B is a white dwarf of spectral type B4. Which statement below 1 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #7 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6hdhvp is correct? a. Star A appears brighter than star B. b. Star B appears brighter than star A. c. Star A is hotter than star B. d. Star B is hotter than star A. d Star A is a main sequence star of spec- tral type G5 and star B is a red giant of spectral type K2. Which statement below is correct? a. Star A is hotter than star B. b. Star A appears brighter than star B. c. Star B is hotter than star A. d. Star B appears brighter than star A. a Stars that have masses similar to the Sun's, and sizes similar to the Earth are: a. red dwarfs b. red giants c. main sequence stars d. white dwarfs d Compared to the size of the Sun, in what range of sizes are nearly all stars found? a. 0.5 to 50 solar radii b. 0.5 to 2 solar radii c. 0.1 to 100 solar radii d. 0.01 to 100 solar radii d in the H-R diagram, the Sun lies: a. at the bottom right b. about the middle of the main se- quence c. at the bottom left d. at the top left b 2 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #7 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6hdhvp Which of the following is the most com- mon type of star? a. red giants b. low mass main sequence c. white dwarfs d. high mass main sequence b The Hertzsprung-Russel Diagram plots ______ against the spectral type or tem- perature. a. size or density b. brightness or apparent magnitude c. distance d. luminosity or absolute magnitude d How might the most common occurring stars be described, based on our stellar neighbourhood? a. white dwarfs b. K giants c. G main sequence d. M main sequence d On the H-R diagram, red supergiants like Betelguese lie: a. at the bottom left b. at the bottom right c. at the top left d. at the top right d On the H-R diagram, white dwarfs like Sirius B and Procyon B lie: a. close to the Sun, near the center b. at the top left c. at the top right d. at the lower left d 3 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #7 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6hdhvp In the H-R diagram, the bright blue-white stars that dominate the naked eye sky lie to the: a. top center b. top right c. top left d. middle of the main sequence c Having nothing to do with trigonometry, ________ parallaxes use the width of absorption lines to estimate the star's luminosity and size and distance. a. photometric b. holographic c. bolometric d. spectroscopic d In general, the narrower the spectral line of a star: a. the hotter the star is b. the smaller the star is c. the denser the star is d. the bigger the star is d Upon what data do measurements of sizes of eclipsing binaries depend? a. their masses and luminosities b. their orbital periods and seperations c. their temperatures and speeds d. their Doppler shifts and durations of stages of their eclipses d Which type of binary can have their sizes measured directly by photometry? a. eclipsing b. visual a 4 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #7 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6hdhvp c. virtual d. spectroscopic In a visual binary system with curcular orbits, if in 20 years the two stars' posi- tion angles have shifted by 30 degrees, the pair's period must be: a. 120 years b. 60 years c. 90 years d. 240 years d In a spectroscopic binary system, the star showing the larger blueshift is: a. less massive and approaching us at this moment b. more massive and approaching us c. cooler and receding the fastest d. less massive of the pair and receding slower a In a spectrographic binary, if a pair shows a combined set of lines tonight, but a maximum split two nights later, its orbital period must be: a. four days b. one day c. two days d. eight days d In eclipsing binaries, in contrast to spec- trographic binaries, we can also deter- mine a star's: a. temperature b. color c. radius d. speed c 5 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #7 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6hdhvp Eclipsing binaries are less common than spectrographic binaries because: a. their orbital planes must be nearly edge on from our perspective b. both stars must have the same diam- eter c. their orbital planes must be nearly face on from our perspective d. both stars must have the same mass a High mass stars account for most of the ______ in large regions of star forma- tion, such as galaxies. a. light b. stars c. planetary nebulae d. mass a What is the single most important char- acteristic in determining the course of a star's evolution? a. mass b. distance c. density d. absolute brightness a What is the typical main sequence life- time of a G-type star? a. 10 million years b. 1 billion years c. 100 million years d. 10 billion years d A star with a parallax of 1 second of arc is at a distance of ________ by definition. a. 100 parsec b. 1.0 parsec b 6 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #7 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6hdhvp c. 1.5 parsec d. 10 parsec A star's motion towards or away from us is detected by the _____ of the spectral lines. a. Proper motion of the spectral lines b. Ecliptic spectroscopy c. Doppler Shift d. Line spectroscopy c The _____ magnitude of a star depends directly upon its luminosity and distance. a. absolute b. bolometric c. visual d. apparent d If two stars are the same size and one is twice the temperature of the other, how much more luminous is the hotter one? a. 8 b. 25 c. 100 d. 16 times d Which of the following may be caused by a protostellar disk? a. Accretion of material onto the star b. Protostellar jets c. Protostellar winds d. All of the above d For a star of 10 masses, its main se- quence life span will be: a. only a tenth of the Sun's b. about the same as the Sun's c 7 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #7 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6hdhvp c. only 1/1000th of the Sun d. ten times longer than our Sun's On the H-R diagram, most bright naked eye stars would lie at the _____. a. down left b. top right c. top left d. top middle c Knowledge of a star's temperature and _____ enables us to calculate its radius, surface area, and volume from the ap- propriate radiation law. a. flux b. luminosity or absolute magnitude c. none of them d. bolometric magnitude b All classes of binary stars yield the basic information on stellar ________. a. masses b. period c. radii d. spectral type a In an eclipsing binary, the longer the stages of the eclipse take, the _____ the star. a. faster b. hotter c. larger d. massive c Small stars are _____ common than large stars. a. less d 8 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #7 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6hdhvp b. not c. extremely rare d. more What role does helium play in spectral classification? a. it absorbs the energy of the spectral lines b. it is ionized in the hottest O class stars c. it converts into nitrogen d. radiates in the 1420 MHz line b Astronomers estimate that new stars form in our galaxy at the rate of about: a. a few (2-3) per year b. 1 per year c. 10 per year d. 20-50 per year a 9 / 9
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #10 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_7ldusw A Black Hole has mass MBH = 25 MSo- lar. What is its Schwarzchild radius? a. 76.45 km b. 52.5 km c. 73.74 km d. 49.24 km c A Black Hole has mass MBH = 25 MSo- lar. What is its Schwarzchild radius? a. 44.24 km b. 5.7 km c. 7.5 km d. 3.54 km d If the Schwarzchild radius of a Black Hole is 132 km, what is its mass? a. 120 Msolar b. 44.76 Msolar c. 63.8 Msolar d. 35 Msolar b Why are black holes black? a. Because nothing escapes b. Because radiation does not escape c. Because light does not escape d. Because they do not have any energy c What is at the center of a black hole? a. an X-ray source b. the singularity point c. another black hole d. a little galaxy b What is a supermassive black hole? a. black hole with mass similar to the sun b. black hole with mass (thousand - bil- b 1 / 5
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #10 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_7ldusw lion) Msolar c. black hole with mass similar to Jupiter d. black hole with mass similar to 3Mso- lar How were the Black Holes predicted? a. with optical telescopes b. with radio telescopes c. mathematically using Einsteind's gen- eral relativity theory d. by observation c Hawking radiation is black body radiation due to: a. quantum effects b. gravity effects c. mechanical effects d. electromagnetic effects a Where is the Hawking radiation emitted? a. near the singularity b. near the Schwarzchild radius c. near the horizon d. from particles orbiting the black hole c Two Black Holes have the following masses M1 = 120 Msolar and M2 = 250 Msolar. Show that Schwarzchild radius of the first black hole satisfies one of the relations given below. a. 13/64 b. 12/25 b How might the mass of a single galaxy be found? a. by the main-sequence fitting method b. by the cluster method c 2 / 5
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #10 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_7ldusw c. by the rotation curve method d. by the double galaxy method What is the primary factor used in deter- mining the classification for an elliptical galaxy? a. size b. colour c. shape d. mass c What type of galaxies do astronomers believe are the most common? a. barred spiral b. elliptical c. irregular d. spiral b The look-back time is numerically equal to the distance to a galaxy in light-years. True False True The rotation curve method can only be applied to pairs of galaxies orbiting each other. True False False The Large and Small Megellanic clouds are satellite galaxies of the Milky Way. True False True The Milky Way galaxy is not a radio galaxy; it emits no radio radiation. False 3 / 5
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #10 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_7ldusw True False Double-lobed radio galaxies appear to be emitting jets of gas and radiation. True False True The rotation curve method is the most precise method for measuring the mass of a disk galaxy. True False True Which of the following has the largest diameter? a. the Milky Way galaxy b. the Andromeda galaxy c. the Large Magellanic Cloud d. the Local Group d Observations of galaxies and clusters of galaxies indicate that a percentage of the matter in the universe is dark matter. What is that percentage? a. 95% b. 5% c. 35% d. 25% a What is the escape velocity from the sur- face of a black hole equal to? a. infinite b. zero c. speed of light d. equal to the speed of a shock wave c 4 / 5
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #10 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_7ldusw Edwin Hubble measured the distance to the Andromeda Galaxy. How did he do that? a. he applied the white dwarf brightness relation b. he measured the parallax of the An- dromeda Galaxy c. he estimated the number of galaxies in the universe d. he applied the period-luminosity rela- tion to Cepheids d You observe a Cepheid variable star in a nearby galaxy. How would you deter- mine its distance? a. apply the peak colour-magnitude rela- tion b. measure the parallax c. apply the period-luminosity relation d. apply the Hubble Law c What distance method is used to deter- mine the distance to the most distant galaxies? a. supernova observations b. parallax c. radar echo d. the period-luminosity relationship of variable stars d 5 / 5
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 8 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6i0gzc What do we call the region of the HR diagram that represents giant stars that are fusing helium in their cores and then in their shells? a) main sequence b) turn-on point c) turnoff point d) horizontal branch d Why are star clusters important? a) because they are the only objects that contain Cepheid variables b) because the sun was once a member of a globular cluster c) because they allow us to test our the- ories and models of stellar evolution d) because all stars formed in star clus- ters c What property is the same for all stars in a star cluster? a) mass b) age c) radius d) luminosity b Which point indicates the location on the H-R diagram of a one-solar-mass star when it starts to fuse helium? a) 1 b) 2 c) 3 d) 4 d Why can't the lowest mass stars become giants? 1 / 13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 8 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6i0gzc a) They never use up their hydrogen. b) Their rotation is too slow. c) They do not contain helium. d) Their centres never get hot enough. d How is a giant star different from the star it evolved from? a) A giant is cooler and more luminous. b) A giant is hotter and more luminous. c) A giant is cooler and less luminous. d) A giant is hotter and less luminous. a After they leave the main sequence, what happens to stars with masses be- tween 0.4 and 4 solar masses? a) They produce type-II supernovae after they exhaust their nuclear fuels. b) They produce type-I supernovae after they exhaust their nuclear fuels. c) They undergo thermonuclear fusion of hydrogen, but never get hot enough to ignite helium. d) They undergo thermonuclear fusion of hydrogen and helium, but they never get hot enough to ignite carbon. d About how long will a 0.5 solar mass star spend on the main sequence? a) 5 billion years b) 5 million years c) 570 million years d) 57 billion years d For a star with a mass similar to that of the Sun, what is the last stage of the nuclear fusion? a) silicon to iron b) carbon to magnesium c 2 / 13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 8 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6i0gzc c) helium to carbon and oxygen d) hydrogen to helium A low mass star goes through several stages of life from birth to death. Which of the following lists are in correct order? a) protostar, main sequence star, red gi- ant, supernova, neutron star b) protostar, main sequence star, red gi- ant, planetary nebula, white dwarf c) protostar, main sequence star, plane- tary nebula, super giant, supernova d) protostar, main sequence star, white dwarf, red giant b What happens to stars that have ejected a planetary nebula? a) They become protostars. b) They become white dwarfs. c) They become brown dwarfs. d) They become red giants. b After what revolutionary stage does a star become a white dwarf? a) giant b) pre-main sequence c) protostar d) main sequence a What is a planetary nebula? a) the expelled outer envelope of a medi- um mass star b) a nebula within which planets are forming c) a cloud of hot gas surrounding a plan- et d) a cloud of hot gas produced by super- nova explosion a 3 / 13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 8 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6i0gzc What does a planetary nebula do? a) contracts to form a star b) contracts to form planets c) produces an emission spectrum d) produces an absorption spectrum c What is the term for a collection of 100 to 1000 young stars in a region of about 80 light-years in diameter? a) Herbig-Haro object b) open cluster c) globular cluster d) giant cluster b What is the term for a collection of 105 to 106 old stars in a region of 30 to 100 light-years in diameter? a) globular cluster b) open cluster c) giant cluster d) Herbig-Haro object a What is the defining characteristic of stars within a cluster that are at the turnoff point? a) They are just entering the main se- quence. b) They are about to explode in super- novae. c) They are just becoming white dwarfs. d) They are just leaving the main se- quence. d What is the approximate age of the star cluster in the H-R diagram? (Hint: Main sequence stars of spectral types O and B have a core supply of hydrogen that is 4 / 13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 8 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6i0gzc sufficient to last about 350 million years; types A and F, about 2 billion years; type G about 10 billion years; types K and M about 30 billion years. The apparent magnitude scale means that larger num- bers are toward the bottom of vertical axis.) a) 10 billion years b) 2 billion years c) 200 million years d) 30 billion years a Refer to the H-R diagram. What type of star do the two points above spectral type "A" represent? a) massive main sequence stars b) white dwarfs with mass less than the sun's mass c) white dwarfs with mass greater than twice the sun's mass d) massive supergiant stars b Refer to the H-R diagram. What type of star do the two points above spectral type "M" represent? a) massive main sequence stars b) pre-main sequence stars c) main sequence stars with luminosities higher than the sun's luminosity d) main sequence stars with mass less than the sun's mass d Refer to the H-R diagram. How would the H-R diagram of an older star cluster look different? a) The points would shift down, because all the stars would have lower luminosi- 5 / 13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 8 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6i0gzc ties. b) The lower main sequence would look the same, but turnoff would be at the spectral type K or M. c) The points would shift the right, be- cause all stars would have lower temper- atures. b) The lower main sequence would look the same, but turnoff would be at the spectral type F or A. b Refer to the H-R diagram. How would the H-R diagram of a more distant star cluster look different? a) The points would shift up, because all the stars would have smaller apparent magnitudes. b) The points would shift to the left, be- cause all the stars would appear to be hotter. c) The points would shift down, because all the stars would have larger apparent magnitudes. d) The points would shift to the right, because all the stars would appear to be cooler. c Which nuclear fuels do a one solar mass star use over the course of its entire lifespan? a) hydrogen and helium b) hydrogen, helium, and carbon c) hydrogen, helium, carbon, and oxy- gen d) hydrogen a Star A is a 1 solar mass white dwarf, and star B is a 1.3 solar mass white dwarf. How would they differ? 6 / 13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 8 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6i0gzc a) Star B has a smaller radius. b) Star B is supported by neutron degen- eracy pressure. c) Star A is hotter. d) Star A has a smaller radius. a What is the source of the energy radiat- ed by a white dwarf? a) gravitation contraction during the white dwarf formation phase. b) the CNO cycle c) gravitational contraction after becom- ing a white dwarf d) the proton-proton chain a What does the Chandrasekhar-Landau limit tell us? a) White dwarfs more massive than 1.4 solar masses are not stable. b) Accretion disks can grow hot through friction. c) Stars with a mass less than 0.5 solar masses will not go through helium flash. d) Neutron stars with more than 3 solar masses are not stable. a What is the ultimate fate of our sun? a) It will explode into a nova. b) It will become a white dwarf. c) It will explode into a supernova. d) It will become a neutron star. b What scenario is most likely to hap- pen when the Sun enters the red giant stage? a) The Sun will never expand far enough to reach Mercury or any other planets in 7 / 13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 8 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6i0gzc the Solar System. b) Mercury will be destroyed expanding the Sun, but Venus and Earth will remain intact. c) Mercury, Venus, and Earth will be de- stroyed by the expanding Sun. d) The Sun will engulf and destroy all planets in the Solar System. c If the stars at the turnoff point of a cluster have a mass of 3 times the mass of the Sun, what is the age of that cluster? a) 3.0x10^10 years b) 6.4x10^8 years c) 1.6x10^11 years d) 3.3x10^9 years b The polarization of light passing through the dust grains shows that: a) the dust grains are elongated in shape. b) the dust grains are aligned by a weak interstellar magnetic field. c) the dust grains are chiefly made of iron. d) Both A and B are correct. d Interstellar gas is composed of: a) 90% hydrogen, 9% helium by weight b) some hydrogen, but mainly by carbon dioxide c) only hydrogen d) 10% hydrogen, 90% helium by num- bers of atoms a What effects do even thin clouds of dust have on light passing through them? a) Its motion causes the light stars be- 8 / 13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 8 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6i0gzc yond to twinkle. b) It dims and reddens the light of all more distant stars. c) Then a little can completely block all light, such as the Horsehead Nebula. d) The light passes through them is blueshifted due to the cloud's approach. b Due to absorption of shorter wave- lengths by interstellar dust clouds, dis- tant stars appear: a) redder. b) brighter. c) bluer. d) larger. a The spectra of interstellar gas clouds show that they have the same basic composition as: a) asteroids. b) Earth's asteroids. c) interstellar dust. d) stars. d The density of interstellar dust is very low, yet it still blocks starlight because: a) it is so cold it absorbs higher energy photons. b) the dust particles are about the same size as the light waves they absorb. c) the dust particles are irregular in shape. d) there is 100 times more opaque gas than dust present in the ISM. b The overall dimming of starlight by inter- stellar matter is called: a) extinction. a 9 / 13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 8 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6i0gzc b) emission. c) absorption. d) reddening. Which is the least dense? a) the atmosphere of Earth b) interstellar gas. c) the atmosphere of Jupiter d) interstellar dust d Most interstellar clouds are: a) much smaller than the cloud in the Earth's atmosphere. b) about the size of Earth. c) similar in size of clouds in Earth's at- mosphere. d) much bigger than our solar system. d What feature of interstellar dust is in- ferred by the polarization of starlight? a) its location in space. b) its composition c) its shape d) its presence in molecular clouds c What is the primary visible color of emis- sion nebula? a) blue due to ionized helium atoms b) blue from the scattering light off the tiny molecules c) red due to ionized hydrogen atoms d) black, because of dust c The gas density in an emission nebula is typically about how many particles per cc? a) hundred a 10 / 13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 8 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6i0gzc b) dozen c) thousand d) hundred thousand Ionization of hydrogen in H II regions is most visible at a) 12,367 nm, the Paschen alpha line. b) 21 cm in the radio region for the spin-flip of its electron. c) 121.3 nm, for the Lyman alpha ultravi- olet line for 2-1 electron transition. d) 656.3nm, Balmer alpha line for 3-2 electron transition. d In which wavelengths have the births of new stars been best mapped recently? a) microwave b) infrared c) extreme ultraviolet d) gamma rays b What two things are needed to create an emission nebula? a) interstellar gas and dust b) hot stars and interstellar gas, particu- larly hydrogen c) hydrogen fusion and helium ionization d) cool stars and interstellar dust b A large gas cloud in the interstellar medi- um that contains several type O and B stars would appear to us as: a) an emission nebula. b) bright blue. c) a dark nebula. d) a reflection nebula. a 11 / 13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 8 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6i0gzc Spectra of stars often show narrow ab- sorption lines from interstellar matter. What type of interstellar matter produces these? a) ionized gas b) molecules c) neutral gas d) dust c The diagram shows a light curve from a supernova. How many days after maxi- mum light did it take for the supernova to decrease in brightness by 5 magni- tudes? a) 250 b) less than 50 c) 50 d) 150 b The diagram shows a light curve from a supernova. About how long did it take for the supernova to reach its maximum luminosity? a) 200 days b) 50 days c) 25 days d) 100 days c Why is the name pulsar a poor descrip- tion of the object? a) Pulsars' radio emissions are irregular b) Pulsars vibrate rather than pulsate c) Pulsars flash rather than pulsate d) Pulsars are neutron stars c What is term for the form of electromag- netic radiation produced by rapidly mov- ing electrons spiralling through magnetic 12 / 13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment 8 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6i0gzc fields? a) Lagrangian radiation b) infrared radiation c) ultraviolet radiation d) synchrotron radiation d 13 / 13
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #9 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6heqmo Who first noticed that for Cepheid vari- able stars there was a direct relationship between the luminosity and the period of the variation in their brightness? a. Henrietta Leavitt b. Harlow Shapley c. Annie Cannon d. Edwin Hubble a Who first calibrated the Cephied variable stars for use in determining distance? a. Carl Sagan b. Henrietta Leavitt c. Harlow Shapley d. Edwin Hubble c Refer to the figure. A Type II Cephied with a period of 10 days has been locat- ed in a distant globular cluster. What is the star's absolute magnitude? a. -1 b. 0 c. -4 d. -6 a Refer to the figure. A Type II Cephied with a period of 30 days has been locat- ed in a distant globular cluster. What is the star's absolute magnitude? a. -2 b. 0 c. -6 d. -5 a Refer to the figure. Polaris is a Type I Cepheid with a period of 4 days. What is its absolute magnitude? 1 / 12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #9 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6heqmo a. 0 b. +1 c. -3.5 d. -1 c Refer to the figure. If you observe the pe- riod of a type II Cepheid and mistakenly think it's a type I Cephied, what incorrect conclusion will you draw? a. You will think the Cepheid is farther away than it actually is b. You will measure the wrong period c. You will think the Cepheid is less lumi- nous than it actually is d. You will think the Cepheid is closer than it actually is a Refer to the figure. A type I Cepheid with a period of 20 days has been located in a distant globular cluster. What is its absolute magnitude? a. 0 b. -1 c. -2 d. -5 d Refer to the figure. Why is it more dif- ficult to measure the distances to glob- ular clusters (which contain RR Lyrae stars) than the distances to open clus- ters (which contain Cephieds)? a. RR Lyrae stars pulsate so fast that they can't be measured b. RR Lyrae stars do not have a relation- ship between period and luminosity c. RR Lyrae stars are further away than Cepheids d 2 / 12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #9 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6heqmo d. RR Lyrae stars are dimmer and harder to see What happens with stars when they en- ter the instability strip? a. They become unstable and pulsate as variable stars b. They become unstable and produce bursts of X-rays c. They become unstable and turn into fast rotating dwarfs d. They become unstable and vibrate at variable speeds a How did Harlow Shapley use the peri- od-luminosity relationship of RR Lyrae variable stars to determine the size of the Milky Way galaxy? a. He found the distances to globular clusters distributed about the center of the galaxy b. He found the fistances to open clus- ters found throughout the disk of the galaxy c. He determined the proper motion of globular clusters in the outer disk of the galaxy d. He found the distances to individual variables free-floating in the halo of the galaxy a Before the twentieth century, as- tronomers lacked knowledge of some- thing, and this caused them to think that the Sun was at the center of our star system. What was that something? a. the dimming effects of gas and dust b. Cepheid variable stars a 3 / 12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #9 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6heqmo c. galactic rotation d. globular clusters How did Harlow Shapley determine where the center of the galaxy lies? a. He plotted the distribution of open clusters b. He measured the amount of dust ob- scuration in every direction of the galac- tic disk c. He plotted the distribution of globular clusters d. He made star counts in every direction of the galactic disk c Which of the following can be deter- mined using the period-luminosity rela- tion? a. the temperature of a star for which we know the luminosity b. the mass of a star for which the dis- tance is known c. the distance to open clusters that con- tain Cepheid variables d. the radius of the bulge of our galaxy b What part of the Milky Way contains mostly old stars and globular clusters? a. the nucleus b. the spherical halo component c. the spiral arms d. the smooth disk component b What is the main component of the cen- tral bulge of our galaxy? a. population I stars b. stars associated with the spherical component of our galaxy b 4 / 12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #9 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6heqmo c. gas and dust d. stars associated with the disk compo- nent of our galaxy If a star with a high speed with respect a typical disk star is found, what other property would you expect it to have? a. young age b. low metal content compared to the Sun c. high mass d. high luminosity b Which of the following is a characteristic of the stars if the disk component of our galaxy? a. young stars b. old stars c. randomly inclined orbits d. low metal abundance a What behaviour of galactic rotation curves suggests the existence of dark matter in an extended halo? a. small velocities are seen at distances close to the galactic center b. large velocities are seen at distances close to the galactic center c. large velocities are seen at large dis- tances from the galactic center d. small velocities are seen at large dis- tances from the galactic center c Our galaxy is suspected to be surround- ed by a dark halo. What is it about the disk of the galaxy that makes us suspect this? a. It rotates more slowly than expected in 5 / 12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #9 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6heqmo its outer region b. It is only visible during a total eclipse of our Sun c. It is surrounded above, below, and well beyond by the brightly glowing corona d. It rotates faster than expected in its outer region d Which of the following is believed to make up most of the extended galactic halo? a. G, K, and M stars b. faint brown dwarfs c. globular clusters d. dark matter d Why are O and B stars good tracers of spiral structure? a. They are young and luminous b. They were formed in the galaxy's halo c. The are old and have been part of the galaxy for a long time d. They are young and moving with large radial velocites a If other galaxies are like the Milky Way, which parts of them should contain lumi- nous O and B type stars? a. the halos b. the bulges c. the spiral arms d. the globular clusters c Why are stars like the Sun a poor tracer of the Milky Way's spiral structure? a. The spiral arms do not contain any solar-type stars b. Stars like the Sun are extremely rare c 6 / 12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #9 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6heqmo c. Stars like the Sun have moved away from their original birthplaces d. Stars like the Sun were formed before the galaxy's disk What do radio maps of the spiral arms of our galaxy show? a. the map the location of dense neutral hydrogen clouds b. they map the location of hot O and B stars by the radio radiation the emit c. they reveal that the Sun is currently located in the center of a spiral arm d. they reveal that our galaxy is a grand design spiral a Which of the following are associated with the spiral arms of a galaxy? a. million-solar-mass black holes b. nuclear bulges c. metal-poor stars d. young, massive stars d Why do radio maps of our galaxy show spiral arms? a. the gas in the spiral arms is very hot b. the arms have larger Doppler shifts c. the dust in spiral arms is denser d. the gas in spiral arms is denser d If spiral density waves were the only thing producing spiral arms, what result would be expected? a. all galaxies would have only two smooth spiral arms b. the Milky Way would show an irregular pattern of short arms c. all spiral arms would be gas-free and a 7 / 12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #9 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6heqmo dust-free d. the halo component of the Milky Way would show spiral arms as well Which component of the Milky Way is as- sociated with higher metal abundance? a. globular clusters b. halo c. dark halo d. disk component d Where are population II stars found? a. in the disk of the galaxy b. in the center of the galaxy c. in the galaxy's globular clusters d. in the galaxy's spiral arms c The age of the Milky Way galaxy has been estimated to be at least 13 billion years. What is this estimate based on? a. observations of globular clusters b. 21-cm radiation from H I regions c. observations of open clusters d. radiation produced at the center of the galaxy a Under what conditions are Type Ia su- pernovae believed to occur? a. when the core of a massive star col- lapses b. when hydrogen detonation occurs c. when neutrinos in a massive star form a shock wave that explodes the star d. when a white dwarf exceed the Chan- drasekhar-Landau limit d Which of the following is almost always associated with a nova? 8 / 12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #9 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6heqmo a. a white dwarf in a close binary system b. a solar-like star that has exhausted its hydrogen and helium c. a star undergoing helium burning d. a very massive star b Why can't massive stars generate ener- gy through iron fusion? a. because iron fusion requires very high density b. because no star can get hot enough for iron fusion c. because both fusion and fission of iron nuclei absorb energy d. because massive stars go supernova before they create an iron core c If the hypothesis that novae occur in close binary systems is correct, then which of the following should novae do? a. They should occur in regions of star formation b. They should all be visual binaries c. They should repeat after some interval d. They should produce synchrotron ra- diation c Why is the material that accretes onto a neutron star or black hole expected to emit X-rays? a. hydrogen nuclei begin to fuse and emit high energy photons b. the material contains magnetic fields that will produce synchrotron radiation c. as the material slows down it converts thermal energy to gravitational potential energy d 9 / 12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #9 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6heqmo d. the material will become hot enough that it will radiate most strongly at X-ray wavelengths What is the term for the form of electro- magnetic radiation produced by rapidly moving electrons spiraling through mag- netic fields? a. infrared radiation b. synchrotron radiation c. Lagrangian radiation d. ultraviolet radiotion b What type of object is the Crab nebula? a. an absorption nebula b. a planetary nebula c. a supernova remnant d. an open cluster c In the year 1054 CE. Chinese as- tronomers observed the appearance of a new star. What occupies that location now? a. a planetary nebula with a white dwarf in the center b. a supernova remnant with a pulsar in the center c. nothing d. a molecular cloud b What produces synchrotron radiation? a. high-velocity electrons moving through a magnetic field b. objects with temperatures below 10 000 K c. helium burning in a massive star d. cold hydrogen atoms in space a 10 / 12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #9 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6heqmo Where is synchrotron radiation pro- duced? a. in the collapsing iron cores of massive stars b. in planetary nebulae c. in the outer layers of red dwarfs d. in supernova remnants d What does the explosion of a type II supernova typically leave behind? a. it leaves behind a shell of hot, expand- ing gas with a pulsar at the center b. nothing is ever left behind c. it leaves behind a shell of hot, expand- ing gas with a white dwarf at the center d. it leaves behind a planetary nebula a Which of the following offered support for the theory that the collapse of a massive star's iron core produces neutrinos? a. the brightening of supernovae a few days after they are first visible b. underground counts of solar neutrinos c. the detection of neutrinos from the supernova of 1987 d. laboratory measurements of the mass of the neutrino c If you were to land on a neutron star, how would your mass change compared to your mass on the Earth? a. it would increase a lot b. it would decrease a lot c. it would increase a little d. it would remain the same d The disk of the Milky Way is approxi- mately 20 000 light years in diameter 11 / 12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Assignment #9 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_6heqmo True False False The rapid rotation of the outer disk sug- gests that our galaxy is more massive than previously thought True False True Old stars are poor in heavy atoms be- cause there were very few previous gen- erations of stars before the old stars formed True False True The disk of the galaxy is older than the halo True False False Spiral tracers tend to be old, luminous stars True False False 12 / 12
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Chapter 9 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_2wb7vj What is the term for a collection of 105 to 106 old stars in a region 30 to 100 light-years in diameter? globular cluster What is the defining characteristic of stars within a cluster that are at the turnoff point? They are just leaving the main sequence Which nuclear fuels does a one solar mass star use over the course of its en- tire lifespan? hydrogen and helium Star A is a 1 solar mass white dwarf, and star B is a 1.3 solar mass white dwarf. How would they differ? Star B has a smaller radius What is the source of the energy radiat- ed by a white dwarf? gravitational contraction during the white dwarf formation phase What does the Chandrasekhar-Landau limit tell us? White dwarfs more massive than 1.4 so- lar masses are not stable What is the ultimate fate of our Sun? It will become a white dwarf Which scenario is most likely to hap- pen when the Sun enters the red giant stage? Mercury, Venus, and Earth will be de- stroyed by the expanding Sun If the stars at the turnoff point of a cluster have a mass of 3 times the mass of the Sun, what is the age of the cluster? 6.4×108 years Which of the following correctly de- scribes a relationship between pressure, temperature, and density in degenerate matter? Pressure does not depend on tempera- ture What is a white dwarf composed of? carbon and oxygen nuclei and degener- ate electrons As a white dwarf cools, its radius re- mains the same. Why is this? because pressure does not depend on temperature for a white dwarf, since the electrons are degenerate What are the two longest stages in the life of a one solar mass star? main sequence, white dwarf 1 / 3
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Chapter 9 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_2wb7vj Which of the following is the most impor- tant factor that determines a life cycle of a star (for example, why some stars have a short life span)? mass What principle explains why matter flow- ing from one star in a binary system to its companion forms an accretion disk? conservation of angular momentum Suppose you discover a binary star sys- tem with a 0.7 solar mass giant star and a 2 solar mass main sequence star. Why is this surprising? The 2 solar mass star should have be- come a giant before the 0.7 solar mass star When material expanding away from a star in a binary system reaches the edge of its Roche lobe, what happens? The material will no longer be gravita- tionally bound to the star When mass is transferred toward a white dwarf in a binary system, the material forms a rapidly growing whirlpool of ma- terial. What is that whirlpool called? an accretion disk Under what conditions are Type Ia su- pernovae believed to occur? when a white dwarf exceeds the Chan- drasekhar-Landau limit Which of the following is almost always associated with a nova? a solar-like star that has exhausted its hydrogen and helium Why can't massive stars generate ener- gy through iron fusion? because both fusion and fission of iron nuclei absorb energy If the hypothesis that novae occur in close binary systems is correct, then which of the following should novae do? They should repeat after some interval Why is the material that accretes onto a neutron star or black hole expected to emit X-rays? The material will become hot enough that it will radiate most strongly at X-ray wavelengths What is the term for the form of electro- magnetic radiation produced by rapidly moving electrons spiralling through mag- netic fields? synchrotron radiation What type of object is the Crab nebula? a supernova remnant 2 / 3
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
AS101 - Chapter 9 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_2wb7vj In the year 1054 CE, Chinese as- tronomers observed the appearance of a new star. What occupies that location now? a supernova remnant with a pulsar in the centre What produces synchrotron radiation? high-velocity electrons moving through a magnetic field Where is synchrotron radiation pro- duced? in supernova remnants What does the explosion of a type II supernova typically leave behind? It leaves behind a shell of hot, expanding gas with a pulsar at the centre Which of the following offered support for the theory that the collapse of a massive star's iron core produces neutrinos? the detection of neutrinos from the su- pernova of 1987 If you were to land on a neutron star, how would your mass change compared to your mass on the Earth? It would remain the same 3 / 3
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As101 Quiz and assignment 6 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_97jc0i The parsec is defined so that a star at a distance of 1 parsec has a parallax of one arcsecond. If a star has a parallax of 0.02 seconds of arc, what is its distance? a. 2 parsecs b. 5 parsecs c. 20 parsecs d. 50 parsecs *d. 50 parsecs The parsec is defined so that a star at a distance of 1 parsec has a parallax of one arcsecond. If a star has a parallax of 0.05 seconds of arc, what is its distance? a. 2 cparsecs b. 5 parsecs c. 20 parsecs d. 50 parsecs c. 20 parsec The parsec is defined so that a star at a distance of 1 parsec has a parallax of one arcsecond. If a star is located at a distance of 10 parsecs, what is its parallax? a. 0.1 arcseconds b. 0.01 arcseconds c. 1 arcsecond a 0.1 arcseconds 1 / 15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As101 Quiz and assignment 6 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_97jc0i d. 10 arcseconds The parsec is defined so that a star at a distance of 1 parsec has a parallax of one arcsecond. If a star is located at a distance of 40 parsecs, what is its parallax? a. 0.25 arcseconds b. 0.025 arcseconds c. 0.04 arcseconds d. 0.05 arcseconds b. 0.025 arcseconds How do humans use their eyes to mea- sure relative distance by parallax? a. By continuously focusing our eyes on distant objects, we can determine dis- tance. b. Since our eyes are separated, the brain interprets the relative look angles of the two eyes in terms of distance to the object viewed. c. Our eyes can measure the time it takes light to travel from an object, and from this we get distance. B Since our eyes are separated, the brain interprets the relative look angles of the two eyes in terms of distance to the object viewed. 2 / 15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As101 Quiz and assignment 6 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_97jc0i d. As we move our heads from side to side, our brain compares angles from each of these positions to work out the distance to the object viewed. What would make parallax easier to measure? a the Earth's orbit being larger b the stars being farther away c the Earth moving faster along its orbit d stars moving faster in their orbits a the Earth's orbit being larger If two stars are emitting the same amount of light, how will the star that is farther away appear? dimmer What is absolute visual magnitude? a. the luminosity of a star observed from Earth b. the luminosity of a star observed from a distance of 1000 parsecs c. the apparent magnitude of a star ob- served from a distance of 10 parsecs d. the apparent magnitude of a star ob- served from Earth c. the apparent magnitude of a star ob- served from a distance of 10 parsecs Absolute magnitude is defined as the apparent magnitude that a star would have if observed at a distance of 33 light-years. Consider a star at a distance of 350 light-years that has an appar- ent magnitude of +5. What would its ab- solute magnitude be? 3 / 15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As101 Quiz and assignment 6 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_97jc0i a. It would be less than +5. b. It would be exactly +5. c. It would be greater than +5. d. More information on the star's luminosity would be required to answer this ques- tion. a What aspect of a star is a measure of the total energy radiated by the star in one second? a. apparent visual magnitude b. luminosity class c. spectral type d. luminosity D Which stars have a large positive ab- solute magnitude? a. stars of high luminosity b. stars of low luminosity B 4 / 15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As101 Quiz and assignment 6 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_97jc0i c. nearby stars d. distant stars If you compare two stars, which one will always have the greater luminosity? a. The one with the larger radius will always have the greater luminosity. b. The one with the higher surface temper- ature will always have the greater lumi- nosity. c. The one with the smaller absolute mag- nitude will always have the greater lumi- nosity. d. The one with the largest distance will always have the greater luminosity. C The nearest star, Proxima Centauri, is about four light-years away and has a luminosity about 0.001 times that of the Sun. If Proxima Centauri were at a dis- tance of one light-year instead of four, how much brighter would it appear in the sky? a. twice as bright b. four times as bright c. 16 times as bright d. 4000 times as bright A 5 / 15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As101 Quiz and assignment 6 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_97jc0i How does a star's surface temperature determine the appearance of its spec- trum? a. Surface temperature affects which ele- ments are solid, liquid, or gaseous. b. Surface temperature determines the lu- minosity of the star. c. Surface temperature affects which ele- ments can escape from the surface of the star. d. Surface temperature determines the ve- locity of collision rates of atoms and ions. d What is the most accurate way to deter- mine the surface temperature of a star? *a.Study the pattern of absorption lines from various atoms. b. Study the relative intensities of light measured through different photometric filters. c. Study the peak wavelength of the star's continuum blackbody spectrum. d. Study the pattern of emission lines on the star's spectrum. a 6 / 15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As101 Quiz and assignment 6 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_97jc0i Which of the following can the strength of spectral lines tell you about a star? a. the radius b. the distance c. the temperature d. the visual magnitude c You observe medium hydrogen Balmer lines, as well as neutral helium spectral features, in a star. What is the most likely spectral class of this star? a. G b. M c. F d. B d You observe medium hydrogen Balmer lines, as well as neutral helium spectral features, in a star. What is the approxi- mate surface temperature of this star? a. 3000 K c 7 / 15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As101 Quiz and assignment 6 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_97jc0i b. 10 000 K c. 20 000 K d. 5500 K What is the spectral sequence in order of decreasing temperature? a. OBAFGKM b. OBAGFKM c. BAGFKMO d. ABFGKMO a 1. What is the spectral sequence in order of increasing temperature? a. MKFAGBO b. BAFGKMO c. MKGFABO d. ABFMKGO c 2. Which of the following can we use to determine the surface temperature of a 8 / 15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As101 Quiz and assignment 6 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_97jc0i star? a. determining if the star has a companion star b. studying its line absorption spectrum c. measuring the star's distance d. measuring the star's parallax b. studying its line absorption spectrum Table 1 Star Name Spectral Type ± For F8 ¿ Cet M7 ³ Tri A0 ¾ Per O7 The table lists the spectral types for each of four stars. Which star in this table would have the highest surface temper- ature? a. ± For b. ¿ Cet c. ³ Tri d. ¾ Per D . The table lists the spectral types for each of four stars. Which star in this table 9 / 15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As101 Quiz and assignment 6 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_97jc0i would have the lowest surface tempera- ture? a. ± For *b. ¿ Cet c. ³ Tri d. ¾ Per B What properties of a star determine its luminosity? a. distance and diameter b. temperature and distance c. temperature and diameter d. apparent magnitude and temperature d How do we know that giant stars are larger in diameter than the Sun? a. They are more luminous but have about the same temperature. b. They are less luminous but have about the same temperature. They are more luminous but have about the same temperature. 10 / 15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As101 Quiz and assignment 6 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_97jc0i c. They are hotter but have about the same luminosity. d. They are cooler but have about the same luminosity. Sirius A and B are two stars at the same distance from the Earth. In this binary system, Sirius A is much brighter but Sirius B is much hotter. From this infor- mation, what can you conclude about the two stars? a. Sirius B must be much smaller than Sir- ius A. b. Sirius B must be much larger than Sirius A. c. Sirius B must be much more massive than Sirius A. d. Sirius B must be much less massive than Sirius A. a. Sirius B must be much smaller than Sir- ius A. In a Hertzsprung-Russell diagram, where are the stars with the smallest radius found? a. in the upper left corner b. c. in the lower left corner 11 / 15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As101 Quiz and assignment 6 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_97jc0i in the upper right corner c. in the lower left corner d. in the lower right corner In a Hertzsprung-Russell diagram, where are 90 percent of all the stars found? a. in the giant region b. in the supergiant region c. on the dwarf sequence d. on the main sequence d The star named Sheat is of spectral type M2 and luminosity class II. Based on this information, how does Sheat compare to the Sun? A. Sheat is cooler and larger than the Sun. b. Sheat is cooler and smaller than the Sun. c. Sheat is hotter and more luminous than the Sun. A 12 / 15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As101 Quiz and assignment 6 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_97jc0i d. Sheat is hotter and larger than the Sun. The star named Sheat is of spectral type M2 and luminosity class II. Based on this information, how does Sheat compare to the Sun? a. Sheat is cooler and larger than the Sun. b. Sheat is cooler and smaller than the Sun. c. Sheat is hotter and more luminous than the Sun. d. Sheat is hotter and larger than the Sun. A 13. Where are red giant stars found in the Hertzsprung-Russell diagram? a. above the main sequence b. below the main sequence c. on the lower main sequence d. on the upper main sequence A Table 2 Star Parallax(sec of arc) SpectralType 13 / 15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As101 Quiz and assignment 6 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_97jc0i ´ CeN 0.026 B2 IV HR 4758 0.05 G0 V HD 39801 0.005 M2 I 9 CMa 0.4 A1 V 14. Which star in the table is the closest to Earth? a. ´ Cen b. HR 4758 c. HD 39801 d. 9 CMa d Which star in the table has the highest surface temperature? a. ´ Cen b. HR 4758 c. HD 39801 d. 9 CMa d Which star in the table has the largest diameter? a. 14 / 15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As101 Quiz and assignment 6 Study online at https://quizlet.com/_97jc0i ´ Cen b. HR 4758 c. HD 39801 d. 9 CMa C 15 / 15
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
StuDocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university AS101 Test Bank Astronomy I Our Place in the Cosmos (Wilfrid Laurier University) StuDocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university AS101 Test Bank Astronomy I Our Place in the Cosmos (Wilfrid Laurier University) Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following statements about the ecliptic plane is not true? • It is the plan of the moons orbit around earth Which of the following statements about lunar phases is true • It is possible to have 2 full moons during January but not during February Which of the following celestial phenomena is the smallest • The orbit of the moon Suppose you lived at the Earth equator. Which of the following statements would not be true - the celestial equator goes through your sky from due east on your horizon, through 50 degrees altitude in the south, to due west on the horizon When you observe a star for a period of a few hours, you notice that it moves across the sky. What is responsible for this motion - Earthʼs rotation on its axis On the cosmic calendar (where the age of the universe in condensed into the equivalent to on calendar year) most of recorded history takes up what portion of the “year”? - the last few seconds of the year The order of the planets, from the sun outward is - mercury, venus, earth, mars, jupiter, saturn Which of the following is the reason for the solar day being longer than a sidereal day? - the combined effect of the rotation of the Earth and its orbit around the sun Which of the following statements about the moon is true -the moonʼs distance from the earth varies during its orbit One light year is closest to what distance - ten million million kilometres Which of the following is the best reason for the leap years - the combined effect of the rotation of theʼs earth axis and the precession of the earth The apparent visual magnitude of star A is +2 and the apparent visual magnitude of star B is + Based on this information which statement below must be true - light output can distance cannot apparent be determined from a a stars apparent visual magnitude alone Which of the following would appear brightest in the night sky - the full moon Which of the following best describes the Milky Way Galaxy - a spiral galaxy with a disk about 100,000 light years in diameter and containing between 100 billion and 1 trillion stars What conditions are required for a lunar eclipse Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- the phase of the moon must be ʼfull, and the nodes of moons orbit must be aligned with SU and E We ʼcannot detect stellar parallax with naked-eye observations. Which of the following would make parallax easier to observe? - increasing the sizeʼ orbit of the earth Which statement below most accurately describes modern constellations -there are 88 well defined regions on the celestial sphere You are standing on the equator at midnight which way is polaris, the north star? - on the northern horizon Suppose the date is June 21 st and the sun never sets, just touching your Northern horizon at midnight. Where are you? - the arctic circle The size of a hockey rink is best measured in what units - metres If the moon is setting at midnight, the phase of the moon must be - first quarter Which of the following correctly describes the meridian in your sky - a half circle extending from your horizon due north through your zenith, to your horizon due south Which of the following statements is true? Answer is both B and C Statements were - both the northern and southern hemispheres receive the same amount of sunlight on the equinoxes - The northern hemisphere receives the most direct sunlight on the summer solstice Which of the following best describes the tropic of Cancer - it is a place where the sun is directly overhead at noon on the summer solstice The sun is rising in the east and will be on your meridian in 2 hours. What time is it currently -10 am While in Bracebridge, ON where the latitude is 45 degrees, at the spring equinox (about Marc 21 st ) the sun follows the path where it - rises due east, crosses the meridian at an altitude of 45 degrees in the south, and sets due west What is an astronomical Unit - the average distance from the earth to the sun What conditions are required for a solar eclipse - the phase of the moon must be new, and the nodes of the moons orbit must be nearly aligned with the earth and sun Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following is the furthest from the sun? -Proxima Centauri If it is midnight in waterloo it is - daytime in sydney Australia The lunar month is longer than the sidereal month because - the moon has to complete more than one full orbit around the earth to complete the cycle of lunar phases What is the ecliptic - the ʼ s un apparent path along the celestial sphere Which of the following celestial phenomena is the largest - the milk way galaxy How long does it take light from the surface of the sun to get to earth? - a few minutes Which of the following has your address in the correct order? In this question the local group means thee local Clusters - you, Earth, Solar system, Milky Way, Local Group, Local supercluster The size of our galaxy in light years is closest to which of the following numbers -100,000 Which of the following statements about the celestial sphere is not true - the celestial equator lies in the ecliptic plane Which of the following is the largest? - size of a typical galaxy If you lived at the north pole at night the stars would - never rise or set, but move in circles around polaris, the north star Suppose that the Sun were to suddenly disappear from our solar system. What would happen earths motion It would begin traveling in a straight line heading out of the solar system Which of the following statements about electrons is not true Electrons are actually neutrons that have acquired an electrical charge The Metonic Cycle is the 19 year period over which the lunar phases occur on about the same dates Which statement about the cosmological principle is valid It is based on two tenets involving the universality of the laws of physics and chemistry and the belief that there is nothing special about Earth Considering Einstein's famous equation E =mc2 which of the following is true A small amount of mass can be turned into a large amount of energy Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following best describes the origin of the ocean tides on earth Tides are caused by the difference in the force of gravity exerted by the moon across the sphere of the Earth What does temperature measure The average kinetic energy of particles in a substance Upon what quantities does angular momentum depend Mass velocity radius The amount of matter contained in an object is called its mass. Which of the following is false If you were to go to the moon your mass would be lower than your moss on Earth because gravity is less on the moon Where does the energy come from that your body uses to keep you alive Mostly it comes from the foods you eat Without telescopes or other aid we can see the moon in the night sky because It reflects light The scientific method is best described by which of the following A system of collecting analyzing data, formulating a hypothesis, testing it and reforming it as needed If your mass is 60 KG on earth would be on Jupiter 60 KG The names of the 7 days of the week are based on Seven naked eye objects that appear to move among the constellations Which of the following is not one of nor follows kepler laws When a planet travels slower it must be nearer to the sun and it speeds up far from the sun Ptolemy was important in history of astronomy because he Developed a model of the solar system that made sufficiently accurate predictions of planetary positions to remain in use for centuries Radiative energy is Energy carried by light Retrograde motion is observable for what objects Planets located more distant from the sun than earth The doppler shift is a wave phenomenon that Uses change in wavelength of light to determine speed of a moving star At which lunar phases are the tides smallest Both first and 3 rd When copernicus 1 st created his sun centred model it not lead to better predictions than ptolemaic why Copernicus used perfect circles for the orbits of the planets Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A skater can spin faster by pulling arms closer to her body and slower by pulling out Conservation of angular momentum From lowest energy to highest energy electromagnetic radiation Radio, infrared, visible, ultraviolet, x rays, gamma rays Spectral line formed by hydrogen appears at a wavelength of 486.1 nanometres the spectrum star sows the same hydrogen line appearing at 485.2 what can we conclude The star is moving towards us Which of the following is not a unit of energy Kilowatt The frequency of a wave is All of the above Spectroscopy can be used to All of the above Which of the following statements best describes the principle advantage of telescopes over eyes Telescopes can collect far more light with far better angular resolution A green apple looks green because It reflects green light and absorbs all other colours The wavelength of a wave is The distance between two adjacent peaks of the wave Kinetic Energy is Energy of motion What would happen if the space shuttle were launched with greater speed then earths escape velocity It would travel away from the Earth into the solar system What do astronomers mean by light pollution Refers to light used for human activities that brightens the sky and hinders astronomical observations Which of the following statements is not one of Newtons laws of motion The net force applied to an object is equal to its mass times velocity Which of the following statements correctly describes the law of conservation of energy The total quantity of energy in the universe constant, although we’re not sure how much energy there really is Which of the following statements about X rays and radio waves is not true Neither X rays nor radio waves can penetrate the earths atmosphere Which of the following is not an advantage of the HST over ground based telescopes Although it orbits the Earth and is outside the atmosphere, it is closer to the stars Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
When hold a rock potential energy, drop it kinetic, hits the ground what happens The energy goes to producing sound and to heating the ground rock, air The trouble with refraction telescopes is that Different colours of visible starlight get focused to different points in space making the image blurry Suppose the angular separation of 2 stars is smaller than the angular resolution of your eyes will stars appear to your eyes The 2 stars look like a single point of light The Age of our Solar system is approximately -4.6 billion years As of now most known extrasolar planets have been discovered by - Doppler technique Which of the following is not a characteristic of the moons of the solar system planets - all of the eight classical planets have at least one moon Which of the following statements about asteroids is not true - no asteroids have been found beyond the asteroid belt What is a comet - the nucleus of a comet is a collection of various ices mixed with dust and tiny bits fo rocky debris Atmospheres formed around some terrestrial planets because - outgassing through volcanic activity Which of the following solar system moons were likely formed through the same processes as our solar system - jupiter’s so called Galilean moons what was the ice or frost line of the solar system - between present day rbits of mars and Jupiter which of the following is not characteristic of the terrestrial planets - they have more moons than the jovian plants why haven’t we detected low mass planets close to their stars and high mass planets far from their stars - Both A and B above To date about how many extrasolar planets have been discovered Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- 700 what are the main constituents of the jovian planets - hydrogen and helium the first small solid grans or flakes formed in our solar system by the process of - condensation what is an extrasolar planet - a planet that orbits a star that is not our sun What is an exoplanet moon - it is an object orbiting an exoplant at firs the suns present dat rotation seems to contradict the prediction of the nebular theory because - sun should have been roating fast when it formed, but the actual rotation is fairly slow why did the solar nebula heat up as it collapsed - as the cloud shrank, its gravitational potential energy…. Which of the following statements about the jovian planets is not true - outermost jovian planet Uranus…. Which one of the following is a characteristic of jovian planets - low average density the terrestrial planet cores contain mostly metal because - metals condensed first in the solar nebula and the rocks then accreted around them based on available data what kind of objects in our solar system do most of the known extrasolar planets resemble - jovian planets the planet closest in size to earth is - venus 51 pegasi is important because - it is the first star like our sun that was found to have a planet orbiting it which of the following is the origin of almost all the large moons around the jovian planets - they were formed by condensation and accretion in disk of gas around the planet Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
which type of exoplanet would you expect to cause the largest Doppler shift - massive planet close to its star rank the 5 worlds in order of size from large to small - earth, venus, mars mercury moon the asteroid belt is found where - mars and Jupiter according to our theory of solar system formation what is pluto - one of the largetst Kuiper belt objects the nebular theory of the formation of the solar system successfully predicts all but one of the following, which one does the theory not predict - the equal number of terrestrial and jovian planets which fo the following statements about meteorites is true - A. a meteorite si whats left of a meteor when it hits the earth’s surface which detection technique has been used to find orbital distance - Doppler technique how much of the solar nebula consisted of elements heavier than hydron and helium 2% which of the following statements is not an observed pattern of motion in our solar system - most planets orbit at the same speed what is the origin of the atoms of hydrogen, oxygen, and sodium in the persipartion that exits your body during this astrononoky test - hydrogen nuclei were produced a few minutes after the big bang event 13.7 billion years ago ….. which of the following is not a technique that could be used to discover extrasolar planet - direct binocular why does the solar nebul;a theory preict that planetary systems are common - all of the other answers why are the inner plantes made of denser materials than the outer planets - in the inner part of the nebula only metals and rocks were able to condense bcause of the high temperatures whereas hydeogen compounds alghouth more abundtant wer only able to condense in the cooler outer regions Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
which of the following statements about comets is not true - the nucleus of a comet is quite large about 100 km across which of the following is not a characteristic of the general layout of the solar system - all planets rotate on their polar axes at about the same rate according to our theory of solar system formation what is the origin of asteroids and comets - asteroids are the leftover planetsiamls of the inner solar system and comets are the leftover planetsiamsl that formed beyond the freost line Jupiter and Satrun emit heat than absorbed from the sun due to More; heat left over from their formation Which of the following statements about the rings of the 4 jovian planets is not true All probably look much like they did when the solar system first formed What is a Roche zone The region near a planet where tidal forces would tear apart an object held together only by gravity Saturn is how far from the sun 10 AU What mechanism is most responsible for generating the internal heat of IO that drives volcan activity Tidal heating The belts and zones of jupiter are Alternating bands of rising and falling air at different latitudes How thick are Saturn’s rings from top to bottom A few tens of metres Which of the following does Jupiter not have Crustal plates on its surface All but one of the following statements about Mars are true. Which is false The Martian atmosphere is fairly substantial with a composition similar to earth Which of these moons is the most geologically active Io Mars is how far from the sun 1.5 AU All but one of the following statements about mercury are true. Which is false Mercury has a very thin atmosphere which is strange because there are still active volcanoes Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
outgassing carbon dioxide and water vapour Why are there no impact craters on the surface of Io Io did have impact craters but they have all ben buried in lava flows Mercury's Large core is composed of Iron We know about earths interior because of Study of waves created by earthquakes Why does Jupiter have several distinct cloud layers Different layers represent clouds made of gases that condense at different temps How have we been able to construct maps of surface features on the plant venus By using radar from spacecraft that were sent to orbit venus Which of the following objects contains mostly nitrogen with some methane Titan The orbit of Venus around the sun is almost circular. What is the radius of its orbit 0.72 AU Earthʼs atmosphere contains only small amounts of Carbon dioxide because It dissolves in water, and most of it is now in the oceans and carbonate rocks All but one of the following statements about Mercury are true. Which one is false Mercuryʼs orbit around the sun is circular, more so than any other planet All of the following statements about Jupiter are true, which is false The great red spot is a large storm centre, which has been observed for last 50 yrs Planetary rings are All of the above A solar day on Mercury is about how long 176 Earth days Why does Marys have more extreme seasons than Earth Because it has a more eccentric orbit What is the Cassini division of Saturn rings A large gap, visible from earth, produced by an orbital resonance with moon Mimas Why does the burning of fossil fuels increase the greenhouse effect on earth Burning releases carbon dioxide into the atmosphere All but one of the statements about earth is true. Which is false The poles of earthsʼs magnetic field are preciselyʼ aligned with Earth rotational axis In what ways is Earth different from other terrestrial planets All of the above Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
What is the region around a planet called where the magnetic field is able to deflect solar win and other charged particles Magnetosphere Why do astronomers believe Triton may have been a planet that was captured by neptune It orbits neptune in the opposite direction of Neptune rotation The origin of Earth’s only natural satellite, Moon is A combination of the capture theory and the daughter theory called the impact theory which posits that early a young molten earth collided with a mars like object Which of the following statements about conjunctions and oppositions if false Mars can have an inferior conjunction butʼs not a superior conjunction from earth perspective All of the following about Venus are true. Which one is false The magnetic field has about the same intensity as on Earth it appears to change directions every 100,000 years There are no auroras on Venus because it Lacks a strong magnetic field Which of the following statements about Saturn is false Saturn was first discovered by Galileo about 400 years ago Which of the following is not a Kuiper Belt Object Triton Which of the following statements about Pluto is false Pluto is one of the larger KBOs discovered to date and is actually bigger than Mercury Which of the following statements about Charon, Plutos moon are true expect which one As strange as it may seem, astronomers have actually observed seasonal effects on Charon Which of the following statements about the moons of the Jovian planets is false Tiania, one of the largest jovian moons, has a wrinkly surface that is often referred to as “cantaloupe terrain” Module 1 Notes 1 Astronomical Unit = 1 AU = 1.5 x 10 8 km = 150M km = average distance from Sun to the Earth Light-year (ly) = the distance light travels in one year, approx. 63,000 AU It has been approximately 13.7B years since the Big Bang The Moon’s distance from Earth is about 30x the Earth’s diameter = 384,000km The precession of the Earth’s rotational axis points to the North Star but this will change over time Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- The Earth rotates from west to east in front of the Sun, giving both day and night - the Sun rises in the east and sets in the west - What you see in the sky depends on where you are; Canadians see constellations and stars that Australians never see - Astronomers measure distances across the sky as angles in units of degrees, arc minutes and arc seconds Zenith – point in the sky directly overhead Nadir – point directly below your feet Celestial Equator – an extension of the Earth’s equator onto the celestial sphere Meridian – the line going from due north, through your zenith and finishing due south Arc Minutes – angular degrees are subdivided into arc minutes (60’ in one degree); is further divided into 60 arc seconds Circumpolar Stars – stars that trace out complete circles The Earth moves along the ecliptic path its rotational axis, on which it makes one revolution each day, is tipped to the ecliptic plane at a constant angle of 23.5° resulting in seasons on Earth. Tropic of Cancer – circle of latitude on the Earth that marks the most northerly position at which the Sun may appear directly overhead at its zenith; occurs once per year at the time of June Solstice Tropic of Capricorn – southern hemisphere counterpart, marking the most southerly position at which the Sun may appear directly overhead The moon takes about a month to circle the Earth; as it circles the Earth it goes through phases of reflected sunlight Orbital Period – from one full moon to the next – approximately 29.5 days Sidereal Period – the time for one revolution relatives to the stars – approximately 27 days Solar Eclipse – Moon blocks out the sunlight at high noon for a period of time Lunar Eclipse – Earth blocks out the Sun’s light at midnight for a period of time Only when the moon crosses through the ecliptic plane, at points called nodes , is an eclipse possible. Also, only when the Sun, Earth and Moon are all lined up is an eclipse possible; phase of the moon must be either new or full. Lunar Eclipse Types – Earth is between the Sun and Moon a) Penumbral - most common, Moon passes through only the penumbra (sunlight is only partially blocked). Result is that the Moon darkens only slightly. b) Partial - part of Moon passes through the umbra while the rest passes through the penumbra. Result is the part of the Moon is darkened completely but rest only slightly darkened with no clear demarcation between the areas c) Total - Moon passes entirely through the umbra. Result is that the Moon is completely dark during the eclipse Solar Eclipse Types – Moon is between the Earth and the Sun a) Total – Moon is relatively close to the Earth in its orbit and the Moon’s umbra touches a small area of the Earth’s surface; anyone within this area sees the sun Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
totally blocked out b) Partial – surrounding the small area of totality lies a larger area falling inside the Moon’s penumbral shadow; anyone within this area sees the moon partially blocked out c) Annular – Moon is relatively far from Earth and the Moon’s umbra may not reach the Earth surface at all; anyone within the small area behind the umbra will see all of the Sun blocked out except a ring of sunlight surrounding the Moon’s disk Five planets closest to the Earth are visible to the naked eye: a) Mercury – at sunrise/sunset b) Venus – closer to the horizon and bright c) Mars – reddish colour d) Jupiter – at night and comparatively bright e) Saturn – slightly more difficult to spot In 2002, all five planets were lined up in the Western sky. This will occur once again in 2040. The planets generally follow the motions of the Sun and Moon in that they move eastward relative to the stars. Occasionally, all planets appear to change direction and move westward relative to the stars, which is a motion referred to as retrograde motion. This is because as the inner planets move faster in orbit and catch up to the outer, slower-moving planets, the outer planets appear to move backwards. Stellar Parallax – occurs when we look at a nearby star from two vantage points; first when the Earth is at one extreme of its orbit around the Sun, and second when the Earth is at the opposite extreme six months later - the nearby star appears to shift laterally against the background of stars behind it Stellar parallax allows us to measure distances to nearby stars AND also provides direct evidence that the Earth really does revolved around the Sun. Declination – latitude, expressed in degrees, arcminutes/arcseconds north (+) or south (-) of the celestial equator Right Ascension – longitude; expressed in hours (h), minutes (m), and seconds (s) of time, from 0 to 24h Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Timekeeping by Day Our local meridian is the imaginary line ending at the north and south celestial poles which cuts through our zenith. The average length of time between successive passes of the Sun across the local meridian is called a solar day (this time varies slightly throughout a year which is why the word “average” is used). Another way of determining the length of a day is to measure the time it takes for any star to make successive passes across the local meridian which we call a sidereal day. A sidereal day is about 23 hours 56 minutes, shorter than a solar day by about 4 minutes because during a solar day the Earth has travelled along its orbit around the Sun and the Earth needs a little more time to rotate before the Sun crosses the meridian (a simple mathematical calculation shows that the Earth moves about 1° per day around its orbit). Timekeeping by Month Timekeeping involving months comes from the lunar phase’s cycle which is about 29.5 solar days, corresponding roughly to the average month length, known as a synodic month. Synodic comes from the Latin word “synod” meaning meeting – the meeting of the Sun and the Moon at each new moon phase. If, however, we use the stars to measure the length of the lunar cycle, a sidereal month , the time turns out to be 27.3 days, shorter than a synodic month for the same reason a sidereal day is shorter than a solar day. Timekeeping by Year The length of a year is clearly related to the time required for the Earth to complete one full orbit around the Sun, about 365.25 days. Again there are two slightly different timeframes. A sidereal year is the time taken for a complete orbit relative to the stars, whereas the time between successive spring (or autumnal) equinoxes is called a tropical year (or solar year) and it should come as no surprise that these two years differ. A sidereal year is longer than a tropical year by about 20 minutes, the difference due to the precession of the Earth’s rotation. We use an aspect of solar time for timekeeping. The apparent solar time is determined by the Sun’s position in the sky relative to our local meridian; when the Sun is right on the meridian it is noon; before the Sun gets to the meridian we say that it is ante meridian ( ante meaning before), hence a.m. or am; after noon, when the Sun has passed the meridian we say that it is post meridian ( post meaning after), hence p.m. or pm. However, each solar day differs from 24 hours by a slight amount because the Earth’s orbit is not perfectly circular and because of the Earth’s 23.5° tilt. Thus, the average solar day is the more important concept and the one used to keep track of time. Using apparent solar time would mean adjusting clocks each day, an unnecessary complication. Clearly, apparent solar time varies with longitude (owing to the Earth’s spin on its axis) and so everybody’s apparent solar time will be different, unless they happen to be at precisely the same longitude. To alleviate this problem Sandford Fleming, a Canadian, proposed a system of dividing the Earth into 24 different time zones such that within each time zone the time would be exactly the same. Such a system was eventually adopted universally by the late 1800s. Calendars The tropical year (equinox to equinox) is about 365.25 days. If we choose 365 days Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
for one year (the Egyptian concept) then the seasons drift through the year by one day in every 4 years, not a great concept. Julius Caesar introduced the idea that every four years an extra day would be added to account for this discrepancy (hence the leap year), a definite improvement. This is the so-called Julian calendar. However, life is rarely this simple. The tropical year is not exactly 365.25 days but rather about 11 minutes short of this value resulting in the spring equinox moving backwards through the calendar by 11 minutes each year, or about 14.5 hours/lifetime of 80 yrs, or about 12 days every 1600 years. So, in 1582, Pope Gregory XIII introduced a slight variation in the calendar, which became known as the Gregorian calendar (the one we use today), which first set the spring equinox to March 21 and then adjusted the leap day schedule such that each century year (normally a leap year) would be skipped as a leap year unless that year was divisible by 400 (i.e., year 2000 would be a leap year, but not 1900, nor 2100), making the calendar good for thousands of years into the future and now used globally. Module 2 Notes Kepler published his three laws of planetary motion in the early 1600s: a) Kepler’s First Law : The orbit of each planet around the Sun is an ellipse with the Sun at one focus Eccentricity was established whereby a circle has an eccentricity of zero and a straight line has an eccentricity of 1; this is useful in determining the ellipses of orbits b) Kepler’s Second Law : As a planet moves around in its orbit, it sweeps out equal areas in equal times When a planet is closer to the Sun (around its perihelion ) it moves faster along its orbit than when close to the aphelion (further point from the Sun). The planet moves from A to B (perihelion) in the same time that it takes to go from A’ to B’ Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
(perihelion). c) Kepler’s Third Law : The squares of the periods of any two planets have the same ratio as the cubes of their semi-major axes p 2 = a 3 where p is the orbital period in years, and a is the avg. distance from the Sun in AU Galileo introduced the telescope to the world in the early 1600s and proved the Earth was not the centre of the universe and in fact the Sun-centred model was correct. Newton’s Universal Law of Gravitation: if the mass of either object is doubled, the force doubles - also, if the distance between the masses doubles, the force diminishes by a factor of 4 (two squared) Tides are a good example of this, and they are caused by the difference in gravitational attraction from one side of the Earth to the other. When the Sun, Moon and Earth are all lined up, the tides are highest and called spring tides. During first and third quarter Moons, the tides are called neap tides The Scientific Method a) Deductive reasoning – process of concluding that something is true because it is a special case of a general principle that is known to be true - logically valid and this is the fundamental method in which mathematical facts are shown to be true b) Inductive reasoning – process of reasoning that a general principle is true because the special cases you’ve seen are true; for example, if all the people you’ve met from a particular town have been intelligent, you might say that “all the residents of this town are smart” Any model, hypothesis or theory can never be “proved” – a theory always remains a theory until some observation discredits it. Pseudoscience – false science; ex. making predictions based on tarot cards, psychic determinations Nonscience – predictions based on intuition, faith, political conviction and tradition Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Cosmological Principal - there is nothing special or unique about Earth; our location in the Universe is by chance - the laws of physics and chemistry are valid throughout the universe Orbital Motion 1. An object orbiting Earth, and any orbiting object, is actually falling (being accelerated due to the gravitational force) toward Earth’s center 2. Objects orbiting each other actually revolve around their mutual center of mass 3. If you want to leave Earth and never return, you must give your spaceship a high enough velocity so it will follow an open orbit Momentum – the inertia an object has p = m v whereby p is momentum, m is mass and v is velocity Properties of a Wave - wavelength – the length of one wave ( λ) - frequency – the number of waves passing a point in space per second (f) - speed – how fast the wave moves through space (c) Speed = Frequency x wavelength Every time light interacts with an object, at least one of the following occurs: - absorption, transmission, or reflection Doppler Effect – If a sound source is moving toward an observer the waves in front of the sound source get bunched up (closer together) so that the observer hears more waves per second than if the sound source was not moving. Similarly, if the sound source is moving away from the observer the waves behind the sound source get pulled apart so that the observer hears fewer waves per second than if the sound source was not moving. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Light is a wave phenomenon and so the same effect is observed for light. That is, light coming from a moving object will have its frequency shifted to a higher or lower value depending on the motion of the source. If we are looking at light from a star and we see the traditional hydrogen spectral line pattern (say the Lyman series) but it is shifted towards the red end of the visible spectrum then we know that the star is moving away from us. Furthermore, by measuring the amount the spectrum is shifted, we can determine the radial velocity of the star. Conversely, if the spectrum is "blue-shifted" then the star is moving toward us. Heat is transferred from one body to another body by three unique mechanisms: - conduction – when the atoms in one part of the substance vibrate faster than at another part of the substance (lower temperature) causing energy to be transferred - convection – liquids and gas distribute heat with an actual transfer of mass - radiation – makes use of a form of energy to remove/transport heat from one place to another Conduction — heat flows from the hot solid core to the inner mantle (red part) and from the top of the mantle into the lithosphere (the outside crust). Convection — as described above conduction cells form in the mantle. Radiation — at the surface of the planet energy is radiated into space in the form of light of various frequencies. Types of Electromagnetic Radiation and their Sources Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Type of Radiation Wavelength Range (nm) Object Temperature Typical Sources Gamma Rays Less than 0.01 More than 108 K Nuclear reactions X-rays 0.01 - 20 106 - 108 K Supernova remnants and solar corona Ultraviolet 20 - 400 104 - 106 K Very hot stars Visible 400 - 700 103 - 104 K Stars Infrared 1000 - 1,000,000 10 - 103 K Cool clouds of dust, planets, satellites Radio More than 1,000,000 Less than 10 K No astronomical objects are this cold Types of Telescopes a) Refractive – similar to human eye, takes light in through a lens (A) b) Reflective – more common, use one optical surface to collect light, a spherical mirror surface, which focuses the light at a point in front of the mirror (B) Module 3 Notes Comparative Planetology – seeking to understand the similarities and the differences between and among the planets Solar Nebular Theory – main theory of formation of our solar system - imagines that some cataclysmic event initiated the collapse of a nebula that caused material falling inward to some centre converting gravitational potential energy into kinetic energy making the centre, or core, hotter and hotter Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Terrestrial Planets – four inner planets - Mercury, Venus, Earth and Mars - small, dense, rocky worlds with little or no atmosphere Jovian Planets – four outer planets – Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune - large, low-density worlds with thick atmospheres and liquid or ice interiors Planetary Characteristics: all planets orbit the Sun in the same direction – counter clockwise (ccw)(as viewed from above North Pole) all orbits lie in nearly the same plane almost all planets have nearly circular orbits (Mercury is a minor exception) most planets rotate ccw (Venus and Uranus are exceptions) including the Sun most moons orbit their planet in same direction as the planet's rotation and orbit in their planet's equatorial plane Mercury and Venus have no moons; Earth has one and Mars has two very small asteroid-like moons. The Jovian planets, by contrast, have many. Jupiter is listed as having 6 but it actually has over 60; Saturn has almost as many and Uranus and Neptune have 40 between them. All Jovian planets have ring systems. Saturn’s rings are made of ice particles. The rings of Jupiter, Uranus and Neptune are made of dark rocky particles. Terrestrial planets have no rings. Asteroids lie primarily between Mars and Jupiter and a fairly broad belt in the same plane as planetary orbits. Comets follow either elliptical orbits or parabolic/hyperbolic orbits passing close to the Sun once. They are made largely of ices mixed with rocky dust, no bigger than a few km across. They come from two major sources – the Kuiper belt (a doughnut shaped region starting around Neptune and extending out into space) and the Oort Cloud (a spherical region completely surrounding the solar system and extending out some 50,000 AU). As a comet gets close to the Sun it generates a coma (an atmosphere of escaping gases and dust) around its nucleus and two tails: a plasma tail of ionized gas swept away by the solar wind, and a dust tail of small solid particles created by the escaping atmosphere (escapes from the comet because of its weak gravity). When we see a comet in the sky we don’t actually see its core but rather the lengthy beautiful tail emanating from the core. This tail always points away from the Sun. During each pass of the Sun, comets lose material through sublimation and tail formation. Meteoroids, Meteors and Meteorites are found around Earth. Meteors are actually small bits of rock and/or metal falling into Earth’s atmosphere that heat up due to friction with the air. We see them as “shooting stars” (of course, they are not stars at all). A meteoroid is what the rocky object is called before it hits the atmosphere and becomes a meteor. If the meteoroid is massive enough to have any part of it left before it hits the Earth’s surface it then becomes a meteorite. Kuiper Belt – begins at about orbit of Neptune and extends out to about 100 AU - this doughnut-shaped belt lies mainly in the planetary or ecliptic plane Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Oort Cloud – a spherical cloud surrounding solar system, centred on Sun, and comets from this region come into solar system from all directions; extends from the outer part of the Kuiper belt to about halfway to nearest stars Half-Life – the time it takes for half of the atoms to decay in a radioactive element - it appears that our solar system formed about 4.6 billion years ago Summary Planet Orbital Radius (AU) Mercury 0.39 Venus 0.72 Earth 1.0 Mars 1.52 Jupiter 5.2 Saturn 9.54 Uranus 19.2 Neptune 30.1 Galactic Recycling Process – when stars die, the spew out their mass into the universe and the next generation of stars contains some of these heavier elements and, in the process of formation, make some new ones of their own As the nebula started to contract around its centre, collapsing under its own gravity to something around 200 AU in diameter, three things occurred: 1. Temperature Increased 2. Nebular Rotation Rate Increased 3. Nebular Sphere Flattens to Disk Eventually as we move away from the Sun, the temperature drops to the freezing point for water (273K) signifying a special point known as the ice or frost line . Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Beyond the frost line, gaseous compounds such as ammonia and methane can condense to form ice flakes that formed the basis for the Jovian planets. Condensation – adding one atom or molecule at a time Accretion – small flakes of metal and rocks stick together by being closer to each other in the inner solar system, where only metal and rocks and silicates could condense, planetesimals were made of rocks and metals and formed the terrestrial planets — furthermore, as only rocks and metals could condense the terrestrial planets were rich in these materials. in the outer solar system where ices could condense (it was cold enough) planetesimals were built of ices and metals and rocks but because ice derivatives (H, He, methane, ammonia, etc) were more abundant the planetesimals were based on these materials and collected more material, becoming larger, forming the Jovian planets. Solar Wind Once the protosun formed into the Sun that it is today, it generated a continuous emission of energetic charged particles (electrons, protons, ions) spewing out in all directions from the Sun. The formation of the eight planets continued as all of them were bombarded by asteroids, meteors and comets. The large Jovian planets experienced asteroid bombardment, but because of their atmospheres, no evidence remains. The Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
asteroids in the “belt” between Mars and Jupiter are likely a collection of leftover planetesimals that never quite made it as another planet. Planetesimals were likely of two types: (1) rocky and metallic (much like the inner planets) (2) ice and hard snow embedded with small amounts of rock/metal (much like core of the Jovians) Our Moon may have formed as a result of a collision between Earth and a large, leftover planetesimal, possibly as big as Mars. The smaller mass results in its inability to retain any atmosphere. Two main techniques are used to measure the motion of a star back-and-forth, or side-to-side, which hare caused by the gravitational tugs of one or more planets. a) The Astrometric Technique - the use of sensitive telescopes b) Doppler Technique – the light coming from the star is tracked using the gravitational tug it exerts on the star c) Transit – as the planet moves in front of its star, the star’s luminosity dips, and then returns to its former level when the transit is complete Very few planets orbit their parent star with a greater radius than 5 AU. Many orbits are quite elliptical. Planetary Migration – a scenario which allows the formation of Jovian planets at expected distances from the star (beyond the frost line) followed by a migration into an orbit which brings the planet closer to the home star Encounters and Resonances – a situation where a planet interacts gravitationally with other planets, essentially a re-arrangement of the solar system objects Mars has 2 small moons and Jupiter has over 60. Module 4 Notes a) Mercury - moderately high orbital eccentricity (0.206) meaning its orbit is observably elliptic - orbital inclination is also high (7 degrees), greater than all others except Pluto - rotational axis tilt is 0 degrees; no seasons on Mercury - orbital period: 88 days, synodic period of 116 days (time between successive conjunctions with Earth) - solar day of 176 Earth days Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The two elongations , eastern and western, are the greatest angular positions the inner planet ever has with respect to Earth. The two conjunctions , superior and inferior, refer to when Mercury is lined up with the Earth and the Sun. When the order is Earth-Sun-Mercury, we have a superior conjunction and when Mercury is between the Sun and Earth, we have an inferior conjunction. We might see a solar transit during an inferior conjunction. - not tidally locked to the Sun; rotates one and a half times during each orbit - a solar day on Mercury (sun rise to sun rise) is 176 Earth days long (rotates very slowly) - about 61% iron and has an iron core about 75% of the radius of the planet - surface has craters everywhere - very thin atmosphere, too small to retain any gas - the iron core makes up about 42% of its volume, magnetic field is similar to Earth’s in shape but only about 1% as strong - Mariner 10 visited Mercury in the 70s, but it is very difficult to explore due to high temperatures b) Venus - orbital eccentricity of 0.0068, almost a perfect circle; greatest elongation is 47 degrees away from Sun - brightest object in sky other than Sun and Moon; 16x brighter than any star because it is close to the Sun, close to Earth, relatively large (about same as Earth), and its albedo is 0.59 - during an inferior conjunction, it is possible to have a solar transit of Venus - Venus’ rotation is retrograde; it rotates backwards very slowly - sidereal day that is 243 Earth days, orbital period 224.7 days, and solar day of 117 Earth days - axial tilt is 177.4 degrees; north pole points downward; rotational axis of 2.6 degrees (no seasons) - 740 K - dry, hot, uninhabitable desert, two large highland features: Ishtar Terra and Aphrodite Terra - no tectonic activity, evidence of volcanic activity, erosion, no current bombardment - atmosphere is 90 times as dense as Earths, lots of CO 2 and water vapour in atmosphere - greenhouse effect causes there to be no water - no magnetic field due to slow rotation; no protection from solar wind generates thick atmosphere c) Earth - orbit is almost circular (e = 0.017) - average distance from Sun is 1 AU, takes 365.25 days to orbit the Sun - rotational axis inclined at 23.5 degrees causing seasons - slightly bigger than Venus, radius of almost 6400km - average surface temperature is 9 degrees Celsius; range is 60 to -90 degrees Celsius - one natural satellite, the Moon, which orbits Earth in 29.5 days (solar period) - atmosphere of nitrogen and has a magnetic field - core is surrounded by a molten shell, thick mantle, and a thin crust - lithosphere is about 100km thick, covered with liquid water (75%) and solid land mass (25%) - two main seismic waves are p-waves (primary) which are pressure waves and s-waves Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
(secondary) which are shear waves; solid inner core of radius 1300km surrounded by 3500km molten outer core - centre is around 6,000K, rich in nickel and iron - crust consists of granite and rocks, upper mantle largely iron-magnesium-silicate mixture - changing surface due to volcanic activity, plate tectonics and erosion - melting point within the mantle is well above the actual temperature, so mantle is solid - continental drifts causes plates to move slowly forming mountains, ocean ridges, new land - atmosphere is unique, 77% nitrogen, 21% oxygen, 1% argon, some water and carbon dioxide - temperature is cool enough to allow water vapour to condense as rain - CO 2 dissolves in water so oceans hold some of it and rainfall carries minerals from rocks/land into the ocean which react with dissolved CO 2 to form carbonate minerals which fall to ocean floor - oxygen originally built up in atmosphere when only planets existed and few animals used it up - very strong magnetic field resulting “magnetosphere” extending beyond the atmosphere - at 3000 and 20,000km above Earth’s surface are two zones of trapped, charged, high- energy particles called the Van Allen belts surrounding the Earth centred on the magnetic equator; particles are from solar wind and these belts protect life on Earth from the harmful effects of the solar wind particles - aurora borealis in the North and aurora australis in the South are caused by these particles d) The Moon - average distance from Earth to Moon is 384,400 km - sidereal period is 27.3 days, but takes 29.53 days to move through phases due to Earth’s orbit - tipped at 6.7 degrees, size is 0.27 of Earth Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- large dark areas on the surface are called maria , and lighter-coloured regions are called highlands - the lunar highlands are covered with hundreds of craters - large water ice deposits near both poles have been detected, which likely came from meteoroids - largest crater in Solar System discovered on far side of the moon, 2500km wide, Aitken Basin - Neil Armstrong set foot on the Moon on July 20, 1969 - virtually no atmosphere, low escape speed so any gas molecules eventually leave - no erosion and no tectonic action so surface changes very, very slowly - no global magnetic field - large impact hypothesis theory imagines a collision between a very young, molten Earth and a large, Mars-like object where debris particles in a ring began to accelerate into larger bodies - plans exist to establish human colonies on the Moon for further exploration, mining, and scientific research e) Mars - average orbital radius of about 1.5 AU with a relatively large eccentricity - fairly bright but less than Venus due to smaller size, distance from Sun and lower albedo of 0.15 - rotation is similar to Earth’s, around 24.6 hours, and tipped at about 24 degrees resulting in seasons - radius about 50% of Earth and mass about 10% but with a density 70% of Earth - polar ice caps made of CO 2 or dry ice, NOT water, although water ice below surface of poles - huge volcanoes (largest in solar system), deep canyons, huge dune fields - lava flows in the north, Tharsis bulge contains volcanoes, Valles Marinis canyon rises 10km high than any other part of planet, Olympus Mons (largest volcanoe) is 600km in diameter and rises 21km - no tectonic activity, volcanoes are inactive - the Vallex Marineris canyon was formed when the planet’s surface bulged out under the forces of crustal formation, is about 4000 km long, 120km across at widest point, 7km deep in some areas - the canyon was NOT created by water flow or tectonics but rather by heat conduction forces - two Mars rovers called Spirit and Opportunity (which is still functioning) Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- significant evidence of previous presence of water on Mars - very thin atmosphere with a pressure of about 1/150 that of Earth consisting of mostly carbon dioxide (95.3%) and other gases - "Mars apparently was once a world with pleasant temperatures and streams, rain, glaciers, lakes and possibly oceans. It had all the necessities for life as we know it. But the once hospitable planet turned into a frozen and barren desert at least 3 billion years ago, and it is unlikely that Mars will ever be warm enough for its frozen water to flow again. If life once existed on Mars, it is either extinct or hidden away in a few choice locations, such as hot springs around not-quite-dormant volcanoes. As we think about the possibility of future climate change on Earth, Mars presents us with an ominous example of how much things can change." - no magnetic field although there likely was once a field generated by moving, liquid, iron core - Mars has two small moons: Phobos and Deimos; only few km across and gravity too low for them to by spherical (Phobos orbits in 7 hours and 39 minutes and Deimos around three days) - Mars radius is about 3400km, Phobos orbits 9378km from center and Deimos 22460km - the moons may be captured asteroids or have formed from interplanetary debris during formation f) Jovian Planets – Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune - Jupiter, the largest, could hold 1400 Earths, Neptune, the smallest, could hold 50 Earths - they all have rings, they have many moons (Jupiter over 60), composition of H and He (gas and liquid) Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- they have huge atmospheres surrounding relatively small rocky cores - not perfectly spherical but flattened somewhat at poles due to fast rotation - Obliquity, the inclination of a planet’s equator to its orbital plane, is minimal for Jupiter (3 degrees) resulting in no seasons; tilt for Uranus is 98 degrees means it rotates backwards - generate more radiation than they receive from the Sun - temperature increases rapidly along with the pressure and density as one descends into Jupiter which quickly becomes liquid H and then an even more compact form becoming metallic H (a conductor), which when combined with Jupiter’s rapid rotation generates a large magnetic field - central core is a mixture of hydrogen, rock and metals - more mass would make Jupiter smaller as it results in a greater gravitational field - Saturn is almost as big but only 1/3 the mass and low density such that it would float in water - cores are all about 10 Earth masses Jupiter’s Atmosphere - 75% H, 24% He, 1% Hydrogen compounds (which make the planet visible) - cloud layers have different compositions which create alternating zones and belts resulting in Jupiter’s colourful appearance - the bands of rising air are zones and appear white because of ammonia clouds - the adjacent bands of falling air are belts which are transparent - the rising zones and falling belts result from pressure differences between regions - Great Red Spot is a long-lived high-pressure storm wider than two Earths Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune’s Atmosphere - Saturn’s more subdued yellows, reds and tans come from the same compounds on Jupiter; however, a lower temperature and deeper cloud layers result in a “washing out” of distinct colour variations - Uranus and Neptune are distinctly blue from the methane (20x more than on Jupiter/Saturn) which form in icy flakes in the upper clouds - all Jovian planets have weather patterns with storms and winds; greatest speeds on Saturn - Neptune has one high-pressure storm seen as the Great Dark Spot Magnetic Fields - all Jovian planets have substantial magnetic fields and magnetospheres - Jupiter’s magnetic field is about 20,000 times stronger than Earth’s so its magnetosphere deflects the solar wind 3M km before it even reaches Jupiter - other planetary magnetospheres are smaller with Saturn's generated by its thinner layer of metallic hydrogen, and Uranus' and Neptune's magnetic fields generated by their cores as they have no metallic hydrogen layers Jovian Moons and Rings - more than 150 moons orbit the four Jovian planets - classified as small (<300km in diameter), medium (300-1500km) and large (>1500km) - most are categorized as small and are irregular in shape because gravity is too small to force them into a spherical shape; many also have unusual orbits and some even revolve backwards Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- most medium/large moons are spherical and some have atmospheres, hot interiors, magnetic fields - impact cratering has occurred on most moons, volcanism is present on some along with tectonics Galilean Moons of Jupiter a) Io – most volcanically active object in the solar system with 300 active volcanoes continually repaving the surface; a 400,000 volt potential exists across the surface resulting in a 5M amp current b) Europa – the smoothest body in the solar system, completely covered by water ice a few km thick - lines covering the surface are fractures in the ice surface caused by tidal forces of Jupiter/other moons c) Ganymede – largest moon in the solar system, similar in appearance to Callisto having impact craters - both reveal the effect of tectonic action early in its formation; covered with an icy shield Moons of Saturn a) Titan - atmosphere is 90% N (only world besides Earth where N is the dominant gas) - almost as large as Mars; hydrocarbon gases result in a greenhouse effect, cold -180 degrees C - few craters on surface, evidence for ice volcanoes, seasonal variations with wind speeds - wide variety of hydrocarbon molecules in the upper atmosphere b) Enceladus – active geologically; energy, organics, liquid water are present - unknown if life forms are contained in the deep oceans of water under the icy surface Moons of Uranus - small and numerous; largest are likely composed of ice and rock - Miranda is heavily cratered but unlike any other moon with its ridges, cliffs and valleys Moons of Neptune - Triton has a retrograde orbit inclined at 20 degrees - surface temperature of 37 K and a surface of water ice Total Moons: Earth – 1, Mars – 2, Jupiter – 67, Saturn – 62, Uranus – 27, Neptune – 13 Jovian Moons and Rings - rings of Saturn: A ring, B ring, C ring; small cap near edge of A ring is called Encke gap - particles making up rings vary in size from mere dust to boulder-sized water ice chunks - any ring particles that stray from circular orbits get nudged or pushed back into orbit by adjacent ring objects to maintain the ring structure - rings begin at about 10,000 km from Saturn’s surface out to 420,000 km - rings are no thicker than 100 meters - critical distance inside which the moon is broken apart is known as the tidal stability limit or Roche limit; Roche limit is about 2.4 times the radius of the planet - ring particles are constantly falling into the parent planet as the upper atmosphere extends into the ring system; rings get replenished with new particles Some rings are so well-defined in space because of the influence of small moons that orbit on either side of it and are known as Shepherd moons. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
g) Pluto - if classified as a planet, it is the smallest, lightest, and furthest from the Sun - widely accepted as a Kuiper Belt Object (KBO), one of the biggest and closest to Sun as a KBO - orbit is highly eccentric and event spends 20 out of 250 year orbit inside orbit of Neptune - Pluto’s moon, Charon, is about half the size of Pluto - Charon’s orbit is fairly close to Pluto, <20,000km - rotates backwards - surface of Pluto is methane ice w/ CO and nitrogen ice - thin atmosphere of nitrogen, surface temperature decreases to less than 40 K when it moves far from Sun causing nitrogen to freeze out on Pluto’s surface Other Kuiper Belt Objects Including Eris - Eris has a planet size of about 2700km in diameter with a composition similar to Pluto - distance from Sun is 97AU and has a moon - many KBOs have orbits close to Neptune’s orbit; known objects in the Kuiper belt are shown in the picture below with a gap at the bottom due to obscuration by the band of the Milky Way Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
1 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements is not an observed pattern of motion in our solar system? Most planets orbit at the same speed. All planets orbit the Sun in the same direction. Most planetary orbits lie nearly in the same plane. Almost all moons orbit their planet in the same direction as the planet's rotation. Most planets rotate in the same direction in which they orbit. Question 2 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the Jovian planets is not true? The outermost Jovian planet, Uranus, is also the least massive. The largest Jovian planet is Jupiter. Together, Jupiter and Saturn have over 100 moons. All the Jovian planets have ring systems. Saturn is the least dense planet, having a density less than water. Question 3 1 / 1 point Rank the following planets in order of size from the smallest to the largest. Mars, Mercury, Earth, Saturn, Uranus Mars, Mercury, Earth, Saturn, Uranus Uranus, Mars, Mercury, Earth, Saturn Mercury, Mars, Earth, Uranus, Saturn Mercury, Mars, Uranus, Saturn, Earth Question 4 0 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, what is the origin of asteroids and comets? Asteroids and comets are both leftover planetesimals that formed between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. Asteroids are the leftover planetesimals of the inner solar system, and comets are the leftover planetesimals that formed beyond the frost line. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Asteroids are chunks of pure metal that condensed in the solar nebula, and comets are chunks of pure rock that condensed in the solar nebula. Asteroids are the remains of a terrestrial planet that shattered, and comets are the remains of a jovian planet that shattered. Asteroids and comets represent material from interstellar space that was captured in the solar nebula by gravity. Question 5 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the moons of the solar system is false ? Earth has one moon, named Moon, and no rings that we know of. All planets have moons except Mercury. Moons vary in size from quite small to the largest, Ganymede, which is just over 2600 km in radius. Jupiter has the most moons in our solar system. Mars has two small moons which are irregularly-shaped (not round). Question 6 0 / 1 point Which of the following characteristics of the Jovian planets is (are) correct? A) They have varying sizes; Jupiter is one size, Neptune about half as big and Mercury is quite small. B) They are relatively large, low density objects with solid surfaces. C) They are closer to the Sun than the terrestrial planets; that's why we can see them at night. D) Both A and B are correct. E) None of A, B or C are correct. Question 7 1 / 1 point What is the origin of the atoms of hydrogen, oxygen and sodium in the perspiration that exits your body during this astronomy test? The hydrogen nuclei were produced a few minutes after the big bang event 13.8 billion years ago; the oxygen and sodium nuclei were synthesized inside stars more than 4.6 billion years ago. They were synthesized during the early stages of the Sun's formation and spewed out from the Sun through the solar wind and our planet, Earth, simply intercepted them. All of these elements were produced in the first few minutes after the big bang event. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
They were all fused deep inside Earth. All of these elements were synthesized inside stars more than 4.6 billion years ago. Question 8 1 / 1 point Which of the following is not characteristic of the terrestrial planets? They are relatively smaller than the jovian planets. They all have solid surfaces. They have higher densities than the jovian planets They have more moons than the jovian planets. They are more closely spaced together than the jovian planets. Question 9 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about meteorites is true ? A meteorite is the same thing as an asteroid. Meteorites are often called "shooting stars" when they are seen as flashes of light across the sky at night. A meteorite becomes a meteoroid once it hits the Earth's surface. A meteorite is what's left of a meteor when it hits the Earth's surface. A meteorite is the same thing as a meteoroid. Question 10 1 / 1 point Ring systems around planets are: fairly rare; just Saturn has rings. quite common; all planets have them. fairly rare; just Venus and Saturn have them. quite common among terrestrial planets. quite common among the large, gas planets; all Jovian planets have them. Question 11 1 / 1 point We have determined the age of the solar system through: A) taking measurements of tree rings. B) radioactive dating. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
C) the study of rocks and the determination of their composition. D) the analysis of the sand on various beaches around the Earth. E) all of A, B, C and D. Question 12 1 / 1 point What is a comet? It's a brand of bathroom cleanser! It's just an asteroid that has come too close to the Sun. The nucleus of a comet is a collection of various ices mixed with dust and tiny bits of rocky debris. It has no core but has two beautiful wispy tails which always point to the Sun as it goes through the inner solar system. It's an asteroid that has been shot out from the Asteroid Belt because of the influences of Jupiter. Question 13 1 / 1 point When we examine of the types of planets making up the solar system we notice the following: there seems to be no general category of planets; each is unique and there are very few similarities among them. all planets making up the solar system are like Pluto. there are two types of planets: terrestrial and Jovian. there is just one type of planet: round, small and rocky. there are three types of planets: terrestrial, Jovian and small snowballs. Group B 14 0 / 1 point The terrestrial planets and the giant Jovian planets have different compositions because the terrestrial planets are closer to the Sun. the Jovians are much larger. the terrestrial planets have few moons. the giant Jovian planets are made mostly of solids. the Jovian planets are closer to the Sun. Question 15 1 / 1 point About how much of the solar nebula consisted of elements heavier than hydrogen and helium? 10% by mass. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
50% by mass. 98% by mass. 2% by mass. 25% by mass. Question 16 1 / 1 point What constitutes the solar wind? A) It's very similar to the wind here on Earth which is merely the moving around of atmospheric gases. B) It is the continuous stream of hot air being released by the fusion process deep inside the Sun. C) It's the continuous emission of charged particles (electrons, protons, etc.) from the solar surface. D) The solar wind in not constant but happens in spurts especially during the time of coronal mass ejections from sunspots. E) It is a combination of both A and B. Question 17 0 / 1 point How were the moons of the Jovian planets most likely formed? Probably through the same process as the planets themselves formed. Most likely by gravitationally attracting asteroids as a protoplanet might form. Most of the solar system's moons initially formed around Jupiter which were then ejected by Jupiter toward other planets which eventually captured them. Early in their formation the planets spun wildly and flung off chunks of themselves which coalesced as moons. They were all formed in the Asteroid Belt between Venus and Jupiter and through BB (Belt Benevolence) they got distributed among the Jovian planets. Question 18 0 / 1 point The sticking together of small but solid particles is an important feature of the solar nebular theory. What is this process known as? Gluons Gravitational collapse. Condensation Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Differentiation Accretion Question 19 1 / 1 point What was the frost line of the solar system? the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen compounds and methane to condense into ices, between the present-day orbits of Mars and Jupiter the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for rocks to condense, between the present-day orbits of Mercury and Venus the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for metals to condense, between the Sun and the present-day orbit of Mercury the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for asteroids to form, between the present-day orbits of Venus and Earth the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen and helium to condense, between the present-day orbits of Jupiter and Saturn Question 20 0 / 1 point What is differentiation in planetary geology? any process by which one part of a planet's surface evolves differently from another part of the same planet's surface the process by which gravity separates materials according to density any process by which a planet's surface evolves differently from another planet's surface any process by which a planet evolves differently from its moons the process by which different types of minerals form a conglomerate rock Question 21 1 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, why does the Sun rotate slowly today? The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to charged particles caught in its magnetic field and then blew the particles away with its strong solar wind. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it lost angular momentum because everything slows down with time. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it lost angular momentum due to internal friction. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to planets and other objects during close encounters. The Sun was born rotating slowly because the solar nebula had very little angular momentum. Question 22 0 / 1 point The first solid grains or flakes formed in our solar system by the process of ________ , the addition of material to an object an atom or molecule at a time. Hydration Vapourization Condensation Accretion Sublimation Question 23 1 / 1 point The nebular theory of formation of the solar system successfully predict ts all but one of the following. Which one does the theory not predict? Asteroids, Kuiper-belt objects and comets. The compositional differences between terrestrial and Jovian planets. The craters on the Moon. The equal number of terrestrial and Jovian planets. Planets orbit around the Sun in nearly circular orbits in a flattened disk. Question 24 1 / 1 point Which of the following is most likely to describe a comet, but not an asteroid? Comets reside with similar bodies in a sparsely populated belt. Comets are partially but not totally composed of rocks and metals. Comets are mainly composed of ice and snow with some dust and rocky bits. Comets are leftover planetesimals from the time when the planets were formed. There really is no difference between a comet and an asteroid. Question 25 0 / 1 point What is a planetesimal? Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
An object that is in orbit around a planet. One of the larger planets in the solar system. A rogue planet moving around in the solar system not attached to any particular planet. A smaller building block of planets. A smaller building block of a protostar. Question 26 1 / 1 point Atmospheres formed around some terrestrial planets because A) outgassing through volcanic activity plus a strong enough gravity kept the gas from escaping into space B) their gravity was great enough to capture atoms and molecules floating around in the solar nebula C) radioactivity from surface rocks produced oxygen and carbon dioxide in sufficient quantities to build up an atmosphere D) human activity produces carbon dioxide and plants produce oxygen which are the main constituents of an atmosphere E) all of A, B, C and D. Question 27 1 / 1 point What is meant by the period of heavy bombardment? During the second world war London, England was heavily bombed by the German Airforce. During the 500-700 million years of the solar system existence there were plenty of larger objects roaming around in the solar disk. These larger objects constantly bombarded the terrestrial objects building up their surfaces and often leaving large craters that still exist today. Throughout the solar system's existence the Jovian planets especially have been bombarded with rogue asteroids leaving scars on their surfaces. It refers to a particularly interesting period about 65 millions years ago when so many asteroid hit Earth that many animal species, including the dinosaurs, were wiped out. It refers to a period of human history known as the Dark Ages when many people died from being hit by the constant rain of meteors from the Kuiper Belt. Group C 28 1 / 1 point What is so special about a star known as 51 Pegasi? It was the first star found with a planet orbiting it that is known to support intelligent life. It is the largest known white dwarf star. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
It was the first star found with multiple planets orbiting it. It is the first main sequence star (stars like our Sun) found to have a planet orbiting it. It is a pulsar with planets orbiting around it. Question 29 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about exoplanets is true? The large majority of confirmed exoplanets orbit their stars at radii less than 5 AU. No planets have been found orbiting their stars at radii less than Mercury's orbital radius. A considerable number of exoplanets seem to have orbits that are quite elliptical. All of A, B and C are true. Only A and C are true. Question 30 0 / 1 point Which statement best describes the astrometric technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Question 31 0 / 1 point Which statement best describes the direct detection technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Question 32 1 / 1 point What is an exoplanet moon? It is an object orbiting a Kuiper Belt object. It is an object orbiting an exostar. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
It is an object orbiting an exoplanet just as our Moon orbits Earth. It is an object orbiting an object other than Earth in our own solar system. So far we have not detected any exoplanet moons so they don't exist. Question 33 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the transit method of discovering exoplanets? Measuring the size of the star around which the exoplanet is orbiting. Measuring the Doppler shift of a star as it orbits its combined centre of mass with an exoplanet. Measuring the distance a star wobbles on the sky as it is tugged in its orbit by an exoplanet. Taking a photograph of planets around a star through a telescope that can block the light of the star. Measuring the periodic dimming of light as an exoplanet crosses in front of the star. Question 34 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the Doppler technique for finding exoplanets? Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Question 35 1 / 1 point What is an extrasolar planet? A planet that is considered an "extra" in that it was not needed for the formation of its solar system. A planet that is larger than the Sun. A planet that is found orbiting another planet outside our solar system. A planet that is extra large compared to what we would expect. A planet that orbits a star that is not our Sun. Question 36 1 / 1 point Which of the following space telescope missions was dedicated entirely to discovering exoplanets? Casinni. Spitzer. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Hubble. Apollo. Kepler. Question 37 1 / 1 point Why would a star continuously wobble back-and-forth in space? Because of air currents in the atmosphere surrounding it Because it is undergoing precession Because the nebula it formed out of collided with a supernova shockwave Because it had too much to drink Because it is revolving around a common centre of mass with other planets Question 38 1 / 1 point What is the name of the exoplanet that has been found that is closest to our solar system? Fomalhaut b Alpha Centauri Bb Rigel Kepler 56c Sirius Question 39 1 / 1 point What does the exoplanet descriptor "hot Jupiter" mean? It's an exoplanet jult like Jupiter but orbiting much closer to its sun than 5 AU. It's an exoplanet the same size as Jupiter but with an extensive ring system. It's the latest fast car made by Toyota having Jupiter as its model name. It's an exoplanet just like Jupiter but orbiting much further away from its sun than 5 AU. It's any exoplanet orbiting around a much bigger star than our Sun. Question 40 0 / 1 point Which of the following techniques has so far yielded the fewest detections of an exoplanet? Transit method. Astrometric method. Direct Detection. Doppler technique Gravitational lensing. 1 1 / 1 point Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Rank the following planets in order of size from the smallest to the largest. Mars, Mercury, Earth, Saturn, Uranus Mercury, Mars, Uranus, Saturn, Earth Mercury, Mars, Earth, Uranus, Saturn Uranus, Mars, Mercury, Earth, Saturn Mars, Mercury, Earth, Saturn, Uranus Question 2 1 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, what is the origin of asteroids and comets? Asteroids are chunks of pure metal that condensed in the solar nebula, and comets are chunks of pure rock that condensed in the solar nebula. Asteroids are the leftover planetesimals of the inner solar system, and comets are the leftover planetesimals that formed beyond the frost line. Asteroids are the remains of a terrestrial planet that shattered, and comets are the remains of a jovian planet that shattered. Asteroids and comets represent material from interstellar space that was captured in the solar nebula by gravity. Asteroids and comets are both leftover planetesimals that formed between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. Question 3 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the moons of the solar system is false ? Jupiter has the most moons in our solar system. All planets have moons except Mercury. Mars has two small moons which are irregularly-shaped (not round). Earth has one moon, named Moon, and no rings that we know of. Moons vary in size from quite small to the largest, Ganymede, which is just over 2600 km in radius. Question 4 1 / 1 point The age of our solar system is approximately 10,000 years. 13.8 billion years. 4.6 billion years. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
4.6 million years. 13.8 million years. Question 5 0 / 1 point The rotation (daily spin) of the planets are: All in the same direction (with the exception of Venus and Neptune) All in the same direction (with the exception of Mercury) All in the same direction (counter clockwise as seen from above the system) All in the same direction (clockwise as seen from above the system) All in the same direction (with the exception of Venus and Uranus) Question 6 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about comets is true ? We are not really sure what they are made of because we can't get close enough to one, even with unmanned spacecraft, to determine their makeup. Comets have a relatively small nucleus (normally less than 10 km in diameter) that develop debris tails as they get close to the Sun. Comets have a relatively small nucleus and never visit the inner solar system more than once because they burn out completely as they get close to the Sun (Halley's comet is an exception) Comets have a small nucleus with tails that always exist, even when they are at home in the Kuiper Belt. Comets have a relatively small nucleus (normally larger than 100 km wide) that develop just one debris tail as they get into the inner part of the solar system. Question 7 1 / 1 point Ring systems around planets are: fairly rare; just Saturn has rings. quite common among the large, gas planets; all Jovian planets have them. quite common among terrestrial planets. quite common; all planets have them. fairly rare; just Venus and Saturn have them. Question 8 1 / 1 point Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following is not characteristic of the terrestrial planets? They are more closely spaced together than the jovian planets. They all have solid surfaces. They have higher densities than the jovian planets They are relatively smaller than the jovian planets. They have more moons than the jovian planets. Question 9 1 / 1 point Which of the following characteristics of the Jovian planets is (are) correct? A) They have varying sizes; Jupiter is one size, Neptune about half as big and Mercury is quite small. B) They are relatively large, low density objects with solid surfaces. C) They are closer to the Sun than the terrestrial planets; that's why we can see them at night. D) Both A and B are correct. E) None of A, B or C are correct. Question 10 1 / 1 point When we examine of the types of planets making up the solar system we notice the following: there seems to be no general category of planets; each is unique and there are very few similarities among them. there are two types of planets: terrestrial and Jovian. there is just one type of planet: round, small and rocky. there are three types of planets: terrestrial, Jovian and small snowballs. all planets making up the solar system are like Pluto. Question 11 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about meteorites is true ? Meteorites are often called "shooting stars" when they are seen as flashes of light across the sky at night. A meteorite is the same thing as an asteroid. A meteorite becomes a meteoroid once it hits the Earth's surface. A meteorite is what's left of a meteor when it hits the Earth's surface. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A meteorite is the same thing as a meteoroid. Question 12 1 / 1 point Where are most of the known asteroids found? between Mars and Jupiter. in the Oort Cloud. in the Kuiper Belt. between Jupiter and Saturn. between Mercury and Venus. Question 13 1 / 1 point We have determined the age of the solar system through: A) taking measurements of tree rings. B) radioactive dating. C) the study of rocks and the determination of their composition. D) the analysis of the sand on various beaches around the Earth. E) all of A, B, C and D. Group B 14 0 / 1 point The first solid grains or flakes formed in our solar system by the process of ________ , the addition of material to an object an atom or molecule at a time. Vapourization Sublimation Hydration Accretion Condensation Question 15 0 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, what is Pluto? Pluto is a terrestrial planet that was shot out from the inner solar system to its present location as the most distant planet. Pluto is simply an oddball planet, and thus represents one of the "exceptions" that the nebular theory cannot explain. Pluto is one of the largest of the Kuiper belt objects. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Pluto is a terrestrial planet that happened to form at a large distance from the Sun. Pluto is a very small jovian planet. Question 16 1 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, why does the Sun rotate slowly today? The Sun was born rotating slowly because the solar nebula had very little angular momentum. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to planets and other objects during close encounters. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to charged particles caught in its magnetic field and then blew the particles away with its strong solar wind. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it lost angular momentum due to internal friction. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it lost angular momentum because everything slows down with time. Question 17 1 / 1 point Which of the following solar system moons likely formed through the same processes as our solar system? A) The moons of Mars, Phobos and Deimos. B) Venus's small moon, Dactyl. C) Jupiter's so-called Galilean moons. D) Uranus's moon, Triton E) All of A, C and D. Question 18 0 / 1 point How were the moons of the Jovian planets most likely formed? They were all formed in the Asteroid Belt between Venus and Jupiter and through BB (Belt Benevolence) they got distributed among the Jovian planets. Most of the solar system's moons initially formed around Jupiter which were then ejected by Jupiter toward other planets which eventually captured them. Most likely by gravitationally attracting asteroids as a protoplanet might form. Probably through the same process as the planets themselves formed. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Early in their formation the planets spun wildly and flung off chunks of themselves which coalesced as moons. Question 19 1 / 1 point About how much of the solar nebula consisted of elements heavier than hydrogen and helium? 50% by mass. 10% by mass. 2% by mass. 25% by mass. 98% by mass. Question 20 1 / 1 point Which of the following is most likely to describe a comet, but not an asteroid? There really is no difference between a comet and an asteroid. Comets are mainly composed of ice and snow with some dust and rocky bits. Comets reside with similar bodies in a sparsely populated belt. Comets are leftover planetesimals from the time when the planets were formed. Comets are partially but not totally composed of rocks and metals. Question 21 1 / 1 point What is a planetesimal? A rogue planet moving around in the solar system not attached to any particular planet. One of the larger planets in the solar system. An object that is in orbit around a planet. A smaller building block of a protostar. A smaller building block of planets. Question 22 1 / 1 point Why did the solar nebula heat up as it collapsed? Radiation from other nearby stars that had formed earlier heated the nebula. Collisions among planetesimals generated friction and heat. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As the cloud shrank, its gravitational potential energy was converted to kinetic energy and then into thermal energy. Nuclear fusion occurring in the core of the protosun produced energy that heated the nebula. The shock wave from a nearby supernova heated the gas. Question 23 1 / 1 point What was the frost line of the solar system? the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for rocks to condense, between the present-day orbits of Mercury and Venus the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen compounds and methane to condense into ices, between the present-day orbits of Mars and Jupiter the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen and helium to condense, between the present-day orbits of Jupiter and Saturn the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for metals to condense, between the Sun and the present-day orbit of Mercury the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for asteroids to form, between the present-day orbits of Venus and Earth Question 24 0 / 1 point Protoplanets grow into planetesimals by which processes? A) Colliding with other protoplanets. B) Gravitationally pulling in other protoplanets C) Attracting other planetesimals with the same charge. D) A combination of A and B. E) A combination of A, B and C. Question 25 1 / 1 point Why are the inner planets made of denser materials than the outer planets? In the inner part of the nebula only metals and rocks were able to condense because of the high temperatures, whereas hydrogen compounds, although more abundant, were only able to condense in the cooler outer regions. The Sun's gravity pulled denser materials toward the inner part of the solar nebula, while lighter gases escaped more easily. When the solar nebula formed a disk, materials naturally segregated into bands, and in our particular solar system the Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
denser materials settled nearer the Sun while lighter materials are found in the outer part. In the beginning, when the protoplanetary disk was spinning faster, centrifugal forces flung the lighter materials toward the outer parts of the solar nebula. Denser materials were heavier and sank to the centre of the nebula. Question 26 1 / 1 point What is differentiation in planetary geology? any process by which a planet's surface evolves differently from another planet's surface the process by which different types of minerals form a conglomerate rock any process by which a planet evolves differently from its moons any process by which one part of a planet's surface evolves differently from another part of the same planet's surface the process by which gravity separates materials according to density Question 27 0 / 1 point The nebular theory of formation of the solar system successfully predict ts all but one of the following. Which one does the theory not predict? The compositional differences between terrestrial and Jovian planets. Asteroids, Kuiper-belt objects and comets. The equal number of terrestrial and Jovian planets. Planets orbit around the Sun in nearly circular orbits in a flattened disk. The craters on the Moon. Group C 28 0 / 1 point Which statement best describes the Doppler technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 29 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the transit method of discovering exoplanets? Measuring the size of the star around which the exoplanet is orbiting. Measuring the periodic dimming of light as an exoplanet crosses in front of the star. Taking a photograph of planets around a star through a telescope that can block the light of the star. Measuring the distance a star wobbles on the sky as it is tugged in its orbit by an exoplanet. Measuring the Doppler shift of a star as it orbits its combined centre of mass with an exoplanet. Question 30 0 / 1 point What type of exoplanet would you expect to cause the largest Doppler shift in the spectrum of its star? A massive planet that is far from its sun. A massive planet that is close to its sun. A low-mass planet that is far from its sun. An average-mass planet that is at an average distance from its sun. A low-mass planet that is close to its sun. Question 31 1 / 1 point So far, about how many exoplanets have been discovered? about 4000 around 75 150 700 over 1500 Question 32 1 / 1 point What is an exoplanet moon? It is an object orbiting a Kuiper Belt object. It is an object orbiting an exostar. It is an object orbiting an object other than Earth in our own solar system. So far we have not detected any exoplanet moons so they don't exist. It is an object orbiting an exoplanet just as our Moon orbits Earth. Question 33 0 / 1 point Which statement best describes the astrometric technique for finding exoplanets? Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Question 34 0 / 1 point Which of the following techniques has so far yielded the fewest detections of an exoplanet? Doppler technique Transit method. Gravitational lensing. Astrometric method. Direct Detection. Question 35 0 / 1 point Thinking about our own solar system, which planet will have the greatest effect on the Sun's movement about the solar system's centre of mass? Saturn, because of its large ring structure. Earth, because we live here. Mars, because it's the red planet. Mercury, because it is closest to the Sun. Jupiter, because of its huge mass. Question 36 1 / 1 point Why would a star continuously wobble back-and-forth in space? Because it is revolving around a common centre of mass with other planets Because it is undergoing precession Because it had too much to drink Because the nebula it formed out of collided with a supernova shockwave Because of air currents in the atmosphere surrounding it Question 37 1 / 1 point What is an extrasolar planet? A planet that is larger than the Sun. A planet that is found orbiting another planet outside our solar system. A planet that orbits a star that is not our Sun. A planet that is extra large compared to what we would expect. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A planet that is considered an "extra" in that it was not needed for the formation of its solar system. Question 38 1 / 1 point What is the name of the exoplanet that has been found that is closest to our solar system? Alpha Centauri Bb Rigel Fomalhaut b Sirius Kepler 56c Question 39 0 / 1 point Why is it easier to find exoplanets that are much more massive than the Earth? Because the solar nebula theory predicts more massive exoplanets should exist Because massive exoplanets orbit more slowly Because they are mainly found around dimmer stars Because their transits and tugging on their stars are easier to detect Because there aren't any exoplanets with masses lower than Earth Question 40 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the transit technique for finding exoplanets? Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. 1 0 / 1 point Where are most of the known asteroids found? between Jupiter and Saturn. in the Kuiper Belt. between Mars and Jupiter. between Mercury and Venus. in the Oort Cloud. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 2 1 / 1 point We have determined the age of the solar system through: A) taking measurements of tree rings. B) radioactive dating. C) the study of rocks and the determination of their composition. D) the analysis of the sand on various beaches around the Earth. E) all of A, B, C and D. Question 3 1 / 1 point The age of our solar system is approximately 10,000 years. 4.6 billion years. 13.8 million years. 13.8 billion years. 4.6 million years. Question 4 1 / 1 point Ring systems around planets are: fairly rare; just Venus and Saturn have them. quite common; all planets have them. quite common among terrestrial planets. quite common among the large, gas planets; all Jovian planets have them. fairly rare; just Saturn has rings. Question 5 1 / 1 point What is the origin of the atoms of hydrogen, oxygen and sodium in the perspiration that exits your body during this astronomy test? They were all fused deep inside Earth. All of these elements were produced in the first few minutes after the big bang event. They were synthesized during the early stages of the Sun's formation and spewed out from the Sun through the solar wind and our planet, Earth, simply intercepted them. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The hydrogen nuclei were produced a few minutes after the big bang event 13.8 billion years ago; the oxygen and sodium nuclei were synthesized inside stars more than 4.6 billion years ago. All of these elements were synthesized inside stars more than 4.6 billion years ago. Question 6 1 / 1 point Which of the following characteristics of the terrestrial planets is (are) correct? A) They are relatively small, low density bodies with solid surfaces on which to walk. B) They are relatively small, high density objects with solid surfaces on which to walk. C) They have varying sizes; Earth is one size but large Jupiter is also terrestrial and you can walk on its surface. D) They are all closer to the Sun than the Jovian planets but their densities are quite varied with one being less dense than water. E) All of A, B, C and D are correct. Question 7 1 / 1 point The rotation (daily spin) of the planets are: All in the same direction (with the exception of Mercury) All in the same direction (with the exception of Venus and Uranus) All in the same direction (clockwise as seen from above the system) All in the same direction (with the exception of Venus and Neptune) All in the same direction (counter clockwise as seen from above the system) Question 8 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about asteroids is false ? An asteroid is just a failed comet. Asteroids have been found outside the asteroid belt. Most asteroids have congregated in the asteroid belt between Mars and Jupiter. Sometime asteroids enter Earth's atmosphere but most burn up before they reach Earth's surface. Some asteroids seem to have originated on Mars. Question 9 1 / 1 point Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
According to our theory of solar system formation, what is the origin of asteroids and comets? Asteroids are the remains of a terrestrial planet that shattered, and comets are the remains of a jovian planet that shattered. Asteroids are the leftover planetesimals of the inner solar system, and comets are the leftover planetesimals that formed beyond the frost line. Asteroids and comets are both leftover planetesimals that formed between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. Asteroids are chunks of pure metal that condensed in the solar nebula, and comets are chunks of pure rock that condensed in the solar nebula. Asteroids and comets represent material from interstellar space that was captured in the solar nebula by gravity. Question 10 0 / 1 point Which of the following characteristics of the Jovian planets is (are) correct? A) They have varying sizes; Jupiter is one size, Neptune about half as big and Mercury is quite small. B) They are relatively large, low density objects with solid surfaces. C) They are closer to the Sun than the terrestrial planets; that's why we can see them at night. D) Both A and B are correct. E) None of A, B or C are correct. Question 11 1 / 1 point Which of the following is not characteristic of the terrestrial planets? They have more moons than the jovian planets. They have higher densities than the jovian planets They are relatively smaller than the jovian planets. They all have solid surfaces. They are more closely spaced together than the jovian planets. Question 12 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the moons of the solar system is false ? All planets have moons except Mercury. Jupiter has the most moons in our solar system. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Earth has one moon, named Moon, and no rings that we know of. Mars has two small moons which are irregularly-shaped (not round). Moons vary in size from quite small to the largest, Ganymede, which is just over 2600 km in radius. Question 13 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about comets is true ? Comets have a relatively small nucleus and never visit the inner solar system more than once because they burn out completely as they get close to the Sun (Halley's comet is an exception) We are not really sure what they are made of because we can't get close enough to one, even with unmanned spacecraft, to determine their makeup. Comets have a relatively small nucleus (normally larger than 100 km wide) that develop just one debris tail as they get into the inner part of the solar system. Comets have a relatively small nucleus (normally less than 10 km in diameter) that develop debris tails as they get close to the Sun. Comets have a small nucleus with tails that always exist, even when they are at home in the Kuiper Belt. Group B 14 1 / 1 point What is meant by the period of heavy bombardment? During the 500-700 million years of the solar system existence there were plenty of larger objects roaming around in the solar disk. These larger objects constantly bombarded the terrestrial objects building up their surfaces and often leaving large craters that still exist today. It refers to a particularly interesting period about 65 millions years ago when so many asteroid hit Earth that many animal species, including the dinosaurs, were wiped out. It refers to a period of human history known as the Dark Ages when many people died from being hit by the constant rain of meteors from the Kuiper Belt. Throughout the solar system's existence the Jovian planets especially have been bombarded with rogue asteroids leaving scars on their surfaces. During the second world war London, England was heavily bombed by the German Airforce. Question 15 1 / 1 point Protoplanets grow into planetesimals by which processes? Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A) Colliding with other protoplanets. B) Gravitationally pulling in other protoplanets C) Attracting other planetesimals with the same charge. D) A combination of A and B. E) A combination of A, B and C. Question 16 1 / 1 point Which of the following is most likely to describe a comet, but not an asteroid? Comets are leftover planetesimals from the time when the planets were formed. Comets are partially but not totally composed of rocks and metals. Comets are mainly composed of ice and snow with some dust and rocky bits. Comets reside with similar bodies in a sparsely populated belt. There really is no difference between a comet and an asteroid. Question 17 1 / 1 point The terrestrial planet cores contain mostly metal because convection carried the metals to the core. the entire planets are made mostly of metal. only metals condensed closest to the Sun in the solar nebula and the rocks then accreted around them as the protoplanets cooled. radioactivity created metals in the core from the decay of uranium. metals sank to the centre during a time when the interiors were molten throughout. Question 18 1 / 1 point Atmospheres formed around some terrestrial planets because A) outgassing through volcanic activity plus a strong enough gravity kept the gas from escaping into space B) their gravity was great enough to capture atoms and molecules floating around in the solar nebula C) radioactivity from surface rocks produced oxygen and carbon dioxide in sufficient quantities to build up an atmosphere Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
D) human activity produces carbon dioxide and plants produce oxygen which are the main constituents of an atmosphere E) all of A, B, C and D. Question 19 1 / 1 point Why are the inner planets made of denser materials than the outer planets? In the inner part of the nebula only metals and rocks were able to condense because of the high temperatures, whereas hydrogen compounds, although more abundant, were only able to condense in the cooler outer regions. Denser materials were heavier and sank to the centre of the nebula. When the solar nebula formed a disk, materials naturally segregated into bands, and in our particular solar system the denser materials settled nearer the Sun while lighter materials are found in the outer part. In the beginning, when the protoplanetary disk was spinning faster, centrifugal forces flung the lighter materials toward the outer parts of the solar nebula. The Sun's gravity pulled denser materials toward the inner part of the solar nebula, while lighter gases escaped more easily. Question 20 1 / 1 point Which of the following solar system moons likely formed through the same processes as our solar system? A) The moons of Mars, Phobos and Deimos. B) Venus's small moon, Dactyl. C) Jupiter's so-called Galilean moons. D) Uranus's moon, Triton E) All of A, C and D. Question 21 1 / 1 point About how much of the solar nebula consisted of elements heavier than hydrogen and helium? 2% by mass. 25% by mass. 98% by mass. 50% by mass. 10% by mass. Question 22 1 / 1 point Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
How were the moons of the Jovian planets most likely formed? Probably through the same process as the planets themselves formed. Most likely by gravitationally attracting asteroids as a protoplanet might form. Most of the solar system's moons initially formed around Jupiter which were then ejected by Jupiter toward other planets which eventually captured them. They were all formed in the Asteroid Belt between Venus and Jupiter and through BB (Belt Benevolence) they got distributed among the Jovian planets. Early in their formation the planets spun wildly and flung off chunks of themselves which coalesced as moons. Question 23 1 / 1 point What constitutes the solar wind? A) It's very similar to the wind here on Earth which is merely the moving around of atmospheric gases. B) It is the continuous stream of hot air being released by the fusion process deep inside the Sun. C) It's the continuous emission of charged particles (electrons, protons, etc.) from the solar surface. D) The solar wind in not constant but happens in spurts especially during the time of coronal mass ejections from sunspots. E) It is a combination of both A and B. Question 24 1 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, what is Pluto? Pluto is simply an oddball planet, and thus represents one of the "exceptions" that the nebular theory cannot explain. Pluto is one of the largest of the Kuiper belt objects. Pluto is a very small jovian planet. Pluto is a terrestrial planet that was shot out from the inner solar system to its present location as the most distant planet. Pluto is a terrestrial planet that happened to form at a large distance from the Sun. Question 25 1 / 1 point What was the frost line of the solar system? Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for rocks to condense, between the present-day orbits of Mercury and Venus the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen and helium to condense, between the present-day orbits of Jupiter and Saturn the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for metals to condense, between the Sun and the present-day orbit of Mercury the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for asteroids to form, between the present-day orbits of Venus and Earth the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen compounds and methane to condense into ices, between the present-day orbits of Mars and Jupiter Question 26 1 / 1 point What is a planetesimal? A smaller building block of a protostar. A smaller building block of planets. A rogue planet moving around in the solar system not attached to any particular planet. One of the larger planets in the solar system. An object that is in orbit around a planet. Question 27 0 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, why does the Sun rotate slowly today? The Sun once rotated much faster, but it lost angular momentum because everything slows down with time. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to planets and other objects during close encounters. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it lost angular momentum due to internal friction. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to charged particles caught in its magnetic field and then blew the particles away with its strong solar wind. The Sun was born rotating slowly because the solar nebula had very little angular momentum. Group C 28 1 / 1 point Why would a star continuously wobble back-and-forth in space? Because the nebula it formed out of collided with a supernova shockwave Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Because it is undergoing precession Because of air currents in the atmosphere surrounding it Because it had too much to drink Because it is revolving around a common centre of mass with other planets Question 29 0 / 1 point Which of the following techniques has so far yielded the fewest detections of an exoplanet? Transit method. Astrometric method. Direct Detection. Doppler technique Gravitational lensing. Question 30 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the transit technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Question 31 1 / 1 point So far, about how many exoplanets have been discovered? 150 over 1500 about 4000 around 75 700 Question 32 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about exoplanets is true? The large majority of confirmed exoplanets orbit their stars at radii less than 5 AU. No planets have been found orbiting their stars at radii less than Mercury's orbital radius. A considerable number of exoplanets seem to have orbits that are quite elliptical. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
All of A, B and C are true. Only A and C are true. Question 33 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the direct detection technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Question 34 0 / 1 point Which of the following three factors would affect the size of a star's Doppler shift caused by an exoplanet? The planet's mass The size of the planet's orbit The planet's composition Only A and B All of A, B and C Question 35 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the transit method of discovering exoplanets? Measuring the Doppler shift of a star as it orbits its combined centre of mass with an exoplanet. Taking a photograph of planets around a star through a telescope that can block the light of the star. Measuring the size of the star around which the exoplanet is orbiting. Measuring the periodic dimming of light as an exoplanet crosses in front of the star. Measuring the distance a star wobbles on the sky as it is tugged in its orbit by an exoplanet. Question 36 1 / 1 point What does the exoplanet descriptor "hot Jupiter" mean? It's the latest fast car made by Toyota having Jupiter as its model name. It's an exoplanet the same size as Jupiter but with an extensive ring system. It's an exoplanet just like Jupiter but orbiting much further away from its sun than 5 AU. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
It's any exoplanet orbiting around a much bigger star than our Sun. It's an exoplanet jult like Jupiter but orbiting much closer to its sun than 5 AU. Question 37 1 / 1 point What is so special about a star known as 51 Pegasi? It is a pulsar with planets orbiting around it. It is the largest known white dwarf star. It was the first star found with multiple planets orbiting it. It is the first main sequence star (stars like our Sun) found to have a planet orbiting it. It was the first star found with a planet orbiting it that is known to support intelligent life. Question 38 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about exoplanets is false? The information about exoplanets we have been able to determine so far seem to indicate that most of them are similar to our own solar system component. A considerable number of exoplanets seem to have orbits that are quite elliptical. The large majority of confirmed exoplanets orbit their stars at radii less than 5 AU. No planets have been found orbiting their stars at radii less than Mercury's orbital radius. The masses of the large majority of confirmed exoplanets that we have been able to measure with any degree of certainty are larger than Earth's mass. Question 39 1 / 1 point Thinking about our own solar system, which planet will have the greatest effect on the Sun's movement about the solar system's centre of mass? Mercury, because it is closest to the Sun. Jupiter, because of its huge mass. Mars, because it's the red planet. Earth, because we live here. Saturn, because of its large ring structure. Question 40 1 / 1 point What is an extrasolar planet? A planet that is extra large compared to what we would expect. A planet that is considered an "extra" in that it was not needed for the formation of its solar system. A planet that is found orbiting another planet outside our solar system. A planet that is larger than the Sun. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A planet that orbits a star that is not our Sun. Q) Without telescope of other aid, we can see the moon in the night sky because it A) Reflects visible lighm,l ,\ 00000000000 coming from the sun Q) Which of the following statements about x-rays and radio waves is not true? A) Neither x-rays nor radio waves can penetrate the earth’s atmosphere Q) Galileo was a very important figure in astronomy. Which of the following statements about Galileo’s accomplishments is false? A) Galileo looked at the moon through his telescope and observed rivers, mountains, and lakes filled with liquid Q) the scientific method is best described by which of the following? A) a system of collecting and analyzing data, formulating a hypothesis, testing the hypothesis and reformulating the hypothesis as needed Q) which statement about the cosmological principle is valid? A) it is based on two tenets involving the universality of the laws of physics and chemistry and the belief that there is nothing special about the earth Q) Galileo observed that venus had phases very similar to the phases out moon goes through. From this he concluded that A) Venus therefore must orbit the sun and not the earth Q) Suppose a planet is discovered orbiting a star in a highly elliptical orbit. While the planet is close to the star it _______, but while it is far away it _________ A) moves faster, moves slower Q) which of the following is not an example of “pseudoscience”? A) astronomy Q) Who built Stonehenge? A) Nobody really knows for sure Q) Galileo observed that Jupiter had moons. From this info you may conclude that A) some things do not orbit the earth Q) Kapler’s 3 rd law of planetary motion states that A) the cube of the semi-major axis of a planets orbit is directly proportional to the square of its period of motion around the sun Q) Which of the following best describes the origin of ocean tides on earth? Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A) tides are caused by the difference in the force of gravity exerted by the moon across the sphere of the earth Q) spring tides occur A) at any time of the year when the moon is full Q) which of the following is not part of newtons universal law of gravitation A) the gravitational attraction between 2 objects depends directly on the distance between their centres of mass Q) Ptolemy was important in the history of astronomy because he A) developed a model of the solar system that made sufficiently accurate predictions of planetary positions to remain in use for many centuries Q) which one of the following in not one of, nor follows directly from, Kepler’s law? A) when a planet travels at slower speeds it must be nearer the sun and when it speeds up it must be as far from the sun as it can get Q) a skater can spin faster by pulling in her arms closer to her body or spin slower by spreading her arms out from her body. This is due to A) the conservation of angular momentum Q) what is acceleration? A) it is the rate of change of velocity with change Q) which of the following is not regarded as a heat transfer mechanism? A) segregation Q) Radiative (or radiant) energy is A) light energy Q) upon what quantities does angular momentum depend? A) three quantities – an objects mass, its rotational speed, and its radius of distance from the rotational centre Q) which of the following statements about orbital motion is not true? A) an elliptical orbit is an example of an open orbit Q) which of the following statements correctly describes the law of conservation of energy? A) the total quantity of energy in the universe never changes Q) what does temperature measure? A) the average kinetic energy of particles of substance Q) which of the following is not a unit of speed? Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A) centimetres/light years Q) if your mass is 75 kg on earth, what would your mass be on Saturn which is about 95 times as massive as the earth? A) about the same, 75kg Q) the amount of matter contained in an object is called its mass. Which of the following statements about mass is false? A) the average human mass is about 150 pounds Q) when a rock is held above the ground, we say it has some potential energy. When we let it go, it falls and we say the potential energy to kinetic energy when it hits the ground. What has happened to the energy? A) the energy goes to producing sound and to heating the ground, rock, and surrounding air Q) at which lunar phase(s) are the tides most pronounced? (the highest tide levels) A) both new and full moons Q) suppose there are 2 monochromatic light beams. Beam 1 has half the wavelength of beam 2. How do their frequencies compare? A) beam 1 has 2x the frequency of beam 2 Q) from lowest energy to highest energy, which of the following correctly orders the different categories of electromagnetic radiation? A) radio, infrared, visible light, ultraviolet, x-ray, gamma rays Q) Suppose the angular separation of 2 stars is smaller than the angular resolution of your eyes. How will the stars appear to your eyes? A) the 2 stars will look like a single point of light Q) which of the following is not an advantage of the hubble space telescope over ground based telescopes? A) although it orbits the earth and is outside the atmosphere, it is, after all, closer to the stars Q) the larger the size of the telescope, the greater the what? A) light gathering ability Q) which of the following statements best describes the pricinple advantage of telescopes over eyes? A) telescopes can collect far more light with far better angular resolution Q) the trouble with refraction telescopes is that A) different colours of visible starlight get focused to different points in space making the image blurry Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Q) the Doppler shift is a wave phenomenon that A) uses the change in wavelength of light to determine the speed of a moving star Q) a hot star emits primarily what colour of visible light A) blue Q) most of everything we know from outside earth we know because of our use of what? A) light Q) the wavelength of a wave is A) the distance between 2 adjacent peaks of the wave n 1 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about conjunctions and opposition is false? Mercury and Venus both have superior and inferior conjunctions because they are closer to the Sun than Earth. Mercury can never be in opposition from Earth's perspective. Jupiter can never appear in an inferior conjunction position from Earth's perspective. Mar can have an inferior conjunction but not a superior conjunction from Earth's perspective. Conjunction and opposition are orbital mechanics terms. Question 2 1 / 1 point Which component of our atmosphere has steadily increased in the last 100 years and has led to warming temperatures? Argon Carbon Dioxide Oxygen Nitrogen Water Vapour Question 3 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about Earth is false? The Earth's atmosphere is mostly nitrogen and oxygen. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The poles of the Earth's magnetic field are precisely aligned with Earth's rotational axis. It appears as if the average temperature on the surface of the Earth has been increasing regularly over the past 100 years. A liquid shell of molten iron surrounds a solid core of iron. the Van Allen belts surround the Earth's equator and contain charged particles from the solar wind. Question 4 0 / 1 point How would you describe Venus's retrograde rotation? It rotates in the opposite direction to Earth's spin and at the same rate so that a day on Venus is the same 24 hours. It rotates very slowly in a direction opposite to its revolution. Its rate of rotation matches its rate of revolution. It appears to make a loop on the celestial sphere over many months as Earth "overtakes" it. Its axis of rotation is tilted 90 degrees from the ecliptic. Question 5 0 / 1 point Why does the burning of fossil fuels increase the greenhouse effect on Earth? Burning fuel warms the planet. Burning releases carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. Burning depletes the amount of ozone, thereby warming the planet. Burning produces infrared light, which is then trapped by existing greenhouse gases. All of the above are true. Question 6 1 / 1 point All but one of the following statements about Mercury are true. Which one is false ? Mercury is now geologically dead. Mercury has a very thin atmosphere which is strange because there are still active volcanoes outgassing carbon dioxide and water vapour. Despite the fact that the surface temperature is over 700 K there may well be water ice hidden below the surface of Mercury. Mercury's surface is covered with craters revealing a battered past. Mercury has a magnetic field, although it is only 1% as strong as Earth's. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 7 1 / 1 point How have we been able to construct maps of surface features on the planet Venus? by using radar from spacecraft that were sent to orbit Venus by making computer models of geological processes on Venus by studying Venus with powerful telescopes on spacecraft that were sent to orbit Venus by studying Venus from Earth with powerful telescopes by landing spacecraft on the surface for close-up study Question 8 1 / 1 point Earth's atmosphere contains only small amounts of carbon dioxide because Earth doesn't have as strong a greenhouse effect as is present on Venus. carbon dioxide dissolves in water, and most of it is now contained in the oceans and carbonate rocks. chemical reactions with other gases destroyed the carbon dioxide and replaced it with the nitrogen that is in the atmosphere now. most of the carbon dioxide was lost during the age of bombardment. the Earth's volcanoes did not outgas as much carbon dioxide as those on Venus and Mars. Question 9 1 / 1 point All but one of the following statements about Venus are true. Which one is false? The atmospheric pressure on Venus is significantly greater than on Earth, about 9 times as great. Past volcanic activity is responsible for the greenhouse gases in the atmosphere. Venus' significant greenhouse effect results in a surface temperature over 700 K. One elevated landmass, Aphrodite Terra, is about as large as the African continent. Venus' atmosphere has sulphuric acid that absorbs uv radiation from the Sun. Question 10 1 / 1 point What function does the ozone layer provide on the Earth? It is a by-product of the process of photosynthesis involving plant life. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
It absorbs and re-radiates infrared radiation from the Sun, which helps keep the Earth warm. It is dissolved in water and reacts with nutrients to form limestone. It shields us from ultraviolet radiation that is harmful to life. None of the above. Question 11 1 / 1 point The origin of Earth's only natural satellite, Moon, is Earth - it was formed when a huge comet hit Earth, some 4.5 billion years ago, and the land mass that existed where the current Pacific Ocean is became the Moon. the same nebula from which the Earth formed - both the Earth and the Moon formed at about the same time and since the Earth was bigger the Moon began circling it. a combination of the "capture" theory and the "daughter" theory, sometimes called the impact theory which posits that early in the solar system history the formative years. a young, molten Earth collided with a Mars-like object in a sort of glancing blow. outer space, beyond our solar system - a small, dead star careening through the Milky Way Galaxy became attracted by our Sun and somehow wound up orbiting Earth through chance orbital mechanics. a planet that once orbited the Sun somewhere between Mars and Jupiter about where the asteroid belt is. which collided with the largest asteroid, Ceres, sending it toward Earth which then captured it with its large gravitational force. Question 12 1 / 1 point There are no auroras on Venus because it is too hot. lacks atmospheric oxygen. lacks strong winds. lacks an ionosphere. lacks a strong magnetic field. Question 13 0 / 1 point All of the following statements about Venus are true but one. Which one is false? Although there are no water oceans on Venus there are two fairly large, raised landforms, Ishtar Terra and Aphrodite Terra. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The magnetic field on Venus has about the same intensity as on Earth, although it appears to change directions every 100,000 years or so. Venus' rotation is retrograde, a fact discovered only within the past 50 years. The temperature on the surface of Venus is a hot 740 K approx... Venus orbits the Sun in about 225 days and has a day that is about 117 Earth days long. Group B 14 0 / 1 point Jupiter and Saturn emit ________ heat than absorbed from the Sun due to ___________ . 1) more; heat left over from their formation 2) more; nuclear reactions in their liquid metallic hydrogen cores. 3) less; nuclear fusion of hydrogen in their cores. 4) less: heat left over from their formation 5) about the same: a balance of heat absorbed and heat generated by various processes. Question 15 1 / 1 point Why does Jupiter have several distinct cloud layers? 1) Clouds form randomly, so on average there are always several layers. 2) Different layers represent clouds made of gases that condense at different temperatures. 3) Different layers represent the various regions where the temperature is cool enough for liquid water to condense. 4) Different gases are present at different altitudes in Jupiter's atmosphere. 5) Winds prevent clouds from forming at some altitudes, so we see clouds only at the other altitudes. Question 16 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about Saturn is false? 1) Saturn was first discovered by Galileo about 400 years ago. 2) Saturn's density is less tha the density of water, meaning that it would float in your cottage lake it would have to be a big lake!.. 3) Saturn is the second most massive planet in our solar system. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
4) Saturn has one big moon, Titan, and lots of small ones. 5) Saturn takes about 29.5 years to orbit the Sun once. Question 17 1 / 1 point All of the following statements about Jupiter are true but one. Which one is false? 1) The Great Red Spot is a large storm centre that has been observed for only the last 75 years. 2) Of the four Jovian planets Jupiter is the only one that doesn't have seasons. 3) Jupiter is the largest planet in the solar system. 4) Jupiter has the shortest rotational period of all the planets. 5) Jupiter has a solid core that is more massive than the Earth. Question 18 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about Uranus is false? 1) Uranus has the Great Red Spot on its surface that has been visible for the last 400 years. 2) Uranus appears blue in telescopes resulting from lots of methane in its upper atmosphere. 3) Uranus appears to "roll" along in its orbit because its equatorial inclination is close to 90 degrees. 4) Uranus is the least massive of the Jovian planets. 5) Uranus's average distance from the Sun is about 19.2 AU. Question 19 1 / 1 point How does the atmospheric pressure on Mars compare to that on Earth and Venus? 1) Greater than on both Earth and Venus. 2) Lower than on Earth but greater than on Venus. 3) Greater than on Earth but lower than on Venus. 4) Lower than on both Earth and Venus. 5) Greater than on Venus but lower than on Earth. Question 20 1 / 1 point Which of the following do the Jovian planets not have in common? 1) They all have comparatively large hydrogen and helium atmospheres surrounding relatively small rock and metal cores. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
2) They are all less dense than water. 3) They all rotate faster than the Earth. 4) They are all many times more massive than terrestrial planets. 5) They all have ring systems and dozens of satellites. Question 21 1 / 1 point Which of the following does Jupiter not have? 1) a hot interior 2) crustal plates on its surface 3) convection occurring in the atmosphere 4) any rings 5) a dynamo effect Question 22 1 / 1 point All of the following statements about Jupiter are true but one. Which one is false? 1) Jupiter is the largest planet in the solar system. 2) Of the four jovian planets Jupiter is the only one that doesn't have seasons. 3) Jupiter has the smallest rotational rate of all the planets. 4) Jupiter has a solid core that is bigger than Earth. 5) The density of Jupiter is greater than that of air but less than that for water. Question 23 1 / 1 point What is a Roche zone? 1) the region within a planet's magnetic field where charged particles accumulate 2) a bright layer of gas on Jupiter 3) a region where gravitational resonances clear a gap in a planet's rings 4) the region surrounding a planet where it may have large moons 5) the region near a planet where tidal forces would tear apart an object held together only by gravity Question 24 1 / 1 point Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Exploration on Mars has been accomplished by orbiters, lander and rovers. Which of the following statements about Martian exploration is false? 1) We are fairly certain that water was once abundant on the Martian surface. 2) As you take this test, a rover named Curiosity is exploring the Martian surface in a place known as the Gale Crater. 3) Early exporation began in the 1970s with NASA's Viking program. 4) Two very successful Martian rovers have been Spirit and Opportunity. 5) The remains of some type of life form have been found near Olympus Mons, the largest volcano on Mars. Question 25 1 / 1 point About how far from the Sun, on average, is Saturn? 1) 10 AU 2) 20 AU 3) 5 AU 4) 15 AU 5) 1 AU Question 26 0 / 1 point Why does Mars have more extreme seasons than Earth? 1) because it is farther from the Sun 2) because it has a larger axis tilt 3) because it has a more eccentric orbit 4) because it has more carbon dioxide in its atmosphere 5) all of the above Question 27 1 / 1 point Saturn is how far from the Sun, on average? 1) 5 AU 2) 20 AU 3) 10 AU 4) 15 AU 5) 1 AU Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Group C 28 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the rings of the four jovian planets is not true? All are made of individual particles of rock or ice that orbit in accord with Kepler's laws: inner ring particles orbiting faster, and outer ring particles orbiting slower. All rings lie within their planet's Roche zone. All probably look much like they did when the solar system first formed. All have gaps and ringlets, probably due to gap moons, shepherd moons, and orbital resonances. All the particle orbits are fairly circular, near their planet's equatorial plane. Question 29 1 / 1 point Why is Triton referred to as Neptune's "backward" moon? It orbits Neptune in the expected prograde direction but it spins backward. It orbits in the opposite direction of its revoluation. It has different surface features on its leading and trailing hemispheres It continually pulls backward on Neptune, causing Neptune to slow down. It is named after a mythological figure known for speaking backwards. Question 30 1 / 1 point Where do the majority of confirmed dwarf planets in the solar system reside? The iCloud The Oort Cloud The Kuiper Belt Between Mars and Jupiter In orbit around Neptune Question 31 1 / 1 point All of the following statements about Charon, Pluto's moon, are true except which one? Charon is half the size of Pluto, but 1/10th the mass. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As strange as it may seem, astronomers have actually observed seasonal effects on Charon. The discovery of Charon allowed astronomers to determine that Pluto's rotation is retrograde. Charon's orbit around Pluto is fairly close to Pluto's surface 20,000 km.. The orbital period of Charon is equal to the rotation period of Pluto. Question 32 0 / 1 point Why do astronomers believe Triton may have been a planet that was captured by Neptune? It is too large to have been formed in the outer portion of the nebula that formed Neptune. It has an atmosphere and a measurable greenhouse effect. It is colder than any other moon or planet. It undergoes seasonal changes. It orbits Neptune in the opposite direction of Neptune's rotation. Question 33 1 / 1 point Why isn't there a planet where the asteroid belt is located? Gravitational tugs from Jupiter prevented material from collecting together to form a planet. There was not enough material in this part of the solar nebula to form a planet. There was too much rocky material to form a terrestrial planet, but not enough gaseous material to form a jovian planet. The temperature in this portion of the solar nebula was just right to prevent rock from sticking together. A planet once formed here, but it was broken apart by a catastrophic collision. Question 34 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the moons of the Jovian planets is false ? Galileo discovered the four largest moons of Jupiter in 1610. Io, one of the Galilean moons of Jupiter, is the most volcanically active object in the solar system. Mimas, a small moon of Saturn, is responsible for the existence of the Cassini division. Titania, one of the largest jovian moons, has a wrinkly surface that is often referred to as "cantaloupe terrain". Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Europa, a larger moon of Jupiter, has the smoothest surface in the solar system. Question 35 0 / 1 point What is the Cassini division of Saturn's rings? the imaginary circle marking the halfway point of Saturn's rings the widest ring of Saturn, located between two large ring gaps the most opaque ring of Saturn, made of highly reflective ice particles a dark ring, visible from Earth, composed of dark, dusty particles a large gap, visible from Earth, produced by an orbital resonance with the moon Mimas Question 36 1 / 1 point What mechanism is most responsible for generating the internal heat of Io that drives the volcanic activity? tidal heating bombardment differentiation accretion radioactive decay Question 37 1 / 1 point Which of these moons is the most geologically active? Leo Enceladus Europa Callisto Io Question 38 1 / 1 point Why are there no impact craters on the surface of Io? Jupiter's strong gravity attracted the planetesimals more strongly than Io and thus none landed on its surface. Any craters that existed have been eroded through the strong winds on Io's surface. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Io did have impact craters but they have all been buried in lava flows. Io's thick atmosphere obscures the view of the craters. It is too small to have been bombarded by planetesimals in the early solar system. Question 39 1 / 1 point What did the Huygens probe discover about Saturn's moon, Titan? An atmosphere that consists of about 90% oxygen. Methane rains onto the surface, evaporates, and rains again cyclically. A system of caverns and tunnels that appear to run throughout the interior of the satellite. A plume of water vapour erupting from a geothermal vent. An atmosphere that is about 10 times that on Earth. Question 40 1 / 1 point Which of the following is not classified as a dwarf planet? Ceres Triton Makemake Eris Pluto Question 1 1 / 1 point Mercury's large core is composed of iron carbon dioxide ice rock water ice silicon Question 2 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about Earth is false? It appears as if the average temperature on the surface of the Earth has been increasing regularly over the past 100 years. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A liquid shell of molten iron surrounds a solid core of iron. The Earth's atmosphere is mostly nitrogen and oxygen. the Van Allen belts surround the Earth's equator and contain charged particles from the solar wind. The poles of the Earth's magnetic field are precisely aligned with Earth's rotational axis. Question 3 0 / 1 point The origin of Earth's only natural satellite, Moon, is a planet that once orbited the Sun somewhere between Mars and Jupiter about where the asteroid belt is. which collided with the largest asteroid, Ceres, sending it toward Earth which then captured it with its large gravitational force. the same nebula from which the Earth formed - both the Earth and the Moon formed at about the same time and since the Earth was bigger the Moon began circling it. Earth - it was formed when a huge comet hit Earth, some 4.5 billion years ago, and the land mass that existed where the current Pacific Ocean is became the Moon. outer space, beyond our solar system - a small, dead star careening through the Milky Way Galaxy became attracted by our Sun and somehow wound up orbiting Earth through chance orbital mechanics. a combination of the "capture" theory and the "daughter" theory, sometimes called the impact theory which posits that early in the solar system history the formative years. a young, molten Earth collided with a Mars-like object in a sort of glancing blow. Question 4 1 / 1 point What function does the ozone layer provide on the Earth? It is a by-product of the process of photosynthesis involving plant life. It absorbs and re-radiates infrared radiation from the Sun, which helps keep the Earth warm. It is dissolved in water and reacts with nutrients to form limestone. It shields us from ultraviolet radiation that is harmful to life. None of the above. Question 5 1 / 1 point A solar day on Mercury is about how long? 176 Earth days Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Earth day 57 Earth days 365.25 Earth days 17 Earth days Question 6 1 / 1 point At what special time in Venus's orbit might we be able to see a solar transit? greatest western elongation July 1 superior conjunction greatest eastern elongation inferior conjunction Question 7 1 / 1 point There are no auroras on Venus because it is too hot. lacks strong winds. lacks an ionosphere. lacks atmospheric oxygen. lacks a strong magnetic field. Question 8 1 / 1 point The orbit of Venus around the Sun is almost circular. What is the radius of its orbit? 1.72 AU 0.72 AU 0.39 AU 1.0 AU 1.42 AU Question 9 0 / 1 point All but one of the following statements about Mercury are true. Which one is false? Mercury's orbit about the Sun is almost circular, more so than any other planet in the solar system. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Mercury orbits close to the Sun and is best viewed during dawn or dusk. Mercury's interior is about 60% iron. A solar day on Mercury is very long, 176 Earth days, due to its slow rotation. Mercury has been visited by one spacecraft in the mid- 1970s, Mariner 10 , and now MESSENGER, which has now settled into orbit around Mercury. Question 10 1 / 1 point What is the Moon's average orbital distance from the Sun? 1.5 AU 0.9 AU 2.0 AU 1.0 AU 0.5 AU Question 11 1 / 1 point How have we been able to construct maps of surface features on the planet Venus? by using radar from spacecraft that were sent to orbit Venus by studying Venus from Earth with powerful telescopes by making computer models of geological processes on Venus by landing spacecraft on the surface for close-up study by studying Venus with powerful telescopes on spacecraft that were sent to orbit Venus Question 12 1 / 1 point How would you describe Venus's retrograde rotation? It appears to make a loop on the celestial sphere over many months as Earth "overtakes" it. It rotates very slowly in a direction opposite to its revolution. Its axis of rotation is tilted 90 degrees from the ecliptic. Its rate of rotation matches its rate of revolution. It rotates in the opposite direction to Earth's spin and at the same rate so that a day on Venus is the same 24 hours. Question 13 1 / 1 point Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which component of our atmosphere has steadily increased in the last 100 years and has led to warming temperatures? Water Vapour Nitrogen Oxygen Carbon Dioxide Argon Group B 14 1 / 1 point Which of the following planets was found using Newton's laws after discrepancies were observed in another planet's orbit? 1) Saturn 2) Pluto 3) Uranus 4) Neptune 5) Jupiter Question 15 0 / 1 point Jupiter and Saturn emit ________ heat than absorbed from the Sun due to ___________ . 1) about the same: a balance of heat absorbed and heat generated by various processes. 2) more; nuclear reactions in their liquid metallic hydrogen cores. 3) less: heat left over from their formation 4) more; heat left over from their formation 5) less; nuclear fusion of hydrogen in their cores. Question 16 1 / 1 point Why does Mars have more extreme seasons than Earth? 1) because it is farther from the Sun 2) because it has a larger axis tilt 3) because it has a more eccentric orbit 4) because it has more carbon dioxide in its atmosphere 5) all of the above Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 17 1 / 1 point Why does Jupiter have several distinct cloud layers? 1) Different layers represent clouds made of gases that condense at different temperatures. 2) Clouds form randomly, so on average there are always several layers. 3) Different layers represent the various regions where the temperature is cool enough for liquid water to condense. 4) Different gases are present at different altitudes in Jupiter's atmosphere. 5) Winds prevent clouds from forming at some altitudes, so we see clouds only at the other altitudes. Question 18 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about Neptune is true? 1) Neptune has very few moons; only four have been observed. 2) Neptune is distinctly green in colour. 3) Neptune's largest surface feature is the Great Dark Spot that is about the size of Earth and is probably a storm of some sort. 4) Neptune is different from the other Jovian planets in that it doesn't appear to have a rocky, metallic core. 5) Neptune is located in between Saturn and Uranus. Question 19 1 / 1 point Which of the following do the Jovian planets not have in common? 1) They all rotate faster than the Earth. 2) They are all less dense than water. 3) They are all many times more massive than terrestrial planets. 4) They all have comparatively large hydrogen and helium atmospheres surrounding relatively small rock and metal cores. 5) They all have ring systems and dozens of satellites. Question 20 1 / 1 point How does the atmospheric pressure on Mars compare to that on Earth and Venus? Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
1) Greater than on Venus but lower than on Earth. 2) Lower than on both Earth and Venus. 3) Lower than on Earth but greater than on Venus. 4) Greater than on Earth but lower than on Venus. 5) Greater than on both Earth and Venus. Question 21 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about Uranus is false? 1) Uranus is the least massive of the Jovian planets. 2) Uranus's average distance from the Sun is about 19.2 AU. 3) Uranus appears to "roll" along in its orbit because its equatorial inclination is close to 90 degrees. 4) Uranus appears blue in telescopes resulting from lots of methane in its upper atmosphere. 5) Uranus has the Great Red Spot on its surface that has been visible for the last 400 years. Question 22 0 / 1 point Exploration on Mars has been accomplished by orbiters, lander and rovers. Which of the following statements about Martian exploration is false? 1) We are fairly certain that water was once abundant on the Martian surface. 2) Two very successful Martian rovers have been Spirit and Opportunity. 3) Early exporation began in the 1970s with NASA's Viking program. 4) The remains of some type of life form have been found near Olympus Mons, the largest volcano on Mars. 5) As you take this test, a rover named Curiosity is exploring the Martian surface in a place known as the Gale Crater. Question 23 1 / 1 point Saturn is how far from the Sun, on average? 1) 15 AU 2) 10 AU 3) 5 AU 4) 1 AU Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
5) 20 AU Question 24 1 / 1 point What is the region around a planet called where the magnetic field is able to deflect the solar wind and other charged particles? 1) Aurora 2) Hydrosphere 3) Ice line 4) Corona 5) Magnetosphere Question 25 1 / 1 point The belts and zones of Jupiter are 1) alternating bands of rising and falling air at different latitudes. 2) alternating regions of charged particles in Jupiter's magnetic field. 3) names for different cloud layers on Jupiter. 4) material that is left over from the once expansive rings of Jupiter. 5) cyclonic and anti-cyclonic storms. Question 26 1 / 1 point About how far from the Sun, on average, is Saturn? 1) 10 AU 2) 20 AU 3) 15 AU 4) 1 AU 5) 5 AU Question 27 1 / 1 point What is a Roche zone? 1) a region where gravitational resonances clear a gap in a planet's rings 2) a bright layer of gas on Jupiter 3) the region near a planet where tidal forces would tear apart an object held together only by gravity Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
4) the region within a planet's magnetic field where charged particles accumulate 5) the region surrounding a planet where it may have large moons Group C 28 1 / 1 point This satellite's interior has probably warmed enough by tidal stressing to have a liquid water ocean below an icy crust. Charon Ariel Titan Io Europa Question 29 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about Jovian moons is false? Many of the moons of Uranus have been named after sprites and spirits in Shakespearean plays. Neptune's largest moon, Triton, has a wrinkly surface often called "cantaloupe terrain". Volcanic plumes containing water vapour, nitrogen, methane and other hydrocarbons have been observed on Enceladus, a moon of Saturn. All of the Jovian moons orbit their planet in the same direction, counter-clockwise as seem from above the solar system. The Galilean moons of Jupiter from smallest to largest are Europa, Io, Callisto and Ganymede. Question 30 1 / 1 point Why is Triton referred to as Neptune's "backward" moon? It continually pulls backward on Neptune, causing Neptune to slow down. It is named after a mythological figure known for speaking backwards. It orbits in the opposite direction of its revoluation. It orbits Neptune in the expected prograde direction but it spins backward. It has different surface features on its leading and trailing hemispheres Question 31 1 / 1 point Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
What is the Cassini division of Saturn's rings? the most opaque ring of Saturn, made of highly reflective ice particles a dark ring, visible from Earth, composed of dark, dusty particles a large gap, visible from Earth, produced by an orbital resonance with the moon Mimas the widest ring of Saturn, located between two large ring gaps the imaginary circle marking the halfway point of Saturn's rings Question 32 1 / 1 point Why isn't there a planet where the asteroid belt is located? A planet once formed here, but it was broken apart by a catastrophic collision. Gravitational tugs from Jupiter prevented material from collecting together to form a planet. The temperature in this portion of the solar nebula was just right to prevent rock from sticking together. There was not enough material in this part of the solar nebula to form a planet. There was too much rocky material to form a terrestrial planet, but not enough gaseous material to form a jovian planet. Question 33 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the moons of the Jovian planets is false ? Io, one of the Galilean moons of Jupiter, is the most volcanically active object in the solar system. Titania, one of the largest jovian moons, has a wrinkly surface that is often referred to as "cantaloupe terrain". Mimas, a small moon of Saturn, is responsible for the existence of the Cassini division. Europa, a larger moon of Jupiter, has the smoothest surface in the solar system. Galileo discovered the four largest moons of Jupiter in 1610. Question 34 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about Pluto is false ? Pluto is one of the larger Kuiper Belt Objects discovered to date and is actually bigger than Mercury. Plluto has one large moon, Charon, and a few other smaller ones Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Pluto has a fairly eccentric orbit but it spends about 20 years of its 248-year orbit around the Sun inside the orbit of Neptune. Pluto was discovered by Clyde Tombaugh around 1930 after years of searching. We don't know very much about the surface features of Pluto because it is too far away and too small to view even with the Hubble Space Telescope. Question 35 1 / 1 point Which of these moons is the most geologically active? Leo Callisto Enceladus Europa Io Question 36 0 / 1 point All of the following statements about Charon, Pluto's moon, are true except which one? Charon is half the size of Pluto, but 1/10th the mass. The discovery of Charon allowed astronomers to determine that Pluto's rotation is retrograde. The orbital period of Charon is equal to the rotation period of Pluto. As strange as it may seem, astronomers have actually observed seasonal effects on Charon. Charon's orbit around Pluto is fairly close to Pluto's surface 20,000 km.. Question 37 1 / 1 point Why do astronomers believe Triton may have been a planet that was captured by Neptune? It is too large to have been formed in the outer portion of the nebula that formed Neptune. It orbits Neptune in the opposite direction of Neptune's rotation. It has an atmosphere and a measurable greenhouse effect. It undergoes seasonal changes. It is colder than any other moon or planet. Question 38 1 / 1 point How thick are Saturn's rings from top to bottom? Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
a few hundred kilometers a few tens of meters a few kilometers a few million kilometers a few tens of thousands of kilometers Question 39 0 / 1 point Why was Pluto's status was changed to that of "dwarf planet" by the IAU? A) Because it is too small. B) Because it is not round. C) Because it has not cleared its orbital region of other objects. D) Because it has the wrong name. E) All of A, B, C and D. Question 40 1 / 1 point Where do the majority of confirmed dwarf planets in the solar system reside? The iCloud The Oort Cloud In orbit around Neptune The Kuiper Belt Between Mars and Jupiter Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Suppose that the sun were to suddenly disappear from our solar system. What would happen to earth’s motion. It would begin travelling in a straight line heading out of the solar system Which of the following statements about electrons is not true. Electrons are actually neutrons that have acquired an electrical charge The Metonic Cycle is the 19 year period over which the lunar phases occur on about the same dates Which statement about the cosmological principle is valid It is based on two tenents involving the universality of the laws of physics and chemistry and the belief that there is nothing special about earth Considering einsten’s famous equation E=MC2 which of the following is true A small amount of mass can be turned into a large amount of energy Which of the following best describes the origin of the ocean tides on earth Tides are caused by the difference in the force of gravity exerted by the moon across the sphere of the earth What does temperature measure The average kinetic energy of particles in a substance Upon what quantities does angular momentum depend 3 quanitities – an objects mass, its rotational speed, etc The amount of matter contained in an object is called its mass. Which of the following is false. The average adult human mass is about 160 pounds
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Where does the energy come from that your body uses to keep you alive Mostly it comes from the foods you each Without telescopes or other aid we can see the moon in the night sky because It reflects light The scientific method is best described by which of the following A system collecting analyzing data, formulating a hypothesis, testing it and forming it as needed If your mass is 60kg on earth would would it be on Jupiter 60kg The names of the 7 days of the week are based on Seven naked eye objects that appear to move among constellations Which of the following is not one of nor followings Kepler’s law When a planet travels slower it must be nearer to the sun and it speeds up far from the sun Ptolemy was important in history of astronomy because he Developed a model of the solar system that made sufficiently accurate predictions of planetary positions to remain in use of centuries Radioactive energy is Energy carried by light Retrograde motion is observable for what objects Planets located more distant from the sun than earth
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The doppler shift is a wave phenomenon that Uses change in wavelength of light to determine speed of a moving star At which lunar phases are tides smallest Both first and 3 rd When Copernicus 1 st created his sun centred model it not lead to better predictions than Ptolemaic why Copernicus used perfect circles for the orbits of the planets A skater can spin faster by pulling arms closer to her body and slower by pulling out Conservation of angular momentum From lowest energy to highest energy electromagnetic radiation Radio, infrared, visible, ultraviolet, x rays, gamma rays Spectral line formed by hydrogen appears at a wavelength of 486.1 nanometres the spectrum of a star sows the same hydrogen line appearing at 4.85 what can we conclude The star is moving towards us Which of the following is not a unit of energy Kilowat The frequency of a wave is All of the other answers are true Spectroscopy can be used to All of the above
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following statements best describes the principle advantage of telescopes over eyes Telescopes can collect far more light with far beter angular resolution A green apple looks green because It reflects green light and absorbs all other colours The wavelength of a wave is The distance between two adjacent peaks of the wave Kinetic energy Energy of motion What would happen if the space shuttle were launched with greater speed then earths escape velocity It would travel away from the earth into the solar system What do astronomers mean by light pollution Refers to light used for human activities that brightens the sky and hinders astronomical observations Which of the following statements it not one of newton’s laws of motion The net force applied to an object is equal to its mass times velocity Which of the following statements correctly described the law of conservation of energy The total quantity of energy in the universe never changes Which of the following statements about x rays and is not true Nether x rays nor radio waves can penetrate the earth’s atmosphere Which of the following is not an advantage of the HST over ground based telescopes
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Although it orbits the earth and is outside the atmosphere, it is closer to the stars When hold a rock potential energy, drop it kinetic, hits the ground what happens The energy goes to producing sound and to heating the ground rock, air The trouble with refraction telescopes is that Different colours of visible starlight get focused to different points in space making the image blurry Suppose the angular separation of 2 stars is smaller than the angular resolution of your eyes how will stars appear to your eyes The 2 stars look like a single point of light Galileo observed that venus had phases very similar to the phases our moon goes through. From this he concluded that Venus must, therefore, orbit the sun and not earth Using Kepler’s third law of planetary motion… 11.8 years Which statement best describes the difference between your mass and your weight Your mass is a measure of the amount of mater you contain and your weight is a measure of the amount of gravitational pull on your body How did kepler’s first law of planetary motion alter the Copernican system? It changed the perfect circles to ellipses Galileo was a very important figure in the development of astronomy. Which of the following statements about Galileo’s accomplishments is false? Galileo looked at the moon through his telescope and observed rivers flowing with some kind of liquid….
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following is not an example of a “pseudoscience” Astronomy Where is Stonehenge located In England, west of London Ptolemy was important in the history of astronomy because he Developed a model of the solar system that made sufficiently accurate predictions of planetary positons to remain in use for many centuries Galileo observed that Jupiter has moons. From this information you may conclude that There are so-called heavenly objects that do not orbit the earth and although its clear that the moon orbits earth there is, then, no reason why the earth-moon combination cannot orbit the sun What determines the date for easter The Sunday following the first full moon following the spring equinox At which lunar phases are the tides most pronounced? Both new and full moons Which of the following is not regarded as a heat transfer mechanisms Segregation Which of the following are systems for measuring temperature Only A, B, and D Betelgeuse and Rigel are two bright stars in the constellation Orion. Betelgeuse emits primarily red light while rigel appears a blue colour. What can you determine from this observation Riel is hoter than Betelgeuse
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following statements about Isaac newton is not true Newton grew up in Germany Consider a loaded dump truck and you in your smartcar driving along the 401 highway. Which of the following statements about linear momentum is true As long as you follow the truck, both travelling at the same speed, your combined momentum or total momentum, is conserved A neap tide is when the rides are least pronounced, during which lunar phrase do neap tides occur? Both first and third quarter moons The two basic types of telescopes are what? Reflection and refraction What is the main problem that ground-based telescopes have to deal with All A, B, and C Spectroscopy can be used to All of A, B, C, and D Most of everything we know from outside earth we know because of our use of what? Light Which of the following objects would not be considered an optical device Your bedroom window What is the main advantage of the hubble space telescope It orbits above the earth’s atmosphere
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following statements about orbital motion is not true An elliptical orbit is an example of an open orbit Whose model of the universe was supported by Galileo’s observations of the phases of venus Nicolaus Copernicus’s model From laboratory measurements we know that a particular spectral line formed by hydrogen appears at a wavelength of 486.1 nanometers. The spectrum of a particular star shows the same hydrogen line appearing at a wavelength of 496.1 nm. What can we conclude? The star is moving away from us Which of the following is not an advantage of the Hubble Space Telescope over ground-based telescopes? Although it orbits the Earth and it outside Earth’s atmosphere, it is, after all, closer to the stars What type of energy is visible light energy? Radiative energy Johanes Kepler and Galileo Galelei lived pretty much at the same time. When was that timeframe? 1550-1650 Suppose a planet is discovered orbiting a star in a highly elliptical orbit. While the planet is close to the star it ______, but while it is far away it ______. Moves faster, moves slower Why is understanding the concept and principles of light so important to astronomers? Prety much everything we know about our solar system, about our galaxy and even about our universe… not typing the rest A hot star emits primarily what colour of visible light?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Blue According to the Copernican model, which of the following statements describes how plants move when they are close to the sun? They move faster When a rock is held above the ground, we say it has some potential energy. When we let go of it, it falls and we say the potential energy is converted to kinetic energy. Finally the rock hits the ground. What happened to the energy? The energy goes to producing sounds and to heating the ground, rock, and surrounding air. An object is able to stay in orbit around another object because It has just the right tangential speed What is acceleration? It is the rate of change of velocity with time Which of the following statements is not one of Newton's laws of motion The net force applied to an object is equal to its mass times the length of time that the force is applied Which of the following statements about Isaac Newton is not true? Newton grew up in Germany which of the following is not a unit of speed? Kilometres/light-year Suppose the sun were to suddenly disappear from our solar system. What would happen to Earth’s motion? It would begin travelling in a straight line heading out of the solar system
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Early Greek philosophers who influences the development of scientific thought included Aristotle, Socrates, Plato and Ptolemy The Metonic cycle recognizes what? The cycle of lunar phases hat repeats every 19 years When a spaceship or satellite is in orbit around Earth or any other object what actions must take place on-board the satellite to keep it in orbit? Nothing! Once it’s in orbit it will stay there forever Kepler’s third law of planetary motion states that The cube of the semi-major axis of planet’s orbit is directly proportional to the square of its period of motion around the sun The light gathering power of a 5-cm telescope is ______ that of a 10-cm telescope Less than The 29.5 day lunar month results in full moon dates that slowly change from month to month… This cycle repeats every 19 years when the lunar phases occur again on the same dates Who built Stonehenge? Nobody really knows for sure Which of the following statements about the Hubble Space Telescope is false? It was designed by a famous astronomer named Edwin Hubble The visible part of the electromagnetic spectrum can be divided into seven colour bands…A single proton of which of the following colours has the greatest amount of energy? Violet
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following is not a part of Newton's law of gravitation? The gravitational atraction between two objects depends directly on the distance between their centres of mass Suppose you read on a newspaper website that a new planet has been found having From Keplers second law we infer that a planet must move fastest when it is closest….
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The Age of our Solar system is approximately -4.6 billion years As of now most known extrasolar planets have been discovered by - Doppler technique Which of the following is not a characteristic of the moons of the solar system planets - all of the eight classical planets have at least one moon Which of the following statements about asteroids is not true - no asteroids have been found beyond the asteroid belt What is a comet - the nucleus of a comet is a collection of various ices mixed with dust and tiny bits of rocky debris Atmospheres formed around some terrestrial planets because - outgassing through volcanic activity Which of the following solar system moons were likely formed through the same processes as our solar system - Jupiter’s so-called Galilean moons what was the ice or frost line of the solar system - between present day orbits of mars and Jupiter which of the following is not characteristic of the terrestrial planets - they have more moons than the Jovian plants why haven’t we detected low mass planets close to their stars and high mass planets far from their stars - Both A and B above To date about how many extrasolar planets have been discovered - 700 what are the main constituents of the Jovian planets - hydrogen and helium the first small solid grans or flakes formed in our solar system by the process of - condensation what is an extrasolar planet - a planet that orbits a star that is not our sun
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
What is an exoplanet moon? - it is an object orbiting an exoplanet at firs the suns present day rotation seems to contradict the prediction of the nebular theory because - sun should have been rotating fast when it formed, but the actual rotation is fairly slow why did the solar nebula heat up as it collapsed - as the cloud shrank, its gravitational potential energy…. Which of the following statements about the Jovian planets is not true - outermost Jovian planet Uranus…. Which one of the following is a characteristic of Jovian planets - low average density the terrestrial planet cores contain mostly metal because - metals condensed first in the solar nebula and the rocks then accreted around them based on available data what kind of objects in our solar system do most of the known extrasolar planets resemble - Jovian planets the planet closest in size to earth is - Venus 51 pegasi is important because - it is the first star like our sun that was found to have a planet orbiting it which of the following is the origin of almost all the large moons around the jovian planets - they were formed by condensation and accretion in disk of gas around the planet which type of exoplanet would you expect to cause the largest Doppler shift - massive planet close to its star rank the 5 worlds in order of size from large to small - earth, venus, mars mercury moon the asteroid belt is found where - mars and Jupiter according to our theory of solar system formation what is pluto - one of the largest Kuiper belt objects
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
the nebular theory of the formation of the solar system successfully predicts all but one of the following, which one does the theory not predict - the equal number of terrestrial and jovian planets which fo the following statements about meteorites is true - A. a meteorite is what’s left of a meteor when it hits the earth’s surface which detection technique has been used to find orbital distance - Doppler technique how much of the solar nebula consisted of elements heavier than hydron and helium 2% which of the following statements is not an observed pattern of motion in our solar system - most planets orbit at the same speed what is the origin of the atoms of hydrogen, oxygen, and sodium in the perspiration that exits your body during this astronomy test - hydrogen nuclei were produced a few minutes after the big bang event 13.7 billion years ago ….. which of the following is not a technique that could be used to discover extrasolar planet - direct binocular why does the solar nebula theory predict that planetary systems are common - all of the other answers why are the inner plants made of denser materials than the outer planets - in the inner part of the nebula only metals and rocks were able to condense because of the high temperatures whereas hydrogen compounds although more abundant were only able to condense in the cooler outer regions which of the following statements about comets is not true? - the nucleus of a comet is quite large about 100 km across which of the following is not a characteristic of the general layout of the solar system? - all planets rotate on their polar axes at about the same rate according to our theory of solar system formation what is the origin of asteroids and comets - asteroids are the leftover planetesimals of the inner solar system and comets are the leftover planetesimals that formed beyond the freest line
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
1. Which of the following relationships is the key to nuclear reactions in a star’s core remaining under control? a. Luminosity depends on mass. *b. Pressure depends on temperature. c. Density depends on mass. d. Weight depends on temperature. 2. What is opacity? a. the balance between the pressure and force of gravity inside a star b. the force that binds protons and neutrons together to form a nucleus c. the temperature and density at which a gas will undergo thermonuclear fusion *d. a measure of the resistance to the flow of radiation (photons) through a gas 3. What causes the outward gas pressure that balances the inward pull of gravity in a main-sequence star? a. the rapid outward flow of gas b. the rapid inward flow of gas *c. the high temperature and density of the gas d. the low mass of helium nuclei 4. Why is convection important in stars? a. because it mixes the star’s gases and increases the temperature of the star *b. because it mixes the star’s gases and transports energy outwards c. because it carries energy toward the core of the star d. because it carries the neutrinos to the surface of the star where they can escape 5. How does the temperature inside a star determine how energy flows inside it? a. The radiation rate depends on temperature. *b. The dependence of opacity on temperature makes convection happen. c. The dependence of opacity on temperature makes conduction happen. d. The temperature determines how much energy is produced at each layer.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
6. Which of the following is the best example of energy transport by conduction? a. Your feet are warmed when you hold them in front of a fire. b. Your feet are warmed when you wear socks. *c. Your feet get cold when you stand on a cold floor. d. Your feet get cold when you hold them over a cool air vent. ANSWER: 7. What does solving equations on a computer have to do with making a stellar model? *a. The equations apply the laws of stellar structure at locations within the star. b. Equations can describe the H-R diagram and a star’s location on it. c. The mass-luminosity equation tells you how to find a star’s luminosity given its mass. d. Equations are used to model the nuclear reactions inside a star. 8. What does the strong force do? a. It binds electrons to the nucleus in an atom. b. It holds the Moon in orbit around the Earth. c. It creates the magnetic field associated with sunspots. *d. It binds protons and neutrons together to form a nucleus. 9. What concept explains why both fusion and fission release energy? a. proton-proton chain energy b. Coulomb barrier energy c. strong force energy *d. nuclear binding energy 10. What is the name of the process by which the Sun turns mass into energy? a. nuclear fission *b. nuclear fusion c. convection d. radiation 11. While on the main sequence, what is a star’s primary energy source? *a. nuclear fusion b. nuclear fission c. gravitational potential energy d. magnetic fields
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
13. Why do nuclear fusion reactions only take place in the interior of a star (rather than at the surface)? a. The magnetic fields are strongest there. *b. The temperature and density are highest in the centre. c. The core is the only place where hydrogen is found. d. The strong nuclear force is only active in the centers of stars. 14. What is produced in the proton-proton chain? a. two hydrogen nuclei, a single helium nucleus, and energy in the form of visible light b. four hydrogen nuclei and energy in the form of gamma rays *c. a helium nucleus and energy in the form of gamma rays d. two hydrogen nuclei and energy in the form of visible light 15. What happens in the proton-proton chain? a. Two protons are fused to make a helium nucleus. b. Three protons are fused to make a lithium nucleus. c. A helium nucleus is split into four protons. *d. Four protons are fused to make a helium nucleus. What is the term for the process that fuses hydrogen into helium in the cores of massive main-sequence stars? *a. the CNO cycle b. the proton-proton chain c. hydrostatic equilibrium d. the neutrino process
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
What happens in the carbon-nitrogen-oxygen (CNO) cycle? a. Carbon nuclei are split 3 ways to make helium nuclei. b. Carbon and oxygen combine to form nitrogen, which produces energy. c. Carbon and nitrogen combine to form oxygen and energy. *d. Four hydrogen nuclei combine to form one helium nucleus and energy. 1. As a star exhausts the hydrogen in its core, what happens? a. It becomes hotter and more luminous. b. It becomes hotter and less luminous. c. It becomes cooler and less luminous. *d. It becomes cooler and more luminous. 2. When does a star experience helium fusion? a. just before it enters the main sequence b. after it has become a red giant star *c. when it is on the horizontal branch d. before it leaves the main sequence 3. Why are giant and supergiant stars rare? *a. The giant and supergiant stages are very short. b. The star blows up before the giant or supergiant stage is reached. c. They do not form as often as main sequence stars. d. The giant or supergiant stage is very long. 4. Which of the following statements best describes why stars eventually die? a. Their lifespan is limited. *b. They exhaust all their fuel. c. Their cores become hotter. d. They become less luminous. 5. Which of the following occurs during the giant stage? *a. helium fusion in the core and hydrogen fusion in the surrounding shell b. hydrogen fusion in the core and helium fusion in the surrounding shell c. hydrogen and helium fusion in the core d. hydrogen flash 6. In what way are giants and supergiants similar? a. They are the main sequence stars. b. They undergo a helium flash stage as they enter the main sequence. *c. They are very luminous. d. Their cores expand rapidly to reach giant sizes.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
1. What is the term for a collection of 105 to 106 old stars in a region 30 to 100 light- years in diameter? a. Herbig-Haro object *b. globular cluster c. open cluster d. giant cluster 2. What is the defining characteristic of stars within a cluster that are at the turnoff point? *a. They are just leaving the main sequence. b. They are just becoming white dwarfs. c. They are just entering the main sequence. d. They are about to explode in supernovae. Cluster 3. What is the approximate age of the star cluster in the H-R diagram? (Hint: Main sequence stars of spectral types O and B have a core supply of hydrogen that is sufficient to last about 250 million years; types A and F, about 2 billion years; type G about 10 billion years; types K and M about 30 billion years. The apparent magnitude scale means that larger numbers are toward the bottom of the vertical axis.) a. 200 million years b. 2 billion years *c. 10 billion years d. 30 billion years 4. Refer to the H-R diagram. What type of star do the two data points above spectral type “A” represent? a. massive main sequence stars b. massive supergiant stars *c. white dwarfs with mass less than the sun’s mass d. white dwarfs with mass greater than twice the sun’s mass 5. Refer to the H-R diagram. What type of star do the data points above spectral type “M” represent?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
a. massive main sequence stars *b. main sequence stars with mass less than the sun’s mass c. main sequence stars with luminosities higher than the sun’s luminosity d. pre-main sequence stars 6. Refer to the H-R diagram. How would the H-R diagram of an older star cluster look different? a. The points would shift to the right, because all of the stars would have lower temperatures. *b. The lower main sequence would look the same, but the turnoff would be at spectral type K or M. c. The points would shift down, because all of the stars would have lower luminosities. d. The lower main sequence would look the same, but the turnoff would be at spectral type F or A. 7. Refer to the H-R diagram. How would the H-R diagram of a more distant star cluster look different? *a. The points would shift down, because all of the stars would have larger apparent magnitudes. b. The points would shift to the right, because all of the stars would appear to be cooler. c. The points would shift up, because all of the stars would have smaller apparent magnitudes. d. The points would shift to the left, because all of the stars would appear to be hotter. 8. Which nuclear fuels does a one solar mass star use over the course of its entire lifespan? a. hydrogen *b. hydrogen and helium c. hydrogen, helium, and carbon d. hydrogen, helium, carbon, and oxygen 9. Star A is a 1 solar mass white dwarf, and star B is a 1.3 solar mass white dwarf. How would they differ? a. Star A has a smaller radius. *b. Star B has a smaller radius. c. Star B is supported by neutron degeneracy pressure. d. Star A is hotter. 10. What is the source of the energy radiated by a white dwarf? a. the proton-proton chain b. the CNO cycle c. gravitational contraction after becoming a white dwarf *d. gravitational contraction during the white dwarf formation phase
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
11. What does the Chandrasekhar-Landau limit tell us? a. Accretion disks can grow hot through friction. b. Neutron stars of more than 3 solar masses are not stable. *c. White dwarfs more massive than 1.4 solar masses are not stable. d. Stars with a mass less than 0.5 solar masses will not go through helium flash. 12. What is the ultimate fate of our Sun? a. It will become a neutron star. b. It will explode in a supernova. *c. It will become a white dwarf. d. It will explode in a nova. 13. Which scenario is most likely to happen when the Sun enters the red giant stage? *a. Mercury, Venus, and Earth will be destroyed by the expanding Sun. b. Mercury will be destroyed by the expanding Sun, but Venus and Earth will remain intact. c. The Sun will engulf and destroy all planets in the Solar System. d. The Sun will never expand far enough to reach Mercury or any other planets in the Soar System. 14. If the stars at the turnoff point of a cluster have a mass of 3 times the mass of the Sun, what is the age of the cluster? *a. 6.4×108 years b. 3.3×109 years c. 3.0×1010 years d. 1.6×1011 years 15. Which of the following correctly describes a relationship between pressure, temperature, and density in degenerate matter? a. Pressure depends only on the temperature. *b. Pressure does not depend on temperature. c. Temperature depends only on density. d. Pressure does not depend on density. 16. What is a white dwarf composed of? a. hydrogen nuclei and degenerate electrons b. helium nuclei and normal electrons *c. carbon and oxygen nuclei and degenerate electrons d. degenerate iron nuclei 17. As a white dwarf cools, its radius remains the same. Why is this? a. because pressure due to nuclear reactions in a shell just below the surface keeps it from collapsing *b. because pressure does not depend on temperature for a white dwarf, since the electrons are degenerate
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
c. because pressure does not depend on temperature, since the star has exhausted all its nuclear fuels d. because material accreting onto it from a companion maintains a constant radius 18. What are the two longest stages in the life of a one solar mass star? a. protostar, pre–main sequence b. protostar, white dwarf c. protostar, main sequence *d. main sequence, white dwarf 19. Which of the following is the most important factor that determines a life cycle of a star (for example, why some stars have a short life span)? *a. mass b. temperature c. luminosity d. radius 1. The parsec is defined so that a star at a distance of 1 parsec has a parallax of one arcsecond. If a star has a parallax of 0.02 seconds of arc, what is its distance? a. 2 parsecs b. 5 parsecs c. 20 parsecs *d. 50 parsecs 2. The parsec is defined so that a star at a distance of 1 parsec has a parallax of one arcsecond. If a star has a parallax of 0.05 seconds of arc, what is its distance? a. 2 parsecs b. 5 parsecs *c. 20 parsecs d. 50 parsecs 3. The parsec is defined so that a star at a distance of 1 parsec has a parallax of one arcsecond. If a star is located at a distance of 10 parsecs, what is its parallax? *a. 0.1 arcseconds b. 0.01 arcseconds c. 1 arcsecond d. 10 arcseconds
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
4. The parsec is defined so that a star at a distance of 1 parsec has a parallax of one arcsecond. If a star is located at a distance of 40 parsecs, what is its parallax? a. 0.25 arcseconds *b. 0.025 arcseconds c. 0.04 arcseconds d. 0.05 arcseconds 5. How do humans use their eyes to measure relative distance by parallax? a . By continuously focusing our eyes on distant objects, we can determine distance. * . b. Since our eyes are separated, the brain interprets the relative look angles of the two eyes in terms of distance to the object viewed. c . Our eyes can measure the time it takes light to travel from an object, and from this we get distance. d . As we move our heads from side to side, our brain compares angles from each of these positions to work out the distance to the object viewed. 7. What would make parallax easier to measure? *a. the Earth's orbit being larger b. the stars being farther away c. the Earth moving faster along its orbit d. stars moving faster in their orbits 8. If two stars are emitting the same amount of light, how will the star that is farther away appear? a. brighter *b. dimmer c. redder d. bluer 9. What is absolute visual magnitude? a. the luminosity of a star observed from Earth b. the luminosity of a star observed from a distance of 1000 parsecs *c. the apparent magnitude of a star observed from a distance of 10 parsecs d. the apparent magnitude of a star observed from Earth
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
10. Absolute magnitude is defined as the apparent magnitude that a star would have if observed at a distance of 33 light-years. Consider a star at a distance of 350 light-years that has an apparent magnitude of +5. What would its absolute magnitude be? *a. It would be less than +5. b. It would be exactly +5. c. It would be greater than +5. d. More information on the star’s luminosity would be required to answer this question. 11. What aspect of a star is a measure of the total energy radiated by the star in one second? a. apparent visual magnitude b. luminosity class c. spectral type *d. luminosity 12. Which stars have a large positive absolute magnitude? a. stars of high luminosity *b. stars of low luminosity c. nearby stars d. distant stars 13. If you compare two stars, which one will always have the greater luminosity? a. The one with the larger radius will always have the greater luminosity. b. The one with the higher surface temperature will always have the greater luminosity. *c. The one with the smaller absolute magnitude will always have the greater luminosity. d. The one with the largest distance will always have the greater luminosity. 14. The nearest star, Proxima Centauri, is about four light-years away and has a luminosity about 0.001 times that of the Sun. If Proxima Centauri were at a distance of one light-year instead of four, how much brighter would it appear in the sky? *a. twice as bright b. four times as bright c. 16 times as bright d. 4000 times as bright
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
15. How does a star’s surface temperature determine the appearance of its spectrum? a. Surface temperature affects which elements are solid, liquid, or gaseous. b. Surface temperature determines the luminosity of the star. c. Surface temperature affects which elements can escape from the surface of the star. *d. Surface temperature determines the velocity of collision rates of atoms and ions. 16. What is the most accurate way to determine the surface temperature of a star? *a. Study the pattern of absorption lines from various atoms. b. Study the relative intensities of light measured through different photometric filters. c. Study the peak wavelength of the star's continuum blackbody spectrum. d. Study the pattern of emission lines on the star's spectrum. 17. Which of the following can the strength of spectral lines tell you about a star? a. the radius b. the distance *c. the temperature d. the visual magnitude 18. You observe medium hydrogen Balmer lines, as well as neutral helium spectral features, in a star. What is the most likely spectral class of this star? a. G b. M c. F *d. B 19. You observe medium hydrogen Balmer lines, as well as neutral helium spectral features, in a star. What is the approximate surface temperature of this star? a. 3000 K b. 10 000 K *c. 20 000 K d. 5500 K
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
20. What is the spectral sequence in order of decreasing temperature? *a. OBAFGKM b. OBAGFKM c. BAGFKMO d. ABFGKMO
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
StuDocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university AS101 Test Bank Astronomy I Our Place in the Cosmos (Wilfrid Laurier University) StuDocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university AS101 Test Bank Astronomy I Our Place in the Cosmos (Wilfrid Laurier University) Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following statements about the ecliptic plane is not true? • It is the plan of the moons orbit around earth Which of the following statements about lunar phases is true • It is possible to have 2 full moons during January but not during February Which of the following celestial phenomena is the smallest • The orbit of the moon Suppose you lived at the Earth equator. Which of the following statements would not be true - the celestial equator goes through your sky from due east on your horizon, through 50 degrees altitude in the south, to due west on the horizon When you observe a star for a period of a few hours, you notice that it moves across the sky. What is responsible for this motion - Earthʼs rotation on its axis On the cosmic calendar (where the age of the universe in condensed into the equivalent to on calendar year) most of recorded history takes up what portion of the “year”? - the last few seconds of the year The order of the planets, from the sun outward is - mercury, venus, earth, mars, jupiter, saturn Which of the following is the reason for the solar day being longer than a sidereal day? - the combined effect of the rotation of the Earth and its orbit around the sun Which of the following statements about the moon is true -the moonʼs distance from the earth varies during its orbit One light year is closest to what distance - ten million million kilometres Which of the following is the best reason for the leap years - the combined effect of the rotation of theʼs earth axis and the precession of the earth The apparent visual magnitude of star A is +2 and the apparent visual magnitude of star B is + Based on this information which statement below must be true - light output can distance cannot apparent be determined from a a stars apparent visual magnitude alone Which of the following would appear brightest in the night sky - the full moon Which of the following best describes the Milky Way Galaxy - a spiral galaxy with a disk about 100,000 light years in diameter and containing between 100 billion and 1 trillion stars What conditions are required for a lunar eclipse Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- the phase of the moon must be ʼfull, and the nodes of moons orbit must be aligned with SU and E We ʼcannot detect stellar parallax with naked-eye observations. Which of the following would make parallax easier to observe? - increasing the sizeʼ orbit of the earth Which statement below most accurately describes modern constellations -there are 88 well defined regions on the celestial sphere You are standing on the equator at midnight which way is polaris, the north star? - on the northern horizon Suppose the date is June 21 st and the sun never sets, just touching your Northern horizon at midnight. Where are you? - the arctic circle The size of a hockey rink is best measured in what units - metres If the moon is setting at midnight, the phase of the moon must be - first quarter Which of the following correctly describes the meridian in your sky - a half circle extending from your horizon due north through your zenith, to your horizon due south Which of the following statements is true? Answer is both B and C Statements were - both the northern and southern hemispheres receive the same amount of sunlight on the equinoxes - The northern hemisphere receives the most direct sunlight on the summer solstice Which of the following best describes the tropic of Cancer - it is a place where the sun is directly overhead at noon on the summer solstice The sun is rising in the east and will be on your meridian in 2 hours. What time is it currently -10 am While in Bracebridge, ON where the latitude is 45 degrees, at the spring equinox (about Marc 21 st ) the sun follows the path where it - rises due east, crosses the meridian at an altitude of 45 degrees in the south, and sets due west What is an astronomical Unit - the average distance from the earth to the sun What conditions are required for a solar eclipse - the phase of the moon must be new, and the nodes of the moons orbit must be nearly aligned with the earth and sun Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following is the furthest from the sun? -Proxima Centauri If it is midnight in waterloo it is - daytime in sydney Australia The lunar month is longer than the sidereal month because - the moon has to complete more than one full orbit around the earth to complete the cycle of lunar phases What is the ecliptic - the ʼ s un apparent path along the celestial sphere Which of the following celestial phenomena is the largest - the milk way galaxy How long does it take light from the surface of the sun to get to earth? - a few minutes Which of the following has your address in the correct order? In this question the local group means thee local Clusters - you, Earth, Solar system, Milky Way, Local Group, Local supercluster The size of our galaxy in light years is closest to which of the following numbers -100,000 Which of the following statements about the celestial sphere is not true - the celestial equator lies in the ecliptic plane Which of the following is the largest? - size of a typical galaxy If you lived at the north pole at night the stars would - never rise or set, but move in circles around polaris, the north star Suppose that the Sun were to suddenly disappear from our solar system. What would happen earths motion It would begin traveling in a straight line heading out of the solar system Which of the following statements about electrons is not true Electrons are actually neutrons that have acquired an electrical charge The Metonic Cycle is the 19 year period over which the lunar phases occur on about the same dates Which statement about the cosmological principle is valid It is based on two tenets involving the universality of the laws of physics and chemistry and the belief that there is nothing special about Earth Considering Einstein's famous equation E =mc2 which of the following is true A small amount of mass can be turned into a large amount of energy Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following best describes the origin of the ocean tides on earth Tides are caused by the difference in the force of gravity exerted by the moon across the sphere of the Earth What does temperature measure The average kinetic energy of particles in a substance Upon what quantities does angular momentum depend Mass velocity radius The amount of matter contained in an object is called its mass. Which of the following is false If you were to go to the moon your mass would be lower than your moss on Earth because gravity is less on the moon Where does the energy come from that your body uses to keep you alive Mostly it comes from the foods you eat Without telescopes or other aid we can see the moon in the night sky because It reflects light The scientific method is best described by which of the following A system of collecting analyzing data, formulating a hypothesis, testing it and reforming it as needed If your mass is 60 KG on earth would be on Jupiter 60 KG The names of the 7 days of the week are based on Seven naked eye objects that appear to move among the constellations Which of the following is not one of nor follows kepler laws When a planet travels slower it must be nearer to the sun and it speeds up far from the sun Ptolemy was important in history of astronomy because he Developed a model of the solar system that made sufficiently accurate predictions of planetary positions to remain in use for centuries Radiative energy is Energy carried by light Retrograde motion is observable for what objects Planets located more distant from the sun than earth The doppler shift is a wave phenomenon that Uses change in wavelength of light to determine speed of a moving star At which lunar phases are the tides smallest Both first and 3 rd When copernicus 1 st created his sun centred model it not lead to better predictions than ptolemaic why Copernicus used perfect circles for the orbits of the planets Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A skater can spin faster by pulling arms closer to her body and slower by pulling out Conservation of angular momentum From lowest energy to highest energy electromagnetic radiation Radio, infrared, visible, ultraviolet, x rays, gamma rays Spectral line formed by hydrogen appears at a wavelength of 486.1 nanometres the spectrum star sows the same hydrogen line appearing at 485.2 what can we conclude The star is moving towards us Which of the following is not a unit of energy Kilowatt The frequency of a wave is All of the above Spectroscopy can be used to All of the above Which of the following statements best describes the principle advantage of telescopes over eyes Telescopes can collect far more light with far better angular resolution A green apple looks green because It reflects green light and absorbs all other colours The wavelength of a wave is The distance between two adjacent peaks of the wave Kinetic Energy is Energy of motion What would happen if the space shuttle were launched with greater speed then earths escape velocity It would travel away from the Earth into the solar system What do astronomers mean by light pollution Refers to light used for human activities that brightens the sky and hinders astronomical observations Which of the following statements is not one of Newtons laws of motion The net force applied to an object is equal to its mass times velocity Which of the following statements correctly describes the law of conservation of energy The total quantity of energy in the universe constant, although we’re not sure how much energy there really is Which of the following statements about X rays and radio waves is not true Neither X rays nor radio waves can penetrate the earths atmosphere Which of the following is not an advantage of the HST over ground based telescopes Although it orbits the Earth and is outside the atmosphere, it is closer to the stars Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
When hold a rock potential energy, drop it kinetic, hits the ground what happens The energy goes to producing sound and to heating the ground rock, air The trouble with refraction telescopes is that Different colours of visible starlight get focused to different points in space making the image blurry Suppose the angular separation of 2 stars is smaller than the angular resolution of your eyes will stars appear to your eyes The 2 stars look like a single point of light The Age of our Solar system is approximately -4.6 billion years As of now most known extrasolar planets have been discovered by - Doppler technique Which of the following is not a characteristic of the moons of the solar system planets - all of the eight classical planets have at least one moon Which of the following statements about asteroids is not true - no asteroids have been found beyond the asteroid belt What is a comet - the nucleus of a comet is a collection of various ices mixed with dust and tiny bits fo rocky debris Atmospheres formed around some terrestrial planets because - outgassing through volcanic activity Which of the following solar system moons were likely formed through the same processes as our solar system - jupiter’s so called Galilean moons what was the ice or frost line of the solar system - between present day rbits of mars and Jupiter which of the following is not characteristic of the terrestrial planets - they have more moons than the jovian plants why haven’t we detected low mass planets close to their stars and high mass planets far from their stars - Both A and B above To date about how many extrasolar planets have been discovered Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- 700 what are the main constituents of the jovian planets - hydrogen and helium the first small solid grans or flakes formed in our solar system by the process of - condensation what is an extrasolar planet - a planet that orbits a star that is not our sun What is an exoplanet moon - it is an object orbiting an exoplant at firs the suns present dat rotation seems to contradict the prediction of the nebular theory because - sun should have been roating fast when it formed, but the actual rotation is fairly slow why did the solar nebula heat up as it collapsed - as the cloud shrank, its gravitational potential energy…. Which of the following statements about the jovian planets is not true - outermost jovian planet Uranus…. Which one of the following is a characteristic of jovian planets - low average density the terrestrial planet cores contain mostly metal because - metals condensed first in the solar nebula and the rocks then accreted around them based on available data what kind of objects in our solar system do most of the known extrasolar planets resemble - jovian planets the planet closest in size to earth is - venus 51 pegasi is important because - it is the first star like our sun that was found to have a planet orbiting it which of the following is the origin of almost all the large moons around the jovian planets - they were formed by condensation and accretion in disk of gas around the planet Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
which type of exoplanet would you expect to cause the largest Doppler shift - massive planet close to its star rank the 5 worlds in order of size from large to small - earth, venus, mars mercury moon the asteroid belt is found where - mars and Jupiter according to our theory of solar system formation what is pluto - one of the largetst Kuiper belt objects the nebular theory of the formation of the solar system successfully predicts all but one of the following, which one does the theory not predict - the equal number of terrestrial and jovian planets which fo the following statements about meteorites is true - A. a meteorite si whats left of a meteor when it hits the earth’s surface which detection technique has been used to find orbital distance - Doppler technique how much of the solar nebula consisted of elements heavier than hydron and helium 2% which of the following statements is not an observed pattern of motion in our solar system - most planets orbit at the same speed what is the origin of the atoms of hydrogen, oxygen, and sodium in the persipartion that exits your body during this astrononoky test - hydrogen nuclei were produced a few minutes after the big bang event 13.7 billion years ago ….. which of the following is not a technique that could be used to discover extrasolar planet - direct binocular why does the solar nebul;a theory preict that planetary systems are common - all of the other answers why are the inner plantes made of denser materials than the outer planets - in the inner part of the nebula only metals and rocks were able to condense bcause of the high temperatures whereas hydeogen compounds alghouth more abundtant wer only able to condense in the cooler outer regions Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
which of the following statements about comets is not true - the nucleus of a comet is quite large about 100 km across which of the following is not a characteristic of the general layout of the solar system - all planets rotate on their polar axes at about the same rate according to our theory of solar system formation what is the origin of asteroids and comets - asteroids are the leftover planetsiamls of the inner solar system and comets are the leftover planetsiamsl that formed beyond the freost line Jupiter and Satrun emit heat than absorbed from the sun due to More; heat left over from their formation Which of the following statements about the rings of the 4 jovian planets is not true All probably look much like they did when the solar system first formed What is a Roche zone The region near a planet where tidal forces would tear apart an object held together only by gravity Saturn is how far from the sun 10 AU What mechanism is most responsible for generating the internal heat of IO that drives volcan activity Tidal heating The belts and zones of jupiter are Alternating bands of rising and falling air at different latitudes How thick are Saturn’s rings from top to bottom A few tens of metres Which of the following does Jupiter not have Crustal plates on its surface All but one of the following statements about Mars are true. Which is false The Martian atmosphere is fairly substantial with a composition similar to earth Which of these moons is the most geologically active Io Mars is how far from the sun 1.5 AU All but one of the following statements about mercury are true. Which is false Mercury has a very thin atmosphere which is strange because there are still active volcanoes Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
outgassing carbon dioxide and water vapour Why are there no impact craters on the surface of Io Io did have impact craters but they have all ben buried in lava flows Mercury's Large core is composed of Iron We know about earths interior because of Study of waves created by earthquakes Why does Jupiter have several distinct cloud layers Different layers represent clouds made of gases that condense at different temps How have we been able to construct maps of surface features on the plant venus By using radar from spacecraft that were sent to orbit venus Which of the following objects contains mostly nitrogen with some methane Titan The orbit of Venus around the sun is almost circular. What is the radius of its orbit 0.72 AU Earthʼs atmosphere contains only small amounts of Carbon dioxide because It dissolves in water, and most of it is now in the oceans and carbonate rocks All but one of the following statements about Mercury are true. Which one is false Mercuryʼs orbit around the sun is circular, more so than any other planet All of the following statements about Jupiter are true, which is false The great red spot is a large storm centre, which has been observed for last 50 yrs Planetary rings are All of the above A solar day on Mercury is about how long 176 Earth days Why does Marys have more extreme seasons than Earth Because it has a more eccentric orbit What is the Cassini division of Saturn rings A large gap, visible from earth, produced by an orbital resonance with moon Mimas Why does the burning of fossil fuels increase the greenhouse effect on earth Burning releases carbon dioxide into the atmosphere All but one of the statements about earth is true. Which is false The poles of earthsʼs magnetic field are preciselyʼ aligned with Earth rotational axis In what ways is Earth different from other terrestrial planets All of the above Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
What is the region around a planet called where the magnetic field is able to deflect solar win and other charged particles Magnetosphere Why do astronomers believe Triton may have been a planet that was captured by neptune It orbits neptune in the opposite direction of Neptune rotation The origin of Earth’s only natural satellite, Moon is A combination of the capture theory and the daughter theory called the impact theory which posits that early a young molten earth collided with a mars like object Which of the following statements about conjunctions and oppositions if false Mars can have an inferior conjunction butʼs not a superior conjunction from earth perspective All of the following about Venus are true. Which one is false The magnetic field has about the same intensity as on Earth it appears to change directions every 100,000 years There are no auroras on Venus because it Lacks a strong magnetic field Which of the following statements about Saturn is false Saturn was first discovered by Galileo about 400 years ago Which of the following is not a Kuiper Belt Object Triton Which of the following statements about Pluto is false Pluto is one of the larger KBOs discovered to date and is actually bigger than Mercury Which of the following statements about Charon, Plutos moon are true expect which one As strange as it may seem, astronomers have actually observed seasonal effects on Charon Which of the following statements about the moons of the Jovian planets is false Tiania, one of the largest jovian moons, has a wrinkly surface that is often referred to as “cantaloupe terrain” Module 1 Notes 1 Astronomical Unit = 1 AU = 1.5 x 10 8 km = 150M km = average distance from Sun to the Earth Light-year (ly) = the distance light travels in one year, approx. 63,000 AU It has been approximately 13.7B years since the Big Bang The Moon’s distance from Earth is about 30x the Earth’s diameter = 384,000km The precession of the Earth’s rotational axis points to the North Star but this will change over time Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- The Earth rotates from west to east in front of the Sun, giving both day and night - the Sun rises in the east and sets in the west - What you see in the sky depends on where you are; Canadians see constellations and stars that Australians never see - Astronomers measure distances across the sky as angles in units of degrees, arc minutes and arc seconds Zenith – point in the sky directly overhead Nadir – point directly below your feet Celestial Equator – an extension of the Earth’s equator onto the celestial sphere Meridian – the line going from due north, through your zenith and finishing due south Arc Minutes – angular degrees are subdivided into arc minutes (60’ in one degree); is further divided into 60 arc seconds Circumpolar Stars – stars that trace out complete circles The Earth moves along the ecliptic path its rotational axis, on which it makes one revolution each day, is tipped to the ecliptic plane at a constant angle of 23.5° resulting in seasons on Earth. Tropic of Cancer – circle of latitude on the Earth that marks the most northerly position at which the Sun may appear directly overhead at its zenith; occurs once per year at the time of June Solstice Tropic of Capricorn – southern hemisphere counterpart, marking the most southerly position at which the Sun may appear directly overhead The moon takes about a month to circle the Earth; as it circles the Earth it goes through phases of reflected sunlight Orbital Period – from one full moon to the next – approximately 29.5 days Sidereal Period – the time for one revolution relatives to the stars – approximately 27 days Solar Eclipse – Moon blocks out the sunlight at high noon for a period of time Lunar Eclipse – Earth blocks out the Sun’s light at midnight for a period of time Only when the moon crosses through the ecliptic plane, at points called nodes , is an eclipse possible. Also, only when the Sun, Earth and Moon are all lined up is an eclipse possible; phase of the moon must be either new or full. Lunar Eclipse Types – Earth is between the Sun and Moon a) Penumbral - most common, Moon passes through only the penumbra (sunlight is only partially blocked). Result is that the Moon darkens only slightly. b) Partial - part of Moon passes through the umbra while the rest passes through the penumbra. Result is the part of the Moon is darkened completely but rest only slightly darkened with no clear demarcation between the areas c) Total - Moon passes entirely through the umbra. Result is that the Moon is completely dark during the eclipse Solar Eclipse Types – Moon is between the Earth and the Sun a) Total – Moon is relatively close to the Earth in its orbit and the Moon’s umbra touches a small area of the Earth’s surface; anyone within this area sees the sun Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
totally blocked out b) Partial – surrounding the small area of totality lies a larger area falling inside the Moon’s penumbral shadow; anyone within this area sees the moon partially blocked out c) Annular – Moon is relatively far from Earth and the Moon’s umbra may not reach the Earth surface at all; anyone within the small area behind the umbra will see all of the Sun blocked out except a ring of sunlight surrounding the Moon’s disk Five planets closest to the Earth are visible to the naked eye: a) Mercury – at sunrise/sunset b) Venus – closer to the horizon and bright c) Mars – reddish colour d) Jupiter – at night and comparatively bright e) Saturn – slightly more difficult to spot In 2002, all five planets were lined up in the Western sky. This will occur once again in 2040. The planets generally follow the motions of the Sun and Moon in that they move eastward relative to the stars. Occasionally, all planets appear to change direction and move westward relative to the stars, which is a motion referred to as retrograde motion. This is because as the inner planets move faster in orbit and catch up to the outer, slower-moving planets, the outer planets appear to move backwards. Stellar Parallax – occurs when we look at a nearby star from two vantage points; first when the Earth is at one extreme of its orbit around the Sun, and second when the Earth is at the opposite extreme six months later - the nearby star appears to shift laterally against the background of stars behind it Stellar parallax allows us to measure distances to nearby stars AND also provides direct evidence that the Earth really does revolved around the Sun. Declination – latitude, expressed in degrees, arcminutes/arcseconds north (+) or south (-) of the celestial equator Right Ascension – longitude; expressed in hours (h), minutes (m), and seconds (s) of time, from 0 to 24h Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Timekeeping by Day Our local meridian is the imaginary line ending at the north and south celestial poles which cuts through our zenith. The average length of time between successive passes of the Sun across the local meridian is called a solar day (this time varies slightly throughout a year which is why the word “average” is used). Another way of determining the length of a day is to measure the time it takes for any star to make successive passes across the local meridian which we call a sidereal day. A sidereal day is about 23 hours 56 minutes, shorter than a solar day by about 4 minutes because during a solar day the Earth has travelled along its orbit around the Sun and the Earth needs a little more time to rotate before the Sun crosses the meridian (a simple mathematical calculation shows that the Earth moves about 1° per day around its orbit). Timekeeping by Month Timekeeping involving months comes from the lunar phase’s cycle which is about 29.5 solar days, corresponding roughly to the average month length, known as a synodic month. Synodic comes from the Latin word “synod” meaning meeting – the meeting of the Sun and the Moon at each new moon phase. If, however, we use the stars to measure the length of the lunar cycle, a sidereal month , the time turns out to be 27.3 days, shorter than a synodic month for the same reason a sidereal day is shorter than a solar day. Timekeeping by Year The length of a year is clearly related to the time required for the Earth to complete one full orbit around the Sun, about 365.25 days. Again there are two slightly different timeframes. A sidereal year is the time taken for a complete orbit relative to the stars, whereas the time between successive spring (or autumnal) equinoxes is called a tropical year (or solar year) and it should come as no surprise that these two years differ. A sidereal year is longer than a tropical year by about 20 minutes, the difference due to the precession of the Earth’s rotation. We use an aspect of solar time for timekeeping. The apparent solar time is determined by the Sun’s position in the sky relative to our local meridian; when the Sun is right on the meridian it is noon; before the Sun gets to the meridian we say that it is ante meridian ( ante meaning before), hence a.m. or am; after noon, when the Sun has passed the meridian we say that it is post meridian ( post meaning after), hence p.m. or pm. However, each solar day differs from 24 hours by a slight amount because the Earth’s orbit is not perfectly circular and because of the Earth’s 23.5° tilt. Thus, the average solar day is the more important concept and the one used to keep track of time. Using apparent solar time would mean adjusting clocks each day, an unnecessary complication. Clearly, apparent solar time varies with longitude (owing to the Earth’s spin on its axis) and so everybody’s apparent solar time will be different, unless they happen to be at precisely the same longitude. To alleviate this problem Sandford Fleming, a Canadian, proposed a system of dividing the Earth into 24 different time zones such that within each time zone the time would be exactly the same. Such a system was eventually adopted universally by the late 1800s. Calendars The tropical year (equinox to equinox) is about 365.25 days. If we choose 365 days Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
for one year (the Egyptian concept) then the seasons drift through the year by one day in every 4 years, not a great concept. Julius Caesar introduced the idea that every four years an extra day would be added to account for this discrepancy (hence the leap year), a definite improvement. This is the so-called Julian calendar. However, life is rarely this simple. The tropical year is not exactly 365.25 days but rather about 11 minutes short of this value resulting in the spring equinox moving backwards through the calendar by 11 minutes each year, or about 14.5 hours/lifetime of 80 yrs, or about 12 days every 1600 years. So, in 1582, Pope Gregory XIII introduced a slight variation in the calendar, which became known as the Gregorian calendar (the one we use today), which first set the spring equinox to March 21 and then adjusted the leap day schedule such that each century year (normally a leap year) would be skipped as a leap year unless that year was divisible by 400 (i.e., year 2000 would be a leap year, but not 1900, nor 2100), making the calendar good for thousands of years into the future and now used globally. Module 2 Notes Kepler published his three laws of planetary motion in the early 1600s: a) Kepler’s First Law : The orbit of each planet around the Sun is an ellipse with the Sun at one focus Eccentricity was established whereby a circle has an eccentricity of zero and a straight line has an eccentricity of 1; this is useful in determining the ellipses of orbits b) Kepler’s Second Law : As a planet moves around in its orbit, it sweeps out equal areas in equal times When a planet is closer to the Sun (around its perihelion ) it moves faster along its orbit than when close to the aphelion (further point from the Sun). The planet moves from A to B (perihelion) in the same time that it takes to go from A’ to B’ Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
(perihelion). c) Kepler’s Third Law : The squares of the periods of any two planets have the same ratio as the cubes of their semi-major axes p 2 = a 3 where p is the orbital period in years, and a is the avg. distance from the Sun in AU Galileo introduced the telescope to the world in the early 1600s and proved the Earth was not the centre of the universe and in fact the Sun-centred model was correct. Newton’s Universal Law of Gravitation: if the mass of either object is doubled, the force doubles - also, if the distance between the masses doubles, the force diminishes by a factor of 4 (two squared) Tides are a good example of this, and they are caused by the difference in gravitational attraction from one side of the Earth to the other. When the Sun, Moon and Earth are all lined up, the tides are highest and called spring tides. During first and third quarter Moons, the tides are called neap tides The Scientific Method a) Deductive reasoning – process of concluding that something is true because it is a special case of a general principle that is known to be true - logically valid and this is the fundamental method in which mathematical facts are shown to be true b) Inductive reasoning – process of reasoning that a general principle is true because the special cases you’ve seen are true; for example, if all the people you’ve met from a particular town have been intelligent, you might say that “all the residents of this town are smart” Any model, hypothesis or theory can never be “proved” – a theory always remains a theory until some observation discredits it. Pseudoscience – false science; ex. making predictions based on tarot cards, psychic determinations Nonscience – predictions based on intuition, faith, political conviction and tradition Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Cosmological Principal - there is nothing special or unique about Earth; our location in the Universe is by chance - the laws of physics and chemistry are valid throughout the universe Orbital Motion 1. An object orbiting Earth, and any orbiting object, is actually falling (being accelerated due to the gravitational force) toward Earth’s center 2. Objects orbiting each other actually revolve around their mutual center of mass 3. If you want to leave Earth and never return, you must give your spaceship a high enough velocity so it will follow an open orbit Momentum – the inertia an object has p = m v whereby p is momentum, m is mass and v is velocity Properties of a Wave - wavelength – the length of one wave ( λ) - frequency – the number of waves passing a point in space per second (f) - speed – how fast the wave moves through space (c) Speed = Frequency x wavelength Every time light interacts with an object, at least one of the following occurs: - absorption, transmission, or reflection Doppler Effect – If a sound source is moving toward an observer the waves in front of the sound source get bunched up (closer together) so that the observer hears more waves per second than if the sound source was not moving. Similarly, if the sound source is moving away from the observer the waves behind the sound source get pulled apart so that the observer hears fewer waves per second than if the sound source was not moving. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Light is a wave phenomenon and so the same effect is observed for light. That is, light coming from a moving object will have its frequency shifted to a higher or lower value depending on the motion of the source. If we are looking at light from a star and we see the traditional hydrogen spectral line pattern (say the Lyman series) but it is shifted towards the red end of the visible spectrum then we know that the star is moving away from us. Furthermore, by measuring the amount the spectrum is shifted, we can determine the radial velocity of the star. Conversely, if the spectrum is "blue-shifted" then the star is moving toward us. Heat is transferred from one body to another body by three unique mechanisms: - conduction – when the atoms in one part of the substance vibrate faster than at another part of the substance (lower temperature) causing energy to be transferred - convection – liquids and gas distribute heat with an actual transfer of mass - radiation – makes use of a form of energy to remove/transport heat from one place to another Conduction — heat flows from the hot solid core to the inner mantle (red part) and from the top of the mantle into the lithosphere (the outside crust). Convection — as described above conduction cells form in the mantle. Radiation — at the surface of the planet energy is radiated into space in the form of light of various frequencies. Types of Electromagnetic Radiation and their Sources Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Type of Radiation Wavelength Range (nm) Object Temperature Typical Sources Gamma Rays Less than 0.01 More than 108 K Nuclear reactions X-rays 0.01 - 20 106 - 108 K Supernova remnants and solar corona Ultraviolet 20 - 400 104 - 106 K Very hot stars Visible 400 - 700 103 - 104 K Stars Infrared 1000 - 1,000,000 10 - 103 K Cool clouds of dust, planets, satellites Radio More than 1,000,000 Less than 10 K No astronomical objects are this cold Types of Telescopes a) Refractive – similar to human eye, takes light in through a lens (A) b) Reflective – more common, use one optical surface to collect light, a spherical mirror surface, which focuses the light at a point in front of the mirror (B) Module 3 Notes Comparative Planetology – seeking to understand the similarities and the differences between and among the planets Solar Nebular Theory – main theory of formation of our solar system - imagines that some cataclysmic event initiated the collapse of a nebula that caused material falling inward to some centre converting gravitational potential energy into kinetic energy making the centre, or core, hotter and hotter Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Terrestrial Planets – four inner planets - Mercury, Venus, Earth and Mars - small, dense, rocky worlds with little or no atmosphere Jovian Planets – four outer planets – Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune - large, low-density worlds with thick atmospheres and liquid or ice interiors Planetary Characteristics: all planets orbit the Sun in the same direction – counter clockwise (ccw)(as viewed from above North Pole) all orbits lie in nearly the same plane almost all planets have nearly circular orbits (Mercury is a minor exception) most planets rotate ccw (Venus and Uranus are exceptions) including the Sun most moons orbit their planet in same direction as the planet's rotation and orbit in their planet's equatorial plane Mercury and Venus have no moons; Earth has one and Mars has two very small asteroid-like moons. The Jovian planets, by contrast, have many. Jupiter is listed as having 6 but it actually has over 60; Saturn has almost as many and Uranus and Neptune have 40 between them. All Jovian planets have ring systems. Saturn’s rings are made of ice particles. The rings of Jupiter, Uranus and Neptune are made of dark rocky particles. Terrestrial planets have no rings. Asteroids lie primarily between Mars and Jupiter and a fairly broad belt in the same plane as planetary orbits. Comets follow either elliptical orbits or parabolic/hyperbolic orbits passing close to the Sun once. They are made largely of ices mixed with rocky dust, no bigger than a few km across. They come from two major sources – the Kuiper belt (a doughnut shaped region starting around Neptune and extending out into space) and the Oort Cloud (a spherical region completely surrounding the solar system and extending out some 50,000 AU). As a comet gets close to the Sun it generates a coma (an atmosphere of escaping gases and dust) around its nucleus and two tails: a plasma tail of ionized gas swept away by the solar wind, and a dust tail of small solid particles created by the escaping atmosphere (escapes from the comet because of its weak gravity). When we see a comet in the sky we don’t actually see its core but rather the lengthy beautiful tail emanating from the core. This tail always points away from the Sun. During each pass of the Sun, comets lose material through sublimation and tail formation. Meteoroids, Meteors and Meteorites are found around Earth. Meteors are actually small bits of rock and/or metal falling into Earth’s atmosphere that heat up due to friction with the air. We see them as “shooting stars” (of course, they are not stars at all). A meteoroid is what the rocky object is called before it hits the atmosphere and becomes a meteor. If the meteoroid is massive enough to have any part of it left before it hits the Earth’s surface it then becomes a meteorite. Kuiper Belt – begins at about orbit of Neptune and extends out to about 100 AU - this doughnut-shaped belt lies mainly in the planetary or ecliptic plane Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Oort Cloud – a spherical cloud surrounding solar system, centred on Sun, and comets from this region come into solar system from all directions; extends from the outer part of the Kuiper belt to about halfway to nearest stars Half-Life – the time it takes for half of the atoms to decay in a radioactive element - it appears that our solar system formed about 4.6 billion years ago Summary Planet Orbital Radius (AU) Mercury 0.39 Venus 0.72 Earth 1.0 Mars 1.52 Jupiter 5.2 Saturn 9.54 Uranus 19.2 Neptune 30.1 Galactic Recycling Process – when stars die, the spew out their mass into the universe and the next generation of stars contains some of these heavier elements and, in the process of formation, make some new ones of their own As the nebula started to contract around its centre, collapsing under its own gravity to something around 200 AU in diameter, three things occurred: 1. Temperature Increased 2. Nebular Rotation Rate Increased 3. Nebular Sphere Flattens to Disk Eventually as we move away from the Sun, the temperature drops to the freezing point for water (273K) signifying a special point known as the ice or frost line . Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Beyond the frost line, gaseous compounds such as ammonia and methane can condense to form ice flakes that formed the basis for the Jovian planets. Condensation – adding one atom or molecule at a time Accretion – small flakes of metal and rocks stick together by being closer to each other in the inner solar system, where only metal and rocks and silicates could condense, planetesimals were made of rocks and metals and formed the terrestrial planets — furthermore, as only rocks and metals could condense the terrestrial planets were rich in these materials. in the outer solar system where ices could condense (it was cold enough) planetesimals were built of ices and metals and rocks but because ice derivatives (H, He, methane, ammonia, etc) were more abundant the planetesimals were based on these materials and collected more material, becoming larger, forming the Jovian planets. Solar Wind Once the protosun formed into the Sun that it is today, it generated a continuous emission of energetic charged particles (electrons, protons, ions) spewing out in all directions from the Sun. The formation of the eight planets continued as all of them were bombarded by asteroids, meteors and comets. The large Jovian planets experienced asteroid bombardment, but because of their atmospheres, no evidence remains. The Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
asteroids in the “belt” between Mars and Jupiter are likely a collection of leftover planetesimals that never quite made it as another planet. Planetesimals were likely of two types: (1) rocky and metallic (much like the inner planets) (2) ice and hard snow embedded with small amounts of rock/metal (much like core of the Jovians) Our Moon may have formed as a result of a collision between Earth and a large, leftover planetesimal, possibly as big as Mars. The smaller mass results in its inability to retain any atmosphere. Two main techniques are used to measure the motion of a star back-and-forth, or side-to-side, which hare caused by the gravitational tugs of one or more planets. a) The Astrometric Technique - the use of sensitive telescopes b) Doppler Technique – the light coming from the star is tracked using the gravitational tug it exerts on the star c) Transit – as the planet moves in front of its star, the star’s luminosity dips, and then returns to its former level when the transit is complete Very few planets orbit their parent star with a greater radius than 5 AU. Many orbits are quite elliptical. Planetary Migration – a scenario which allows the formation of Jovian planets at expected distances from the star (beyond the frost line) followed by a migration into an orbit which brings the planet closer to the home star Encounters and Resonances – a situation where a planet interacts gravitationally with other planets, essentially a re-arrangement of the solar system objects Mars has 2 small moons and Jupiter has over 60. Module 4 Notes a) Mercury - moderately high orbital eccentricity (0.206) meaning its orbit is observably elliptic - orbital inclination is also high (7 degrees), greater than all others except Pluto - rotational axis tilt is 0 degrees; no seasons on Mercury - orbital period: 88 days, synodic period of 116 days (time between successive conjunctions with Earth) - solar day of 176 Earth days Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The two elongations , eastern and western, are the greatest angular positions the inner planet ever has with respect to Earth. The two conjunctions , superior and inferior, refer to when Mercury is lined up with the Earth and the Sun. When the order is Earth-Sun-Mercury, we have a superior conjunction and when Mercury is between the Sun and Earth, we have an inferior conjunction. We might see a solar transit during an inferior conjunction. - not tidally locked to the Sun; rotates one and a half times during each orbit - a solar day on Mercury (sun rise to sun rise) is 176 Earth days long (rotates very slowly) - about 61% iron and has an iron core about 75% of the radius of the planet - surface has craters everywhere - very thin atmosphere, too small to retain any gas - the iron core makes up about 42% of its volume, magnetic field is similar to Earth’s in shape but only about 1% as strong - Mariner 10 visited Mercury in the 70s, but it is very difficult to explore due to high temperatures b) Venus - orbital eccentricity of 0.0068, almost a perfect circle; greatest elongation is 47 degrees away from Sun - brightest object in sky other than Sun and Moon; 16x brighter than any star because it is close to the Sun, close to Earth, relatively large (about same as Earth), and its albedo is 0.59 - during an inferior conjunction, it is possible to have a solar transit of Venus - Venus’ rotation is retrograde; it rotates backwards very slowly - sidereal day that is 243 Earth days, orbital period 224.7 days, and solar day of 117 Earth days - axial tilt is 177.4 degrees; north pole points downward; rotational axis of 2.6 degrees (no seasons) - 740 K - dry, hot, uninhabitable desert, two large highland features: Ishtar Terra and Aphrodite Terra - no tectonic activity, evidence of volcanic activity, erosion, no current bombardment - atmosphere is 90 times as dense as Earths, lots of CO 2 and water vapour in atmosphere - greenhouse effect causes there to be no water - no magnetic field due to slow rotation; no protection from solar wind generates thick atmosphere c) Earth - orbit is almost circular (e = 0.017) - average distance from Sun is 1 AU, takes 365.25 days to orbit the Sun - rotational axis inclined at 23.5 degrees causing seasons - slightly bigger than Venus, radius of almost 6400km - average surface temperature is 9 degrees Celsius; range is 60 to -90 degrees Celsius - one natural satellite, the Moon, which orbits Earth in 29.5 days (solar period) - atmosphere of nitrogen and has a magnetic field - core is surrounded by a molten shell, thick mantle, and a thin crust - lithosphere is about 100km thick, covered with liquid water (75%) and solid land mass (25%) - two main seismic waves are p-waves (primary) which are pressure waves and s-waves Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
(secondary) which are shear waves; solid inner core of radius 1300km surrounded by 3500km molten outer core - centre is around 6,000K, rich in nickel and iron - crust consists of granite and rocks, upper mantle largely iron-magnesium-silicate mixture - changing surface due to volcanic activity, plate tectonics and erosion - melting point within the mantle is well above the actual temperature, so mantle is solid - continental drifts causes plates to move slowly forming mountains, ocean ridges, new land - atmosphere is unique, 77% nitrogen, 21% oxygen, 1% argon, some water and carbon dioxide - temperature is cool enough to allow water vapour to condense as rain - CO 2 dissolves in water so oceans hold some of it and rainfall carries minerals from rocks/land into the ocean which react with dissolved CO 2 to form carbonate minerals which fall to ocean floor - oxygen originally built up in atmosphere when only planets existed and few animals used it up - very strong magnetic field resulting “magnetosphere” extending beyond the atmosphere - at 3000 and 20,000km above Earth’s surface are two zones of trapped, charged, high- energy particles called the Van Allen belts surrounding the Earth centred on the magnetic equator; particles are from solar wind and these belts protect life on Earth from the harmful effects of the solar wind particles - aurora borealis in the North and aurora australis in the South are caused by these particles d) The Moon - average distance from Earth to Moon is 384,400 km - sidereal period is 27.3 days, but takes 29.53 days to move through phases due to Earth’s orbit - tipped at 6.7 degrees, size is 0.27 of Earth Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- large dark areas on the surface are called maria , and lighter-coloured regions are called highlands - the lunar highlands are covered with hundreds of craters - large water ice deposits near both poles have been detected, which likely came from meteoroids - largest crater in Solar System discovered on far side of the moon, 2500km wide, Aitken Basin - Neil Armstrong set foot on the Moon on July 20, 1969 - virtually no atmosphere, low escape speed so any gas molecules eventually leave - no erosion and no tectonic action so surface changes very, very slowly - no global magnetic field - large impact hypothesis theory imagines a collision between a very young, molten Earth and a large, Mars-like object where debris particles in a ring began to accelerate into larger bodies - plans exist to establish human colonies on the Moon for further exploration, mining, and scientific research e) Mars - average orbital radius of about 1.5 AU with a relatively large eccentricity - fairly bright but less than Venus due to smaller size, distance from Sun and lower albedo of 0.15 - rotation is similar to Earth’s, around 24.6 hours, and tipped at about 24 degrees resulting in seasons - radius about 50% of Earth and mass about 10% but with a density 70% of Earth - polar ice caps made of CO 2 or dry ice, NOT water, although water ice below surface of poles - huge volcanoes (largest in solar system), deep canyons, huge dune fields - lava flows in the north, Tharsis bulge contains volcanoes, Valles Marinis canyon rises 10km high than any other part of planet, Olympus Mons (largest volcanoe) is 600km in diameter and rises 21km - no tectonic activity, volcanoes are inactive - the Vallex Marineris canyon was formed when the planet’s surface bulged out under the forces of crustal formation, is about 4000 km long, 120km across at widest point, 7km deep in some areas - the canyon was NOT created by water flow or tectonics but rather by heat conduction forces - two Mars rovers called Spirit and Opportunity (which is still functioning) Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- significant evidence of previous presence of water on Mars - very thin atmosphere with a pressure of about 1/150 that of Earth consisting of mostly carbon dioxide (95.3%) and other gases - "Mars apparently was once a world with pleasant temperatures and streams, rain, glaciers, lakes and possibly oceans. It had all the necessities for life as we know it. But the once hospitable planet turned into a frozen and barren desert at least 3 billion years ago, and it is unlikely that Mars will ever be warm enough for its frozen water to flow again. If life once existed on Mars, it is either extinct or hidden away in a few choice locations, such as hot springs around not-quite-dormant volcanoes. As we think about the possibility of future climate change on Earth, Mars presents us with an ominous example of how much things can change." - no magnetic field although there likely was once a field generated by moving, liquid, iron core - Mars has two small moons: Phobos and Deimos; only few km across and gravity too low for them to by spherical (Phobos orbits in 7 hours and 39 minutes and Deimos around three days) - Mars radius is about 3400km, Phobos orbits 9378km from center and Deimos 22460km - the moons may be captured asteroids or have formed from interplanetary debris during formation f) Jovian Planets – Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune - Jupiter, the largest, could hold 1400 Earths, Neptune, the smallest, could hold 50 Earths - they all have rings, they have many moons (Jupiter over 60), composition of H and He (gas and liquid) Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- they have huge atmospheres surrounding relatively small rocky cores - not perfectly spherical but flattened somewhat at poles due to fast rotation - Obliquity, the inclination of a planet’s equator to its orbital plane, is minimal for Jupiter (3 degrees) resulting in no seasons; tilt for Uranus is 98 degrees means it rotates backwards - generate more radiation than they receive from the Sun - temperature increases rapidly along with the pressure and density as one descends into Jupiter which quickly becomes liquid H and then an even more compact form becoming metallic H (a conductor), which when combined with Jupiter’s rapid rotation generates a large magnetic field - central core is a mixture of hydrogen, rock and metals - more mass would make Jupiter smaller as it results in a greater gravitational field - Saturn is almost as big but only 1/3 the mass and low density such that it would float in water - cores are all about 10 Earth masses Jupiter’s Atmosphere - 75% H, 24% He, 1% Hydrogen compounds (which make the planet visible) - cloud layers have different compositions which create alternating zones and belts resulting in Jupiter’s colourful appearance - the bands of rising air are zones and appear white because of ammonia clouds - the adjacent bands of falling air are belts which are transparent - the rising zones and falling belts result from pressure differences between regions - Great Red Spot is a long-lived high-pressure storm wider than two Earths Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune’s Atmosphere - Saturn’s more subdued yellows, reds and tans come from the same compounds on Jupiter; however, a lower temperature and deeper cloud layers result in a “washing out” of distinct colour variations - Uranus and Neptune are distinctly blue from the methane (20x more than on Jupiter/Saturn) which form in icy flakes in the upper clouds - all Jovian planets have weather patterns with storms and winds; greatest speeds on Saturn - Neptune has one high-pressure storm seen as the Great Dark Spot Magnetic Fields - all Jovian planets have substantial magnetic fields and magnetospheres - Jupiter’s magnetic field is about 20,000 times stronger than Earth’s so its magnetosphere deflects the solar wind 3M km before it even reaches Jupiter - other planetary magnetospheres are smaller with Saturn's generated by its thinner layer of metallic hydrogen, and Uranus' and Neptune's magnetic fields generated by their cores as they have no metallic hydrogen layers Jovian Moons and Rings - more than 150 moons orbit the four Jovian planets - classified as small (<300km in diameter), medium (300-1500km) and large (>1500km) - most are categorized as small and are irregular in shape because gravity is too small to force them into a spherical shape; many also have unusual orbits and some even revolve backwards Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
- most medium/large moons are spherical and some have atmospheres, hot interiors, magnetic fields - impact cratering has occurred on most moons, volcanism is present on some along with tectonics Galilean Moons of Jupiter a) Io – most volcanically active object in the solar system with 300 active volcanoes continually repaving the surface; a 400,000 volt potential exists across the surface resulting in a 5M amp current b) Europa – the smoothest body in the solar system, completely covered by water ice a few km thick - lines covering the surface are fractures in the ice surface caused by tidal forces of Jupiter/other moons c) Ganymede – largest moon in the solar system, similar in appearance to Callisto having impact craters - both reveal the effect of tectonic action early in its formation; covered with an icy shield Moons of Saturn a) Titan - atmosphere is 90% N (only world besides Earth where N is the dominant gas) - almost as large as Mars; hydrocarbon gases result in a greenhouse effect, cold -180 degrees C - few craters on surface, evidence for ice volcanoes, seasonal variations with wind speeds - wide variety of hydrocarbon molecules in the upper atmosphere b) Enceladus – active geologically; energy, organics, liquid water are present - unknown if life forms are contained in the deep oceans of water under the icy surface Moons of Uranus - small and numerous; largest are likely composed of ice and rock - Miranda is heavily cratered but unlike any other moon with its ridges, cliffs and valleys Moons of Neptune - Triton has a retrograde orbit inclined at 20 degrees - surface temperature of 37 K and a surface of water ice Total Moons: Earth – 1, Mars – 2, Jupiter – 67, Saturn – 62, Uranus – 27, Neptune – 13 Jovian Moons and Rings - rings of Saturn: A ring, B ring, C ring; small cap near edge of A ring is called Encke gap - particles making up rings vary in size from mere dust to boulder-sized water ice chunks - any ring particles that stray from circular orbits get nudged or pushed back into orbit by adjacent ring objects to maintain the ring structure - rings begin at about 10,000 km from Saturn’s surface out to 420,000 km - rings are no thicker than 100 meters - critical distance inside which the moon is broken apart is known as the tidal stability limit or Roche limit; Roche limit is about 2.4 times the radius of the planet - ring particles are constantly falling into the parent planet as the upper atmosphere extends into the ring system; rings get replenished with new particles Some rings are so well-defined in space because of the influence of small moons that orbit on either side of it and are known as Shepherd moons. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
g) Pluto - if classified as a planet, it is the smallest, lightest, and furthest from the Sun - widely accepted as a Kuiper Belt Object (KBO), one of the biggest and closest to Sun as a KBO - orbit is highly eccentric and event spends 20 out of 250 year orbit inside orbit of Neptune - Pluto’s moon, Charon, is about half the size of Pluto - Charon’s orbit is fairly close to Pluto, <20,000km - rotates backwards - surface of Pluto is methane ice w/ CO and nitrogen ice - thin atmosphere of nitrogen, surface temperature decreases to less than 40 K when it moves far from Sun causing nitrogen to freeze out on Pluto’s surface Other Kuiper Belt Objects Including Eris - Eris has a planet size of about 2700km in diameter with a composition similar to Pluto - distance from Sun is 97AU and has a moon - many KBOs have orbits close to Neptune’s orbit; known objects in the Kuiper belt are shown in the picture below with a gap at the bottom due to obscuration by the band of the Milky Way Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
1 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements is not an observed pattern of motion in our solar system? Most planets orbit at the same speed. All planets orbit the Sun in the same direction. Most planetary orbits lie nearly in the same plane. Almost all moons orbit their planet in the same direction as the planet's rotation. Most planets rotate in the same direction in which they orbit. Question 2 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the Jovian planets is not true? The outermost Jovian planet, Uranus, is also the least massive. The largest Jovian planet is Jupiter. Together, Jupiter and Saturn have over 100 moons. All the Jovian planets have ring systems. Saturn is the least dense planet, having a density less than water. Question 3 1 / 1 point Rank the following planets in order of size from the smallest to the largest. Mars, Mercury, Earth, Saturn, Uranus Mars, Mercury, Earth, Saturn, Uranus Uranus, Mars, Mercury, Earth, Saturn Mercury, Mars, Earth, Uranus, Saturn Mercury, Mars, Uranus, Saturn, Earth Question 4 0 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, what is the origin of asteroids and comets? Asteroids and comets are both leftover planetesimals that formed between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. Asteroids are the leftover planetesimals of the inner solar system, and comets are the leftover planetesimals that formed beyond the frost line. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Asteroids are chunks of pure metal that condensed in the solar nebula, and comets are chunks of pure rock that condensed in the solar nebula. Asteroids are the remains of a terrestrial planet that shattered, and comets are the remains of a jovian planet that shattered. Asteroids and comets represent material from interstellar space that was captured in the solar nebula by gravity. Question 5 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the moons of the solar system is false ? Earth has one moon, named Moon, and no rings that we know of. All planets have moons except Mercury. Moons vary in size from quite small to the largest, Ganymede, which is just over 2600 km in radius. Jupiter has the most moons in our solar system. Mars has two small moons which are irregularly-shaped (not round). Question 6 0 / 1 point Which of the following characteristics of the Jovian planets is (are) correct? A) They have varying sizes; Jupiter is one size, Neptune about half as big and Mercury is quite small. B) They are relatively large, low density objects with solid surfaces. C) They are closer to the Sun than the terrestrial planets; that's why we can see them at night. D) Both A and B are correct. E) None of A, B or C are correct. Question 7 1 / 1 point What is the origin of the atoms of hydrogen, oxygen and sodium in the perspiration that exits your body during this astronomy test? The hydrogen nuclei were produced a few minutes after the big bang event 13.8 billion years ago; the oxygen and sodium nuclei were synthesized inside stars more than 4.6 billion years ago. They were synthesized during the early stages of the Sun's formation and spewed out from the Sun through the solar wind and our planet, Earth, simply intercepted them. All of these elements were produced in the first few minutes after the big bang event. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
They were all fused deep inside Earth. All of these elements were synthesized inside stars more than 4.6 billion years ago. Question 8 1 / 1 point Which of the following is not characteristic of the terrestrial planets? They are relatively smaller than the jovian planets. They all have solid surfaces. They have higher densities than the jovian planets They have more moons than the jovian planets. They are more closely spaced together than the jovian planets. Question 9 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about meteorites is true ? A meteorite is the same thing as an asteroid. Meteorites are often called "shooting stars" when they are seen as flashes of light across the sky at night. A meteorite becomes a meteoroid once it hits the Earth's surface. A meteorite is what's left of a meteor when it hits the Earth's surface. A meteorite is the same thing as a meteoroid. Question 10 1 / 1 point Ring systems around planets are: fairly rare; just Saturn has rings. quite common; all planets have them. fairly rare; just Venus and Saturn have them. quite common among terrestrial planets. quite common among the large, gas planets; all Jovian planets have them. Question 11 1 / 1 point We have determined the age of the solar system through: A) taking measurements of tree rings. B) radioactive dating. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
C) the study of rocks and the determination of their composition. D) the analysis of the sand on various beaches around the Earth. E) all of A, B, C and D. Question 12 1 / 1 point What is a comet? It's a brand of bathroom cleanser! It's just an asteroid that has come too close to the Sun. The nucleus of a comet is a collection of various ices mixed with dust and tiny bits of rocky debris. It has no core but has two beautiful wispy tails which always point to the Sun as it goes through the inner solar system. It's an asteroid that has been shot out from the Asteroid Belt because of the influences of Jupiter. Question 13 1 / 1 point When we examine of the types of planets making up the solar system we notice the following: there seems to be no general category of planets; each is unique and there are very few similarities among them. all planets making up the solar system are like Pluto. there are two types of planets: terrestrial and Jovian. there is just one type of planet: round, small and rocky. there are three types of planets: terrestrial, Jovian and small snowballs. Group B 14 0 / 1 point The terrestrial planets and the giant Jovian planets have different compositions because the terrestrial planets are closer to the Sun. the Jovians are much larger. the terrestrial planets have few moons. the giant Jovian planets are made mostly of solids. the Jovian planets are closer to the Sun. Question 15 1 / 1 point About how much of the solar nebula consisted of elements heavier than hydrogen and helium? 10% by mass. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
50% by mass. 98% by mass. 2% by mass. 25% by mass. Question 16 1 / 1 point What constitutes the solar wind? A) It's very similar to the wind here on Earth which is merely the moving around of atmospheric gases. B) It is the continuous stream of hot air being released by the fusion process deep inside the Sun. C) It's the continuous emission of charged particles (electrons, protons, etc.) from the solar surface. D) The solar wind in not constant but happens in spurts especially during the time of coronal mass ejections from sunspots. E) It is a combination of both A and B. Question 17 0 / 1 point How were the moons of the Jovian planets most likely formed? Probably through the same process as the planets themselves formed. Most likely by gravitationally attracting asteroids as a protoplanet might form. Most of the solar system's moons initially formed around Jupiter which were then ejected by Jupiter toward other planets which eventually captured them. Early in their formation the planets spun wildly and flung off chunks of themselves which coalesced as moons. They were all formed in the Asteroid Belt between Venus and Jupiter and through BB (Belt Benevolence) they got distributed among the Jovian planets. Question 18 0 / 1 point The sticking together of small but solid particles is an important feature of the solar nebular theory. What is this process known as? Gluons Gravitational collapse. Condensation Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Differentiation Accretion Question 19 1 / 1 point What was the frost line of the solar system? the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen compounds and methane to condense into ices, between the present-day orbits of Mars and Jupiter the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for rocks to condense, between the present-day orbits of Mercury and Venus the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for metals to condense, between the Sun and the present-day orbit of Mercury the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for asteroids to form, between the present-day orbits of Venus and Earth the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen and helium to condense, between the present-day orbits of Jupiter and Saturn Question 20 0 / 1 point What is differentiation in planetary geology? any process by which one part of a planet's surface evolves differently from another part of the same planet's surface the process by which gravity separates materials according to density any process by which a planet's surface evolves differently from another planet's surface any process by which a planet evolves differently from its moons the process by which different types of minerals form a conglomerate rock Question 21 1 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, why does the Sun rotate slowly today? The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to charged particles caught in its magnetic field and then blew the particles away with its strong solar wind. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it lost angular momentum because everything slows down with time. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it lost angular momentum due to internal friction. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to planets and other objects during close encounters. The Sun was born rotating slowly because the solar nebula had very little angular momentum. Question 22 0 / 1 point The first solid grains or flakes formed in our solar system by the process of ________ , the addition of material to an object an atom or molecule at a time. Hydration Vapourization Condensation Accretion Sublimation Question 23 1 / 1 point The nebular theory of formation of the solar system successfully predict ts all but one of the following. Which one does the theory not predict? Asteroids, Kuiper-belt objects and comets. The compositional differences between terrestrial and Jovian planets. The craters on the Moon. The equal number of terrestrial and Jovian planets. Planets orbit around the Sun in nearly circular orbits in a flattened disk. Question 24 1 / 1 point Which of the following is most likely to describe a comet, but not an asteroid? Comets reside with similar bodies in a sparsely populated belt. Comets are partially but not totally composed of rocks and metals. Comets are mainly composed of ice and snow with some dust and rocky bits. Comets are leftover planetesimals from the time when the planets were formed. There really is no difference between a comet and an asteroid. Question 25 0 / 1 point What is a planetesimal? Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
An object that is in orbit around a planet. One of the larger planets in the solar system. A rogue planet moving around in the solar system not attached to any particular planet. A smaller building block of planets. A smaller building block of a protostar. Question 26 1 / 1 point Atmospheres formed around some terrestrial planets because A) outgassing through volcanic activity plus a strong enough gravity kept the gas from escaping into space B) their gravity was great enough to capture atoms and molecules floating around in the solar nebula C) radioactivity from surface rocks produced oxygen and carbon dioxide in sufficient quantities to build up an atmosphere D) human activity produces carbon dioxide and plants produce oxygen which are the main constituents of an atmosphere E) all of A, B, C and D. Question 27 1 / 1 point What is meant by the period of heavy bombardment? During the second world war London, England was heavily bombed by the German Airforce. During the 500-700 million years of the solar system existence there were plenty of larger objects roaming around in the solar disk. These larger objects constantly bombarded the terrestrial objects building up their surfaces and often leaving large craters that still exist today. Throughout the solar system's existence the Jovian planets especially have been bombarded with rogue asteroids leaving scars on their surfaces. It refers to a particularly interesting period about 65 millions years ago when so many asteroid hit Earth that many animal species, including the dinosaurs, were wiped out. It refers to a period of human history known as the Dark Ages when many people died from being hit by the constant rain of meteors from the Kuiper Belt. Group C 28 1 / 1 point What is so special about a star known as 51 Pegasi? It was the first star found with a planet orbiting it that is known to support intelligent life. It is the largest known white dwarf star. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
It was the first star found with multiple planets orbiting it. It is the first main sequence star (stars like our Sun) found to have a planet orbiting it. It is a pulsar with planets orbiting around it. Question 29 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about exoplanets is true? The large majority of confirmed exoplanets orbit their stars at radii less than 5 AU. No planets have been found orbiting their stars at radii less than Mercury's orbital radius. A considerable number of exoplanets seem to have orbits that are quite elliptical. All of A, B and C are true. Only A and C are true. Question 30 0 / 1 point Which statement best describes the astrometric technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Question 31 0 / 1 point Which statement best describes the direct detection technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Question 32 1 / 1 point What is an exoplanet moon? It is an object orbiting a Kuiper Belt object. It is an object orbiting an exostar. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
It is an object orbiting an exoplanet just as our Moon orbits Earth. It is an object orbiting an object other than Earth in our own solar system. So far we have not detected any exoplanet moons so they don't exist. Question 33 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the transit method of discovering exoplanets? Measuring the size of the star around which the exoplanet is orbiting. Measuring the Doppler shift of a star as it orbits its combined centre of mass with an exoplanet. Measuring the distance a star wobbles on the sky as it is tugged in its orbit by an exoplanet. Taking a photograph of planets around a star through a telescope that can block the light of the star. Measuring the periodic dimming of light as an exoplanet crosses in front of the star. Question 34 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the Doppler technique for finding exoplanets? Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Question 35 1 / 1 point What is an extrasolar planet? A planet that is considered an "extra" in that it was not needed for the formation of its solar system. A planet that is larger than the Sun. A planet that is found orbiting another planet outside our solar system. A planet that is extra large compared to what we would expect. A planet that orbits a star that is not our Sun. Question 36 1 / 1 point Which of the following space telescope missions was dedicated entirely to discovering exoplanets? Casinni. Spitzer. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Hubble. Apollo. Kepler. Question 37 1 / 1 point Why would a star continuously wobble back-and-forth in space? Because of air currents in the atmosphere surrounding it Because it is undergoing precession Because the nebula it formed out of collided with a supernova shockwave Because it had too much to drink Because it is revolving around a common centre of mass with other planets Question 38 1 / 1 point What is the name of the exoplanet that has been found that is closest to our solar system? Fomalhaut b Alpha Centauri Bb Rigel Kepler 56c Sirius Question 39 1 / 1 point What does the exoplanet descriptor "hot Jupiter" mean? It's an exoplanet jult like Jupiter but orbiting much closer to its sun than 5 AU. It's an exoplanet the same size as Jupiter but with an extensive ring system. It's the latest fast car made by Toyota having Jupiter as its model name. It's an exoplanet just like Jupiter but orbiting much further away from its sun than 5 AU. It's any exoplanet orbiting around a much bigger star than our Sun. Question 40 0 / 1 point Which of the following techniques has so far yielded the fewest detections of an exoplanet? Transit method. Astrometric method. Direct Detection. Doppler technique Gravitational lensing. 1 1 / 1 point Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Rank the following planets in order of size from the smallest to the largest. Mars, Mercury, Earth, Saturn, Uranus Mercury, Mars, Uranus, Saturn, Earth Mercury, Mars, Earth, Uranus, Saturn Uranus, Mars, Mercury, Earth, Saturn Mars, Mercury, Earth, Saturn, Uranus Question 2 1 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, what is the origin of asteroids and comets? Asteroids are chunks of pure metal that condensed in the solar nebula, and comets are chunks of pure rock that condensed in the solar nebula. Asteroids are the leftover planetesimals of the inner solar system, and comets are the leftover planetesimals that formed beyond the frost line. Asteroids are the remains of a terrestrial planet that shattered, and comets are the remains of a jovian planet that shattered. Asteroids and comets represent material from interstellar space that was captured in the solar nebula by gravity. Asteroids and comets are both leftover planetesimals that formed between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. Question 3 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the moons of the solar system is false ? Jupiter has the most moons in our solar system. All planets have moons except Mercury. Mars has two small moons which are irregularly-shaped (not round). Earth has one moon, named Moon, and no rings that we know of. Moons vary in size from quite small to the largest, Ganymede, which is just over 2600 km in radius. Question 4 1 / 1 point The age of our solar system is approximately 10,000 years. 13.8 billion years. 4.6 billion years. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
4.6 million years. 13.8 million years. Question 5 0 / 1 point The rotation (daily spin) of the planets are: All in the same direction (with the exception of Venus and Neptune) All in the same direction (with the exception of Mercury) All in the same direction (counter clockwise as seen from above the system) All in the same direction (clockwise as seen from above the system) All in the same direction (with the exception of Venus and Uranus) Question 6 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about comets is true ? We are not really sure what they are made of because we can't get close enough to one, even with unmanned spacecraft, to determine their makeup. Comets have a relatively small nucleus (normally less than 10 km in diameter) that develop debris tails as they get close to the Sun. Comets have a relatively small nucleus and never visit the inner solar system more than once because they burn out completely as they get close to the Sun (Halley's comet is an exception) Comets have a small nucleus with tails that always exist, even when they are at home in the Kuiper Belt. Comets have a relatively small nucleus (normally larger than 100 km wide) that develop just one debris tail as they get into the inner part of the solar system. Question 7 1 / 1 point Ring systems around planets are: fairly rare; just Saturn has rings. quite common among the large, gas planets; all Jovian planets have them. quite common among terrestrial planets. quite common; all planets have them. fairly rare; just Venus and Saturn have them. Question 8 1 / 1 point Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following is not characteristic of the terrestrial planets? They are more closely spaced together than the jovian planets. They all have solid surfaces. They have higher densities than the jovian planets They are relatively smaller than the jovian planets. They have more moons than the jovian planets. Question 9 1 / 1 point Which of the following characteristics of the Jovian planets is (are) correct? A) They have varying sizes; Jupiter is one size, Neptune about half as big and Mercury is quite small. B) They are relatively large, low density objects with solid surfaces. C) They are closer to the Sun than the terrestrial planets; that's why we can see them at night. D) Both A and B are correct. E) None of A, B or C are correct. Question 10 1 / 1 point When we examine of the types of planets making up the solar system we notice the following: there seems to be no general category of planets; each is unique and there are very few similarities among them. there are two types of planets: terrestrial and Jovian. there is just one type of planet: round, small and rocky. there are three types of planets: terrestrial, Jovian and small snowballs. all planets making up the solar system are like Pluto. Question 11 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about meteorites is true ? Meteorites are often called "shooting stars" when they are seen as flashes of light across the sky at night. A meteorite is the same thing as an asteroid. A meteorite becomes a meteoroid once it hits the Earth's surface. A meteorite is what's left of a meteor when it hits the Earth's surface. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A meteorite is the same thing as a meteoroid. Question 12 1 / 1 point Where are most of the known asteroids found? between Mars and Jupiter. in the Oort Cloud. in the Kuiper Belt. between Jupiter and Saturn. between Mercury and Venus. Question 13 1 / 1 point We have determined the age of the solar system through: A) taking measurements of tree rings. B) radioactive dating. C) the study of rocks and the determination of their composition. D) the analysis of the sand on various beaches around the Earth. E) all of A, B, C and D. Group B 14 0 / 1 point The first solid grains or flakes formed in our solar system by the process of ________ , the addition of material to an object an atom or molecule at a time. Vapourization Sublimation Hydration Accretion Condensation Question 15 0 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, what is Pluto? Pluto is a terrestrial planet that was shot out from the inner solar system to its present location as the most distant planet. Pluto is simply an oddball planet, and thus represents one of the "exceptions" that the nebular theory cannot explain. Pluto is one of the largest of the Kuiper belt objects. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Pluto is a terrestrial planet that happened to form at a large distance from the Sun. Pluto is a very small jovian planet. Question 16 1 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, why does the Sun rotate slowly today? The Sun was born rotating slowly because the solar nebula had very little angular momentum. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to planets and other objects during close encounters. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to charged particles caught in its magnetic field and then blew the particles away with its strong solar wind. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it lost angular momentum due to internal friction. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it lost angular momentum because everything slows down with time. Question 17 1 / 1 point Which of the following solar system moons likely formed through the same processes as our solar system? A) The moons of Mars, Phobos and Deimos. B) Venus's small moon, Dactyl. C) Jupiter's so-called Galilean moons. D) Uranus's moon, Triton E) All of A, C and D. Question 18 0 / 1 point How were the moons of the Jovian planets most likely formed? They were all formed in the Asteroid Belt between Venus and Jupiter and through BB (Belt Benevolence) they got distributed among the Jovian planets. Most of the solar system's moons initially formed around Jupiter which were then ejected by Jupiter toward other planets which eventually captured them. Most likely by gravitationally attracting asteroids as a protoplanet might form. Probably through the same process as the planets themselves formed. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Early in their formation the planets spun wildly and flung off chunks of themselves which coalesced as moons. Question 19 1 / 1 point About how much of the solar nebula consisted of elements heavier than hydrogen and helium? 50% by mass. 10% by mass. 2% by mass. 25% by mass. 98% by mass. Question 20 1 / 1 point Which of the following is most likely to describe a comet, but not an asteroid? There really is no difference between a comet and an asteroid. Comets are mainly composed of ice and snow with some dust and rocky bits. Comets reside with similar bodies in a sparsely populated belt. Comets are leftover planetesimals from the time when the planets were formed. Comets are partially but not totally composed of rocks and metals. Question 21 1 / 1 point What is a planetesimal? A rogue planet moving around in the solar system not attached to any particular planet. One of the larger planets in the solar system. An object that is in orbit around a planet. A smaller building block of a protostar. A smaller building block of planets. Question 22 1 / 1 point Why did the solar nebula heat up as it collapsed? Radiation from other nearby stars that had formed earlier heated the nebula. Collisions among planetesimals generated friction and heat. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As the cloud shrank, its gravitational potential energy was converted to kinetic energy and then into thermal energy. Nuclear fusion occurring in the core of the protosun produced energy that heated the nebula. The shock wave from a nearby supernova heated the gas. Question 23 1 / 1 point What was the frost line of the solar system? the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for rocks to condense, between the present-day orbits of Mercury and Venus the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen compounds and methane to condense into ices, between the present-day orbits of Mars and Jupiter the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen and helium to condense, between the present-day orbits of Jupiter and Saturn the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for metals to condense, between the Sun and the present-day orbit of Mercury the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for asteroids to form, between the present-day orbits of Venus and Earth Question 24 0 / 1 point Protoplanets grow into planetesimals by which processes? A) Colliding with other protoplanets. B) Gravitationally pulling in other protoplanets C) Attracting other planetesimals with the same charge. D) A combination of A and B. E) A combination of A, B and C. Question 25 1 / 1 point Why are the inner planets made of denser materials than the outer planets? In the inner part of the nebula only metals and rocks were able to condense because of the high temperatures, whereas hydrogen compounds, although more abundant, were only able to condense in the cooler outer regions. The Sun's gravity pulled denser materials toward the inner part of the solar nebula, while lighter gases escaped more easily. When the solar nebula formed a disk, materials naturally segregated into bands, and in our particular solar system the Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
denser materials settled nearer the Sun while lighter materials are found in the outer part. In the beginning, when the protoplanetary disk was spinning faster, centrifugal forces flung the lighter materials toward the outer parts of the solar nebula. Denser materials were heavier and sank to the centre of the nebula. Question 26 1 / 1 point What is differentiation in planetary geology? any process by which a planet's surface evolves differently from another planet's surface the process by which different types of minerals form a conglomerate rock any process by which a planet evolves differently from its moons any process by which one part of a planet's surface evolves differently from another part of the same planet's surface the process by which gravity separates materials according to density Question 27 0 / 1 point The nebular theory of formation of the solar system successfully predict ts all but one of the following. Which one does the theory not predict? The compositional differences between terrestrial and Jovian planets. Asteroids, Kuiper-belt objects and comets. The equal number of terrestrial and Jovian planets. Planets orbit around the Sun in nearly circular orbits in a flattened disk. The craters on the Moon. Group C 28 0 / 1 point Which statement best describes the Doppler technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 29 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the transit method of discovering exoplanets? Measuring the size of the star around which the exoplanet is orbiting. Measuring the periodic dimming of light as an exoplanet crosses in front of the star. Taking a photograph of planets around a star through a telescope that can block the light of the star. Measuring the distance a star wobbles on the sky as it is tugged in its orbit by an exoplanet. Measuring the Doppler shift of a star as it orbits its combined centre of mass with an exoplanet. Question 30 0 / 1 point What type of exoplanet would you expect to cause the largest Doppler shift in the spectrum of its star? A massive planet that is far from its sun. A massive planet that is close to its sun. A low-mass planet that is far from its sun. An average-mass planet that is at an average distance from its sun. A low-mass planet that is close to its sun. Question 31 1 / 1 point So far, about how many exoplanets have been discovered? about 4000 around 75 150 700 over 1500 Question 32 1 / 1 point What is an exoplanet moon? It is an object orbiting a Kuiper Belt object. It is an object orbiting an exostar. It is an object orbiting an object other than Earth in our own solar system. So far we have not detected any exoplanet moons so they don't exist. It is an object orbiting an exoplanet just as our Moon orbits Earth. Question 33 0 / 1 point Which statement best describes the astrometric technique for finding exoplanets? Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Question 34 0 / 1 point Which of the following techniques has so far yielded the fewest detections of an exoplanet? Doppler technique Transit method. Gravitational lensing. Astrometric method. Direct Detection. Question 35 0 / 1 point Thinking about our own solar system, which planet will have the greatest effect on the Sun's movement about the solar system's centre of mass? Saturn, because of its large ring structure. Earth, because we live here. Mars, because it's the red planet. Mercury, because it is closest to the Sun. Jupiter, because of its huge mass. Question 36 1 / 1 point Why would a star continuously wobble back-and-forth in space? Because it is revolving around a common centre of mass with other planets Because it is undergoing precession Because it had too much to drink Because the nebula it formed out of collided with a supernova shockwave Because of air currents in the atmosphere surrounding it Question 37 1 / 1 point What is an extrasolar planet? A planet that is larger than the Sun. A planet that is found orbiting another planet outside our solar system. A planet that orbits a star that is not our Sun. A planet that is extra large compared to what we would expect. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A planet that is considered an "extra" in that it was not needed for the formation of its solar system. Question 38 1 / 1 point What is the name of the exoplanet that has been found that is closest to our solar system? Alpha Centauri Bb Rigel Fomalhaut b Sirius Kepler 56c Question 39 0 / 1 point Why is it easier to find exoplanets that are much more massive than the Earth? Because the solar nebula theory predicts more massive exoplanets should exist Because massive exoplanets orbit more slowly Because they are mainly found around dimmer stars Because their transits and tugging on their stars are easier to detect Because there aren't any exoplanets with masses lower than Earth Question 40 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the transit technique for finding exoplanets? Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. 1 0 / 1 point Where are most of the known asteroids found? between Jupiter and Saturn. in the Kuiper Belt. between Mars and Jupiter. between Mercury and Venus. in the Oort Cloud. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 2 1 / 1 point We have determined the age of the solar system through: A) taking measurements of tree rings. B) radioactive dating. C) the study of rocks and the determination of their composition. D) the analysis of the sand on various beaches around the Earth. E) all of A, B, C and D. Question 3 1 / 1 point The age of our solar system is approximately 10,000 years. 4.6 billion years. 13.8 million years. 13.8 billion years. 4.6 million years. Question 4 1 / 1 point Ring systems around planets are: fairly rare; just Venus and Saturn have them. quite common; all planets have them. quite common among terrestrial planets. quite common among the large, gas planets; all Jovian planets have them. fairly rare; just Saturn has rings. Question 5 1 / 1 point What is the origin of the atoms of hydrogen, oxygen and sodium in the perspiration that exits your body during this astronomy test? They were all fused deep inside Earth. All of these elements were produced in the first few minutes after the big bang event. They were synthesized during the early stages of the Sun's formation and spewed out from the Sun through the solar wind and our planet, Earth, simply intercepted them. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The hydrogen nuclei were produced a few minutes after the big bang event 13.8 billion years ago; the oxygen and sodium nuclei were synthesized inside stars more than 4.6 billion years ago. All of these elements were synthesized inside stars more than 4.6 billion years ago. Question 6 1 / 1 point Which of the following characteristics of the terrestrial planets is (are) correct? A) They are relatively small, low density bodies with solid surfaces on which to walk. B) They are relatively small, high density objects with solid surfaces on which to walk. C) They have varying sizes; Earth is one size but large Jupiter is also terrestrial and you can walk on its surface. D) They are all closer to the Sun than the Jovian planets but their densities are quite varied with one being less dense than water. E) All of A, B, C and D are correct. Question 7 1 / 1 point The rotation (daily spin) of the planets are: All in the same direction (with the exception of Mercury) All in the same direction (with the exception of Venus and Uranus) All in the same direction (clockwise as seen from above the system) All in the same direction (with the exception of Venus and Neptune) All in the same direction (counter clockwise as seen from above the system) Question 8 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about asteroids is false ? An asteroid is just a failed comet. Asteroids have been found outside the asteroid belt. Most asteroids have congregated in the asteroid belt between Mars and Jupiter. Sometime asteroids enter Earth's atmosphere but most burn up before they reach Earth's surface. Some asteroids seem to have originated on Mars. Question 9 1 / 1 point Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
According to our theory of solar system formation, what is the origin of asteroids and comets? Asteroids are the remains of a terrestrial planet that shattered, and comets are the remains of a jovian planet that shattered. Asteroids are the leftover planetesimals of the inner solar system, and comets are the leftover planetesimals that formed beyond the frost line. Asteroids and comets are both leftover planetesimals that formed between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. Asteroids are chunks of pure metal that condensed in the solar nebula, and comets are chunks of pure rock that condensed in the solar nebula. Asteroids and comets represent material from interstellar space that was captured in the solar nebula by gravity. Question 10 0 / 1 point Which of the following characteristics of the Jovian planets is (are) correct? A) They have varying sizes; Jupiter is one size, Neptune about half as big and Mercury is quite small. B) They are relatively large, low density objects with solid surfaces. C) They are closer to the Sun than the terrestrial planets; that's why we can see them at night. D) Both A and B are correct. E) None of A, B or C are correct. Question 11 1 / 1 point Which of the following is not characteristic of the terrestrial planets? They have more moons than the jovian planets. They have higher densities than the jovian planets They are relatively smaller than the jovian planets. They all have solid surfaces. They are more closely spaced together than the jovian planets. Question 12 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the moons of the solar system is false ? All planets have moons except Mercury. Jupiter has the most moons in our solar system. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Earth has one moon, named Moon, and no rings that we know of. Mars has two small moons which are irregularly-shaped (not round). Moons vary in size from quite small to the largest, Ganymede, which is just over 2600 km in radius. Question 13 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about comets is true ? Comets have a relatively small nucleus and never visit the inner solar system more than once because they burn out completely as they get close to the Sun (Halley's comet is an exception) We are not really sure what they are made of because we can't get close enough to one, even with unmanned spacecraft, to determine their makeup. Comets have a relatively small nucleus (normally larger than 100 km wide) that develop just one debris tail as they get into the inner part of the solar system. Comets have a relatively small nucleus (normally less than 10 km in diameter) that develop debris tails as they get close to the Sun. Comets have a small nucleus with tails that always exist, even when they are at home in the Kuiper Belt. Group B 14 1 / 1 point What is meant by the period of heavy bombardment? During the 500-700 million years of the solar system existence there were plenty of larger objects roaming around in the solar disk. These larger objects constantly bombarded the terrestrial objects building up their surfaces and often leaving large craters that still exist today. It refers to a particularly interesting period about 65 millions years ago when so many asteroid hit Earth that many animal species, including the dinosaurs, were wiped out. It refers to a period of human history known as the Dark Ages when many people died from being hit by the constant rain of meteors from the Kuiper Belt. Throughout the solar system's existence the Jovian planets especially have been bombarded with rogue asteroids leaving scars on their surfaces. During the second world war London, England was heavily bombed by the German Airforce. Question 15 1 / 1 point Protoplanets grow into planetesimals by which processes? Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A) Colliding with other protoplanets. B) Gravitationally pulling in other protoplanets C) Attracting other planetesimals with the same charge. D) A combination of A and B. E) A combination of A, B and C. Question 16 1 / 1 point Which of the following is most likely to describe a comet, but not an asteroid? Comets are leftover planetesimals from the time when the planets were formed. Comets are partially but not totally composed of rocks and metals. Comets are mainly composed of ice and snow with some dust and rocky bits. Comets reside with similar bodies in a sparsely populated belt. There really is no difference between a comet and an asteroid. Question 17 1 / 1 point The terrestrial planet cores contain mostly metal because convection carried the metals to the core. the entire planets are made mostly of metal. only metals condensed closest to the Sun in the solar nebula and the rocks then accreted around them as the protoplanets cooled. radioactivity created metals in the core from the decay of uranium. metals sank to the centre during a time when the interiors were molten throughout. Question 18 1 / 1 point Atmospheres formed around some terrestrial planets because A) outgassing through volcanic activity plus a strong enough gravity kept the gas from escaping into space B) their gravity was great enough to capture atoms and molecules floating around in the solar nebula C) radioactivity from surface rocks produced oxygen and carbon dioxide in sufficient quantities to build up an atmosphere Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
D) human activity produces carbon dioxide and plants produce oxygen which are the main constituents of an atmosphere E) all of A, B, C and D. Question 19 1 / 1 point Why are the inner planets made of denser materials than the outer planets? In the inner part of the nebula only metals and rocks were able to condense because of the high temperatures, whereas hydrogen compounds, although more abundant, were only able to condense in the cooler outer regions. Denser materials were heavier and sank to the centre of the nebula. When the solar nebula formed a disk, materials naturally segregated into bands, and in our particular solar system the denser materials settled nearer the Sun while lighter materials are found in the outer part. In the beginning, when the protoplanetary disk was spinning faster, centrifugal forces flung the lighter materials toward the outer parts of the solar nebula. The Sun's gravity pulled denser materials toward the inner part of the solar nebula, while lighter gases escaped more easily. Question 20 1 / 1 point Which of the following solar system moons likely formed through the same processes as our solar system? A) The moons of Mars, Phobos and Deimos. B) Venus's small moon, Dactyl. C) Jupiter's so-called Galilean moons. D) Uranus's moon, Triton E) All of A, C and D. Question 21 1 / 1 point About how much of the solar nebula consisted of elements heavier than hydrogen and helium? 2% by mass. 25% by mass. 98% by mass. 50% by mass. 10% by mass. Question 22 1 / 1 point Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
How were the moons of the Jovian planets most likely formed? Probably through the same process as the planets themselves formed. Most likely by gravitationally attracting asteroids as a protoplanet might form. Most of the solar system's moons initially formed around Jupiter which were then ejected by Jupiter toward other planets which eventually captured them. They were all formed in the Asteroid Belt between Venus and Jupiter and through BB (Belt Benevolence) they got distributed among the Jovian planets. Early in their formation the planets spun wildly and flung off chunks of themselves which coalesced as moons. Question 23 1 / 1 point What constitutes the solar wind? A) It's very similar to the wind here on Earth which is merely the moving around of atmospheric gases. B) It is the continuous stream of hot air being released by the fusion process deep inside the Sun. C) It's the continuous emission of charged particles (electrons, protons, etc.) from the solar surface. D) The solar wind in not constant but happens in spurts especially during the time of coronal mass ejections from sunspots. E) It is a combination of both A and B. Question 24 1 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, what is Pluto? Pluto is simply an oddball planet, and thus represents one of the "exceptions" that the nebular theory cannot explain. Pluto is one of the largest of the Kuiper belt objects. Pluto is a very small jovian planet. Pluto is a terrestrial planet that was shot out from the inner solar system to its present location as the most distant planet. Pluto is a terrestrial planet that happened to form at a large distance from the Sun. Question 25 1 / 1 point What was the frost line of the solar system? Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for rocks to condense, between the present-day orbits of Mercury and Venus the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen and helium to condense, between the present-day orbits of Jupiter and Saturn the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for metals to condense, between the Sun and the present-day orbit of Mercury the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for asteroids to form, between the present-day orbits of Venus and Earth the distance from the Sun beyond which temperatures were low enough for hydrogen compounds and methane to condense into ices, between the present-day orbits of Mars and Jupiter Question 26 1 / 1 point What is a planetesimal? A smaller building block of a protostar. A smaller building block of planets. A rogue planet moving around in the solar system not attached to any particular planet. One of the larger planets in the solar system. An object that is in orbit around a planet. Question 27 0 / 1 point According to our theory of solar system formation, why does the Sun rotate slowly today? The Sun once rotated much faster, but it lost angular momentum because everything slows down with time. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to planets and other objects during close encounters. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it lost angular momentum due to internal friction. The Sun once rotated much faster, but it transferred angular momentum to charged particles caught in its magnetic field and then blew the particles away with its strong solar wind. The Sun was born rotating slowly because the solar nebula had very little angular momentum. Group C 28 1 / 1 point Why would a star continuously wobble back-and-forth in space? Because the nebula it formed out of collided with a supernova shockwave Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Because it is undergoing precession Because of air currents in the atmosphere surrounding it Because it had too much to drink Because it is revolving around a common centre of mass with other planets Question 29 0 / 1 point Which of the following techniques has so far yielded the fewest detections of an exoplanet? Transit method. Astrometric method. Direct Detection. Doppler technique Gravitational lensing. Question 30 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the transit technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Question 31 1 / 1 point So far, about how many exoplanets have been discovered? 150 over 1500 about 4000 around 75 700 Question 32 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about exoplanets is true? The large majority of confirmed exoplanets orbit their stars at radii less than 5 AU. No planets have been found orbiting their stars at radii less than Mercury's orbital radius. A considerable number of exoplanets seem to have orbits that are quite elliptical. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
All of A, B and C are true. Only A and C are true. Question 33 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the direct detection technique for finding exoplanets? Observing the gravitational effects the orbiting exoplanet has on other nearby stars. Actually seeing the exoplanet orbiting the star through our more powerful telescopes. Observing the slight dip in the brightness of a star as the planet moves across it's face. Observing the slight shifting of the frequency of the light as the star wobbles back and forth in space due to an exoplanet orbiting it. Observing the slight side-to-side movement of the star in space caused by an exoplanet orbiting it. Question 34 0 / 1 point Which of the following three factors would affect the size of a star's Doppler shift caused by an exoplanet? The planet's mass The size of the planet's orbit The planet's composition Only A and B All of A, B and C Question 35 1 / 1 point Which statement best describes the transit method of discovering exoplanets? Measuring the Doppler shift of a star as it orbits its combined centre of mass with an exoplanet. Taking a photograph of planets around a star through a telescope that can block the light of the star. Measuring the size of the star around which the exoplanet is orbiting. Measuring the periodic dimming of light as an exoplanet crosses in front of the star. Measuring the distance a star wobbles on the sky as it is tugged in its orbit by an exoplanet. Question 36 1 / 1 point What does the exoplanet descriptor "hot Jupiter" mean? It's the latest fast car made by Toyota having Jupiter as its model name. It's an exoplanet the same size as Jupiter but with an extensive ring system. It's an exoplanet just like Jupiter but orbiting much further away from its sun than 5 AU. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
It's any exoplanet orbiting around a much bigger star than our Sun. It's an exoplanet jult like Jupiter but orbiting much closer to its sun than 5 AU. Question 37 1 / 1 point What is so special about a star known as 51 Pegasi? It is a pulsar with planets orbiting around it. It is the largest known white dwarf star. It was the first star found with multiple planets orbiting it. It is the first main sequence star (stars like our Sun) found to have a planet orbiting it. It was the first star found with a planet orbiting it that is known to support intelligent life. Question 38 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about exoplanets is false? The information about exoplanets we have been able to determine so far seem to indicate that most of them are similar to our own solar system component. A considerable number of exoplanets seem to have orbits that are quite elliptical. The large majority of confirmed exoplanets orbit their stars at radii less than 5 AU. No planets have been found orbiting their stars at radii less than Mercury's orbital radius. The masses of the large majority of confirmed exoplanets that we have been able to measure with any degree of certainty are larger than Earth's mass. Question 39 1 / 1 point Thinking about our own solar system, which planet will have the greatest effect on the Sun's movement about the solar system's centre of mass? Mercury, because it is closest to the Sun. Jupiter, because of its huge mass. Mars, because it's the red planet. Earth, because we live here. Saturn, because of its large ring structure. Question 40 1 / 1 point What is an extrasolar planet? A planet that is extra large compared to what we would expect. A planet that is considered an "extra" in that it was not needed for the formation of its solar system. A planet that is found orbiting another planet outside our solar system. A planet that is larger than the Sun. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A planet that orbits a star that is not our Sun. Q) Without telescope of other aid, we can see the moon in the night sky because it A) Reflects visible lighm,l ,\ 00000000000 coming from the sun Q) Which of the following statements about x-rays and radio waves is not true? A) Neither x-rays nor radio waves can penetrate the earth’s atmosphere Q) Galileo was a very important figure in astronomy. Which of the following statements about Galileo’s accomplishments is false? A) Galileo looked at the moon through his telescope and observed rivers, mountains, and lakes filled with liquid Q) the scientific method is best described by which of the following? A) a system of collecting and analyzing data, formulating a hypothesis, testing the hypothesis and reformulating the hypothesis as needed Q) which statement about the cosmological principle is valid? A) it is based on two tenets involving the universality of the laws of physics and chemistry and the belief that there is nothing special about the earth Q) Galileo observed that venus had phases very similar to the phases out moon goes through. From this he concluded that A) Venus therefore must orbit the sun and not the earth Q) Suppose a planet is discovered orbiting a star in a highly elliptical orbit. While the planet is close to the star it _______, but while it is far away it _________ A) moves faster, moves slower Q) which of the following is not an example of “pseudoscience”? A) astronomy Q) Who built Stonehenge? A) Nobody really knows for sure Q) Galileo observed that Jupiter had moons. From this info you may conclude that A) some things do not orbit the earth Q) Kapler’s 3 rd law of planetary motion states that A) the cube of the semi-major axis of a planets orbit is directly proportional to the square of its period of motion around the sun Q) Which of the following best describes the origin of ocean tides on earth? Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A) tides are caused by the difference in the force of gravity exerted by the moon across the sphere of the earth Q) spring tides occur A) at any time of the year when the moon is full Q) which of the following is not part of newtons universal law of gravitation A) the gravitational attraction between 2 objects depends directly on the distance between their centres of mass Q) Ptolemy was important in the history of astronomy because he A) developed a model of the solar system that made sufficiently accurate predictions of planetary positions to remain in use for many centuries Q) which one of the following in not one of, nor follows directly from, Kepler’s law? A) when a planet travels at slower speeds it must be nearer the sun and when it speeds up it must be as far from the sun as it can get Q) a skater can spin faster by pulling in her arms closer to her body or spin slower by spreading her arms out from her body. This is due to A) the conservation of angular momentum Q) what is acceleration? A) it is the rate of change of velocity with change Q) which of the following is not regarded as a heat transfer mechanism? A) segregation Q) Radiative (or radiant) energy is A) light energy Q) upon what quantities does angular momentum depend? A) three quantities – an objects mass, its rotational speed, and its radius of distance from the rotational centre Q) which of the following statements about orbital motion is not true? A) an elliptical orbit is an example of an open orbit Q) which of the following statements correctly describes the law of conservation of energy? A) the total quantity of energy in the universe never changes Q) what does temperature measure? A) the average kinetic energy of particles of substance Q) which of the following is not a unit of speed? Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A) centimetres/light years Q) if your mass is 75 kg on earth, what would your mass be on Saturn which is about 95 times as massive as the earth? A) about the same, 75kg Q) the amount of matter contained in an object is called its mass. Which of the following statements about mass is false? A) the average human mass is about 150 pounds Q) when a rock is held above the ground, we say it has some potential energy. When we let it go, it falls and we say the potential energy to kinetic energy when it hits the ground. What has happened to the energy? A) the energy goes to producing sound and to heating the ground, rock, and surrounding air Q) at which lunar phase(s) are the tides most pronounced? (the highest tide levels) A) both new and full moons Q) suppose there are 2 monochromatic light beams. Beam 1 has half the wavelength of beam 2. How do their frequencies compare? A) beam 1 has 2x the frequency of beam 2 Q) from lowest energy to highest energy, which of the following correctly orders the different categories of electromagnetic radiation? A) radio, infrared, visible light, ultraviolet, x-ray, gamma rays Q) Suppose the angular separation of 2 stars is smaller than the angular resolution of your eyes. How will the stars appear to your eyes? A) the 2 stars will look like a single point of light Q) which of the following is not an advantage of the hubble space telescope over ground based telescopes? A) although it orbits the earth and is outside the atmosphere, it is, after all, closer to the stars Q) the larger the size of the telescope, the greater the what? A) light gathering ability Q) which of the following statements best describes the pricinple advantage of telescopes over eyes? A) telescopes can collect far more light with far better angular resolution Q) the trouble with refraction telescopes is that A) different colours of visible starlight get focused to different points in space making the image blurry Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Q) the Doppler shift is a wave phenomenon that A) uses the change in wavelength of light to determine the speed of a moving star Q) a hot star emits primarily what colour of visible light A) blue Q) most of everything we know from outside earth we know because of our use of what? A) light Q) the wavelength of a wave is A) the distance between 2 adjacent peaks of the wave n 1 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about conjunctions and opposition is false? Mercury and Venus both have superior and inferior conjunctions because they are closer to the Sun than Earth. Mercury can never be in opposition from Earth's perspective. Jupiter can never appear in an inferior conjunction position from Earth's perspective. Mar can have an inferior conjunction but not a superior conjunction from Earth's perspective. Conjunction and opposition are orbital mechanics terms. Question 2 1 / 1 point Which component of our atmosphere has steadily increased in the last 100 years and has led to warming temperatures? Argon Carbon Dioxide Oxygen Nitrogen Water Vapour Question 3 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about Earth is false? The Earth's atmosphere is mostly nitrogen and oxygen. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The poles of the Earth's magnetic field are precisely aligned with Earth's rotational axis. It appears as if the average temperature on the surface of the Earth has been increasing regularly over the past 100 years. A liquid shell of molten iron surrounds a solid core of iron. the Van Allen belts surround the Earth's equator and contain charged particles from the solar wind. Question 4 0 / 1 point How would you describe Venus's retrograde rotation? It rotates in the opposite direction to Earth's spin and at the same rate so that a day on Venus is the same 24 hours. It rotates very slowly in a direction opposite to its revolution. Its rate of rotation matches its rate of revolution. It appears to make a loop on the celestial sphere over many months as Earth "overtakes" it. Its axis of rotation is tilted 90 degrees from the ecliptic. Question 5 0 / 1 point Why does the burning of fossil fuels increase the greenhouse effect on Earth? Burning fuel warms the planet. Burning releases carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. Burning depletes the amount of ozone, thereby warming the planet. Burning produces infrared light, which is then trapped by existing greenhouse gases. All of the above are true. Question 6 1 / 1 point All but one of the following statements about Mercury are true. Which one is false ? Mercury is now geologically dead. Mercury has a very thin atmosphere which is strange because there are still active volcanoes outgassing carbon dioxide and water vapour. Despite the fact that the surface temperature is over 700 K there may well be water ice hidden below the surface of Mercury. Mercury's surface is covered with craters revealing a battered past. Mercury has a magnetic field, although it is only 1% as strong as Earth's. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 7 1 / 1 point How have we been able to construct maps of surface features on the planet Venus? by using radar from spacecraft that were sent to orbit Venus by making computer models of geological processes on Venus by studying Venus with powerful telescopes on spacecraft that were sent to orbit Venus by studying Venus from Earth with powerful telescopes by landing spacecraft on the surface for close-up study Question 8 1 / 1 point Earth's atmosphere contains only small amounts of carbon dioxide because Earth doesn't have as strong a greenhouse effect as is present on Venus. carbon dioxide dissolves in water, and most of it is now contained in the oceans and carbonate rocks. chemical reactions with other gases destroyed the carbon dioxide and replaced it with the nitrogen that is in the atmosphere now. most of the carbon dioxide was lost during the age of bombardment. the Earth's volcanoes did not outgas as much carbon dioxide as those on Venus and Mars. Question 9 1 / 1 point All but one of the following statements about Venus are true. Which one is false? The atmospheric pressure on Venus is significantly greater than on Earth, about 9 times as great. Past volcanic activity is responsible for the greenhouse gases in the atmosphere. Venus' significant greenhouse effect results in a surface temperature over 700 K. One elevated landmass, Aphrodite Terra, is about as large as the African continent. Venus' atmosphere has sulphuric acid that absorbs uv radiation from the Sun. Question 10 1 / 1 point What function does the ozone layer provide on the Earth? It is a by-product of the process of photosynthesis involving plant life. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
It absorbs and re-radiates infrared radiation from the Sun, which helps keep the Earth warm. It is dissolved in water and reacts with nutrients to form limestone. It shields us from ultraviolet radiation that is harmful to life. None of the above. Question 11 1 / 1 point The origin of Earth's only natural satellite, Moon, is Earth - it was formed when a huge comet hit Earth, some 4.5 billion years ago, and the land mass that existed where the current Pacific Ocean is became the Moon. the same nebula from which the Earth formed - both the Earth and the Moon formed at about the same time and since the Earth was bigger the Moon began circling it. a combination of the "capture" theory and the "daughter" theory, sometimes called the impact theory which posits that early in the solar system history the formative years. a young, molten Earth collided with a Mars-like object in a sort of glancing blow. outer space, beyond our solar system - a small, dead star careening through the Milky Way Galaxy became attracted by our Sun and somehow wound up orbiting Earth through chance orbital mechanics. a planet that once orbited the Sun somewhere between Mars and Jupiter about where the asteroid belt is. which collided with the largest asteroid, Ceres, sending it toward Earth which then captured it with its large gravitational force. Question 12 1 / 1 point There are no auroras on Venus because it is too hot. lacks atmospheric oxygen. lacks strong winds. lacks an ionosphere. lacks a strong magnetic field. Question 13 0 / 1 point All of the following statements about Venus are true but one. Which one is false? Although there are no water oceans on Venus there are two fairly large, raised landforms, Ishtar Terra and Aphrodite Terra. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The magnetic field on Venus has about the same intensity as on Earth, although it appears to change directions every 100,000 years or so. Venus' rotation is retrograde, a fact discovered only within the past 50 years. The temperature on the surface of Venus is a hot 740 K approx... Venus orbits the Sun in about 225 days and has a day that is about 117 Earth days long. Group B 14 0 / 1 point Jupiter and Saturn emit ________ heat than absorbed from the Sun due to ___________ . 1) more; heat left over from their formation 2) more; nuclear reactions in their liquid metallic hydrogen cores. 3) less; nuclear fusion of hydrogen in their cores. 4) less: heat left over from their formation 5) about the same: a balance of heat absorbed and heat generated by various processes. Question 15 1 / 1 point Why does Jupiter have several distinct cloud layers? 1) Clouds form randomly, so on average there are always several layers. 2) Different layers represent clouds made of gases that condense at different temperatures. 3) Different layers represent the various regions where the temperature is cool enough for liquid water to condense. 4) Different gases are present at different altitudes in Jupiter's atmosphere. 5) Winds prevent clouds from forming at some altitudes, so we see clouds only at the other altitudes. Question 16 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about Saturn is false? 1) Saturn was first discovered by Galileo about 400 years ago. 2) Saturn's density is less tha the density of water, meaning that it would float in your cottage lake it would have to be a big lake!.. 3) Saturn is the second most massive planet in our solar system. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
4) Saturn has one big moon, Titan, and lots of small ones. 5) Saturn takes about 29.5 years to orbit the Sun once. Question 17 1 / 1 point All of the following statements about Jupiter are true but one. Which one is false? 1) The Great Red Spot is a large storm centre that has been observed for only the last 75 years. 2) Of the four Jovian planets Jupiter is the only one that doesn't have seasons. 3) Jupiter is the largest planet in the solar system. 4) Jupiter has the shortest rotational period of all the planets. 5) Jupiter has a solid core that is more massive than the Earth. Question 18 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about Uranus is false? 1) Uranus has the Great Red Spot on its surface that has been visible for the last 400 years. 2) Uranus appears blue in telescopes resulting from lots of methane in its upper atmosphere. 3) Uranus appears to "roll" along in its orbit because its equatorial inclination is close to 90 degrees. 4) Uranus is the least massive of the Jovian planets. 5) Uranus's average distance from the Sun is about 19.2 AU. Question 19 1 / 1 point How does the atmospheric pressure on Mars compare to that on Earth and Venus? 1) Greater than on both Earth and Venus. 2) Lower than on Earth but greater than on Venus. 3) Greater than on Earth but lower than on Venus. 4) Lower than on both Earth and Venus. 5) Greater than on Venus but lower than on Earth. Question 20 1 / 1 point Which of the following do the Jovian planets not have in common? 1) They all have comparatively large hydrogen and helium atmospheres surrounding relatively small rock and metal cores. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
2) They are all less dense than water. 3) They all rotate faster than the Earth. 4) They are all many times more massive than terrestrial planets. 5) They all have ring systems and dozens of satellites. Question 21 1 / 1 point Which of the following does Jupiter not have? 1) a hot interior 2) crustal plates on its surface 3) convection occurring in the atmosphere 4) any rings 5) a dynamo effect Question 22 1 / 1 point All of the following statements about Jupiter are true but one. Which one is false? 1) Jupiter is the largest planet in the solar system. 2) Of the four jovian planets Jupiter is the only one that doesn't have seasons. 3) Jupiter has the smallest rotational rate of all the planets. 4) Jupiter has a solid core that is bigger than Earth. 5) The density of Jupiter is greater than that of air but less than that for water. Question 23 1 / 1 point What is a Roche zone? 1) the region within a planet's magnetic field where charged particles accumulate 2) a bright layer of gas on Jupiter 3) a region where gravitational resonances clear a gap in a planet's rings 4) the region surrounding a planet where it may have large moons 5) the region near a planet where tidal forces would tear apart an object held together only by gravity Question 24 1 / 1 point Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Exploration on Mars has been accomplished by orbiters, lander and rovers. Which of the following statements about Martian exploration is false? 1) We are fairly certain that water was once abundant on the Martian surface. 2) As you take this test, a rover named Curiosity is exploring the Martian surface in a place known as the Gale Crater. 3) Early exporation began in the 1970s with NASA's Viking program. 4) Two very successful Martian rovers have been Spirit and Opportunity. 5) The remains of some type of life form have been found near Olympus Mons, the largest volcano on Mars. Question 25 1 / 1 point About how far from the Sun, on average, is Saturn? 1) 10 AU 2) 20 AU 3) 5 AU 4) 15 AU 5) 1 AU Question 26 0 / 1 point Why does Mars have more extreme seasons than Earth? 1) because it is farther from the Sun 2) because it has a larger axis tilt 3) because it has a more eccentric orbit 4) because it has more carbon dioxide in its atmosphere 5) all of the above Question 27 1 / 1 point Saturn is how far from the Sun, on average? 1) 5 AU 2) 20 AU 3) 10 AU 4) 15 AU 5) 1 AU Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Group C 28 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the rings of the four jovian planets is not true? All are made of individual particles of rock or ice that orbit in accord with Kepler's laws: inner ring particles orbiting faster, and outer ring particles orbiting slower. All rings lie within their planet's Roche zone. All probably look much like they did when the solar system first formed. All have gaps and ringlets, probably due to gap moons, shepherd moons, and orbital resonances. All the particle orbits are fairly circular, near their planet's equatorial plane. Question 29 1 / 1 point Why is Triton referred to as Neptune's "backward" moon? It orbits Neptune in the expected prograde direction but it spins backward. It orbits in the opposite direction of its revoluation. It has different surface features on its leading and trailing hemispheres It continually pulls backward on Neptune, causing Neptune to slow down. It is named after a mythological figure known for speaking backwards. Question 30 1 / 1 point Where do the majority of confirmed dwarf planets in the solar system reside? The iCloud The Oort Cloud The Kuiper Belt Between Mars and Jupiter In orbit around Neptune Question 31 1 / 1 point All of the following statements about Charon, Pluto's moon, are true except which one? Charon is half the size of Pluto, but 1/10th the mass. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
As strange as it may seem, astronomers have actually observed seasonal effects on Charon. The discovery of Charon allowed astronomers to determine that Pluto's rotation is retrograde. Charon's orbit around Pluto is fairly close to Pluto's surface 20,000 km.. The orbital period of Charon is equal to the rotation period of Pluto. Question 32 0 / 1 point Why do astronomers believe Triton may have been a planet that was captured by Neptune? It is too large to have been formed in the outer portion of the nebula that formed Neptune. It has an atmosphere and a measurable greenhouse effect. It is colder than any other moon or planet. It undergoes seasonal changes. It orbits Neptune in the opposite direction of Neptune's rotation. Question 33 1 / 1 point Why isn't there a planet where the asteroid belt is located? Gravitational tugs from Jupiter prevented material from collecting together to form a planet. There was not enough material in this part of the solar nebula to form a planet. There was too much rocky material to form a terrestrial planet, but not enough gaseous material to form a jovian planet. The temperature in this portion of the solar nebula was just right to prevent rock from sticking together. A planet once formed here, but it was broken apart by a catastrophic collision. Question 34 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the moons of the Jovian planets is false ? Galileo discovered the four largest moons of Jupiter in 1610. Io, one of the Galilean moons of Jupiter, is the most volcanically active object in the solar system. Mimas, a small moon of Saturn, is responsible for the existence of the Cassini division. Titania, one of the largest jovian moons, has a wrinkly surface that is often referred to as "cantaloupe terrain". Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Europa, a larger moon of Jupiter, has the smoothest surface in the solar system. Question 35 0 / 1 point What is the Cassini division of Saturn's rings? the imaginary circle marking the halfway point of Saturn's rings the widest ring of Saturn, located between two large ring gaps the most opaque ring of Saturn, made of highly reflective ice particles a dark ring, visible from Earth, composed of dark, dusty particles a large gap, visible from Earth, produced by an orbital resonance with the moon Mimas Question 36 1 / 1 point What mechanism is most responsible for generating the internal heat of Io that drives the volcanic activity? tidal heating bombardment differentiation accretion radioactive decay Question 37 1 / 1 point Which of these moons is the most geologically active? Leo Enceladus Europa Callisto Io Question 38 1 / 1 point Why are there no impact craters on the surface of Io? Jupiter's strong gravity attracted the planetesimals more strongly than Io and thus none landed on its surface. Any craters that existed have been eroded through the strong winds on Io's surface. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Io did have impact craters but they have all been buried in lava flows. Io's thick atmosphere obscures the view of the craters. It is too small to have been bombarded by planetesimals in the early solar system. Question 39 1 / 1 point What did the Huygens probe discover about Saturn's moon, Titan? An atmosphere that consists of about 90% oxygen. Methane rains onto the surface, evaporates, and rains again cyclically. A system of caverns and tunnels that appear to run throughout the interior of the satellite. A plume of water vapour erupting from a geothermal vent. An atmosphere that is about 10 times that on Earth. Question 40 1 / 1 point Which of the following is not classified as a dwarf planet? Ceres Triton Makemake Eris Pluto Question 1 1 / 1 point Mercury's large core is composed of iron carbon dioxide ice rock water ice silicon Question 2 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about Earth is false? It appears as if the average temperature on the surface of the Earth has been increasing regularly over the past 100 years. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
A liquid shell of molten iron surrounds a solid core of iron. The Earth's atmosphere is mostly nitrogen and oxygen. the Van Allen belts surround the Earth's equator and contain charged particles from the solar wind. The poles of the Earth's magnetic field are precisely aligned with Earth's rotational axis. Question 3 0 / 1 point The origin of Earth's only natural satellite, Moon, is a planet that once orbited the Sun somewhere between Mars and Jupiter about where the asteroid belt is. which collided with the largest asteroid, Ceres, sending it toward Earth which then captured it with its large gravitational force. the same nebula from which the Earth formed - both the Earth and the Moon formed at about the same time and since the Earth was bigger the Moon began circling it. Earth - it was formed when a huge comet hit Earth, some 4.5 billion years ago, and the land mass that existed where the current Pacific Ocean is became the Moon. outer space, beyond our solar system - a small, dead star careening through the Milky Way Galaxy became attracted by our Sun and somehow wound up orbiting Earth through chance orbital mechanics. a combination of the "capture" theory and the "daughter" theory, sometimes called the impact theory which posits that early in the solar system history the formative years. a young, molten Earth collided with a Mars-like object in a sort of glancing blow. Question 4 1 / 1 point What function does the ozone layer provide on the Earth? It is a by-product of the process of photosynthesis involving plant life. It absorbs and re-radiates infrared radiation from the Sun, which helps keep the Earth warm. It is dissolved in water and reacts with nutrients to form limestone. It shields us from ultraviolet radiation that is harmful to life. None of the above. Question 5 1 / 1 point A solar day on Mercury is about how long? 176 Earth days Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Earth day 57 Earth days 365.25 Earth days 17 Earth days Question 6 1 / 1 point At what special time in Venus's orbit might we be able to see a solar transit? greatest western elongation July 1 superior conjunction greatest eastern elongation inferior conjunction Question 7 1 / 1 point There are no auroras on Venus because it is too hot. lacks strong winds. lacks an ionosphere. lacks atmospheric oxygen. lacks a strong magnetic field. Question 8 1 / 1 point The orbit of Venus around the Sun is almost circular. What is the radius of its orbit? 1.72 AU 0.72 AU 0.39 AU 1.0 AU 1.42 AU Question 9 0 / 1 point All but one of the following statements about Mercury are true. Which one is false? Mercury's orbit about the Sun is almost circular, more so than any other planet in the solar system. Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Mercury orbits close to the Sun and is best viewed during dawn or dusk. Mercury's interior is about 60% iron. A solar day on Mercury is very long, 176 Earth days, due to its slow rotation. Mercury has been visited by one spacecraft in the mid- 1970s, Mariner 10 , and now MESSENGER, which has now settled into orbit around Mercury. Question 10 1 / 1 point What is the Moon's average orbital distance from the Sun? 1.5 AU 0.9 AU 2.0 AU 1.0 AU 0.5 AU Question 11 1 / 1 point How have we been able to construct maps of surface features on the planet Venus? by using radar from spacecraft that were sent to orbit Venus by studying Venus from Earth with powerful telescopes by making computer models of geological processes on Venus by landing spacecraft on the surface for close-up study by studying Venus with powerful telescopes on spacecraft that were sent to orbit Venus Question 12 1 / 1 point How would you describe Venus's retrograde rotation? It appears to make a loop on the celestial sphere over many months as Earth "overtakes" it. It rotates very slowly in a direction opposite to its revolution. Its axis of rotation is tilted 90 degrees from the ecliptic. Its rate of rotation matches its rate of revolution. It rotates in the opposite direction to Earth's spin and at the same rate so that a day on Venus is the same 24 hours. Question 13 1 / 1 point Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which component of our atmosphere has steadily increased in the last 100 years and has led to warming temperatures? Water Vapour Nitrogen Oxygen Carbon Dioxide Argon Group B 14 1 / 1 point Which of the following planets was found using Newton's laws after discrepancies were observed in another planet's orbit? 1) Saturn 2) Pluto 3) Uranus 4) Neptune 5) Jupiter Question 15 0 / 1 point Jupiter and Saturn emit ________ heat than absorbed from the Sun due to ___________ . 1) about the same: a balance of heat absorbed and heat generated by various processes. 2) more; nuclear reactions in their liquid metallic hydrogen cores. 3) less: heat left over from their formation 4) more; heat left over from their formation 5) less; nuclear fusion of hydrogen in their cores. Question 16 1 / 1 point Why does Mars have more extreme seasons than Earth? 1) because it is farther from the Sun 2) because it has a larger axis tilt 3) because it has a more eccentric orbit 4) because it has more carbon dioxide in its atmosphere 5) all of the above Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Question 17 1 / 1 point Why does Jupiter have several distinct cloud layers? 1) Different layers represent clouds made of gases that condense at different temperatures. 2) Clouds form randomly, so on average there are always several layers. 3) Different layers represent the various regions where the temperature is cool enough for liquid water to condense. 4) Different gases are present at different altitudes in Jupiter's atmosphere. 5) Winds prevent clouds from forming at some altitudes, so we see clouds only at the other altitudes. Question 18 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about Neptune is true? 1) Neptune has very few moons; only four have been observed. 2) Neptune is distinctly green in colour. 3) Neptune's largest surface feature is the Great Dark Spot that is about the size of Earth and is probably a storm of some sort. 4) Neptune is different from the other Jovian planets in that it doesn't appear to have a rocky, metallic core. 5) Neptune is located in between Saturn and Uranus. Question 19 1 / 1 point Which of the following do the Jovian planets not have in common? 1) They all rotate faster than the Earth. 2) They are all less dense than water. 3) They are all many times more massive than terrestrial planets. 4) They all have comparatively large hydrogen and helium atmospheres surrounding relatively small rock and metal cores. 5) They all have ring systems and dozens of satellites. Question 20 1 / 1 point How does the atmospheric pressure on Mars compare to that on Earth and Venus? Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
1) Greater than on Venus but lower than on Earth. 2) Lower than on both Earth and Venus. 3) Lower than on Earth but greater than on Venus. 4) Greater than on Earth but lower than on Venus. 5) Greater than on both Earth and Venus. Question 21 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about Uranus is false? 1) Uranus is the least massive of the Jovian planets. 2) Uranus's average distance from the Sun is about 19.2 AU. 3) Uranus appears to "roll" along in its orbit because its equatorial inclination is close to 90 degrees. 4) Uranus appears blue in telescopes resulting from lots of methane in its upper atmosphere. 5) Uranus has the Great Red Spot on its surface that has been visible for the last 400 years. Question 22 0 / 1 point Exploration on Mars has been accomplished by orbiters, lander and rovers. Which of the following statements about Martian exploration is false? 1) We are fairly certain that water was once abundant on the Martian surface. 2) Two very successful Martian rovers have been Spirit and Opportunity. 3) Early exporation began in the 1970s with NASA's Viking program. 4) The remains of some type of life form have been found near Olympus Mons, the largest volcano on Mars. 5) As you take this test, a rover named Curiosity is exploring the Martian surface in a place known as the Gale Crater. Question 23 1 / 1 point Saturn is how far from the Sun, on average? 1) 15 AU 2) 10 AU 3) 5 AU 4) 1 AU Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
5) 20 AU Question 24 1 / 1 point What is the region around a planet called where the magnetic field is able to deflect the solar wind and other charged particles? 1) Aurora 2) Hydrosphere 3) Ice line 4) Corona 5) Magnetosphere Question 25 1 / 1 point The belts and zones of Jupiter are 1) alternating bands of rising and falling air at different latitudes. 2) alternating regions of charged particles in Jupiter's magnetic field. 3) names for different cloud layers on Jupiter. 4) material that is left over from the once expansive rings of Jupiter. 5) cyclonic and anti-cyclonic storms. Question 26 1 / 1 point About how far from the Sun, on average, is Saturn? 1) 10 AU 2) 20 AU 3) 15 AU 4) 1 AU 5) 5 AU Question 27 1 / 1 point What is a Roche zone? 1) a region where gravitational resonances clear a gap in a planet's rings 2) a bright layer of gas on Jupiter 3) the region near a planet where tidal forces would tear apart an object held together only by gravity Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
4) the region within a planet's magnetic field where charged particles accumulate 5) the region surrounding a planet where it may have large moons Group C 28 1 / 1 point This satellite's interior has probably warmed enough by tidal stressing to have a liquid water ocean below an icy crust. Charon Ariel Titan Io Europa Question 29 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about Jovian moons is false? Many of the moons of Uranus have been named after sprites and spirits in Shakespearean plays. Neptune's largest moon, Triton, has a wrinkly surface often called "cantaloupe terrain". Volcanic plumes containing water vapour, nitrogen, methane and other hydrocarbons have been observed on Enceladus, a moon of Saturn. All of the Jovian moons orbit their planet in the same direction, counter-clockwise as seem from above the solar system. The Galilean moons of Jupiter from smallest to largest are Europa, Io, Callisto and Ganymede. Question 30 1 / 1 point Why is Triton referred to as Neptune's "backward" moon? It continually pulls backward on Neptune, causing Neptune to slow down. It is named after a mythological figure known for speaking backwards. It orbits in the opposite direction of its revoluation. It orbits Neptune in the expected prograde direction but it spins backward. It has different surface features on its leading and trailing hemispheres Question 31 1 / 1 point Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
What is the Cassini division of Saturn's rings? the most opaque ring of Saturn, made of highly reflective ice particles a dark ring, visible from Earth, composed of dark, dusty particles a large gap, visible from Earth, produced by an orbital resonance with the moon Mimas the widest ring of Saturn, located between two large ring gaps the imaginary circle marking the halfway point of Saturn's rings Question 32 1 / 1 point Why isn't there a planet where the asteroid belt is located? A planet once formed here, but it was broken apart by a catastrophic collision. Gravitational tugs from Jupiter prevented material from collecting together to form a planet. The temperature in this portion of the solar nebula was just right to prevent rock from sticking together. There was not enough material in this part of the solar nebula to form a planet. There was too much rocky material to form a terrestrial planet, but not enough gaseous material to form a jovian planet. Question 33 0 / 1 point Which of the following statements about the moons of the Jovian planets is false ? Io, one of the Galilean moons of Jupiter, is the most volcanically active object in the solar system. Titania, one of the largest jovian moons, has a wrinkly surface that is often referred to as "cantaloupe terrain". Mimas, a small moon of Saturn, is responsible for the existence of the Cassini division. Europa, a larger moon of Jupiter, has the smoothest surface in the solar system. Galileo discovered the four largest moons of Jupiter in 1610. Question 34 1 / 1 point Which of the following statements about Pluto is false ? Pluto is one of the larger Kuiper Belt Objects discovered to date and is actually bigger than Mercury. Plluto has one large moon, Charon, and a few other smaller ones Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Pluto has a fairly eccentric orbit but it spends about 20 years of its 248-year orbit around the Sun inside the orbit of Neptune. Pluto was discovered by Clyde Tombaugh around 1930 after years of searching. We don't know very much about the surface features of Pluto because it is too far away and too small to view even with the Hubble Space Telescope. Question 35 1 / 1 point Which of these moons is the most geologically active? Leo Callisto Enceladus Europa Io Question 36 0 / 1 point All of the following statements about Charon, Pluto's moon, are true except which one? Charon is half the size of Pluto, but 1/10th the mass. The discovery of Charon allowed astronomers to determine that Pluto's rotation is retrograde. The orbital period of Charon is equal to the rotation period of Pluto. As strange as it may seem, astronomers have actually observed seasonal effects on Charon. Charon's orbit around Pluto is fairly close to Pluto's surface 20,000 km.. Question 37 1 / 1 point Why do astronomers believe Triton may have been a planet that was captured by Neptune? It is too large to have been formed in the outer portion of the nebula that formed Neptune. It orbits Neptune in the opposite direction of Neptune's rotation. It has an atmosphere and a measurable greenhouse effect. It undergoes seasonal changes. It is colder than any other moon or planet. Question 38 1 / 1 point How thick are Saturn's rings from top to bottom? Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
a few hundred kilometers a few tens of meters a few kilometers a few million kilometers a few tens of thousands of kilometers Question 39 0 / 1 point Why was Pluto's status was changed to that of "dwarf planet" by the IAU? A) Because it is too small. B) Because it is not round. C) Because it has not cleared its orbital region of other objects. D) Because it has the wrong name. E) All of A, B, C and D. Question 40 1 / 1 point Where do the majority of confirmed dwarf planets in the solar system reside? The iCloud The Oort Cloud In orbit around Neptune The Kuiper Belt Between Mars and Jupiter Downloaded by Luisa Huang (luisa.huang2906@gmail.com) lOMoARcPSD|4786850
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
On the Cosmic Calendar all of recorded history occurred beginning when? December 30 around noon December 1 December 25 December 31 within the last minute of this last day of the year. December 31 around noon Which of the following objects within our solar system is the smallest? Mercury Neptune Moon Mars Earth What is a light-year? The time is takes light to get to the nearest star, Proxima Centauri. The time for light to travel to Earth from the Andromeda galaxy. The average distance between the Sun and the Earth. The time is takes light to travel across the Milky Way galaxy.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The distance light travels in one year. On the Cosmic Calendar about when did the solar system begin to form? Around the summer solstice – June 21 Around the spring equinox – March 21 About mid-November Sometime around Labour Day – September 1 January 1 Which of the following statements does not use the term light-year in an appropriate way? A light-year is about 10 trillion kilometres. The Milky Way Galaxy is about 100,000 light-years in diameter. It's about 4 light-years from here to Alpha Centauri. It will take the Voyager spacecraft about 20,000 years to travel just 1 light-year. It will take me light-years to complete this homework assignment. Which of the following is largest? 1 Astronomical Unit size of Pluto's orbit
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
size of a typical galaxy 1 light-year distance to the nearest star (other than our Sun) Which of the following is closest to the Sun? a comet in the Oort cloud Pluto. Earth. Saturn. Mercury. On the Cosmic Calendar when did the big bang occur? September 1 March 21 December 25 January 1 December 31 The order of the planets beyond Earth, away from the Sun, is
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Mars, Venus, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto Mars, Jupiter, Uranus, Saturn, Neptune, Pluto Mars, Saturn, Jupiter, Uranus, Neptune, Pluto What is an Astronomical Unit (AU)? The average distance between the Sun and the Earth. 150 million kilometres 1.5 x 10 11 metres 1.5 x 10 8 kilometres (km). All of the above How long does it take light from the Sun to get to Earth? several days a few hours a few minutes a few seconds a half hour
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following has your "address" in the correct order? you, Earth, solar system, Milky Way, Local Group, Local Supercluster you, Earth, Local Group, Local Supercluster, solar system, Milky Way you, Earth, solar system, Milky Way, Local Supercluster, Local Group you, Earth, solar system, Local Group, Milky Way, Local Supercluster you, Earth, solar system, Local Group, Local Supercluster, Milky Way Which of the following best describes the Milky Way Galaxy? a spherically shaped collection of stars including our solar system and about a dozen other solar systems, stretching about 4 light-years in diameter a spiral galaxy with a disk about a billion kilometres in diameter and containing between 100 million and 1 billion stars a spiral galaxy with a disk about 80,000 light-years in diameter and containing about 100,000 stars a spiral galaxy with a disk about 80,000 light-years in diameter and containing between 100 billion and 1 trillion stars a spherically shaped collection of about 1 million stars that is about 100 light-years in diameter Which of the following statements about the Celestial Sphere is not true? The Celestial Equator lies in the Ecliptic Plane. The Celestial Sphere does not take into account the fact that stellar distances from Earth vary.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
The Celestial Sphere is an imaginary sphere surrounding the Earth with all the stars fixed on it. The Celestial Sphere is completely divided up into 88 surface areas with one constellation in each area. The North and South Celestial poles are coincident with the Earth’s North and South Poles. On the summer solstice in June, the Sun will be directly above ______________ and all locations north of ________________ will experience daylight all day. The Tropic of Cancer: the Arctic Circle The Tropic of Capricorn: the Antarctic Circle The Tropic of Cancer; the Antarctic Circle The Equator; Edmonton The Tropic of Capricorn; the Arctic Circle Which of the following statements about sidereal and solar days is not true? A solar day is 4 minutes longer than a sidereal day. A solar day represents more than 360 degrees of rotation for the Earth. The time it takes for a star to make one circuit of our sky is one sidereal day. The time it takes for the Sun to make one circuit of our sky is one solar day. The time it takes for the Moon to make one circuit of our sky is one solar day.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
If the Moon is setting at 6 A.M., the phase of the Moon must be full. waning crescent. third quarter. new. first quarter. Patterns of stars in constellations hardly change in appearance over times of even a few thousand years. Why? Stars are fixed and never move. Stars within a constellation move together as a group, which tends to hide their actual motion and prevent the pattern from changing. Although most stars move through the sky, the brightest stars do not, and these are the ones that trace the patterns we see in the constellations. The stars in our sky actually move rapidly relative to us thousands of kilometres per hour but are so far away that it takes a long time for this motion to make a noticeable change in the patterns in the sky. Stars move, but they move very slowly only a few kilometres in a thousand years. What conditions are required for a solar eclipse? The phase of the Moon must be new, and the nodes of the Moon's orbit must be nearly aligned with the Earth and the Sun. The phase of the Moon must be full, and the Moon's orbital plane must lie in the ecliptic. The phase of the Moon must be full, and the nodes of the Moon's orbit must be nearly aligned with the Earth
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
and the Sun. The phase of the Moon can be new or full, and the nodes of the Moon's orbit must be nearly aligned with the Earth and the Sun. The phase of the Moon must be new, and the Moon's orbital plane must lie in the ecliptic. What happens during the apparent retrograde motion of a planet? The planet moves backward in its orbit around the Sun. The planet moves through constellations that are not part of the zodiac. The planet rises in the west and sets in the east. The planet appears to move westward with respect to the stars over a period of many nights. The planet moves backward through the sky. We can't detect stellar parallax with naked-eye observations. Which of the following would make parallax easier to observe? slowing down the Earth's orbital motion getting away from streetlights speeding up the Earth's orbital motion increasing the size of the Earth's orbit speeding up the precession of the Earth's axis Suppose you live on the Moon. How long is a day (i.e., from sunrise to sunrise)?
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
23 hours, 56 minutes 24 hours a lunar month about 18 years a year Which of the following statements about the ecliptic plane is not true? The nodes of the Moon's orbit lie in the ecliptic plane. It is the plane of the Moon's orbit around the Earth. During a solar eclipse, the Moon lies in the ecliptic plane. It is the plane of the Earth's orbit around the Sun. During a lunar eclipse, the Moon lies in the ecliptic plane. Which of the following statements is true? A) Both the Northern and Southern hemispheres receive the same amount of sunlight on the equinoxes. B) Both the Northern and Southern hemispheres receive the same amount of sunlight on the solstices. C) The Northern Hemisphere receives the most direct sunlight on the summer solstice. D) The Southern Hemisphere receives the most direct sunlight on the summer solstice.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
E) Both A and C are true. You are standing on the Earth's equator at midnight. Which way is Polaris, the North star? 23.5 degrees above the North Pole, along the meridian. on the northern horizon 30 degrees up, due West directly overhead The answer depends on whether its winter or summer. What conditions are required for a lunar eclipse? The phase of the Moon can be new or full, and the nodes of the Moon's orbit must be nearly aligned with the Earth and the Sun. The phase of the Moon must be full, and the Moon's orbital plane must lie in the ecliptic. The phase of the Moon must be full, and the nodes of the Moon's orbit must be nearly aligned with the Earth and the Sun. The phase of the Moon must be new, and the Moon's orbital plane must lie in the ecliptic. The phase of the Moon must be new, and the nodes of the Moon's orbit must be nearly aligned with the Earth and the Sun. Each cycle of the Earth’s precession takes about 2,600 years 2,600 light-years
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
26,000 years 26,000 light-years None of the above The number of days in a month is associated with Earth’s rotation around the Moon Solar phases Lunar phases Various annual holidays The motion of Jupiter around the Sun On the vernal and autumnal equinoxes, A) every place on Earth has 12 hours of daylight and 12 hours of darkness B) the Sun rises due east and sets due west C) the Sun’s path is coincident with the celestial equator D) all of A, B and C E) none of A, B or C
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
While in Bracebridge, ON where the latitude is 45°, at the spring equinox (about March 21), the Sun follows the path where it rises due north-east, crosses the meridian at the zenith, and sets due north-west. rises due east, crosses the meridian at the zenith, and sets due west. rises due east, crosses the meridian at an altitude of 45° in the north, and sets due west. rises due north-east, crosses the meridian at an altitude of 45° in the south, and sets due north-west. rises due east, crosses the meridian at an altitude of 45° in the south, and sets due west. The lunar month is longer than the sidereal month because the Moon completes the cycle of lunar phases before it completes a full orbit around the Earth. the Moon has to complete more than one full orbit around the Earth to complete the cycle of lunar phases. the Moon orbits the Earth faster than the Earth rotates. the lunar month is based on the Moon's orbit, while the sidereal month is based on the Earth's orbit. the Moon orbits the Earth faster than the Earth orbits the Sun. Right ascension is expressed in Metres Hours, minutes and seconds from 0 to 24 hours Degrees from 0 to 360 Hours per day
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Light-years Latitude in stellar coordinates is known as Right Declination Declination Declination Ascension Longitude Right Ascension Which of the following is the best reason for the leap years? the non-circular orbit of the Earth around the Sun the combined effect of the rotation of the Earth and the precession of the Earth’s axis the Earth year being a non-integer number of Earth days precession of the Earth's axis the tilt of the Earth's axis Which of the following best describes the tropic of Cancer? It is a place where the Sun is directly overhead at noon on the spring equinox. It is any place where it is always very warm.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
It is another name for the equator. It is a place where the Sun appears to remain stationary in the sky. It is a place where the Sun is directly overhead at noon on the summer solstice. Suppose you lived at the Earth's equator. Which of the following statements would not be true? The celestial equator goes through your sky from due east on your horizon, through 50 degree altitude in the south, to due west on the horizon. The south celestial pole is directly on your horizon, due south. No stars are circumpolar. The north celestial pole is directly on your horizon, due north (with Polaris quite nearby). Every day of the year, the Sun is above your horizon for 12 hours and below it for 12 hours. The calendar we use now is called the Solstice after a model of the Pontiac car Fleming after Alexander Fleming, a great Canadian Galilean after Galileo Julian calendar after Julius Caesar Gregorian after Pope Gregory
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
Which of the following is the reason for the solar day being longer than a sidereal day? the tilt of the Earth's axis the Earth year being a non-integer number of Earth days the combined effect of the rotation of the Earth and its orbit about the Sun the non-circular orbit of the Earth around the Sun precession of the Earth's axis Suppose the date is June 21 and the Sun never sets, just touching your northern horizon at midnight. Where are you? the Arctic Circle the Antarctic Circle the tropic of Capricorn the equator the tropic of Cancer Day and night are caused by the tilt of the Earth on its axis a combination of the rotation of the Moon around the Earth and the Earth around the Sun the rotation of the Earth on its axis the revolution of the Moon around the Earth
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help
the revolution of the Earth around the Sun
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
  • Access to all documents
  • Unlimited textbook solutions
  • 24/7 expert homework help